Pacific Union COLLEGE GENERAL CATALOG 2000H2002

Pacific Union College General Catalog

2000-2002

119th-120th Academic Years

Mailing address: One Angwin Avenue Angwin, CA 94508-9707 (707) 965-6311

Pacific Union College is an equal opportunity educational institution. Pacific Union College Is approved by: Is accredited* by: American Dietetic Association The Accreditation Association of Seventh-day Adventist The Attorney General of the United States for Schools, Colleges and Universities nonimmigrant students The Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and Univer- California Board of Registered Nursing sities of the Western Association of Schools and Colleges California Commission on Teacher Credentialing (985 Atlantic Ave., Ste. 100, Alameda, CA 94501; (510) 748-9001) State of California Department of Education Equal Opportunity Commitment Offers programs accredited by: Pacific Union College is committed to equal opportunity for Commission on Accreditation/Approval of Dietetics Education qualified men and women of any handicap, race, color, national Council on Social Work Education (Baccalaureate) or ethnic origin. It extends to them all the rights, privileges, National Association of Schools of Music (Baccalaureate) programs and activities generally accorded or made available to National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission (Bacca- members of the College community. It does not discriminate laureate and Associate Degree Programs) against qualified persons on the basis of handicap, sex, race, color, national or ethnic origin in administration of its educa- Is a member of: tional and admissions policies, financial affairs, employment American Association for Higher Education programs, student life and services, or any other College- American Association of Collegiate Registrars and administered program. Admissions Officers American Association of Presidents of Independent Colleges and Universities Association of Governing Boards of Universities and Colleges Association of Independent California Colleges and Universities California Council on the Education of Teachers College Placement Council Council of Independent Colleges Independent Colleges of Northern California National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities National League for Nursing North American Association of Summer Sessions Western Association of Graduate Schools Pacific Union College General Catalog Volume LXXIII *Accreditation documents may be viewed in the office of the © 2000, Pacific Union College. Vice President for Academic Administration. Printed in USA.

2 Contents

Calendars for 2000-2001 and 2001-2002 ...... 6-7 The College ...... 9 The Mission of the College ...... 11 Student Life and Services ...... 13 Admission to the College ...... 17 The Academic Program ...... 21 Honors Program ...... 27 Academic Information and Policies ...... 33 Courses of Instruction ...... 43 Art ...... 47 Behavioral Science ...... 55 Biology ...... 63 Business Administration and Economics ...... 71 Chemistry ...... 87 Communication ...... 93 Computer Science ...... 101 Education ...... 107 English ...... 117 Family and Consumer Sciences ...... 125 History ...... 137 Mathematics...... 143 Modern Languages ...... 149 Music ...... 155 Nursing ...... 165 Physical Education, Health and Recreation ...... 173 Physics and Engineering ...... 179 Religion ...... 185 Technology ...... 193 Degree-Completion Programs ...... 207 Adult Education ...... 213 Financial Information ...... 217 College Personnel ...... 229 Appendix: Code of Academic Integrity ...... 241 Index ...... 243 Campus Directory and Map ...... 246 For Information ...... 248 Supplement: 2001-2002 Additions...... End of document 3 Areas of Study Journalism, p. 95 Long-Term Health Care, p. 75 Credential Programs (see p. 107) Four-Year Programs for Manufacturing Engineering Technology, p. California Multiple Subject (Elementary) Baccalaureate Degrees (see pp. 21-22) 194 Teaching Credential Art (Fine), p. 48 Mathematics, p. 144 California Single Subject (Secondary) Art History, p. 48 * Pure Mathematics, p. 144 Teaching Credential Aviation, p. 196 * Applied Mathematics, p. 144 SDA Elementary Teaching Credential Behavioral Science, p. 55 * Mathematics Education, p. 144 SDA Secondary Teaching Credential * Psychology, p. 55 Medical Technology, p. 68 * Sociology, p. 55 Music, pp. 156, 158 Degree-Completion Programs Biology, pp. 63, 64 * Music Education, p. 156 Early Childhood Education, p. 210 * Premedical Technology Option, p. 64 Natural Sciences, pp. 64, 88, 180 Management, p. 207 Biophysics, p. 180 * Biology, p. 64 Business Administration, pp. 72, 75 * Chemistry, p. 88 Adult Education * Accounting, p. 72 * Physics, p. 183 Preliminary Multiple Subject Credential * Administrative Services, p. 72 Nursing, pp. 170, 171 * Fashion Marketing, p. 72 Photography, p. 49 Program, p. 213 * Finance, p. 73 Physical Education, p. 173 * General Business, p. 73 * Teacher Education, p. 173 Graduate Program * Information Systems, p. 73 * Commercial Fitness Management, p. 174 Master of Education, pp. 29, 112 * International Business, p. 73 Physics, p. 179 * Management, p. 74 Psychology, p. 56 Preprofessional Curricula (see p. 31) * Marketing, p. 74 Public Relations, p. 95 Architecture Business Education, p. 76 Religion, p. 186 Dental Hygiene Chemistry, pp. 87, 88 Residential Interior Design, p. 127 Dentistry * Biochemistry, p. 88 Social Studies, p. 138 Dietetic Technology Communication, p. 93 Social Work, p. 56 Engineering Computer Science, pp. 101, 102 Spanish, p. 149 Health Information Administration Design Engineering Technology, p. 193 ** Speech Pathology and Audiology, p. 100 Law Digital Media Technology, p. 197 Theology, p. 185 Medical Radiography Early Childhood Education, p. 126 Medical Technology Electronics Engineering Technology, p. 194 Associate Degree Programs Medicine ** Engineering, p. 181 (see pp. 21-22) Nutrition and Dietetics English, p. 117 Bible Instructor Training, p. 187 Occupational Therapy * British and American Literature, p. 117 Early Childhood Education, p. 128 Optometry * Writing, p. 118 Engineering Technology, p. 197 Osteopathy * English Education, p. 118 Fashion Merchandising, p. 129 Pharmacy * Teaching English as Second Language, p. 118 Foods and Nutrition, p. 129 Physical Therapist Assisting Family and Consumer Sciences, p. 125 Graphic Design, p. 49 Physical Therapy Fashion Merchandising, p. 126 Lay Ministries, p. 187 Respiratory Therapy Foods and Nutrition, p. 127 Nursing, pp. 165, 168 Speech Pathology French, p. 150 Office Administration, p. 77 Veterinary Medicine Graphic Design, p. 47 * General, p. 77 Graphics Technology, p. 196 * Legal, p. 77 * Emphasis or Concentration History, p. 137 * Medical, p. 77 ** Affiliated Program History and Government, p. 139 Photography, p. 49 Industrial Technology, p. 195 Piano Pedagogy, p. 158 * Manufacturing, p. 195 Residential Interior Design, p. 130 * Transportation, p. 195 International Communication, p. 94 * French, p. 94 * German, p. 94 * Spanish, p. 94

4 From the President

Welcome to Pacific Union College. through the maze of alternative ideas This alma mater, this “fostering and arguments while finding out how mother,” has never wanted her children the Christian faith speaks to such matters. to become alumni feeling they have all … They need to be exposed to the fron- the answers. She wants them rather to tiers of learning where problems are still leave with a desire for more knowledge, not fully formulated and knowledge is with inquiring minds, with skills to ex- exploding, and where by the very nature plore, and with the habit of collecting of things indoctrination is impossible.”* and using information toward a mature Pacific Union College seeks to be the response to life’s persistent problems. kind of place where you will find faith PUC wants its graduates to become think- integrated with learning, where, in a ers, not mere reflectors of others’ thoughts. Christian setting, you can be exposed to PUC strives to go beyond a mere over- the frontiers of learning, where you will lay of religiosity on facts and figures, find mentors and guides who have them- premises and conclusions, inductions and selves struggled with similar questions. deductions, theories and proofs—the You are invited to bring your searching building blocks of higher education. questions and share with fellow learners, Constantly paramount is the goal of both faculty and students, colleagues genuinely integrating faith with learning, together in an exhilarating experience. of participating with students in the D. Malcolm Maxwell PUC desires that when you leave its discovery that all truth is God’s truth. halls you will understand more perfectly In addressing the question of integrating faith and learning, that the fear of the Lord is not only the beginning, but also the the distinguished Christian educator Arthur F. Holmes has supreme part, of wisdom. And, above all, PUC would have you observed that students need to discover for themselves questions discover and come to know more fully the One in whom are hid that confront them. “They need to work their way painfully all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge.

*Arthur F. Holmes, The Idea of a Christian College, Revised Edition, p.46. 5 Calendar, 2000-2002

September 2000 March 2001 September 2001 March 2002 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 1 2 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 31 October 2000 April 2001 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa October 2001 April 2002 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 29 30 31 29 30 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 November 2000 May 2001 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa November 2001 May 2002 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 26 27 28 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 25 26 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 December 2000 June 2001 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa December 2001 June 2002 1 2 1 2 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 July 2001 30 31 30 January 2001 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 January 2002 July 2002 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 31 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 28 29 30 31 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 August 2001 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 31 February 2001 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 1 2 3 4 February 2002 August 2002 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 1 2 3 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 31 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 25 26 27 28 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 24 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 6 Calendar, 2000-2002

Calendar, 2000-2002 2000-2001 2001-2002 Autumn Quarter (2000) Autumn Quarter (2001) T September 19 New Student Orientation begins T September 18 New Student Orientation begins F 22 Registration F 21 Registration M 25 Instruction begins M 24 Instruction begins M October 2 Last day to enter classes M October 1 Last day to enter classes M-S 2-7 Week of Prayer M-S 1-6 Week of Prayer M 9 Last day to delete classes M 8 Last day to delete classes T 17 Fall picnic; no classes/labs T 16 Fall picnic; no classes F-Su 20-22 Parents Weekend F-Su 19-22 Parents Weekend M November 13 Preregistration begins F November 16 Thanksgiving recess begins (4:00 p.m.) F 17 Thanksgiving recess begins (4:00 p.m.) Su 25 Thanksgiving recess ends (10:00 p.m.) Su 26 Thanksgiving recess ends (10:00 p.m.) M 26 Preregistration begins M 27 Last day to withdraw from classes M 26 Last day to withdraw from classes F December 1 Last day for preregistration F December 7 Last day for preregistration M-Th 11-14 Final examinations M-Th 10-13 Final examinations

Winter Quarter (2001) Winter Quarter (2002) Su January 7 Registration for new students (6-8 p.m.) Su January 6 Registration for new students (6-8 p.m.) M 8 Instruction begins M 7 Instruction begins M 15 Martin Luther King Day; no classes/labs T 14 Last day to enter classes T 16 Last day to enter classes M 21 Martin Luther King Day; no classes T-S 16-20 Week of Prayer T 22 Last day to delete classes M 22 Last day to delete classes T-S 22-26 Week of Prayer F February 9 Midquarter vacation; no classes/labs F February 8 Midquarter vacation; no classes M March 5 Preregistration begins M March 4 Preregistration begins M 5 Last day to withdraw from classes M 4 Last day to withdraw from classes F 16 Last day for preregistration F 15 Last day for preregistration M-Th 19-22 Final examinations M-Th 18-21 Final examinations

Spring Quarter (2001) Spring Quarter (2002) Su April 1 Registration for new students (6-8 p.m.) Su March 31 Registration for new students (6-8 p.m.) M 2 Instruction begins M April 1 Instruction begins M 9 Last day to enter classes M 8 Last day to enter classes M-S 9-14 Week of Prayer M-S 8-13 Week of Prayer M 16 Last day to delete classes M 15 Last day to delete classes Th-Su 19-22 Alumni Weekend Th-Su 18-21 Alumni Weekend M May 28 Memorial Day observed; no classes M May 27 Memorial Day observed; no classes/labs F June 1 Last day to withdraw from classes T 28 Last day to withdraw from classes M-Th 11-14 Final examinations M-Th June 10-13 Final examinations F-Su 15-17 Commencement F-Su 14-16 Commencement

Summer Quarter (2001) Summer Quarter (2002) M June 25 Registration M June 24 Registration M 25 Instruction begins M 24 Instruction begins W July 4 Independence Day; no classes/labs Th July 4 Independence Day; no classes/labs Th August 16 End of Summer Quarter Th August 15 End of Summer Quarter

7 Using This Catalog Unlike some textbooks used in a course but perhaps never consulted again, this catalog is important throughout your college career because it describes the academic program of the College and defines the requirements you must meet to achieve your academic goals. You should become acquainted with the catalog before you register at PUC. Even if you have not yet decided on a major, you may become familiar with the general-education program and plan a schedule of courses based on its requirements. Though an adviser will help you work out your course of study, you have the ultimate Replace responsibility for meeting the requirements of the program you choose. The catalog will serve as your constant personal adviser in the continuing process of planning and managing your college career. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this catalog is correct at the time of publication. Altered circumstances and policy changes, however, may affect the accuracy of the information it contains. Consequently, should any regulations or program requirements be in conflict with information in this catalog, current regulations and requirements govern. The catalog presents only an overview of College policies and regulations. Other existing requirements are equally binding, though not published in this catalog.

8 The College

History established to provide student employ- The Area The Seventh-day Adventist Church ment. They bought the buildings and land The College is located on Rancho has a heritage of strong commitment to for $60,000. On September 29, 1909, La Jota, whose title is based on an old education. Its members expressed this Pacific Union College was dedicated at its Mexican land grant. It is surrounded commitment during the late 1800s and present Angwin site. The resort’s hotel, by places of historic significance in the early 1900s by establishing schools and bowling alleys, and cottages became dor- development of the American West: colleges near major population centers mitories, classrooms, and faculty homes. Sonoma, the northernmost Spanish across North America. In 1874 the Students and faculty worked together mission in California and the scene of Church founded its first college in Battle building other structures, often using the Bear Flag Revolution; Fort Ross, the Creek, Michigan. A few years later the lumber harvested from College property. southernmost Russian outpost on the rapidly growing California church began continent; Sutter’s Fort and the Califor- looking for a good location for a school The Campus nia gold diggings; and the routes of early in Northern California. Today the institution occupies a explorers, traders, and immigrant groups. In the vineyards of Healdsburg, fifteen 200-acre main campus surrounded by Howell Mountain, the school’s site, miles north of Santa Rosa, the searchers approximately 1800 acres of College- is a junction point for the life zones of found an ideal property. Total cost of the owned agricultural and forested land. north and south, coast and interior, and imposing brick structure and its furnish- The school’s estate includes 60 major is recognized as an unusually rich area ings, just off Healdsburg’s main street, structures as well as faculty homes, for studying plant and animal life. About was thirty gold coins. The new school, necessary utilities, and other buildings. one hundred miles from the campus, at to which Pacific Union College traces its Fifteen academic buildings house the Albion in Mendocino County, the College roots, opened April 11, 1882, with two library, classrooms, laboratories, and owns fourteen acres where it operates the teachers and twenty-six students. In 1899, offices. West Hall, the oldest, dates Albion Field Station. This primitive region, to reflect more accurately the school’s from 1917. The newest, Chan Shun where the Albion River empties into the purpose and its expanding curriculum, the Hall, is a modern science complex, in Pacific Ocean, presents unusual opportu- school’s name was changed to Healds- use since 1986. Recently completed, it nities to study marine biology and botany. burg College; it became Pacific Union includes 55,000 square feet of classroom, The San Francisco, Oakland, and College in 1906. laboratory, and office space. Four women’s Sacramento International Airports are When the Angwin Resort on Howell residence halls can accommodate approxi- within a two-hour drive from the campus. Mountain, above Napa Valley’s St. Hel- mately 700 students; three men’s halls, Bus service from St. Helena to Napa, ena, became available, the College Board approximately 600. Berkeley, Oakland, San Francisco, and sensed the opportunity to secure more other cities brings the cultural opportuni- adequate space for the growing school and ties of large urban communities within the associated businesses that had been reach of the student body.

9 10 (Intentionally blank) The Mission of the College

Pacific Union College is a Chris- therefore have a growing knowl- tian liberal arts college sponsored Our mission is to offer an edge and an enlightened apprecia- by the Seventh-day Adventist tion of the major areas and modes Church. Its mission is to prepare excellent and distinctive Christian of learning. A personally appropri- its students for fellowship with ated Christian view of the origin God and service to Him through education designed to prepare and purpose of human life should service to humanity. To achieve its give this knowledge coherence for mission, the College offers an our students for productive lives each student. excellent education, informed by a of useful human service and distinctive Seventh-day Adventist Independent, Critical Thinking Christian point of view, to all who uncompromising integrity Beyond giving information, the appreciate the school’s unique disciplines of the liberal arts create values and its integration of faith the environment for students to and learning. Paying special attention develop their abilities to think analyti- to Christianity’s role in civilization, the and write articulately. It provides breadth cally, critically, and independently. Stu- College considers liberal arts study with and flexibility for coping and adapting in dents are challenged to find original a Christian perspective to be uniquely a changing world. solutions for a variety of problems. Such valuable not only for its own sake, but study teaches not only the different modes also as a basis for career training and The Major of inquiry and their valid uses, but also professional life. As an essential part of their liberal arts their limitations. education, students choose majors for Christian Liberal Education specialized study in harmony with their Faith and Learning Liberal arts education with a Christian personal interests and as preparation for In a church-related college, tensions may perspective prepares one to live in respon- successful entry into their chosen careers sometimes occur between the claims of a sible human freedom. Such study pro- or into graduate study. The College regu- religious belief system and those of aca- motes a balanced self-development. It larly reviews all programs to maintain demic pursuits. But because faith without frees one from the confines of personal their quality and to ensure that they thought is not an acceptable alternative to experience and immediate interests and respond to current student demand and to thought without faith, such unresolved encourages entering with understanding the changing needs of the Church and the tensions should never force the sacrifice of into the experience of others. It advocates larger community. one to protect the other. Ideally, they at once a tolerance of differing views, the should energize creative study of the valid respect those views deserve, and vigorous General Education Core claims of both faith and learning and of engagement with them. It fosters those The structured general-education core their interrelationships. A foundation of lifelong habits of curiosity and serious gives scope of knowledge. The liberal knowledge and understanding strengthens inquiry that sustain the growth of the arts emphasis in both the major and the faith. Because the challenge of resolving human spirit. It develops creative self- general-education core promotes quality ambiguities and uncertainties often pro- expression, including the ability to speak of understanding. The graduate should duces the most valuable new insights, 11 The Mission of the College

such study should both preserve intellectual honesty and enhance a faith worth holding. Knowing truth does indeed bring freedom.

Responsible Freedom Students are urged through their total college experience to evaluate their own convictions and to inform them with enduring cultural values and essential Christian principles. They are invited to recognize that changing times require fresh statement of this heritage, but not its compromise. They are challenged to blend these timeless values and principles in a distinctive lifestyle that includes responding helpfully to human need, wherever encountered, in a natural expression of their own Christian calling. As Jesus showed, the finest incarnation of responsible freedom is in compassion- ate human service.

The Mission Realized The mission of the College is therefore partly realized when its students leave the campus well prepared for advanced study and for selfless service to humanity in productive careers marked by uncompromising personal integrity. The mission is more perfectly realized when these same students are set on their way free to approach their potential as persons restored in the image of God and as agents of His grace in the world.

12 Student Life and Services

Student Housing “space-available” basis upon application. Health Service Pacific Union College affirms the val- Requests for off-campus housing are The Health Service has a well-qualified ues to be gained from being primarily a considered and acted upon annually. staff to provide basic health care for stu- residential college. By accepting admis- Students are to secure approval before dents and emergency care for the campus sion, unmarried students aged 22 or signing a lease for off-campus housing. community. To supplement these services younger agree to live in a residence hall— Single community students are not to and your own medical insurance, the unless they apply for and are granted an live in “coed” groups. College also provides an Accident and exception. For students in good standing, These policies also apply to students Sickness Medical Expense Assistance requests for off-campus housing may be enrolled in summer sessions or working Plan. For a description of this plan, see approved according to the following full or part time on campus during sum- FINANCIAL INFORMATION in this criteria: mer sessions. catalog. International students should 1. applicants 23 or older Dining refer to “Insurance for International Students” in the FINANCIAL INFOR- 2. applicants 22 and turning 23 during the The Food Service provides a selective MATION section. current academic year menu and a variety of services to satisfy If you are a new student, you must 3. fifth-year seniors (Student Missionary the needs and tastes of a cosmopolitan present, before admission, documenta- and Taskforce years may count as one campus community. The College pro- tion of a current physical examination, a year) vides a lacto-ovo-vegetarian menu on the complete summary of all immunizations, 4. holders of earned bachelor’s degrees à la carte plan. If you have any special and proof of health insurance. The neces- 5. applicants living with parents or other dietary needs, you should visit the Food sary forms are included in the application immediate relatives (grandparents, aunts, Service Director to make any necessary materials sent to you by the Office of uncles, siblings at least 25 years old) and special arrangements. Enrollment Services. in their primary residence The College Food Service caters for 6. part-time students enrolled for six or small-group activities, picnics, and ban- Orientation for fewer credits quets. For special occasions, small groups 7. applicants 22 or younger with significant and organizations may reserve four auxil- New Students financial need who are offered room and iary dining rooms in the Dining Commons Prior to autumn-quarter registration board at substantial savings (required to (all food is to be prepared by the Food the College provides an orientation live in the host family’s home) Service). Reservations are made at the program to acquaint new students with 8. divorced and widowed applicants Food Service office. various aspects of campus life. Activities 9. single parents Residence-hall students are expected include aptitude and placement tests to All housing must be registered in the to take their meals in the Food Service assist in planning one’s academic pro- Office of Student Services. Residence and are charged a minimum fee each gram, familiarization with the use of halls are available to students currently quarter. For details, see the FINANCIAL campus facilities and services, and social enrolled at Pacific Union College who INFORMATION section of this catalog. gatherings to provide opportunity for meet eligibility requirements. Students 24 becoming acquainted with other students and older may live in residence halls on a and with faculty members.

13 Student Life and Services

Library Services professional assistance designed to help books, an occupational information file, The W. E. Nelson Memorial Library you achieve maximum growth in your company literature, video tapes, and provides both print and nonprint educa- personal, interpersonal, academic, and current job announcements useful for tional materials and electronic databases spiritual life and in your occupational occupation research and job search prepa- for the use of students and faculty. choice and placement. You may make ration. Library holdings include 303,256 items appointments for personal, occupational, The Job Opportunities Board: Lists and a current subscription list of 901 or academic counseling through the Cen- of current employment opportunities. periodicals. The 36,709-item media col- ter coordinator. Referral service to other On-Campus Recruitment: Recruiters lection includes slides, tapes, film-strips, professionals in the immediate vicinity is from professional schools, businesses, motion-picture films, videotapes, trans- also available through the Center. industries, technological firms, human parencies, recordings, musical scores, and The Center provides the following services, educational organizations, and other media. The building provides seat- services: government agencies visit PUC to inter- ing, including 164 individual study car- Testing Services view graduating seniors for local, regional, rels, for 206 patrons. Available for minimal fees: personality and national positions. There are career Special collections include the Pitcairn tests and occupational interest inventories. opportunities for all majors. Interviews Islands Study Center (one of the most The Center is an official non-Saturday are conducted on campus, usually in the comprehensive collections of material test site for professional school admis- Counseling and Career Center. about the Pitcairn Islands) and the E. G. sions. Test application forms and national White Seventh-day Adventist Study Cen- testing dates and deadlines are available Accommodations for ter. This latter collection is housed in the from the Center. CLEP and other institu- Students with Learning Elmshaven Room, named for the last tional testing is also coordinated through Differences and Physical home of Ellen White, which is located the testing service. Disabilities only a few miles from the College. The Psychological Services Pacific Union College offers equal Center is operated in affiliation with the Professional emotional and psycho- opportunities to students who may have White Estate and in cooperation with its logical support in a confidential setting, specific learning differences or physical work at Elmshaven. on an individual or group basis. Coun- disabilities. The College accommodates selors want to help you deal with any their special needs as mandated by the The Learning Resource anxiety, depression, stress, personal 1990 Americans with Disabilities Act Center situational difficulties, or other personal and by Section 504 of the 1973 Rehabili- problems that might interfere with your Located in the Library, the Learning tation Act. academic performance and seriously Resource Center offers assistance to indi- PUC provides extensive support ser- compromise your quality of life. viduals and groups in strengthening such vices for students diagnosed as having basic academic skills and knowledge as Career Services “specific learning differences” or “dis- reading and phonics, spelling, basic gram- Career counselors are available with abilities.” Detailed information is avail- mar, vocabulary enhancement, writing, whom you are invited to discuss career able at the Office of Student Services. development of research papers, and study options, self-assessment, skills, interests, skills. Free tutoring and computer-assisted values, goals, and job-seeking strategies. Religious Life learning in a variety of academic subjects The Center provides career testing and In keeping with the special character of are central features of this program. The personality testing. The Center also helps this Christian College, you are expected computer laboratory in the Learning graduating students in developing effec- to attend regularly a specified number of Resource Center seats forty-one patrons. tive interview skills and in writing résumés daily and weekly worship services, chap- and application letters. els and vesper services, all of which are Counseling, Career, and The following resources are available: planned to stimulate growth and matu- Testing Services The Career Information Library: rity in Christian living. An important resource for personal and A wide assortment of self-assessment and You may participate in a variety of academic success is the Counseling and career planning guides, graduate school other religious activities: small group Career Center. It offers programs and bulletins and directories, general resource meetings, Children’s Church, the Student

14 Student Life andContents Services

Missionary program, short-term mission (Diogenes Lantern), and the annual themselves out of harmony with these opportunities, off- and on-campus ser- video yearbook. standards and social policies, or whose vice groups, and retreats. These activities The main purpose of the Student Asso- conduct and attitude show evidence of provide opportunities for full-time stu- ciation is to serve as a liaison with Col- a negative or noncooperative influence, dents to be active in service to humanity lege administrators. The SA Senate and may expect dismissal. and God. the Campus Clubs Council are additional forums for addressing relevant campus Student Conduct Concert and Lecture issues. The Office of Student Services pub- Series You are invited and encouraged to lishes the Student Guide, which presents Cultural activities include a Fine Arts participate in the various opportunities in more detail the standards of conduct Series featuring guest artists and members the Association provides for activities referred to above. Application to and of the music faculty in classical music and leadership. A detailed description of enrollment in the College are viewed as concerts; an Adventure Series, including the organization of the Student Associa- evidence that you have chosen to abide ten to twelve travelogue programs during tion appears in the Association’s Consti- by the practices and regulations that the school year; and a Forum Lecture tution and Bylaws. appear in official College publications. Series, which presents outstanding lectures, usually by distinguished guest College Standards Family Rights and Privacy speakers, each school term.The general Pacific Union College is a conserva- In maintaining student records, the admission charge for programs in these tive, independent, coeducational institu- College complies with the Family Educa- series is included in your tuition. tion, operated in harmony with the beliefs, tional Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. practices, and educational philosophy of Except as noted below, the College will Recreational Facilities the Seventh-day Adventist Church. In give no information about you to any College recreational facilities include keeping with the special character of the third party without your consent. a lounge and game room in the Campus College, you are encouraged to relate The law provides, however, that the Center (Dining Commons, first floor); a your academic study to your understand- College may disclose certain information gymnasium where basketball, volleyball, ing of the Christian faith. without requiring your consent. This badminton, table tennis, gymnastics, and The College emphasizes the develop- includes the following: shuffleboard are available; an Olympic- ment of sound Christian character and 1. Information to faculty, administrators, size swimming pool; lighted outdoor makes a continuous effort to maintain an and employees within the College system tennis courts; and athletic fields for atmosphere that encourages commitment with a legitimate educational need to softball, soccer, volleyball, flagball, and and growth in a personal relationship with know your record. track and field activities. Recreational Jesus Christ. Thus faith and learning may 2. Information to other universities, areas near the College offer skiing, golf- combine to prepare students for lives of colleges or schools in which you seek ing, scuba diving, and boating. Christian usefulness. to enroll. In harmony with that purpose, stu- 3. Information requested by certain Student Association dents are expected to consistently avoid federal, state, and local officials and/or all forms of personal conduct that are All students and faculty are voting authorities as set forth in the law. scholastically deleterious or spiritually or members of the Student Association. 4. Information to persons or organiza- morally destructive. They are expected Responsible for promoting and convey- tions providing financial aid. to refrain from the use of drugs, alcoholic ing the ideals and objectives of the 5. Information required in an emergency beverages, tobacco, and improper con- College, the Association coordinates a to protect your health and safety or that duct between the sexes, and to respect number of social and religious activities of others. the facilities of the College and the prop- and other services on campus. These 6. Information to certain organizations erty of others. include producing the campus newspaper conducting educational studies. Applicants unwilling to pledge compli- (Campus Chronicle), the student-faculty 7. Information to accrediting bodies. ance with these standards will not know- directory (Funnybook), the yearbook 8. Information to your parents if you are ingly be accepted or retained at Pacific a financial dependent according to IRS Union College. Students who later find standards. 15 Student Life and Services

9. Directory or public information con- Telephone Information sisting of your name, address, telephone One telephone line is provided in each number, date of birth, major, minor, year dormitory room for on-campus calling. in college, dates of attendance, date of You are to provide your own telephone– graduation, degrees and awards received. either touch-tone or pulse. Optional local You have the right to refuse the dis- calling and direct-dial long distance call- closure of directory information about ing are available through the Telecommu- yourself except for information about nications department. For these services your degree status. To exercise this right students are charged a refundable deposit of refusal, you must notify the Registrar and a nonrefundable connection fee. in writing, while you are enrolled, of Telephone service does not permit you your request. to accept collect calls. If you do accept a You have the right to inspect and collect call, you must pay for the call plus review official records, files, and data a $125 per-call service charge. directly related to yourself that are kept Billing for collect calls and for optional by any office of the College. There is one telephone services is separate from the exception: Students applying for admis- regular college billing. These billings will sion to the College may not review their be sent to you at your residence hall application files. address and have a monthly deadline for Requests to review any records should payment. Failure to pay any incurred be made in writing to the administrator charges will result in immediate discon- responsible for the record. Requests will tinuance of service. There is a reconnec- be processed within forty-five days from tion fee to re-establish service. the date the request is filed.

Grievance Policies and Procedures The College has developed grievance policies and procedures to ensure that members of its constituent groups are not being treated in an unjust, unethical, or discriminatory manner. Statements detail- ing these policies and procedures are available at the Office of Student Services.

16 Admission to the College

Pacific Union College will accept your Application Procedures 4. Arrange for necessary recommenda- application for admission regardless of 1. Request the PUC Application for tions. This requirement is automatically your race, age, sex, color or national Admissions form, available from the met if you apply directly from a constitu- origin so long as your attitudes and Office of Admissions. ent Seventh-day Adventist academy in the behavior are in harmony with the goals Northern or Central California Confer- 2. Send the completed application, with and traditions of this Seventh-day ence or from Hawaiian Mission Acad- a $30 nonrefundable application fee, to Adventist College and your abilities and emy. Bachelor of Science in Nursing the Office of Admissions. preparation indicate the probability of a students need to provide only the refer- successful academic experience. 3. Alternative to 1 and 2 above: Apply ences required as part of their application Although church affiliation is not re- online at www.puc.edu. There is no fee to the nursing program. All others must quired for admission, you are expected for online applications. have three recommendation forms com- to abide by the policies outlined in this 4. Request the registrar of the academy pleted and sent to the Admissions office. or high school you graduated from, or catalog and the Student Guide. To qual- 5. Wait for a decision letter. When all college you previously attended, to send ify for admission, you must give evidence pertinent documents are on file—applica- an official transcript directly from that of intellectual competence, high moral tion form, official transcripts, and rec- school to PUC’s Admissions office. character, satisfactory health, and a ommendations—the application will be Applicants are responsible for the trans- genuine desire to learn. processed and you will be promptly fer of official transcripts of all high-school notified in writing of the action taken. and college work attempted. Anyone who willfully refrains from transferring all No student should at any time come to scholastic records, or does not give full the College for the purpose of registering and truthful information concerning without having first received a formal previous attendance at other educational notification of acceptance. institutions, will not knowingly be accepted or retained as a student. The transcripts become the property of the College and are kept on permanent file.

17 Admission

Acceptance Follow-Up Reapplication Procedures Any remedial work must be completed Procedures 1. Students in residence, students in within a maximum of three quarters. The letter of acceptance outlines fur- Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA), and 2. Students lacking secondary-school ther steps necessary before registration: PUC Student Missionaries and Taskforce graduation who have passed the Test 1. If you will be a residence hall student, Workers should submit reapplications for of General Educational Development complete the room reservation form and the following year before the close of (GED) with a standard score of 40 or send it, together with a $100 room de- winter quarter. above on each of the five tests and an posit, to the Office of Admissions. This 2. Students who have withdrawn for at average standard score of 50 for all five room/cleaning/damage deposit is refund- least three quarters must follow regular tests. (To be eligible to write the GED able if your notice of cancellation is application procedures. examination, one must be 18 years old, received by September 1. No refunds are 3. Students in residence may specify an exception being made for a seventeen- made for cancellations after September 1 room preferences for the following year year-old who will have reached 18 by the or for failure to appear for registration. before the end of the current school year. time of enrollment in college, or whose class will have graduated by that time.) 2. Take the required college entrance Questions about this policy should be examination and be sure that scores directed to the Office of Student Services. 3. Students seeking early entrance to col- are on file in the Office of Admissions. lege and lacking secondary-school gradua- Pacific Union College participates in the Admission to Regular tion but having passed the California American College Testing Program Undergraduate Standing High School Proficiency Examination are considered for admission when the fol- (ACT) as an essential element in aca- You will have regular admission status lowing requirements have been met: demic advising. Each first-year and if you have acceptable recommendations transfer applicant with fewer than 30 and qualify in one of the following cat- a) Successful completion of a minimum quarter credits must provide ACT (or egories: of two years of secondary school. b) A personal interview of applicant SAT) scores. You may be accepted with- 1. Students having secondary-school and parents by an admissions officer out these test scores, but you must take graduation, or its equivalent, and a grade- of the College or a designated repre- the test before you register for courses. point average of at least 2.3 (C+) in “solid” sentative. All Seventh-day Adventist senior acad- subjects. You are expected to have com- c) A letter from the applicant stating emies in the Central California, Northern pleted the following: California, and Hawaiian Conferences the rationale for early entrance into Minimum Requirements are designated Sunday ACT testing cen- college. 4 years of English ters, providing test services to persons d) Recommendation by the faculty of 2 years of Mathematics, including not enrolled at these academies. Upon the secondary school last attended, Algebra request, guidance counselors at these including an evaluation of social 1 year of Science academies provide information about and academic readiness for college. 1 year of History college entrance testing to those who 4. Transfer students who have attended write, telephone or visit them. Strongly Recommended* other accredited institutions of higher 3 years of Mathematics, including 3. Provide necessary medical informa- education and who have on file in the Algebra II and Geometry tion. The College’s Student Health Ser- Office of Admissions official transcripts 3 years of Science, including Biology, vice, in order to administer efficient care, showing a minimum cumulative grade- Physics, and Chemistry requires all students to provide documen- point average of 2.0 on all course work 2 years of History, including U.S. and tation of a recent physical examination taken. A maximum of 108 quarter hours World History (within the last twelve months), an im- of transfer credit will be accepted from 2 years of Foreign Language munization record, and a form verifying community or junior colleges. Computer Literacy health insurance. Return these completed forms to the Office of Admissions. If you have not completed all the * If you have completed the strongly recom- above minimum requirements, you may mended courses, you will probably have be admitted on a provisional basis (see fewer requirements in your general-education “Admission on Provisional Status”). program. See “General Education Require- ments for the Baccalaureate Degree.” 18 Admission

5. Reapplicants who have a minimum your transcript from the unaccredited procedures for application and registra- cumulative grade-point average of 2.0 institution will be analyzed on a course- tion as regular applicants. Ordinarily, a on course work taken at Pacific Union by-course basis and credit awarded for special student may register for one to six College and have maintained an accept- those courses which appropriately apply quarter hours at any one time. able citizenship record. toward your PUC program. Admission as a Admission on Admission by Guest Student for Academic Probation Advanced Enrollment Transfer Credit Applicants for admission as first-year Advanced Enrollment status is for If you have been accepted for study in students who meet the requirements of secondary-school students of superior another accredited college or university one of the categories above, but whose ability who wish to enroll in some college and wish to earn credit at Pacific Union grade-point average in solid subjects is courses while completing requirements College for transfer, you are not required between 2.0 and 2.3, may be admitted on for secondary-school graduation. For to follow regular admission procedures. academic probation. Also admitted on admission to this status, you must meet You need only apply to Enrollment Ser- academic probation are those applicants the following criteria: vices at least one month prior to the who have taken the GED test with stan- 1. Completion of your sophomore year beginning of the quarter for which you dard scores of not less than 35 on each with a grade-point average of at least 3.5. expect to register at PUC. of the five tests and an average standard 2. Recommendation from the secondary- As a guest applicant you must provide score of at least 45 for all five tests. school faculty supporting your ability to evidence of good and regular standing, If you are admitted on academic pro- benefit from early college enrollment and including a statement from the college bation, you may take up to 15 hours each specifying your remaining requirements or university to which you have been quarter, including any required remedial for graduation and the method of fulfill- admitted stating that the credits you earn courses, until you achieve regular enrolling them. at Pacific Union College will be accepted ment status. You must complete any 3. Written rationale for early entrance as transfer credit. required remedial courses within three into the college program and evidence of quarters of admission. superior motivation. Admission of Transfer students admitted on aca- Students in this category are admitted International Students demic probation should read the sections tentatively, subject to secondary-school International students will be consid- of this catalog entitled “Academic Proba- graduation. ered for admission when they have: tion” and “Academic Renewal” in ACA- 1. met all regular requirements for ad- DEMIC INFORMATION AND POLI- Admission as a mission; CIES. Special Non-Degree or 2. provided certified English translations Audit Student of official transcripts; Admission on If you do not meet college entrance 3. provided the required recommenda- Provisional Status requirements or do not wish to qualify for tions, written in English; If you have graduated from secondary a degree, but do wish to take certain courses 4. presented evidence of ability to meet school but have not completed all courses at the college level on either a credit or all financial obligations to the College required for admission, you may be an audit basis, you may apply for admis- (see also the section of this catalog en- admitted on provisional status. Not sion as a special nondegree student. On titled “International Students” under more than three quarters are allowed for this basis you are permitted to select courses FINANCIAL INFORMATION); and removing secondary-school deficiencies. for study without reference to the require- 5. demonstrated ability to pursue studies If you transfer from an unaccredited ments of any prescribed curriculum. in the English language by presenting a institution, you may also be admitted on Enrollment in any particular course is sub- minimum score of 525 on the Test of provisional status. When you complete ject to the approval of the instructor and to English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). 16 quarter hours of course work in resi- your meeting any course prerequisites. This score must be based on a recently dence at Pacific Union College with a Applicants for admission as special taken TOEFL and be dated no more than minimum grade-point average of 2.0, students are expected to follow the same

19 Admission

six months prior to the student’s application for admission. International students who have not met the above language requirement, but who have scores between 450 and 525 on the TOEFL, or who present other evidence that they can succeed at PUC, should apply for admission to the English Language Program of the College. This program is designed to develop and enhance the English language skills of students whose primary language is not English so that they may qualify for college-level educational programs taught in English and may participate effectively in them. International students with a TOEFL score between 500 and 524 may be admitted to a combined program consisting of both ESL courses and regular academic courses. Students in this category are required to participate in a special advising program in which they work with two advisers (ESL and academic major); take prescribed ESL support courses; take the TOEFL at the beginning and end of each quarter in residence; and may take selected regular courses as approved by both the ESL and academic major advisers. Information on this program is provided in the section of this catalog entitled “English Language Program” under English. Interested persons may also contact the Director, English Language Program, Pacific Union College, Angwin, CA 94508.

20 The Academic Program

Pacific Union College is a Christian • introduce you to the great body of Bachelor of Science in Nursing liberal arts institution of higher education knowledge by which people under- (B.S.N.) See Department of Nursing. offering studies and activities designed stand and relate to their physical and Bachelor of Science in Management to promote the harmonious development social environments; and (B.S.M.) See Degree-Completion/ of each student—spiritually, mentally, • develop certain basic skills and abilities Adult Education. socially, and physically. that contribute to satisfactory social Bachelor of Science in Early Child Through religious services, classroom and occupational relationships. hood Education (B.S.E.C.E.): instruction, and a varied program of See Degree-Completion/Adult social and cultural activities, the College Degrees and Curricula Education. seeks to assist in the development of both ➤ Graduate Degree: character and intellect. A sincere attempt While Pacific Union College is prima- Master of Education (M.Ed.) is made to create an environment in rily a four-year liberal arts institution, ➤ Associate Degree which you may freely arrive at a realistic it also offers a graduate program in El- Associate of Science (A.S.) and satisfying concept of human nature ementary Education, professional and The general requirements for the de- and of humanity’s relation to the uni- preprofessional programs, and two-year grees follow, except for the professional verse. programs leading to associate degrees. baccalaureate degrees, which are detailed Character as a code of moral and in the departments offering the programs spiritual values, and intellect as the tool Degrees Offered and in the Degree-Completion/Adult of reason, are integrated in the learning ➤ Baccalaureate Degrees: Education section. experience in order to provide a firm base Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) for effective, ongoing contributions to the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) church and society. The Associate Degree ➤ Professional Baccalaureate Degrees: Program In essence, the College seeks to Bachelor of Business Administration • promote the development of a sense (B.B.A.) See Department of of values and a personal philosophy of Business Administration and Plan of Study life as an outgrowth of commitment to Economics. The two-year associate degree program the Christian faith; Bachelor of Science in Medical is designed for students who desire to • stimulate intellectual curiosity essential Technology (B.S.M.T.) See enter occupations that require a limited to the discovery of truth; Department of Biology. amount of training. Except for nursing, • encourage creativity in thought and Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.) which requires 105 quarter hours, the expression; See Department of Music. degree consists of 90 quarter hours of • demonstrate that learning is both disci- Bachelor of Social Work (B.S.W.) course work distributed among the major, pline and pleasure and that meaning- See Department of Behavioral general education, and electives. (If you ful, lasting benefits accrue to those Science. are interested in nursing, you should refer who throughout life continue to expe- to the Nursing section of this catalog for rience the satisfaction of learning; specific requirements.)

21 The Academic Program

Graduation Requirements for the 6. Completion of any correspondence The Baccalaureate Associate Degree work and filing of all transfer credit* All candidates for an associate degree with the Records office at least a full Degree Program must complete the following requirements: quarter before expected graduation. Plan of Study ➤ Residence Requirements: For further information regarding Preparation for a career involves both 1. A minimum of 24 quarter hours must graduation, see the section entitled “Graduation Information.” general and specialized education. be completed in residence. Courses of study leading to a baccalaure- 2. The last 12 hours of the major must ate degree are designed to give a general be taken in residence. General Education Requirements for the Associate of Science Degree understanding of the major academic General Requirements: General-education requirements for disciplines and to provide for specializa- 1. A total of 90 quarter hours of course Associate of Science degree programs tion in the field of your major interest. work (105 for Nursing). total approximately 32 hours. Selections In most programs the first two years 2. A minimum Pacific Union College and are to be made from courses that meet are primarily devoted to general educa- overall grade-point average of 2.0 (C) in baccalaureate degree general education tion, but you should also take certain course work for the degree, with no requirements (see pages 24-27). elementary and intermediate courses in grade lower than C- in the major concen- your proposed major during these years. I. Foundations of Learning tration. (For Nursing GPA requirements If you have not yet selected a major, ENGL 101** see the Nursing section of the catalog.) you may pursue a general program of MATH 019 or equivalent 3. Completion of an associate-degree education while exploring several fields of COMM 105 or 226 major as specified in the departmental knowledge. One can usually do this with- sections. (For the General Studies major, II. Revelation, Belief, and Action out loss of time or credit if the program is see the Associate of Arts degree in the A minimum of 9 hours, with at least 4 carefully planned in consultation with a Liberal Studies section.) hours selected from courses carrying the faculty adviser. A faculty curriculum 4. Completion of the general-education prefix RELB. Students who transfer from adviser is available for counsel through- requirements (outlined below). public institutions of higher education for out your college career. 5. Filing of your Application for Gradua- the second year of this degree must take tion and Senior Contract specifying the five hours of religion. Graduation Requirements for the complete program of the senior year. File III. Health and Fitness Baccalaureate Degree these at the Records office at least three One health course; two physical educa- It is your responsibility to become quarters before the expected conferring of tion activity courses, taken during two acquainted with all graduation require- your degree. different quarters, one course being from ments published in this catalog and to the aerobics area. plan a program of studies that will fulfill IV. Electives them. Candidates for baccalaureate From at least two of the three areas degrees must complete the residence and listed below, three courses are to be general requirements that follow. * Note: If you wish to take course work at chosen that also apply to baccalaureate- another college during the quarter prior to degree general education. ➤ Residence Requirements: graduation, you must have obtained prior You must satisfy the following mini- permission from the Office of the Registrar. 1. Literature, Visual Art, Music mum residence requirements on the Ang- One week before graduation, a sealed enve- 2. Natural World/Sciences/Mathematics win campus or as a participant in a PUC lope must be delivered to the Records office 3. Foreign Language, History, Philoso- extension program. (If you need an excep- containing either an official transcript or a phy, Social Sciences tion to any of these residence require- letter from the registrar of the college where ments, you must present your special you have taken the out-of-residence work request, in writing, to the Records office.) reporting course number and title, hours of credit, and course grade, together with a 1. 36 of the last 48 quarter hours immedi- statement that an official transcript will follow **See page 44 for a list of prefixes and the ately preceding conferral of your degree. as soon as possible. subjects they represent. 2. 30 quarter hours of upper-division course work. 22 The Academic Program

3. One-half the upper-division hours in General Education Requirements for are learned in communities. As a commu- your major field. the Baccalaureate Degree nity of liberal learning, the Seventh-day 4. For students taking a minor, 6 hours The general-education requirements for Adventist College is called to be one of of upper-division course work in the the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of God’s agents in a fallen world. Through minor field. Science degrees are the same except that the experience of this community, both foreign language is not required for the student and teacher may find the freedom ➤ General Requirements: Bachelor of Science degree. The general- to confront the claims of Christianity. 1. A minimum of 192 quarter hours education requirements for the degrees of The general education program seeks to including 60 hours at the upper-division Bachelor of Business Administration, cultivate a community of learners at PUC level with a resident and cumulative Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science in in order that all may be inspired by a grade-point average of 2.0 (C) or above. Nursing and Bachelor of Social Work will sense of Christian mission to invigorate 2. Completion of the general-education be found in the respective departmental the Church and to enlighten the world. requirement specified for the degree sections. The PUC community affirms the ideals sought. The number of courses and credits you of liberal education. A hallmark of liberal 3. Completion of a major specialization will take to satisfy general education education is that it calls us to submit our as defined in the department of your requirements will depend on your sec- actions and beliefs to critical analysis in choice. No course with a grade below C- ondary-school preparation and your order to clarify or to transform our per- may apply toward a major or minor. choice of degree program. ceptions of the world. In response to this 4. Application for Graduation and call, the general education program seeks Senior Contract specifying the complete Regulations Governing General to provide a forum in which we may program of the senior year. You must file Education judge which understandings of the world these two documents with the Records 1. Unless expressly excluded by a state- are better, may practice the skills of ap- office at least three quarters before the ment in the departmental course listings, propriate persuasion, and may cultivate expected conferring of your degree. a general-education course in the field of the disposition to do the good we see. 5. Completion of any correspondence your major may both satisfy the general- work and filing of all transfer credit with education requirement and apply toward A Note to Transfer Students the Records office at least a full quarter your major. The main objective of the general- before expected graduation.* 2. Credit hours from any given course education program is not so much to may be applied only once in fulfilling the require a prescribed list of courses as it is ➤ Senior Comprehensive Examination general-education requirement. for students to achieve the goals of gen- Before graduation, you are required to 3. Besides satisfying the requirements of eral education. These goals are stated in take a comprehensive examination cover- the major and of general education, most the introduction to each section. The ing your major field of study. In some students will find, within the 192 hours courses listed below are those by which departments, because of the nature of required for a baccalaureate degree, room Pacific Union College students achieve the certain disciplines, this requirement may for elective courses that will also enrich goals of the program. Acceptable transfer be satisfied by an assessment of compe- their general preparation. courses for meeting general-education tence other than an examination. requirements may not in every case be For further information regarding The Purpose of General identical, but they must achieve the pur- graduation, see the section entitled Education at PUC poses of each section. “Graduation Information.” The principal goal of the general-education program is to enable graduates to make a distinctively Christian difference in the world. Such a preparation requires the ability to understand oneself, others, and the various ideas human societies use to define themselves. It also includes the disposition to act effectively in the world. *See footnote, page 22. Understandings, skills, and dispositions 23 The Academic Program

General Education Course Requirements HIST 101-102 History of World Civilizations I. Foundations of Learning HIST 134-135 History of the United States The essential basis for participating in the community of learn- B. Philosophy: Emphasis on philosophy as a means of thinking ing includes the ability to do critical analysis of presentations in about the enduring questions of human experience. various forms. It includes the ability to make clear, accurate, and One course from the following: forceful presentations, both written and spoken, including those PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy that employ statistical methods. PLSC 274 Introduction to Political Thought A. Rhetoric RELT 320 Philosophy of Religion 1. COLLEGE WRITING: The uses of written language, with PLSC 334 History of Political Thought I emphasis on the skills of critical reading and competent col- PLSC 335 History of Political Thought II lege-level writing, including development of these skills in PLSC 336 History of Political Thought III research. HIST 390 History and Philosophy of Science ENGL 101-102* College English PHIL 451 History of Western Thought The general-education requirement in College English should C. Social Sciences: Emphasis on how humans interact, on why be completed by the end of the freshman year and must be com- they interact as they do, and on how their interaction explains pleted by the end of the sophomore year. Students exiting the behavior. English Language Program (ESL courses) are required to transfer Two courses from the following: one selection from anthro- into regular English (ENGL) courses immediately after comple- pology (ANTH), psychology (PSYC), or sociology (SOCI); tion of the intensive English Language Program. a second course with a prefix different from that of the first 2. ORAL COMMUNICATION: The public, spoken presenta- course chosen: tion of ideas, with emphasis on oral argument. ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology One course from the following: ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics COMM 105 Speech Communication ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Microeconomics COMM 225 Oral Interpretation GEOG 301 World Regional Geography COMM 226 Public Speaking PLSC 124 Introduction to American Government COMM 326 Advanced Public Speaking PLSC 274 Introduction to Political Thought COMM 327 Argumentation PLSC 328 Critical World Issues COMM 427 Persuasive Communication PSYC 121 General Psychology B. Reasoning from Data: Emphasis on the critical reasoning skills PSYC 390 Gender Issues necessary for accurately understanding and appropriately us- SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology ing statistical data. SOCI 214 The Family MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics SOCI 232 American Social Problems SOCI 355 Racial and Ethnic Relations II. Human Identity in Cultural Contexts D. Foreign Language: Emphasis on developing the ability to read Insights into the identities of individuals, peoples, and cultures and to communicate in a foreign language and on the educa- are gained through courses that describe and explain philosophi- tional enrichment that derives from the study of foreign lan- cal and historical developments, social contexts, and psychologi- guage and culture. (Required of all Bachelor of Arts students; cal conditions. These courses explore the methods of inquiry used recommended for students in other curricula.) by the sciences and the humanities and the tensions between 1. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of two years of a for- them. The study of foreign languages provides not only extended eign language at the secondary level or of a 10-12 hour college communication skills, but also enhanced cultural understanding. sequence in a beginning foreign language course. A. Historical Context: Emphasis on major developments in the civilizations of the world, on the perennial questions that have FREN 111-112-113 Beginning French challenged humankind, and on historical methodology. GRMN 111-112-113 Beginning German Required: the sequence HIST 101-102 or the sequence HIST 134-135. SPAN 111-112-113 Beginning Spanish RELL 225-226/325-326 Beginning/Intermediate Greek *See page 44 for a list of prefixes and the subjects they represent

24 The Academic Program

RELL 337-338/ Biblical Hebrew/ IV. The Natural World RELB 445 Hebrew Prophets Faculty and students inquire into the nature of science, ex- 2. Requirement: A basic language-cultural experience in a ploring relationships between the sciences and other realms of foreign language through one of the following options: human thought, including culture, philosophy, history, and eth- a) Satisfactory completion of an intermediate-level college se- ics. They consider both the benefits and the limitations of science quence in a foreign language. and technology. b) Satisfactory completion of an elementary-level sequence in a A. Introductory-Level Mathematics and Science new language. 1. Algebra: An ACT standard score of 19; or a satisfactory c) Satisfactory completion of the reading-knowledge sequence in score on a Mathematics department waiver examination; or a new language. the following: d) This requirement is waived for students who have completed MATH 019 Introductory Algebra four or more years of formal schooling, with a C average or The algebra requirement should be completed by the end of better, in a school conducted in a language other than English the freshman year and must be completed by the end of the and located in a country where English is not the native tongue. sophomore year. No college credit is awarded for the proficiency gained through 2. Life Science: A full year of biology at the secondary level or such an educational experience. The student is responsible for the following: documenting such learning. The Academic Standards and Gen- BIOL 105 Man and the Natural World eral Education Committee determines waiver of the requirement on the basis of the committee’s review of supporting evidence. 3. Chemistry: A full year of chemistry at the secondary level or the following: III. Insights of the Imagination CHEM 101 Introductory Chemistry Courses in this category explore the artistic expression of ideas, 4. Physics: A full year of physics at the secondary level or values, and emotions. They seek to cultivate the ability to under- the following: stand, to evaluate, and to respond to such expressions. They seek PHYS 105 Introduction to Physics to develop enhanced awareness of aesthetic qualities. B. Scientific Inquiry: An interdisciplinary approach to the major A. Literature: Emphasis on understanding people and culture ideas of science. through literature. GSCI 205 Scientific Revolutions ENGL 301 Great Books C. Insight Through Investigation: A four-hour laboratory course in B. Visual Arts: Emphasis on the visual arts as communication natural science. about ourselves and our surroundings and on the qualities used One course from the following: to identify aesthetic value in works of art. ASTR 115 Astronomy One course from the following: BIOL 101 Human Anatomy ART 105 History of Western Art BIOL 102 Human Physiology ART 107 American Art BIOL 111 Biological Foundations ART 108 History of Far Eastern Art or 112 or 113 ART 278 Women Artists BIOL 335 Marine Science C. Music: Emphasis on music as the expression of ideas, values, CHEM 102 Survey of Organic Chemistry and emotion and on criteria that define aesthetic value in music. CHEM 103 Survey of Biochemistry CHEM 111 General Chemistry One course from the following: GEOL 233 Geology MUED 104 The Christian and Music MICR 134 General Microbiology MUHL 105 Survey of Music PHYS 111 General Physics MUHL 331, Music History sequence (any quarter) PHYS 131 Physics with Calculus 332, 333 Note: Completion of any of the following sequences will satisfy both MUHL 336 Popular Music in the Twentieth Century requirements B and C above: BIOL 101-102- Human Anatomy/Human Physiology/ MICRO 134 General Microbiology 25 The Academic Program

BIOL 111-112-113 Biological Foundations 2. Sophomores (45-89 hours), juniors (90-134 hours), and se- CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry niors (135 hours and up) are required to take 14, 10, and PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics 6 hours respectively. PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus 3. For sophomores and juniors, at least 6 hours are to be D. Science, Technology, and Culture: Emphasis on the interactions selected from courses carrying the prefix RELB. Seniors are and relationship of science and technology with culture or society. required to take one course carrying the prefix RELB. One course from the following: VI. Health and Fitness BIOL 345 Environmental Science Comprehensive, balanced education includes acquiring and BIOL 355 Philosophy of Biology using the accurate knowledge and developing the skills and habits BIOL 450 Philosophy of Origins that help to sustain a sound mind in a sound body. HIST 390 History and Philosophy of Science PHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion A. Health: Consideration of such major health issues as nutri- TECH 493 Technology, Society, and Culture tion, stress management, substance abuse, and SDA health principles and their application. V. Revelation, Belief, and Action One course from the following: Courses in this section explore the nature, forms, and uses of FDNT 175 Personal Nutrition belief; the relationship between Christian belief and revelation; FDNT 235 Nutrition and the applications of belief to life, emphasizing Christian ex- HLED 162 Fitness for Life pression of faith in service. Since the Bible records selected revela- HLED 166 Health Education tions of God through centuries of human experience, it is the cen- HLED 169 Current Health Concerns tral text of study for approaching an understanding of God’s will B. Fitness: Emphasis on exercise and physical activity. Up to and of the Christian traditon. (Minimum of 18 hours. Up to 9 four activity courses required, one for each year in residence. hours of credit in religion may be lower division for all students, One must be an aerobics course. including transfer students.) PEAC All courses A. Biblical Studies: (6-16 hours) RELB prefix All courses VII. Skills for Daily Living B. Studies in Religion: (2-12 hours) Education is comprehensive, affecting the experience of the RELH, RELL, RELP, and RELT prefixes: All courses whole person. Affirming the dignity of labor, a truly liberal education opposes the isolation of the scholar from the artisan. It C. Religious Issues in Other Disciplines: (0-2 hours) includes experiences that broaden one’s applied and manual FLHD 490 Issues in Contemporary Society skills. It acknowledges the importance of improving one’s ability HIST 490 Seminar in Philosophy of History to cope with the common details of everyday living. PETH 490 Ethics in Physical Education A. Applied Arts: “Hands-on” courses that emphasize the use of PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy physical skills in the maintenance or production of utilitarian PHIL 335 Philosophy of Biology goods or devices. PHIL 450 Philosophy of Origins PHIL 460 Moral Philosophy Minimum of 2 hours selected from the following: PHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion Art: ART 141, 241 PSYC 435 Psychology of Religion Agriculture: AGRI 211, 212, 213 PSYC 490 Issues in Religion, Ethics, and the Human Auto Mechanics: AUTO 101, 171, 172, 178 Sciences Clothing and Textiles: CLTX 224, 226, 326 SOCI 435 The Sacred and Profane in Society Interior Design: DSGN 145, 242 D. Requirements in Religion for Transfer Students: The minimum Electricity and Electronics: ELEC 141, 144 requirement in religion for students who transfer from public Food Preparation: FDNT 130L, 134, 135, 136, 230 colleges and universities is as follows: Building and Finishing: MFG 121, 122, 161, 164, 181, 184, 221, 264, 281 1. Freshmen (0-44 hours) must take the 18 hours required of students in baccalaureate degree programs.

26 The Academic Program

B. Personal Management Skills: Courses that focus on the applica- Communication: COMM 223 tion of information to the details and demands of personal and Computing: CPTR 105, 115; GRPH 153, 155, 251; INFS 144, family life, as distinguished from those developed primarily for 148, 149 vocational purposes. Family Life: FLHD 365, 375 Minimum of 2 hours selected from the following: Nutrition: FDNT 235, 335, 336 Business: ACCT 121, 241; BUAD 118, 223, 335; OFAD 165, Personal Behavior: CLTX 321; PSYC 126, 227 301

The Honors Program students, including transfer students, are The number of general education hours required to complete an honors project. in the Honors Program is 67. This total All of the following courses are inter- includes 12 hours of New Testament The Honors Program offers an alterna- disciplinary, and some are team-taught. Greek in the first two years of the pro- tive general-education program for aca- The themes and texts are chosen by the gram, required as a means of studying demically motivated students. It is built Honors Director in consultation with the Bible, the central text in the Honors around a series of “great books,” or other teachers in the Honors Program. Program. (With the approval of the Hon- central texts, illustrating significant (Course credits are listed in parentheses.) ors Director, students who successfully themes in the liberal arts. These works Freshman Seminars: complete a year at a college or university are supplemented by selected contempo- in which English is not the medium of HNRS 101 Heroes (5) rary works, including films. instruction may substitute a modern HNRS 102 Order and Liberty (5) Students who complete the Honors language for New Testament Greek.) HNRS 103 Scripture I (5) Program have no other general education You should be aware of several addi- requirements. Students fulfilling the Hon- First-Year Language: tional features of the Honors Program. ors Program requirements graduate New Testament Greek (6) The freshman year seminars have a par- “With Honors,” a designation that ap- ticularly strong writing component. The pears in the graduation program and the Sophomore Seminars: Cosmos seminar includes a laboratory. transcript. HNRS 251 Cosmos (5) The Summer Term Abroad involves two If you have the following qualifica- HNRS 252 America (5) months of study outside the United States. tions, you may apply for admission to HNRS 253 Virtue (5) If you have passing grades, you may, the Honors Program: a strong academic Second-Year Language: if you wish, transfer out of the Honors record in high school, including four New Testament Greek (6) Program into the regular general-educa- years of English, two years of history, tion program. Consult with the Honors three years of mathematics, a year each Summer Term Abroad: Director for specific details. of biology, chemistry, and physics, and HNRS 330 Christianity (5) The Honors Project allows you to a C.P.I. of at least 3.5. In addition, you examine an issue or problem of your own th HNRS 331 Scripture II (5) must score at the 80 percentile or higher choosing. In consultation with a faculty on the ACT examination (or its equivalent). Junior Seminars: adviser and the Honors Director, you will If you are a nonfreshman transfer Two of the following courses: submit an Honors Proposal by the end of student at least five quarters from gradua- HNRS 360 Beauty (4) your junior year. No later than the fourth tion, you may be admitted to the program HNRS 361 Self and Society (4) week before graduation, you will make a if you meet the entrance requirements HNRS 363 East (4) public presentation of your research or given above and provide two letters of creative work. Senior Seminar: recommendation from college teachers The goal of the Honors courses is to supporting your ability to do superior HNRS 485 Progress (4) create an atmosphere in which you feel academic work. Sophomores must com- Senior Project: free to experiment with ideas and to test plete eight of the eleven required semi- them in open debate with classmates and HNRS 498 Honors Project (3) nars; juniors take four seminars. All teachers. The program is designed to

27 The Academic Program

engage significant books, films, art, and HNRS 103 5 S HNRS 330 5 Su music in a Christian context. We encour- Scripture I Christianity age each student, regardless of vocational Genesis (Summer term abroad: London Site) goals, to seek truth and to act upon it. Job The Virgin Mary in the National Gallery, Ruth selected artists Honors Courses Isaiah Dante, The Divine Comedy Mendelssohn, Elijah (oratorio) Julian of Norwich, Showings Note: For each of the following courses, Blake, engravings of Job and Genesis Selected stained glass core texts are listed. These lists may be Michelangelo, Sistine Chapel paintings Milton, Paradise Lost supplemented each year with two or St. Paul’s Cathedral three other texts. (Supplemental texts in RELL 225-226 3-3 A-W Law, A Serious Call recent years have included Stegner, Angle Beginning Greek Mozart, Requiem of Repose; Brookhiser, Founding Father: Dostoevsky, The Brothers Karamazov Rediscovering George Washington; Sophomore Courses: The Mission (film) Atwood, The Handmaid’s Tale; and HNRS 251 5 A Johnson, Darwin on Trial; and the film Cosmos HNRS 331 5 Su Scripture II Ghandi.) Bacon, Novum Organum Galileo, Dialogues (Summer term abroad continued) Freshman Courses: Darwin, The Origin of Species Mark HNRS 101 5 A Lewis, The Discarded Image Acts Heroes Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolu- Romans Homer, The Odyssey tions I John Sophocles, Antigone 2001: A Space Odyssey (film) The Gospel According to St. Matthew (film) The Bible, David narratives Holst, The Planets (symphony) RELL 325-326 3-3 S-A Donatello, Michelangelo, and Bernini, Intermediate Greek David (sculptures) HNRS 252 5 W Plato, Apology of Socrates America Shakespeare, Henry V Declaration of Independence Junior Courses (two required): Cervantes, Don Quixote Tocqueville, Democracy in America HNRS 360 4 A Beethoven, Eroica (symphony) Hawthorne, The Blithedale Romance Beauty Jacobs, Incidents in the Life of a Slave Lincoln, selected speeches Michelangelo, Letters Girl Whitman, Leaves of Grass Burke, A Philosophical Inquiry into the Dickinson, selected poems Origin of Our Ideas of the Sublime HNRS 102 5 W Twain, The Adventures of Huckleberry and the Beautiful Order and Liberty Finn Shelley, Defense of Poetry Plato, The Republic Winslow Homer, selected paintings Coleridge and Wordsworth, Lyrical Ballads St. Augustine, City of God (selections) Barzun, The Use and Abuse of Art Machiavelli, The Prince HNRS 253 5 S Bird (film) Shakespeare, Macbeth Virtue The Parthenon Locke, Second Treatise on Government Lewis, The Abolition of Man The Bauhaus Bronte, Wuthering Heights Aristotle, Nicomachean Ethics Mill, On Liberty The Koran HNRS 361 4 W Marx and Engels, The Communist Aquinas, Summa Theologica (selections) Self and Society Manifesto Shakespeare, Richard III St. Augustine, Confessions David, selected paintings Stevenson, Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde Rousseau, Confessions; Crimes and Misdemeanors (film)

28 The Academic Program

The Major Smith, The Wealth of Nations Education: The Master’s White, Life Sketches A major consists of 45 quarter hours or Freud, Civilization and Its Discontents more in your chosen area of specializa- Degree Program Woolf, A Room of One’s Own tion, of which you must complete at least one-half of the upper-division hours in Plan of Study HNRS 363 4 S residence. You must maintain a minimum The four-quarter graduate program at East grade-point average of 2.0 (C) in the Pacific Union College leads to a Master Confucius, Analects major. Some departments may have of Education (M.Ed.) degree in Instruc- Lao-tzu, Tao Te Ching additional requirements. You should tional Leadership. This degree meets the Bhagavad Gita consult with your departmental or major requirements for the SDA Professional Lady Murasaki, Tale of Genji adviser to determine whether such addi- Credential and may lead to a California Marco Polo, Travels tional requirements are in force. Professional Clear Credential if additional Hesse, Siddhartha You may earn more than one major requirements are met. Hokusai, selected prints concurrently, provided that you complete A nondegree fifth-year program is also Van Gogh, selected paintings all courses and cognates required for each available. You may obtain information major. Some courses may apply to both about these programs from the Education Senior Course: majors, but a minimum of 30 hours in department. HNRS 485 4 A the second major must not overlap those Progress in the first. Admission to the Master of Education Degree Program Voltaire, Candide The Minor One applies for admission both to the Gibbon, Decline and Fall of the Roman A minor is not required for gradua- College and to the master’s degree pro- Empire (selections) tion. You should, however, consult with gram. The application is considered when Malthus, Essay on the Principle of Popu- your academic adviser about a minor if official college transcripts and other lation you plan to teach, if you desire Califor- requested materials have been filed with M. Shelley, Frankenstein nia and/or SDA teaching credentials, or the Education department. Darwin, The Descent of Man if you anticipate attending a graduate or Admission is determined by the Educa- Achebe, Things Fall Apart professional school that requires a con- tion department faculty on the basis of The Bounty (film) centration in a discipline other than the credentials held, recommendations, major. former academic performance, and back- HNRS 498 3 W, S A minor generally requires 30 quarter ground. The Department Chair must Honors Project hours in a departmental specialization, approve credit for coursework taken Preparation and evaluation of the of which you must complete at least six prior to admission to the program. Honors Project upper-division hours in residence with a Requirements for Admission minimum grade-point average of 2.0 (C). In departments embracing more than 1. A baccalaureate degree from an ac- The Major and the Minor one discipline (e.g., Behavioral Science), credited college or university. one may earn both a major and a minor 2. A California credential or SDA cre- The specific requirements for majors having different names. While some dential, or eligibility for these credentials. and minors are given under the depart- courses may apply to both the major and 3. Admission to the College. mental listings in COURSES OF the minor, a minimum of 20 hours in the 4. Submission of a graduate application to INSTRUCTION. minor must not overlap those in the the Education department that includes the Though no course with a grade below major. following: C- may apply toward the major or minor, a) two recommendations all work taken in these areas must be b) official transcripts included in computing the grade-point c) interview with Department Chair and average for the major or minor. one other Education faculty member d) essay discussing interests and goals

29 The Academic Program

5. A minimum grade-point average of 3.0 master’s degree application and notify PSYC 359/L, EDUC 538/L, which may be in each of the following areas: you of the action taken. transferred from other State-approved a) Undergraduate upper-division major teacher education programs). b) Education courses Cancellation of Acceptance Credit earned by correspondence, c) Overall college work, or the last The College reserves the right to cancel examination, student teaching or con- 96 quarter hours the acceptance of any person for graduate tinuing education is not applicable for 6. Acceptable scores in the Graduate study should further evidence indicate graduate degree course requirements. Record Examination (GRE) General Test. that he or she does not adequately meet 7. A proposed program of studies appro- requirements for admission to the mas- Course Requirements for the priate to your strengths, interests, and ter’s program. Master of Education Degree professional goals. Requirements for the Master of Educa- Reserved Graduate Credit tion degree include a minimum of 45 Admission of Former Students If you have completed 135 hours quarter hours of upper-division and If you previously attended Pacific toward a baccalaureate degree and if you graduate courses (at least 24 hours must Union College, you are required to apply will be eligible to apply for admission to be 500-level courses). Specific require- for readmission (no application fee). the master’s program after graduation, ments include 26 hours of professional you may request to reserve a maximum education core courses, 12 hours of Admission of Transfer Students of 12 quarter hours of approved upper- approved support area, and 7 hours of If you are a student in good standing division or 500-level courses for graduate graduate project. in another accredited graduate program, credit provided that they are not needed Professional Education Core Require- you are welcome to apply for admission to fulfill requirements for your bachelor’s ments (26 hours) to the master’s program at Pacific Union degree. Make arrangements with the College. A maximum of 12 quarter hours Education department and the Records COMM 330 Intercultural Commun- of approved transfer credits may be ac- office. ication 3 cepted toward the degree. or COMM 480 Class- In addition to the regular application Program of Studies room Communication forms, as a transfer candidate you are EDUC 359* Psychology of Excep- required to file official postsecondary Committee on Studies tional Children 3 transcripts with Enrollment Services. The Department of Education faculty EDUC 359L* Psychology of Excep- will monitor your progress during the tional Children Lab 1 Admission of Guest Applicants period of your graduate study and will EDUC 510 Leadership in Education2 If you have been accepted for graduate work with you in constructing an accept- EDUC 514* Advanced Learning study in another accredited institution able Program of Studies. Theory and Instructional of higher education and if you wish to Strategies 3 earn credit at Pacific Union College for Provisions of an Approved Program EDUC 515* Educational and Psycho- transfer, you are not required to follow of Studies logical Evaluation 3 the regular admission procedures outlined Your Program of Studies must provide EDUC 516* Curriculum and Instruc- above. Refer to the section of this catalog for the following: tion: Historical Perspec- tives 3 entitled “Admission as a Guest Student 1. removal of any undergraduate defi- EDUC 517* Current Issues in for Transfer Credit.” ciencies, Education 2 2. a logical and orderly sequence of EDUC 530 Brain Research and Notification of Admissions Action course work so that you may complete Learning 3 When application documents for all educational objectives within the admission to the College have been seven-year limit, received, the Enrollment Services office 3. completion of all departmental *Required fifth-year program for Professional Clear Credential. Information on credential will inform you of your status. The Edu- and College requirements for the degree, requirements is available from the Credential cation department staff will consider the 4. completion of all professional educa- Analyst. tion core courses at PUC (exceptions: 30 The Academic Program

EDUC 538* Computers in the Class- 1. Satisfactory completion of course preprofessional curricula most frequently room 2 work for the degree as outlined in your chosen by Pacific Union College students. EDUC 538L* Computers in the Class- approved Program of Studies. Architecture room Lab 1 2. A minimum overall graduate grade- Dental Hygiene Support Area (12 hours) point average of 3.0 with no grade lower Dentistry than B- (2.7). Coursework is based on the student’s Dietetic Technology 3. Satisfactory completion of examina- professional goals and is determined by Dietetics (Registered Dietitian) tions and projects as determined by your the student’s adviser. For example, a Education Committee on Studies. student could take courses leading to an Engineering 4. Completion of requirements within emphasis in reading/language arts includ- Health Information Administration seven calendar years beginning with your ing 6 hours of 500-level reading course- Law first enrollment in courses counting work. Or a student could develop a Medical Radiography toward your master’s degree, or date of support area that emphasizes his or her Medical Technology acceptance into the program, whichever major subject matter. Medicine comes first. If you take these courses at Nursing Reading/Language Arts Emphasis (6 hours) any time during the seven-year period, Occupational Therapy EDUC 523 Strategies for Authen- you are considered to have continuous Optometry tic Literacy Assess- enrollment status. A time extension Osteopathy ment and Instruction 2 requires Education department approval. Pharmacy EDUC 523L Field Work 1 Physical Therapist Assisting EDUC 524 Seminar in Language Other Curricula Physical Therapy and Literacy Instruction 2 Respiratory Therapy EDUC 524L Computers in the Teacher Education Program Speech Pathology and Audiology Classroom Lab 1 Teacher education at Pacific Union Veterinary Medicine Subject-Matter Emphasis (6 hours) College is a two-step, five-year program (Examples: Science, Mathematics, involving preparation in subject-matter Cooperative Education English, History) areas and professional education courses In selected programs, you may add the required for Seventh-day Adventist and experience of career-related, paid employ- A student electing the content-area California State teaching credentials. ment in government, industry, or busi- emphasis develops the program of studies Although provision is made for you to ness to your classroom experience. in consultation with advisers in Educa- obtain both a baccalaureate degree and a Placements are arranged through your tion and a content major department. preliminary teaching credential at the end efforts combined with those of the Coop- Course selections must relate to a well- of four years, a fifth year of study is erative Education office and the partici- defined goal with a minimum of 6 hours necessary to meet professional credential pating department. Appointments are of 500-level (or differentiated upper- requirements for both the State of Cali- typically full time while you are on leave division) courses. fornia and the Seventh-day Adventist from the College, but part-time appoint- Approved Electives (6 hours) denomination. The Education section of ments are also available. Placement is Graduate Project (Thesis) (7 hours) this catalog provides further information. usually off campus for one academic quarter or summer, but may be extended. Graduation Requirements Preprofessional Curricula Evaluation and supervision of students You have the option of fulfilling re- Preprofessional and pretechnical pro- in the program are the joint responsibility quirements under the catalog of your first grams in a wide variety of fields are of the Director of Cooperative Education, enrollment or any subsequent catalog offered to prepare students for admission a professor from the student’s major field during the time of continuous enrollment. to professional schools or for entry into of study, and the employment supervisor. Requirements include the following: technical careers. Below are listed the

31 The Academic Program

Guidelines for Cooperative Education: Degree-Completion, 1. Some Cooperative Education programs may be available on a noncredit Adult Education basis only. To have such a Cooperative Education experience recorded on your To meet the needs of adult learners transcript for 0 credit, you must complete who were unable to complete their edu- at least 30 hours of approved activity. cation at the traditional college age, 2. For each hour of Cooperative Educa- Pacific Union College offers degree- tion credit earned and recorded on your completion programs leading to the transcript, you must complete a mini- bachelor’s degree. Currently available are mum of 30 hours of approved activity. the Bachelor of Science in Management 3. Cooperative Education experience (B.S.M.) and the Bachelor of Science in and credit are limited to the major. Early Childhood Education (B.S.E.C.E.). 4. In addition to completing Cooperative A third adult-education curriculum, Education contract forms, you present to leading to the Preliminary Multiple Sub- the major department a written or oral ject Credential, is offered by the Educa- report on the experience. tion department. Program outlines and course descrip- Extended Learning tions for these degree programs are provided in the sections of this catalog titled Degree-Completion and Adult Education. The Extended Learning office coordi- Inquiries about the latest details on cur- nates a number of noncredit special pro- rent offerings in the B.S.M. program may grams. be directed to the Business and Econom- Some Extended Learning programs ics department; in the B.S.E.C.E. pro- offer enrichment and acceleration for gram, to the Family and Consumer Sci- secondary school juniors and seniors who ences department; and in the Preliminary have demonstrated good academic ability Multiple Subject Credential, to the Edu- and motivation and strong potential for cation department. success in college studies. Others address the needs of employed persons seeking to update and broaden their professional knowledge and skills. Still other programs respond to the leisure-time interests of retirees and other individuals. Participating departments and the courses offered vary from term to term. For complete current information, write, telephone, or e-mail the following: Extended Learning Pacific Union College One Angwin Avenue Angwin, CA 94508-9797 (800) 862-7080, Select 4 (877) 782-4637 (707) 965-6548 FAX (707) 965-6416 E-mail: [email protected]

32 Academic Information and Policies

Changes in academic policies made in a late registration fee of $25 cash pay- Audited Courses and announced during the school year able at the Records office or $35 charged If you wish to attend a course but do have the same force as if they were pub- to your account. not wish to complete all regular assign- lished in this catalog. Policies may not be Even if emergency circumstances make ments, you may, with the consent of the waived or amended except by petition to it impossible to complete your registra- instructor, register on an audit basis. and approval by the Academic Standards tion as described above, you may not Applications to change registration from and General Education Committee. If you under any conditions continue attending “Audit” to “Credit” or from “Credit” to desire an exception to an academic policy, class after the fifth week of the quarter “Audit” are not approved after the third complete a Special Request form (available unless you are officially enrolled. No week of the quarter. Fees for audited at the Records office), ask your academic grade is issued or recorded on the tran- courses are charged at half the regular adviser to endorse your petition, and script, or credit awarded, for any course tuition rate, except for private music return it to the Records office. for which you are not offically enrolled lessons, ensembles, and other participa- by the end of the fifth week of the quar- tion-type courses, which are charged at Registration ter. (For summer quarter and other courses the full tuition rate. On the transcript, You are expected to register during the scheduled for durations other than the audited courses carry the notation “AU.” registration periods as announced in this standard ten-week quarter, this policy catalog. At registration the Records office applies with the phrase “fifth week of Withdrawal from Courses will issue full information on registration the quarter” replaced by the phrase To withdraw from a course after the procedures to each student who has been “midpoint of the quarter.”) close of the registration period, you must formally accepted. Freshmen are required file a change of program request (forms to participate in orientation activities Changes in Registration are available at the Records office). With- held prior to registration. To avoid changes in registration, you drawal becomes official only when the should plan your program carefully. You form, bearing the signatures of the course Late Registration may add courses or withdraw from them, instructor and your academic adviser, has You must complete registration for however, before the last date to enter or been filed in the Records office. A course autumn quarter on registration day. If withdraw and with the approval of your from which you withdraw within the first you do not preregister for winter and adviser. three weeks of the quarter will be deleted spring quarters, you must complete your You are responsible for following the from your record. registration on the registration day for program for which you have registered. each of those quarters. Your preregistra- You may not attend or receive credit for tion is completed when you present your a course for which you have not regis- fully stamped Permit to Register card at tered. Failure to attend a course for which the Records office after you return from you have registered will result in an “F” vacation and before 4:30 p.m. of the first in that course. Changing from one course day of the quarter. Failure to complete section to another requires the approval registration by these deadlines will result of the instructor and of the Records office.

33 Academic Information and Policies

Withdrawal from the College Teaching Credential Advising supply the necessary forms and advise To withdraw from the College, com- If you have chosen a career in teach- you of current monthly benefit rates. plete a Notice of Withdrawal form ing, you should consult with the Chair To qualify for maximum benefits, you (available at the Records office). The of the Education department as early as must enroll for at least 12 credit hours completed form must be signed by your possible in your curriculum planning. each quarter. Adjusted payments are made adviser, your College employer (if you You should discuss requirements for both for three-quarter (9 to11.5 quarter hours) are employed on campus), the Coordina- Seventh-day Adventist and California and half-time (6 to 8.5 hours) enrollment. tor of Retention, the residence-hall dean State teaching credentials. Early identifi- During the summer session, maximum (for residence-hall students), the Vice cation with the elementary or secondary benefits are paid for 9 quarter hours and President for Academic Administration, teaching profession as a career is essential above, three-quarter benefits for 6.5 to the Vice President for Student Life Ad- for structuring an orderly academic pro- 8.5 quarter hours, and half benefits for ministration, and the Director of Student gram. If you are a candidate for elemen- 4.5 to 6.0 quarter hours. Finance. Withdrawal is official when the tary teaching, you should register your Experience has shown that it may take form with the signatures has been filed in intention after one quarter in residence. longer than eight weeks to process all the the Records office. If you are a transfer student, you necessary forms from the date of applica- The date of official withdrawal from should register your intention upon tion to the receipt of the first check. the College will appear on your tran- enrollment. You will be admitted to the script. If you choose to withdraw after teacher education program after your VA Standards of Progress the eighth week of the quarter, a grade application has been approved by the According to Veterans Administration of “F” will be recorded for all courses Education department. Further informa- policy, veterans’ educational benefits are in which you are registered. tion is available at the Education depart- discontinued for a veteran (or eligible ment office. person) who remains on academic proba- Advisory Services tion for more than three quarters because The Advising Program Counseling Services of grade-point deficiency. If your aca- Your academic advising program The Counseling Center coordinates demic record should come into this begins at orientation when you first counseling involving student-college category, there will be no further certi- enroll. An adviser will work with you in relations in nonacademic matters. Test- fication for benefits until your academic planning an academic schedule. You are ing service is also a function of this standing reflects improvement to a cumu- required to consult with your adviser at office. (See STUDENT LIFE AND SER- lative 2.0 grade-point average. (See “Aca- least once each quarter. VICES in this catalog.) demic Probation,” “Academic Renewal,” In planning your studies, you should and “Repeating Courses” for an explana- carefully follow the recommended se- Veterans Services tion of conditions under which you might quence outlined in this catalog. At the The Veterans Coordinator in the be able to continue your studies if your end of your sophomore year, you should Records office maintains liaison between grade-point average drops below 2.0.) ask the Records office for a degree analy- enrolled veterans and the Veterans Ad- Under VA policy, the conditions for sis. With your adviser, you should then ministration. The Coordinator provides re-entrance after dismissal for unsatisfac- plan your studies for the final two years. advice about special provisions of the tory academic progress are also subject Such planning helps to ensure that you law relating to veterans as college stu- to the above standards of progress for meet all graduation requirements in an dents and information about current veteran students. orderly, logical, and timely sequence. developments of significance to veterans. Approximately four quarters before Other Benefits for Veterans graduation you must file at the Records Education Benefits for Veterans If you qualify for other benefits pro- office your application to graduate. If you are a veteran, you should get in vided by previous benefit bills for veter- Approximately three quarters before touch with the Veterans Coordinator in ans (for example, war orphans and appli- graduation you file a senior contract. the Records office at least two months cants for vocational rehabilitation), you prior to the date you expect to enroll to should get in touch with the VA. arrange to receive the benefits to which you are entitled. The Coordinator will

34 Academic Information andContents Policies

Armed Forces Credit Transcripts from unaccredited insti- of credit per quarter. (See also “Credit Although “blanket” credit is not tutions are given provisional evaluation. Hours.”) awarded for military service, some train- After you have completed 16 quarter If you have regular academic standing, ing courses provided by the armed forces hours in residence at Pacific Union Col- a full course load is 17 quarter hours per may be the equivalent of college courses. lege with at least a 2.0 grade-point aver- quarter during the school year and 15 You may obtain credit for such courses age, the transcript from the unaccredited quarter hours during the summer session. by presenting certificates describing the institution will be analyzed on a course- To enroll for a course load in excess of training. Credit is awarded for college- by-course basis and credit established for these totals, you must have approval by level courses sponsored by the United those courses that appropriately apply to your academic adviser and the registrar. States Armed Forces Institute that are your program at Pacific Union College. If you are on Academic Probation, completed with a satisfactory end-of- Credit is allowed for college course your maximum course load is reduced to course examination. work completed before secondary-school 15 quarter hours during the school year Credit is awarded for military training graduation if such work has been taken in and 10 during the summer session. in accordance with the American Council an accredited college and is shown by on Education’s Guide to the Evaluation transcript as college credit. Study-Work Program of Education Experiences in the Armed The maximum credit transferable from If you are employed either on or off Services. No credit is granted for the Gen- a recognized junior (community) college campus, you are expected to adjust your eral Education Development Test, but is 108 quarter hours (72 semester hours). course load in harmony with the follow- satisfactory scores on the high-school- Upper-division credit is not allowed for ing schedule to achieve a reasonable level GED Test may be used as a basis junior college courses or for courses num- balance in study and work: for admission to the College. bered as lower-division credit at another Course Load Maximum Work senior college or university. Pacific Union Load per Week College reserves the right to accept or Transfer Credit 16 quarter hours 16 hours reject credit earned or attempted at other If you have attended other institutions 14 quarter hours 20 hours institutions. (See also “Concurrent Enroll- of higher education, you must provide 12 quarter hours 26 hours ment.”) complete official transcripts from each 10 quarter hours 32 hours college or university attended, even where If you have a record of average scho- you earned no credit. Such transcripts Cancellation of Scheduled Courses lastic achievement, you should plan a should be filed before you register for the study-work program involving less than The College administration, in con- quarter following the completion of the the maximum labor load suggested. work. This policy applies also if you are sultation with the respective department regularly enrolled at Pacific Union Col- chair, reserves the right to cancel any Class Absences lege but take summer work, correspon- course listed in the course schedule if You are responsible for all material and dence, or other work elsewhere. Failure enrollment is five students or fewer or assignments presented in class, and you to file all transcripts may result in delay if a qualified instructor is not available are expected to maintain regular atten- of registration until the transcripts are because of unavoidable changes in per- dance at all class sessions of the courses in received. sonnel. which you are enrolled. While there is no Transcripts from institutions accred- general College attendance requirement, ited by recognized accrediting associa- Course Load each instructor has the right to establish tions are evaluated to allow equivalent The academic study load is described in specific policies best suited to a given courses from the transfer institution to terms of quarter hours (credits). One course. satisfy specific course requirements at quarter hour (credit) normally represents Pacific Union College. Transfer credit is one fifty-minute class period per week for accepted only for courses with a grade of one quarter. Two-hour courses normally C- or higher. convene twice a week and three-hour The College reserves the right to courses three times a week. For three require repetition of courses that have clock-hours of laboratory experience per become outdated. week, students normally receive one hour 35 Academic Information and Policies

Academic Integrity Grading System credit to audit, before the end of the third Academic integrity is highly valued Grade reports are issued at the end of week of instruction. A course for which and is expected. Academic dishonesty is each quarter. These reports are not valid you register for audit but do not attend an extremely serious offense and is cause for transfer or certification purposes. regularly is assigned a “W.” for disciplinary action. Students involved Any corrections and grade changes in cheating, plagiarizing, fabrication, must be made within two weeks after the Withdrawal multiple submissions, abuse of academic grade reports have been issued. After this Courses from which you withdraw materials, deception, misrepresentation, date all grades become final. To raise a before the end of the third week are electronic dishonesty, and other types of grade once it has been recorded, you deleted from the record. A “W” is as- academic dishonesty, including produc- must repeat the course. signed to a course from which you offi- tion of materials for other students, are cially withdraw between the beginning of ordinarily subject to dismissal from the Grades the fourth week and the end of the eighth course with a failing grade. Grades are recorded by letters and are week of the quarter. A “W” is not com- Situations involving academic dis- assigned point values as follows: puted in the grade-point average. You honesty are dealt with by the instructor A 4.0 D 1.0 may not withdraw from a course after of the course in consultation with the A- 3.7 D- 0.7 the eighth week. department chair. A record of any veri- B+ 3.3 F 0.0 You will be considered registered for a fied instance of dishonesty is forwarded B 3.0 I Not computed course until you file a Change of Program to the Academic Dean and is kept in the B- 2.7 IP Not computed Request Form with the Records office. student’s personal file. Whenever such C+ 2.3 NR 0.0 filing occurs, the student involved is C 2.0 S Not computed Incomplete notified. (A student feeling he or she C- 1.7 W Not computed A grade of “I” is assigned in excep- has been treated unfairly has the right D+ 1.3 AU Not computed tional situations when unavoidable circumstances prevent completion of a of appeal through established grievance The grade-point average is computed by course. An “I” carries no grade points procedures.) A pattern of serious or dividing the total number of points earned and is not computed in your grade-point habitual dishonesty is dealt with by the by the total number of hours attempted. Academic Dean and may result in dis- average. You must remove an Incomplete by the missal from the College. (For further Failure time your instructor specifies, but no later details, see “Appendix: Code of Aca- A grade of “F” is assigned to a course than six calendar weeks from the time it is demic Integrity” in this catalog.) for which you do not meet the minimum incurred. An Incomplete not removed standards set for a passing grade. “F” is reverts to the grade computed without the Ownership of also recorded if you earn the equivalent missing work. This grade is specified at Written Work of “F” in a course offered only on a the time the Incomplete is granted. Written work you present in fulfill- Satisfactory/Fail (S/F) basis. An “F” At least six weeks before graduation, ment of course requirements becomes the carries 0 grade points and is computed prospective graduates must have made up property of the College. The teacher or in the grade-point average. all outstanding Incompletes. the College, however, may not publish the written work for any reason without Satisfactory IP—In Progress your permission. The original copy is A grade of “S” signifies that you The “IP” grade is available when the returned to you at the discretion of the earned the equivalent of “C-” or higher requirements of a course may extend teacher. When it is not returned, you in a course available only on a Satisfac- beyond the quarter for which you are have the right to request and be given a tory/Fail basis. An “S” is not computed registered. For such courses, the IP grade copy of work turned in. You should in the grade-point average. is available only when specified in the request a copy not later than the end of course description. Unless otherwise the quarter following that during which Audit stated, the IP must be completed within you took the course. The grade “AU” is assigned to a course three quarters. taken on an audit basis. You may change registration from audit to credit, or from 36 Academic Information and Policies

Grade Not Reported your most recent three quarters at Pacific readmission on the basis of a revised cur- The grade “NR” is assigned to a Union College, whether or not that pe- riculum plan prepared in consultation with course for which no grade is reported. riod of three quarters was interrupted for an academic adviser. If the Admissions An “NR” carries 0 grade points and is any reason by one or more breaks in Committee approves the request for read- computed in the grade-point average. enrollment. mission, you must then maintain an aver- An “NR” not removed by the end of the While on academic suspension, you age of 2.0 quarter by quarter, and by the second week of the following quarter may not continue your studies at Pacific end of the sixth quarter in residence must becomes an “F.” Union College. You may reapply after have established an overall grade-point you complete at least ten quarter hours average of 2.0 to qualify for readmission. Dean’s List of course work (transferable credit) at Option 2: Under certain circum- When you complete a minimum of 12 another accredited college or university stances, the College may disregard up to credits with a grade-point average of at for which you earn a grade-point average three quarters or two semesters of previ- least 3.85, you are honored as a member of at least 2.25. ous undergraduate course work, taken at of the Dean’s List for that term. Academic suspension is recorded on any college or university, from all consid- the transcript. erations associated with requirements for Academic Probation the baccalaureate. These circumstances You will be placed on academic proba- Academic Dismissal are the following: tion at the end of any quarter when your If you are readmitted to Pacific Union 1. You have formally requested the grade-point average for that quarter, or College following academic suspension action; and your cumulative grade-point average in and then earn a grade-point average 2. you have presented evidence that residence, falls below 2.0 (C). below 2.0 (C) during either of the next work completed in the terms under con- New and transfer students admitted two quarters, you will be placed on aca- sideration is substandard and not repre- with a cumulative grade-point average demic dismissal. After academic dismis- sentative of your current academic ability lower than 2.0 are automatically placed sal, you may apply for readmission after and level of performance. on academic probation. If you are a trans- completing at least 45 hours of course The final decision that one or more fer student admitted on this basis, you will work at another accredited college or terms are to be disregarded in determin- return to regular standing at the end of university with a grade-point average of ing eligibility for graduation is based one quarter of course work (minimum of at least 2.25. Academic dismissal is re- upon careful review of evidence by the 12 quarter hours) in which you achieve a corded on the transcript. Academic Standards and General Educa- grade-point average of 2.0 or higher. tion Committee and is made when While on academic probation, you Academic Renewal 1. at least one year has elapsed since the may enroll in a maximum of 15 quarter Option 1: If at the end of three quar- most recent work to be disregarded was hours of course work. You will not, how- ters (at least 36 hours) of course work completed; and ever, be eligible for any office in student you maintain a grade-point average of 2. you have completed at PUC at least activities, and you will be required to 2.0 (C) or better, you as a transfer stu- 15 quarter units with at least a 3.0 GPA. meet regularly with the Retention Coor- dent admitted on probation may apply When such action is taken, your per- dinator. You will return to regular stand- to the Records office to have excluded manent record is annotated so that it is ing when you achieve a quarter of at least from your transfer record sufficient readily evident to all users of the record 12 hours with both a quarter and a PUC course work to bring the transfer grade- that no work taken during the disre- cumulative GPA of at least 2.0. point average to 2.0. Former students garded terms, even if satisfactory, may who have failed to maintain a grade- apply toward baccalaureate require- Academic Suspension point average of 2.0 or higher may, after ments. All work must remain legible on If you have three consecutive quarters a break in residence of at least one year, the record, ensuring a true and complete with a quarter grade-point average below be readmitted on the same basis as trans- academic history. 2.0, and/or a Pacific Union College cu- fer students. Option 3: If you have accumulated a mulative grade-point average below 2.0, If you have not reached the minimum grade-point average lower than 2.0, you you will be placed on academic suspen- required grade-point average (2.0) by the may petition the Academic Standards and sion. The quarters to be evaluated are end of the third quarter, you may request General Education Committee to be 37 Academic Information and Policies

admitted to a degree program with no Restriction on Reserving Courses for prior college credit and no grade-point Lower-Level Courses Post-Degree or Graduate average. To qualify, you must After Upper-Level Credit 1. be at least 25 years of age; You may not take lower-level courses You may request that certain upper- 2. have been out of a degree program of after you have earned credit in a more division courses be reserved for post- college studies for at least four years; and advanced course in the same area. Each baccalaureate or graduate credit by mak- 3. demonstrate ability to progress in department will identify those advanced ing arrangements with the Education college work. courses that preempt lower-level courses department and the Records office. To If the petition is approved, all prior in its area. be fully credentialed by California and college courses and grades are retained the SDA denomination, one must com- on the transcript and the notation “ad- Correspondence Courses plete an approved fifth year or master’s mitted without credits or grades by com- You may apply a maximum of eighteen degree of 45 quarter hours beyond a mittee action” is recorded. When imple- quarter hours of correspondence credit bachelor’s degree. mented, this policy waives all previous toward the requirements for a baccalaure- credits and grades except for any credits ate degree and twelve toward those of a Independent Study and grades earned in a special nondegree- two-year associate degree. Credit by Independent Study refers to advanced bound status. correspondence may apply toward the study or research you may do on an indi- requirements for the major only if ap- vidual basis under the direction of a fac- Repeating Courses proved by the major professor; it cannot ulty member with regular appointment. You may repeat a course in which you be used to raise a grade. You may use Independent Study for your have earned a grade of C- or above only If you are working toward a Califor- major, minor, free electives or cognates, if you have not taken a more advanced nia teaching credential, you should ob- but not to meet general-education require- course in the same subject. tain from the Credential Analyst specific ments. Cross-disciplinary studies earn If you have a D or F in a major, minor, current information about the acceptance split credit in the disciplines represented. cognate, or other required course, you of credit for correspondence courses. You may earn up to twelve hours in may, on the advice of your major adviser, While in residence, you may pursue Independent Study. take another course in the same general correspondence work only with approval, To be eligible for Independent Study in area, or you may repeat the course if you in advance, of Academic Administration. any department, you must have reached have not taken a more advanced course All transcripts for correspondence courses junior or senior standing, have met all in the same subject. applying toward the requirements of any departmental prerequisites, and have When repeating a course, you must degree must be on file in the Records earned a minimum grade-point average repeat all the class work; and, if the office one quarter before graduation. of 3.0 in the proposed area of study. course includes a laboratory, you may be Correspondence courses are not ac- Before registering for the course, you required to repeat all laboratory require- cepted in first-year language or in speech. must have negotiated a contract with the ments as well. At your request, your instructor and the chair of the supervising Pacific Union College grade-point aver- Concurrent Enrollment department, specifying the number of age will be recomputed on the basis of While you are registered at Pacific hours of credit to be earned, the detailed the second grade received if you repeated Union College, you may not earn credit requirements of the course, the grading the course at Pacific Union College. toward graduation from PUC through criteria, and a schedule of meetings to Your permanent record includes a com- concurrent enrollment in another college be specified. plete account of all courses attempted, unless you have the prior approval of the Independent Study should not take and all transcripts are issued on this basis. Registrar. Transfer credit will not be the place of courses regularly available. A course you have repeated to improve accepted for any course taken concur- It should not be confused with courses your grade-point average is not counted rently elsewhere without your having offered through Directed Study. Exten- toward the total credit hours earned, and secured approval before the course be- ded Learning credit is not accepted as the original course grade is not included gan. (See also “Transfer Credit.”) Independent Study. in the grade-point calculation.

38 Academic Information and Policies

Credit for Student You should expect no exceptions to the 2. CLEP Tests: CLEP (College-Level Missionaries and published schedule unless you can pro- Equivalency Program) tests are intended Taskforce Volunteers vide proof to the Academic Dean of an as a means of establishing academic credit Through PUC’s Extended Learning emergency situation beyond your control. for persons who through extensive inde- office, you may earn academic credit in pendent study, specialized training, etc., Course-Waiver Examinations connection with field experience during have gained knowledge equivalent to that appointment as a Student Missionary or You may waive certain course require- gained by regular study in formal college Task Force volunteer. To qualify, you ments provided that you fulfill one of the courses. There are two kinds of College- must have previously taken courses at following conditions: Level Examinations: General Examina- Pacific Union College, and you must 1. Present credit in courses substantially tions and Subject Examinations. Pacific arrange for credit with Extended Learning equivalent in purpose, scope, context, Union College awards credit for selected before the experience begins. Credit— and credit value to the required course Subject Examinations only. (You may get elective only—is available on a Satisfac- from which you request exemption. further information at the Records office tory/Fail basis. You may earn up to 6 hours 2. Pass a proficiency examination. The about which PUC courses may be satis- per quarter to a maximum of 18 hours. examination is administered by the fied by AP and CLEP tests.) More detailed information about department concerned and approved 3. Regulations governing the administra- credit for field experience is available by the Records office. tion of the CLEP tests: from Extended Learning. Qualifying for course exemption a) The examinations are open to all through waiver examination does not classifications of students, but are Assessment of Outcomes involve the awarding of credit, nor does directed toward freshmen and sopho- The College seeks through various it reduce the total number of hours to be mores. means to measure its success in fulfilling earned for a degree. Its only effect is to b) You may use credit earned by Subject its mission. A part of that effort involves increase the number of elective hours avail- Examinations to meet either general- an examination program to assess out- able as part of your degree program. (See education or major requirements. comes in general education and in each the FINANCIAL INFORMATION section c) To earn credit, you must achieve a student’s major field. Examinations are of this catalog for examination fees.) score at or above the 50th percentile given to entering freshmen and to stu- on each CLEP test and at the third dents completing their sophomore and Credit by Examination level or above on each AP test. senior years. All students are required to You may earn academic credit by d) Credit earned by CLEP or AP will be participate in this examination program. successfully writing CLEP (College Level placed on your transcript with the Examination Program), DANTES (De- credit hours earned and a grade of Pre-Examination Week fense Activity for Nontraditional Educa- “S” (satisfactory). e) Except by special permission of the No off-campus field trips, major ex- tional Support), Regents, and College- department involved, you may take aminations, or extracurricular activities prepared tests. Further details are avail- any one CLEP examination only once. requiring student participation may be able at the Records office and academic scheduled during the week prior to the departmental offices. 4. Fees for CLEP and AP are paid to the first day of final examinations (“dead No credit by examination is available testing company at the time you register week”) in order that you may devote full for remedial (0-level) courses. for the test. If supplementary departmental examinations are required, additional time to completing course projects and AP, CLEP and Other Tests preparing for final examinations. fees are charged. (See the FINANCIAL Maximum credit applicable to a four- INFORMATION section of this catalog year degree is 45 hours; maximum credit for examination and recording fees.) Examinations applicable to a two-year degree is 24 hours. You must take the final examination in 1. AP Tests: Prepared and administered College-Prepared Tests each course in which you are enrolled at by the College Entrance Examination (Maximum applicable to a four-year the time listed in the official examination Board, Advanced Placement Examina- degree is 18 hours; maximum applicable schedule or you will receive the grade tions are currently available in several to a two-year degree is nine hours). The earned without the final examination. subject-matter areas. following regulations apply: 39 Academic Information and Policies

1. An application for permission to at- Classification of Students meet the requirements of the catalog tempt credit by examination requires, on • Regular Student: A student who has under which you are reaccepted to the the appropriate form available from the completed all of the entrance require- College, or of a subsequent catalog. Records office, the signatures of the ments and who has definitely enrolled in Degree Candidacy course instructor, the department chair, a degree program. and the Registrar. You may become a degree candidate • Freshman: A beginning first-year stu- 2. A course for which credit may be when you begin the academic year during dent or one who has completed fewer earned by examination is normally a which it will be possible to complete all than 18 quarter hours of credit. lower-division course in a four-year requirements for graduation. • Second-Year Freshman: A second-year curriculum or a first-year course in a Four quarters before your expected student who has completed at least 18 two-year curriculum. Its content is such graduation, you must formally apply for quarter hours. that it can be measured by a written, graduation at the Records office. Trans- oral, or manipulative test. • Sophomore: A student who has com- fer students planning to meet graduation 3. To be eligible for credit by examina- pleted at least 45 quarter hours. requirements during the current academic tion, you must demonstrate superior • Junior: A student who has completed year must file a request at registration. competence by such evidence as the at least 90 quarter hours of credit. It is the responsibility of each student following: • Senior: A student who has completed to satisfy degree requirements. You are a) a grade-point average of at least 3.0 135 quarter hours of credit. expected to acquaint yourself with the in similar courses; various policies and requirements pub- • M.Ed. Degree Student: A student who b) a percentile score of at least 75 on an lished in the catalog and, in consultation has been accepted into the Master of ACT test in the same area; with your adviser, to plan your course of Education degree program. c) similar course work in a non- study accordingly. academic institution; and • Uncoded: A student who does not meet d) work experience sufficient to develop College entrance requirements and/or Residence Requirements for course competencies. does not wish to qualify for a degree, but Denominational Teachers who wishes to take certain courses on 4. You may not earn credit by examina- If you have earned 96 quarter hours either a credit or an audit basis. tion if you have previously taken a simi- toward a baccalaureate degree and have established residence at PUC, you may, if lar course or if the course in question is a Requirements for prerequisite to one in which you have continuously employed as a teacher in the already earned credit. Undergraduate Degree Seventh-day Adventist denominational 5. If you have taken or attempted a Graduation school system, be considered as not hav- course, you may not raise the grade for You normally meet the graduation, ing broken residence provided that you that course by examination. general education, and major course complete the work for the degree within 6. Examinations for credit may not be requirements of the catalog current the seven consecutive summer quarters and repeated. year you first enter Pacific Union College. provided that you have not during this 7. Examinations for credit are recorded You have the option, however, of quali- period enrolled as a student in any other on a Satisfactory/Fail basis. For Satisfac- fying under any catalog in effect during institution of higher education without tory to be recorded, achievement equiva- the time you are in continuous residence. the authorization of the Academic Stan- lent to C+ or better on a graded examina- If you wish to do so, you may choose dards and General Education Committee. tion is required. the requirements for your major and for 8. If you have audited a course, you may general education from separate qualify- Graduation Information earn credit by examination for the course ing catalogs. If you are a transfer student, At the end of spring quarter, Com- by paying one half the regular tuition fee. you may also graduate under the catalog mencement is held for all students who (See the FINANCIAL INFORMATION of your admission. have completed all requirements for a section of this catalog for examination If your residence as a student at Pacific degree. If you complete your require- and recording fees.) Union College is broken by a period of ments during an autumn or winter quar- more than three consecutive quarters ter, you will receive your degree at the (excluding summer quarter), you must

40 Academic Information and Policies

following spring commencement. The Program will graduate “With Honors,” date of graduation appearing on the a designation that appears on the gradua- diploma, however, is that of the last day tion program and on the student’s tran- of the quarter during which you actually script. (See “The Honors Program.”) completed the degree requirements. Second Degree Graduation In Absentia Two degrees may be conferred concur- You are expected to participate in rently or subsequently if you have met all Commencement services unless you the major and general-education require- notify the Records office in advance that ments for both degrees and the require- you plan to be graduated in absentia. You ments for more than one major. (See should make written application for “The Major and the Minor.”) exemption not later than one week prior to Commencement. A fee of $25 is as- Transcripts sessed if you are absent from graduation At your written and signed request, the without having given prior notice. Records office will provide official transcripts of your credits. (See the FINAN- Graduation Recognition for Nurses CIAL INFORMATION section of this All nursing students are expected to catalog for transcript fees.) participate in the recognition service The College reserves the right to with- unless excused, in writing, by the Chair hold all information concerning your of the Nursing department. Requests for record if you are in arrears in payment exemption should be presented in writing of accounts or other charges, including during the first week of spring quarter. student loans. No transcripts are issued until all of your financial obligations to Baccalaureate Degree the College have been met. Graduation Recognition You should allow two weeks for pro- Graduation with Academic cessing your request and mailing the Distinction transcript. Students who, one quarter before Official transcripts from other insti- graduation, have earned both a Pacific tutions which have been presented for Union College and an over-all grade- admission and evaluation of credit point average of 3.5-3.749 will be gradu- become the property of the College ated cum laude; those with 3.75-3.899, and are not reissued or copied for magna cum laude; and those with 3.9- release. 4.0, summa cum laude.

Honors Program Graduation The Honors Program is designed to enrich the studies of exceptionally well- prepared students. Honors students meet general-education requirements by taking required core courses in the Honors Program, by selecting from among recommended elective courses, and by completing the Honors Seminar and Senior Honors Research Project. Only students fulfilling requirements of the Honors

41 42 (Intentionally blank) Courses of Instruction

Quarter System 1. approved by the student’s Committee on quest forms and applicable criteria. Each quarter has approximately 11 Studies, such courses may apply toward When Directed Study is approved, the weeks. Quarters are designated as Au- the graduate degree. course will be listed as follows: tumn A; Winter, W; Spring, S; and Sum- 500-599 Graduate Courses 1. Alpha prefix of the course mer, Su Primarily for graduate students. With 2. Course number 097, 297 or 497 2. the approval of the major professor, a 3. The title Directed Study Credit Hours senior whose preparation is adequate 4. The credit hours of the course “One quarter hour” normally represents may take graduate courses for under- 5. The name of the course as subtitle one fifty-minute class per week throughout graduate credit. Honors Project an academic quarter and approximately Alternating Courses 5. Although not listed in each depart- two hours of preparation for each one- The year is defined in terms of the ment, Honors Projects carry the follow- hour session. One laboratory period of graduating year. ing course designation: approximately three hours is considered Odd year—2000-2001 equal in credit value to one lecture/discus- 1. Alpha prefix of the course Even year—2001-2002 sion period and the expected preparation. 2. Course number 498 6. Variations may include independent Hyphenated Courses 3. The title Honors Project study, directed study, research laboratory Course numbers separated by hyphens 4. The credit hours of the project courses, individualized studio instruction, indicate an integrated sequence. Though 5. A subtitle, identifying the nature of music lessons, special workshops, and they are generally taken consecutively, a the project perhaps other “nontraditional” academic student may receive credit for any quarter events. or quarters without the others provided that any prerequisites have been met. 2. 1. Prefix 3. Directed Group Study The three- or four-letter prefix to each A course is offered under the title course number indicates the department Directed Group Study when a depart- or subject area (see page 44). ment chooses to Numbering and 1. experiment with a course before it is listed in the catalog, or 3. 4. Classification of Courses 2. offer the course, on a one-time basis, Courses are numbered and classified as for enrichment purposes when sufficient follows: student interest is indicated. 4. 001-099 Remedial Courses A specific title is assigned when the course For students with inadequate academic is offered, and the course is listed as follows: 5. skills. No remedial course work may 1. Alpha prefix of the course apply toward any degree. 2. Course number 096, 296 or 496 100-299 Lower-division Courses 3. The title Directed Group Study Normally taken by freshmen and 4. The credit hours of the course sophomores. 5. The name of the course as subtitle 300-499 Upper-division Courses Directed Study Normally taken by juniors and seniors. You may take a catalog-listed course You will not be permitted to register for on an individual basis only under the upper-division courses unless you have most unusual circumstances and at the 6. completed any prerequisites. First-year discretion of the instructor and depart- students may register for these courses ment chair. Any such course will be of- only with special permission. fered only for the number of hours listed in Some upper-division courses serve the the catalog and will adhere to the catalog purpose of extending the scholarly back- description and standard course syllabus. ground of a graduate student. When Consult with the Records office for re-

43 Courses of Instruction

Prefix Subject Department The three- or four-letter prefix to each course number indi- HIST History History and Social Studies cates the department or subject area as follows: HLED Health Education Physical Education, Health and Recreation HNRS Honors Honors Program Subject Department INFS Information Systems Business Administration and Economics ACCT Accounting Business Administration and Economics JOUR Journalism Communication AGRI Agriculture Biology LTHC Long-Term Health Care Business Administration and Economics ANTH Anthropology Behavioral Science MATH Mathematics Mathematics ART Art Art MDIA Digital Media Technology Technology ASTR Astronomy Physics and Computer Science MFG Manufacturing Technology AUTO Energy–Power–Transportation Technology MGMT Management Business Administration and Economics AVIA Aviation Technology MGT Management Business Administration and Economics BIOL Biology Biology MICR Microbiology Biology BUAD Business Administration Business Administration and Economics MKTG Marketing Business Administration and Economics CHEM Chemistry Chemistry MODL Modern Languages Modern Languages CLTX Clothing and Textiles Family and Consumer Sciences MTCH Medical Technology Biology COMM Communication Communication MUED Music Education Music CPTR Computer Science Computer Science MUEN Music Ensemble Music DRMA Dramatic Arts English MUHL Music History and Literature Music DRFD Drafting–Design Technology MUSP Music Performance Music DSGN Design Family and Consumer Sciences MUTH Music Composition and Theory Music ECE Early Childhood Education Family and Consumer Sciences NURS Nursing Nursing ECED Early Childhood Education Family and Consumer Sciences OFAD Office Administration Business Administration and Economics ECON Economics Business Administration and Economics PEAC Physical Education Activity Physical Education, Health, and Recreation EDUC Education Education PETH Physical Education Theory Physical Education, Health, and Recreation ELEC Electricity–Electronics Technology PHIL Philosophy Various departments ENGL English English PHYS Physics Physics and Engineering ENGR Engineering Physics and Engineering PLSC Political Science History and Social Studies ENSL English as a Second Language English PREL Public Relations Communication FCSC Family and Consumer Sciences Family and Consumer Sciences PSYC Psychology Behavioral Science FDNT Foods and Nutrition Family and Consumer Sciences RECR Recreation Physical Education, Health, and Recreation FIN Finance Business Administration and Economics RELB Religion, Biblical Studies Religion FLHD Family Life and Human Family and Consumer Sciences RELH Religion, Historical Studies Religion Development RELL Religion, Biblical Languages Religion FREN French Modern Languages RELP Religion, Professional Studies Religion GEOG Geography History and Social Studies RELT Religion, Theological Studies Religion GEOL Geology Biology SOCI Sociology Behavioral Science GNRL General General courses; various departments SOWK Social Work Behavioral Science GNST General Studies Various departments SPAN Spanish Modern Languages GRPH Graphics Technology Technology SPPA Speech Pathology and Audiology Communication GRMN German Modern Languages TECH Technology Technology

44 General Courses

Nondepartmental courses.

GNRL 104 1 Su Young Scholars Program A week-long program of course work, projects, and investigations in science, mathematics, humanities and the arts. Graded on a Satisfactory/Fail basis. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Ad- mission to the PacificQuest summer program for talented and gifted students.

GNRL 204 2 S Introduction to Dentistry Dental anatomy, morphology, and related aspects of dentistry as a career. One lecture and one laboratory weekly.

GNRL 350 2, 6 Field Experience Students in the PUC Student Mission- ary and Task Force programs may arrange to do extra academic work in connection with their service appointments and thereby to earn credit applicable toward degree requirements. Credit is available on both a 6.0-unit per quarter basis and a 2.0-unit per three-week period of service. Registration qualifies students to maintain enrolled status at PUC while off campus in these programs. Further information is available at the Extended Learning office. Graded S/F.

45 Art

(Intentionally blank) 47 ArtArt

Faculty Major in Graphic Design, B.S. Tom Turner, chair; Jon Carstens, Milbert Mariano, ‰ A minimum of 77 hours (38 upper division) including the following: Thomas Morphis, Cliff Rusch, Bob Seyle ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals I-II 2-2 Departmental Office: 254 Fisher Hall; 965-6350 ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3 ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2 Degrees and Programs ART 131 Watercolor Painting I 2 Graphic Design, B.S...... 47 (or ART 151 Acrylic and Oil Painting I) Fine Art, B.S...... 48 ART 234 Printmaking–Silkscreen 2 Fine Art, B.A...... 48 ART 241-242 Photography I-II 3-3 Art History, B.A...... 48 ART 261-262 Graphic Design I-II 3-3 Photography, B.S...... 49 ART 263 Typography I 3 Graphic Design, A.S...... 49 ART 264 History of Graphic Design 2 Photography, A.S...... 49 ART 265 Package Design 3 ART 268 Illustration I 3 In the Department of Art, the student has the opportunity ART 317 Design for the Web 2 to study art either as a vocation or as a means of increasing cul- ART 361-362 Graphic Design III-IV 3 -3 tural awareness. The department is keenly interested in students ART 363 Preprint Production I 3 who choose art as their occupation and who want to devote ART 394 Professional Practices in Art 2 themselves to the period of intensive training necessary for their ART 421 Advanced Drawing 2 profession. It is also concerned with those whose interests may ART 426 Design and Composition III 2 be avocational rather than professional, who recognize the cul- ART 446 Digital Photo Imaging 3 tural advantages to be obtained from the study of art, or who ART 463 Typography II 3 find in artistic experience a high degree of personal enjoyment ART 464 Preprint Production II 3 and satisfaction. ART 465-466 Illustration II-III 3-3 ART 468 Preprint Production III 2 ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3 (or ART 478 Contemporary Art) ART 499 Baccalaureate Degree Project 3 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: GRPH 253 Publication Technology I 3 GRPH 352 Digital Image Technology 3 GRPH 354 Color Imaging 3 MKTG 374 Advertising Management 3 (or MKTG 351 Marketing)

47 Art

‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals I-II 2-2 COMM 134 Media Communication Careers (3) ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3 GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh (2) ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2 GRPH 155 Introduction to Graphics Technology (2) ART 131-132 Watercolor Painting I-II 2-2 GRPH 256-257 Publication Technology II-III (2-2) (or ART 151-152 Acrylic and Oil Painting I-II) JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics (3) ART 141-142 Ceramics I-II 2-2 MGMT 160 Small Business Management (3) ART 144 Sculpture I 2 MKTG 360 Consumer Behavior (3) ART 226 Collage and Assemblage 2 ART 234 Printmaking–Silkscreen 2 Major in Fine Art, B.S. ART 235 Printmaking–Woodcut and Etching 2 ART 331 Watercolor Painting III 2 ‰ A minimum of 73 hours (23 upper division) including the following: (or ART 451 Acrylic and Oil Painting III) ART 105 History of Western Art 4 ART 341 Ceramics III 2 ART 107 American Art 3 ART 346 Sculpture II 2 ART 115 Stained-Glass Design 2 ART 394 Professional Practices in Art 2 ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals I-II 2-2 ART 421 Advanced Drawing 2 ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3 ART 426 Design and Composition III 2 ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2 ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3 ART 131-132 Watercolor Painting I-II 2-2 (or ART 478 Contemporary Art) ART 141-142 Ceramics I-II 2-2 ART 499 Baccalaureate Degree Project 3 ART 144 Sculpture I 2 ART 151-152 Acrylic and Oil Painting I-II 2-2 Major in Art History, B.A. ART 226 Collage and Assemblage 2 ‰ A minimum of 49 hours (27 upper division) including the following: ART 234 Printmaking–Silkscreen 2 ART 235 Printmaking–Woodcuts and Etchings 2 ART 105 History of Western Art 4 ART 241-242 Photography I-II 3-3 ART 107 American Art 3 ART 243 Color Photography I 3 ART 108 History of Far Eastern Art 3 ART 331 Watercolor Painting III 2 ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3 ART 341 Ceramics III 2 ART 277 History of Photography 3 ART 346 Sculpture II 2 ART 278 Women Artists 3 ART 394 Professional Practices in Art 2 ART 472 Greek and Roman Art 3 ART 421 Advanced Drawing 2 ART 473 Medieval Art 3 ART 426 Design and Composition III 2 ART 474 Baroque and Rococo Art 3 ART 451 Acrylic and Oil Painting III 2 ART 475 Renaissance Art 3 ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3 ART 476 Nineteenth-Century Art 3 (or ART 478 Contemporary Art) ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3 ART 499 Baccalaureate Degree Project 3 ART 478 Contemporary Art 3 ART 490 Art History Research Project 3 One of the following: 3 ART 472 Greek and Roman Art (3) ‰ Required Cognate Courses: ART 473 Medieval Art (3) ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology 4 ART 474 Baroque and Rococo Art (3) MUHL 105 Survey of Music 3 ART 475 Renaissance Art (3) PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy 4 ART 476 Nineteenth-Century Art (3 RELH 311 World Religions 3 Major in Fine Art, B.A. SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4 ‰ A minimum of 53 hours (18 upper division) including the following: ART 105 History of Western Art 4 ART 107 American Art 3 48 Art

Major in Photography, B.S. ‰ Required Cognate Course: ‰ A minimum of 60 hours including the following: GRPH 352 Digital Image Technology 3 ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3 ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: ART 241-242 Photography I-II 3-3 GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh (2) ART 243 Color Photography I 3 GRPH 253 Publication Technology I (3) ART 261 Graphic Design I 3 GRPH 354 Color Imaging (3) ART 277 History of Photography 3 MGMT 160 Small Business Management (3) ART 317 Design for the Web 2 MKTG 360 Consumer Behavior (3) ART 394 Professional Practices in Art 2 MKTG 374 Advertising Management (3) ART 426 Design and Composition III 2 ART 441 Portrait Photography 3 Associate Degree in Photography, A.S. ART 443 Commercial Photography I 3 ART 444 Color Photography II 3 ‰ A minimum of 40 hours including the following: ART 446 Digital Photo Imaging 3 ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3 ART 452, 453 Fine Print I, II 3,3 ART 241-242 Photography I-II 3-3 ART 455 Architectural Photography 3 ART 243 Color Photography I 3 ART 456 Special Effects Photography 3 ART 277 History of Photography 3 ART 477 Twentieth Century Art 3 ART 299 Associate Degree Project 3 (or ART 478 Contemporary Art) ART 394 Professional Practices in Art 2 ART 495 Independent Study 3 ART 426 Design and Composition III 2 ART 499 Baccalaureate Degree Project 3 ART 441 Portrait Photography 3 ART 443 Commercial Photography 3 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: ART 444 Color Photography II 3 GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh 2 ART 446 Digital Photo Imaging 3 (or Macintosh competency) ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3 MGMT 160 Small Business Management 3 (or ART 478 Contemporary Art) JOUR 242 Photojournalism 2 ‰ Required Cognate Course: JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics 3 GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh 2 Associate Degree in Graphic Design, A.S. (or Macintosh competency) ‰ A minimum of 47 hours including the following: ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals I-II 2-2 JOUR 242 Photojournalism (2) ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3 JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics (3) ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2 MGMT 160 Small Business Management (3) ART 131 Watercolor Painting I 2 (or ART 151 Acrylic and Oil Painting I) Minor in Art ART 241 Photography I 3 ‰ A minimum of 35 hours (7 upper division) including the following: ART 261-262 Graphic Design I-II 3 -3 ART 105 History of Western Art 4 ART 263 Typography I 3 ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals I-II 2-2 ART 268 Illustration I 3 ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3 ART 299 Associate Degree Project 3 ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2 ART 363 Preprint Production I 3 ART 131-132 Watercolor Painting I-II 2-2 ART 394 Professional Practices in Art 2 (or ART 151-152 Acrylic and Oil Painting I-II) ART 421 Advanced Drawing 2 ART 141-142 Ceramics I-II 2-2 ART 426 Design and Composition III 2 (or ART 144 Sculpture I and ART 446 Digital Photo Imaging 3 ART 226 Collage and Assemblage) ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3 ART 234 Printmaking–Silkscreen 2 (or ART 478 Contemporary Art)

49 Art

ART 235 Printmaking–Woodcuts and Etchings 2 ART 108 History of Far Eastern Art 3 ART 421 Advanced Drawing 2 ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3 ART 426 Design and Composition III 2 ART 278 Women Artists 3 ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3 ART 472 Greek and Roman Art 3 (or ART 478 Contemporary Art) ART 473 Medieval Art 3 (or ART 475 Renaissance Art) Minor in Art History ART 474 Baroque and Rococo Art 3 ‰ A minimum of 34 hours (12 upper division) including the following: (or ART 476 Nineteenth-Century Art) ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3 ART 105 History of Western Art 4 ART 478 Contemporary Art ART 107 American Art 3

The Rasmussen ART 124-125 3-3 A-W ART 142 2 W Design and Composition I-II Ceramics II Art Gallery The basic principles and elements Exploration of ceramics techniques of naturalistic and nonrepresentational and processes at the intermediate level. The Rasmussen Art Gallery, located in design. Stresses creative use of line, color, One lecture and three hours laboratory the heart of the campus mall, offers stu- shape, texture, and space. Courses must weekly. Prerequisite: ART 141. Even dents and community a stimulating and be taken in sequence. years. enriching cultural dimension in the visual arts. The gallery’s exhibitions provide ART 127 2 S ART 144 2 W exposure to contemporary work as well Three-Dimensional Design Sculpture I as to historically significant art. The perceptual, spatial, and structural A basic study in creating sculptural principles of well-ordered three-dimen- forms with additive and subtractive tech- Fine Art sional forms. Includes assignments intro- niques. Figurative and abstracted subject ducing techniques of modeling and matter rendered in clay and plaster. Odd Lower-division courses: assemblage. years.

ART 115 2 S ART 131-132 2-2 A-W ART 151-152 2-2 A-W Stained-Glass Design Watercolor Painting I-II Acrylic and Oil Painting I-II An introduction to stained-glass design, Fundamentals of nonrepresentational Fundamentals of opaque media in including copper foiling and leading tech- and naturalistic watercolor in landscape, painting naturalistic and nonrepresenta- niques. One lecture and three hours labo- still-life, and figure painting. Emphasis on tional forms. Emphasis on color, compo- ratory weekly. creative expression both in studio and on- sition, and expression through the study location landscape painting. One lecture of still-life, landscape, and figurative ART 121-122 2-2 A-W and three hours laboratory weekly. Must subject matter. One lecture and three Drawing Fundamentals I-II be taken in sequence. Odd years. hours laboratory weekly. Even years. A foundation course developing the student’s ability to communicate and ART 141 2 A, W, S ART 226 2 S express creative ideas using line, shape, Ceramics I Collage and Assemblage value, and texture. One lecture and two Introduction to materials and tech- The artistic use of papers, found hours laboratory weekly. Courses must niques in creating hand-built and wheel- objects, and other nontraditional media; be taken in sequence. thrown ceramic forms. One lecture and historical examples and the creation of three hours laboratory weekly. two- and three-dimensional projects. One lecture and three hours laboratory weekly. Even years.

50 Art

ART 234 2 W technique. One lecture and three hours ART 451 2 S Printmaking–Silkscreen laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: ART Acrylic and Oil Painting III An introduction to the techniques of 131-132. Odd years. Continued study of form and color in silkscreen printing including cut stencil acrylic and oil paints. Increased emphasis and photostencil. One lecture and three ART 341 2 S on developing personal expression and hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: Ceramics III techniques. One lecture and three hours ART 121-122. Advanced study in creating ceramic laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: ART forms, formulating glazes, and firing the 151-152. Even years. ART 235 2 S kiln. One lecture and three hours labora- Printmaking–Woodcut and Etching tory weekly. Prerequisites: ART 141, 142. ART 491 1-3 A, W, S An introduction to the creation of Even years. Cooperative Education in Art prints through the relief process of wood- An individualized contract agreement cuts and the intaglio process of etchings. ART 346 2 S involving selected students, faculty, and One lecture and three hours laboratory Sculpture II employers to provide practical experience weekly. Prerequisites: ART 121-122. Continued study in creating three- in art, art history, and graphic design in a Odd years. dimensional forms, using subtractive professional setting. Approval of the methods and such media as stone and department chair required in advance. ART 299 3 A, W, S plaster. One lecture and three hours labo- Thirty clock hours of experience required Associate Degree Project ratory weekly. Prerequisite: ART 144. for each hour of credit. May be repeated. An individual-project course required Odd years. of all associate-degree art majors. Cre- ART 495 1-3 A, W, S ation of a unified, accomplished body of ART 394 2 W Independent Study work for exhibition in the Rasmussen Art Professional Practices in Art Available in any area where additional Gallery or at another predetermined loca- Focus is on issues that graduating art study is desired. Approval of department tion on campus. Students completing majors will face whether practicing in the chair and major adviser is required. Max- more than one degree do a separate field of art or applying to graduate pro- imum of three hours permitted in any one project for each degree earned. In grams. Each student compiles a portfolio quarter, for a total of six in any major. Progress (“IP”) grading system. of artworks. This team-taught course features guest speakers. ART 498 3 A, W, S Upper-division courses: Honors Project ART 421 2 S Required of baccalaureate degree art ART 314 3 S Advanced Drawing majors in the Honors Program in place Art for Children A course to improve visual skills and of ART 499. (See ART 499 for course (See also ECED 314.) accurate portrayal. Emphasis on drawing description.) In-Progress (“IP”) grading A course that provides an understand- the human figure. One lecture and three system. ing of children’s art, a knowledge of art hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: materials, and teaching techniques appli- ART 121-122. cable to their levels of learning. Designed to provide in the life of the child the thrill ART 426 2 S of the visual and tactile uses of line, Design and Composition III shape, value, color, and texture. Integration and application of basic design principles through a series of com- ART 331 2 S prehensive projects. Prerequisites: ART Watercolor Painting III 124-125. Continued study of form and color through watercolor paintings of still-life, figure, and landscape. Increased emphasis on developing personal expression and

51 Art

ART 499 3 A, W, S ART 268 3 S ART 463 3 S Baccalaureate Degree Project Illustration I Typography II An individual-project course required Applied rendering in ink, markers, Type styles, character, arrangement, of all baccalaureate degree art majors. and wash drawings of the human figure, and usage in the design of printed materi- Students create a unified, original, and animal life, and inanimate objects. Prereq- als. Practical experience in preparation of professional body of work for exhibition uisites: ART 121-122. type for print production. Prerequisites: either in the Rasmussen Art Gallery or at ART 263; GRPH 253. Odd years. another predetermined location on cam- Upper-division courses: pus. Students completing more than one ART 464 3 W art degree do a separate degree project ART 317 2 A Preprint Production II for each degree earned. (For art history Design for the Web Explores the preparation of digital files majors in the Honors Program, this The process, resources, and skills and desktop design. For advanced graphic three-hour degree requirement is met needed to create a visual presence on the design majors who understand the basic by GNRL 498 Honors Project.) In- World Wide Web: personal home pages, elements of design, typography, and print Progress (“IP”) grading system. Websites for clients, use of the Web as a and who have good Macintosh compe- delivery platform. Beyond development of tency. Prerequisites: ART 262, 363; Graphic Design a properly functioning site, the course GRPH 253. Odd years. emphasizes creation of visually attractive Lower-division courses: and coherent presentations. For general ART 465-466 3-3 S-S students and art majors. Prerequisite: Illustration II-III ART 261 3 A CPTR 105 or GRPH 153 or computer Emphasis on visual and conceptual Graphic Design I competency (PC or Mac). Recommended problem-solving in renderings and on A basic overview of the design process prior courses: ART 124-125, 261. client presentations of editorial and com- from conceptualization and visualization mercial assignments. Media include to the preparation of advertising and col- ART 361 3 S markers, airbrush, and mixed media. lateral materials for print. Graphic Design III Prerequisites: ART 268, 421. An advanced course in design and pre- ART 262 3 A sentation as applied to advertising and ART 468 2 W Graphic Design II collateral materials. Prerequisites: ART Preprint Production III A foundation course emphasizing con- 262, 263. Odd years. An advanced course in digital preprint ceptual problem-solving in the design of techniques. For advanced graphic design corporate identity and collateral materi- ART 362 3 S majors who understand the basic elements als. Prerequisites: ART 124-125, 261. Graphic Design IV of digital file preparation. Prerequisites: In-depth study of corporate identity ART 262, 363, 464; GRPH 253. Even ART 263 3 W and graphic standards programs. Includes years. Typography I logo design and usage in various print Study of letter forms with emphasis on and signage applications. Prerequisites: Photography typesetting and preparation of copy for ART 262, 263. Even years. typesetting and design. Prerequisite: ART Lower-division courses: 261. ART 363 3 W Preprint Production I ART 241- 3 A, W ART 265 3 S Preprint production techniques applied ART 242 3 W Package Design to advertising and collateral materials. Em- Photography I-II Introduction to the process of design phasis on presentation and technical skills. The basic equipment, experimental and presentation as applied to packaging. Prerequisite or corequisite: ART 261. manipulations, and photographic skills Studies the redesign of existing packaging involved in producing black and white and the creation of new product entries. negatives, contact prints, and enlarge- Prerequisites: ART 262, 263. Even years. ments; the proper use of various films,

52 Art

papers, and chemicals. Ninety minutes design and photographic applications. from its origins to the present, with par- lecture and three hours laboratory Prerequisites: GRPH 153 (or Macintosh ticular emphasis on the relationship be- weekly. Must be taken in sequence. competency), 352, and ART 241. tween art and the epoch during which it was created. ART 243 3 S ART 452 3 A Color Photography I The Fine Print I ART 107 3 W An introduction to color theory and An advanced photography printing American Art practice; color toners, photo oils, slide course using large format camera. Refined A study of painting, sculpture, graphic developing, and color printing. Ninety printing using cold-light enlargers and art, photography, and architecture in the minutes lecture and three hours labora- archival treatments. Ninety minutes lec- United States from the colonial period to tory weekly. ture and three hours laboratory weekly. the present. Odd years. Even years. Upper-division courses: ART 108 3 S ART 453 3 W History of Far Eastern Art ART 441 3 A The Fine Print II An overview of art and architecture Portrait Photography Second stage of refined printing with created in China, Japan, India, and Development of fine art and commer- large format negatives. Ninety minutes Southeast Asia. Even years. cial skills in black-and-white and color lecture and three hours laboratory weekly. portraiture, including executive and group Even years. ART 264 2 S portraits, both in studio and outdoors. A History of Graphic Design 1 ART 455 3 W 2 /4 format camera is used. One and one- The history of graphic design and vi- half hours lecture and three hours labora- Architectural Photography sual communications from the develop- 1 tory weekly. Prerequisite: ART 243. Use of 2 /4 and 4 x 5 cameras to ment of ancient writing of the Sumerians record interior and exteriors of architec- progressing through twentieth-century ART 443 3 W tural subjects. Lighting techniques blend advances in graphic design: major trends, Commercial Photography natural light and flash. Ninety minutes developments, influences, and directions. 1 Use of 2 /4 and 4 x 5 format cameras lecture and three hours laboratory/field Students completing this course will be with studio lighting for product still life, work weekly. Odd years. able to recognize, analyze, and under- architectural, and industrial applications. stand important historical and world- Ninety minutes lecture and three hours ART 456 3 A wide cultural influences found in graphic laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: ART 243. Special Effects Photography design and visual communication. Advanced studio techniques producing ART 444 3 S varied special effects for studio and com- ART 277 3 W Color Photography II mercial applications. Ninety minutes lec- History of Photography Advanced color materials and manipu- ture and three hours laboratory weekly. Analysis of theories and techniques lation of color photography techniques Prerequisite: ART 443. Odd years. of major photographers in America and using the subtractive process and printing Europe from the inception of photogra- from slides. One and one-half hours lec- History of Art phy to the present. ture and three hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: ART 243. Lower-division courses: ART 278 3 W Women Artists ART 446 3 S ART 105 4 A, S Female artists in the Western World Digital Photo Imaging History of Western Art from the Renaissance to the present, with Use of computer software tools and Designed to further appreciation of particular focus on the nineteenth and techniques to scan, alter and enhance significant art as an expression of pro- twentieth centuries. Even years. photographs. Emphasis on artistic ma- found human experience. Major artists nipulation of digital images for graphic and monuments in Western Civilization

53 Art

Upper-division courses: ART 478 3 S Contemporary Art ART 472 3 A Painting, sculpture, graphic art, pho- Greek and Roman Art tography, and architecture in America The architecture, painting, sculpture, and Europe from 1950 to the present. and minor arts of Ancient Greece and Prerequisite: ART 105. Even years. Rome from the Cyclades in Greek art to the age of Constantine in Late Roman ART 490 3 A, W, S art. Prerequisite: ART 105. Odd years. Art History Research Project An intensive, faculty-directed research ART 473 3 A paper required of all majors in Art His- Medieval Art tory during their senior year, the topic to The art of Western Europe from be determined in consultation with the early Christianity until the advent of the Art faculty adviser. In-Progress (“IP”) Renaissance, with particular attention to grading system. architecture. Prerequisite: ART 105. Even years.

ART 474 3 W Baroque and Rococo Art Course covers the age of Bernini, Velázquez, Rubens, Rembrandt, and Watteau: architecture, painting, graphic art, and sculpture in Italy, Spain, the Netherlands, France, and England during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Prerequisite: ART 105. Odd years.

ART 475 3 A Italian Renaissance Art An examination of painting, sculpture, graphic art, and architecture in Italy and Spain from 1300 to 1600. Prerequisite: ART 105. Odd years.

ART 476 3 A Nineteenth-Century Art An analysis of painting, sculpture, graphic art, photography, and architecture in Europe from 1775 to 1900. Prerequisite: ART 105. Even years.

ART 477 3 S Twentieth-Century Art Painting, sculpture, graphic art, photography and architecture in Europe from 1900 to 1950. Prerequisite: ART 105. Odd years.

54 BehavioralBehavioral Science Science

Faculty Major in Behavioral Science, B.S. Aubyn Fulton, chair; Bruce Bainum, Charlene Bainum, Fiona ‰ A minimum of 60 hours in behavioral science (30 upper Bullock, Monte Butler, Kathy Herrera, Gregory Schneider division) including the following core courses plus an Departmental Office: 109 Davidian Hall; 965-6537 emphasis of 16-17 hours from psychology or sociology: ‰ Required Core Courses: Degrees and Programs ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology 4 Behavioral Science, B.S...... 55 PSYC 121 General Psychology 4 Psychology, B.A., B.S...... 56 PSYC 122 Psychology Seminar* 3 Social Work, B.S.W...... 56 PSYC 334 Child Development 4 PSYC 364 Social Psychology 4 The Department of Behavioral Science offers three PSYC 394 Colloquium** 2 majors: Behavioral Science, Psychology, and Social Work. The PSYC 457 Psychological Testing 4 goals of the department are as follows: PSYC 490 Issues in Religion, Ethics, and the Human • To encourage purposeful living in the service of God and Sciences 4 humanity by helping students understand and apply principles of SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4 human behavior in personal and professional relationships. SOCI 232 American Social Problems 4 • To provide a general background for a wide range of careers SOWK 121 Introduction to Social Work 4 that involve working with people, such as law, medicine, SOWK 227 Conflict Resolution and Relationship Skills 3 nursing, education, business, and the ministry. (or PSYC 225 Personal Behavior • To prepare students at the baccalaureate level in the generalist Modification (2)) framework for employment in the profession of social work. ‰ Emphases (choose one): • To prepare students adequately for graduate study in psy- Psychology: Minimum 16-17 upper-division hours chology and social work. Sociology: Minimum 16-17 upper-division hours ‰ Required Cognate Course: OFAD 301*** Word Processing 2 (or GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh)

* PSYC 122 must be taken before the junior year. ** PSYC 394 is required each quarter of the junior and senior years. *** OFAD 111 may be prerequisite to OFAD 301 depending on the student’s keyboard competence.

55 Behavioral Science

Major in Psychology, B.A., B.S. 1. To prepare students for beginning generalist professional ‰ B.A.: A minimum of 49 hours in psychology (24 upper division) social work practice. This includes work with individuals, B.S.: A minimum of 60 hours in psychology (30 in the upper small groups, families, organizations, communities, and division) including the following: administrative and legislative systems. 2. To provide students with an appreciation for the relevance to PSYC 121 General Psychology 4 today’s practice of the history and philosophy of the social PSYC 122 Psychology Seminar* 3 work profession and an understanding of the current issues PSYC 322 Research Design 4 and social welfare policies that affect client systems and general- PSYC 323 Introduction to Experimental Psychology 4 ist practitioners. PSYC 334 Child Development 4 3. To provide students a strong knowledge base, from an eco- PSYC 344 Psychology of Personality 4 logical perspective, of the bio-psycho-social, spiritual, and PSYC 364 Social Psychology 4 cultural factors that affect human behavior throughout life. PSYC 394 Colloquium** 2 4. To prepare students with a working knowledge of quantitative PSYC 436 Physiological Psychology 4 and qualitative research methodologies at the micro and macro PSYC 444 History and Systems of Psychology 4 levels of practice, with emphasis on incorporating techniques PSYC 445 Learning and Cognition 4 for systematic evaluation of practice and awareness of techno- PSYC 490 Issues in Religion, Ethics, and the Human logical advances. Sciences 4 5. To guide students in developing values, ethics, standards, and PSYC 499 Systematic Issues in Psychology 4 conduct vital to the social work profession and to provide super- ‰ Recommended Course: vised field practicum experiences that allow opportunity for con- PSYC 457 Psychological Testing (4) tinued growth and application of practice knowledge and skills. ‰ Required Cognate Courses: 6. To provide social work resources to the community (Napa ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology 4 and Sonoma Valleys, Lake County, the college environment, MATH 322 Statistical Methods 3 and the church at large) needing social services, consultation, OFAD 301*** Word Processing 2 and practice skills from social work faculty and students. (or GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh) 7. To provide students with a greater appreciation of human SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4 diversity, with special attention to the practice knowledge and skills related to the specific populations-at-risk in surrounding Bachelor of Social Work, B.S.W. communities. ‰ A minimum of 65 hours in social work (54 upper division) 8. To provide students with an understanding of social and economic injustice, including oppression and discrimination, and The baccalaureate degree program in social work is fully the skills to promote social change effectively. accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. It is 9. To prepare students for lifetime learning and critical thinking designed to prepare students at the baccalaureate level to enter through an educational process that combines a liberal-arts the profession as generalist social work practitioners. foundation with professional social work education. The objectives of the social work program support its mission and goals to train students as competent generalist social work- Students interested in social work as a profession should make ers, ready for beginning professional practice in accord with the an advisement appointment with the Social Work Program Direc- standards of the Council on Social Work Education. These ob- tor. The Social Work Student Handbook contains detailed infor- jectives provide the standard by which the quality of education mation on the admissions process. and professional competencies of students may be assessed. The 1. Complete the program admissions packet, including admissions major objectives include the following: application, personal statement, and reference letters. 2. Complete the personal admissions interview. The Program Admissions Committee applies the following * PSYC 122 must be taken before the junior year. criteria in evaluating applications: ** PSYC 394 is required each quarter of the junior and senior years. • Successful completion of required prerequisite courses *** OFAD 111 may be prerequisite to OFAD 301 depending • Satisfactory academic record on the student’s keyboard competence. • Effective oral-communication skills

56 Behavioral Science

• Effective written-communication skills MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4 • Attitudes, behaviors, and ethics appropriate to the social work PLSC 124 Introduction to American Government 3 profession PSYC 121 General Psychology 4 The Admissions Committee notifies each candidate of the action PSYC 358 Abnormal Psychology 4 taken on his or her application. To remain in the program, students (or PSYC 344 Psychology of Personality) must continue to meet the same academic, ethical, and behavioral PSYC 490 Issues in Religion, Ethics, and the Human standards. (The Social Work Student Handbook contains further Sciences 4 information on criteria for admission to the program, continuance ‰ Elective Courses (8 hours): in it, and the appeal process.) Electives must be selected in consultation with the Social ‰ Required Core Courses: Work adviser. ‰ PSYC 322 Research Design 4 General Education Requirements: SOCI 355 “Racial” and Ethnic Relations 3 The same as for the B.S. degree except that the health require- SOWK 121 Introduction to Social Work 4 ment (VI-A) is fulfilled by the major. SOWK 232 American Social Problems 4 ‰ Recommended Course: SOWK 275 History and Philosophy of Social Welfare Students who intend to seek employment in California are Institutions 3 strongly urged to include Spanish as a second language. See espe- SOWK 368 Principles of Counseling 4 cially SPAN 111-112 Beginning Spanish. SOWK 376 Human Behavior in the Social Environment I 3 Minor in Psychology SOWK 377 Human Behavior in the Social ‰ A minimum of 30 hours in psychology (12 hours upper Environment II 3 division) including the following: SOWK 382 Practice Theory I 4 SOWK 383 Practice Theory II 4 PSYC 121 General Psychology 4 SOWK 394 Colloquium* 2 PSYC 122 Psychology Seminar 3 SOWK 465 Practice Theory III 4 PSYC 225 Personal Behavior Modification 2 SOWK 468 Social Welfare Policy and Contemporary Social Issues 4 Minor in Sociology SOWK 470 Introduction to Field Experience 3 ‰ A minimum of 30 hours in sociology (17 hours upper division) SOWK 471 Field Experience 14 including the following: SOWK 475 Integrative Field Seminar 2 SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: SOCI 232 American Social Problems 4 BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5 ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4

*SOWK 394 is required each quarter of the junior and senior years.

57 Behavioral Science

Anthropology religious, ethical, and social implications tion and on the development of intelli- of psychological theory and data. gence, motivation, language, play, personality, self-concept, moral principles, Lower-division course: PSYC 126 2 A and sex roles. Emphasis on interaction Assertive Behavior between innate development and envi- ANTH 124 4 W, S (See SOWK 126.) ronmental influences. Covers infancy Cultural Anthropology through adolescence. The nature and concept of culture, the PSYC 225 2 A learning and growth of culture, and the Personal Behavior Modification PSYC 335 3 W development of cultural patterns. Survey Application of self-analysis and Adolescent Development of economics, kinship, gender, political behavior-modification techniques to Theory and research in adolescent structures, languages, and religion in tech- achieve self-change and personal devel- development. Focuses on the unique tasks nologically simple and complex societies. opment. and conflicts of adolescence, the role and function of adolescence in modern soci- Psychology PSYC 227 3 A, W ety, and the social and psychological Conflict Resolution and problems and opportunities associated (PSYC 121 is prerequisite to all other Relationship Skills with adolescence. courses in Psychology except PSYC 126, (See SOWK 227.) 225, 227 and 390.) PSYC 336 4 S Upper-division courses: Adult and Geriatric Development Service Course: (See also SOWK/SOCI 336.) (May not apply to a major or minor in PSYC 322 4 W A developmental exploration of early the department) Research Design adulthood through the elder years. Focus (See also SOCI 322.) on the main tasks, milestones, life events, PSYC 234 4 W, S Methods of inquiry in the behavioral problems, and fulfillments of this aging Human Development sciences from conception of idea to analy- process. Emphasis on the impact of soci- Theory and research in developmental sis of data. Includes the experiment, sur- etal, cultural, racial, and ethnic influences. psychology, including an overview of the vey research, observational methods, and mental, emotional, physical, social, and program evaluation. Requires a labora- PSYC 344 4 A moral development of the individual tory that introduces the student to the Psychology of Personality from conception to senescence. Statistical Package for the Social Sciences Survey and analysis of major theoreti- (SPSS). Prerequisite: MATH 222. cal models of personality, personality Lower-division courses: classification systems, and empirical PSYC 323 4 S research. PSYC 121 4 A, W, S Introduction to Experimental General Psychology Psychology PSYC 358 4 W Survey of the field of psychology: social Research design and procedures in Abnormal Psychology processes, biological psychology, learning, the psychological laboratory. Requires Overview of psychological disorders: development, motivation, stress, personal- a major research project and laboratory. description of symptoms, course of the ity, psychopathology, and therapies. Prerequisites: MATH 222, PSYC 322. disorder, etiology, and treatment. In- cludes survey of current biological and PSYC 122 3 W, S PSYC 334 4 A behavioral research in psychopathology Psychology Seminar Child Development and behavioral disorders. Recommended An introductory seminar emphasizing (See also ECED 334.) prior course: PSYC 344. the exploration and discussion of psy- Theory and research in developmental chological issues. Topics include critical psychology; their application in under- analysis of psychological research, pro- standing and relating to children. Focus fessional and occupational roles, and on learning, perception, and identifica-

58 Behavioral Science

PSYC 359 3 S PSYC 368 4 W PSYC 435 3 A Psychology of Exceptional Children Principles of Counseling Psychology of Religion (See also ECED 359, EDUC 359.) (See also SOWK 368.) Religious experience, behavior, and devel- The major variations in intellectual, sen- This prepractice course offers an intro- opment from the perspective of dynamic sory, and physiological functioning. The duction to the work, ethical issues, and and research psychologies. Two hours causes, psychological impact, and unique theories of counseling. Emphasis on begin- may be applied toward the general-educa- problems associated with mental retarda- ning to develop basic helping relationship tion requirement in religion. Odd years. tion, giftedness, emotional disturbance, skills, evaluation of one’s personal strengths speech, visual and hearing problems, or- and weaknesses and establishing a begin- PSYC 436 4 S thopedic handicap, and specific learning ning personal philosophy of counseling. Physiological Psychology disability; the legal mandates making edu- Recommended prior course: PSYC 344 or The physiological explanations of cational, equal access, and civil rights pro- 358; or permission of the instructor. behavior; brain-behavior relationships; visions for the exceptional person. Three sensory, neural and motor structures lectures and one laboratory weekly (see PSYC 390 3 W significant to human experience. PSYC 359L). Required for California Gender Issues Professional Clear teaching credential. (See also SOWK 390.) PSYC 444 4 S Historical, biological, sociological, History and Systems of Psychology PSYC 359L 1 S cultural, and psychological impacts on Greek and medieval background of Psychology of Exceptional Children gender issues, both male and female. psychology, the early modern period, the Laboratory Significant emphasis on the effects on the emergence of contemporary experimental (See also ECED 359L, EDUC 359L.) individual, family, workplace, commu- work, and special fields of psychology; Required for California Professional nity, and society. Breaking stereotypes influential psychological systems. Clear Teaching Credential. One laboratory and barriers. to be taken concurrently with PSYC 359. PSYC 445 4 W PSYC 394 1 A, W, S Learning and Cognition PSYC 360 3 A Colloquium Comparison and integration of basic Psychopharmacology (See also SOWK 394.) research in animal learning and human The drugs that affect behavior through Topics of current interest in social memory and cognition. Emphasis on the action on the nervous system. Major psy- work and psychology. Includes guest relative roles of mechanistic and mental- choactive drug groups include antianxi- speakers, progress reports on student istic variables and on the plausibility of ety, antidepressant, antipsychotic, stimu- and faculty research, and presentations universal laws of learning. Three lectures lant, and drugs of abuse. Related issues on current professional issues. Required and one laboratory weekly. of drug distribution, administration, dos- of all junior and senior majors. Students age, absorption and fate. register once (fall) for the entire year. In- PSYC 457 4 S Progress (“IP”) grading system. Psychological Testing PSYC 364 4 A The purpose, contribution, and prob- Social Psychology PSYC 399 1-2 A-W lems of psychological testing. Emphasis (See also SOCI 364.) Research Seminar on understanding the psychometric and The psychological principles under- For students completing a research clinical characteristics of standardized lying group behavior and the effects of project with supervision by a research tests. The major areas of testing, including the group on individual behavior; atti- mentor. Emphasis on revision and sub- ability, achievement, intelligence, interest, tude change, conformity, aggression, mission of an APA-style manuscript for and personality. Three lectures and one prejudice; and interpersonal attraction, professional presentation. Prerequisite: laboratory weekly. Recommended prior altruism and attribution theory. Three Approval of the instructor. course: MATH 222. lectures and one laboratory weekly.

59 Behavioral Science

PSYC 490 4 W Social Work SOWK 232 4 A, W Issues in Religion, Ethics, and the American Social Problems Human Sciences (See also SOCI 232.) Explorations of tensions in belief, con- Lower-division courses: An introduction to major social prob- duct, and identity that arise from being lems in current American society. Causal- SOWK 121 4 A, S both a Christian and a person changed ity, current dynamics, and projections on Introduction to Social Work through contact with the human sciences. the future climate of social change related Special attention to issues for Christians Introduction to the profession of social to crime, violence, population, environ- entering professions in psychology and work and social interventions. Fields of ment, family issues, discrimination, social social work. Open to senior majors in the practice, practice methods, and the and economic justice, and health care. Behavioral Science department and to knowledge, values, ethics, and skills of others by permission of the instructor. the profession. Focus on social work and SOWK 275 3 A populations-at-risk and issues of human History and Philosophy of Social PSYC 491 1-6 A, W, S diversity. Open to all students interested Welfare Institutions Field Work in Psychology in the profession of social work and so- Based upon changing value systems Concentrated field work in an area of cial interventions. Requires community and philosophies, the attempts of society special interest. Includes placement in involvement. and social welfare institutions to meet hospitals, correctional agencies, programs human needs. Examination from both SOWK 126 2 A for emotionally disturbed children, and historical and current perspectives. Pre- Assertive Behavior other community mental-health programs. requisites: SOWK 121, PLSC 124, HIST Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. (See also PSYC 126.) 101-102 or permission of the instructor. Maximum of six hours applicable toward Emphasis on developing basic skills and major. confidence in clarifying one’s desires or Upper-division courses: needs and communicating them to others PSYC 495 1-3 A, W, S in socially acceptable and effective ways. SOWK 336 4 S Independent Study Learning through role playing, discus- Adult and Geriatric Development Limited to department majors wishing sion, and setting personal goals. (See PSYC 336.) to pursue independent investigations in SOWK 214 4 S psychology under the direction of the SOWK 368 4 A, W The Family Behavioral Science faculty. Maximum Principles of Counseling of three hours applicable toward major. (See also SOCI 214.) (See PSYC 368.) Exploration of the meaning and func- PSYC 499 4 A tions of family systems. The adjustments SOWK 376 3 A Systematic Issues in Psychology of premarriage, marriage, and family liv- Human Behavior in the Social A review of the psychology major, ing viewed as a system, with focus on Environment I including an in-depth analysis of the ex- skills designed to establish and maintain The bio-psycho-social factors that im- perimental foundations of general psy- the family institution. pact or influence behavior from infancy chology; orientation to the graduate through young adulthood from the per- SOWK 227 3 A, W school application process and prepara- son-in-environment perspective. Focus Conflict Resolution and tion for the psychology GRE. Limited to on the assessment process in generalist Relationship Skills senior psychology majors. practice, with special attention to cultural (See also PSYC 227.) awareness and factors of human diversity. Skill development in self-understand- Emphasis on research relevant to social ing and in relating effectively with others. work practice. Prerequisites: SOWK 275, Provides tools for effective communica- BIOL 102, PSYC 121. tion and conflict resolution. Applicable to personal, work, and social relationships.

60 Behavioral Science

SOWK 377 3 W SOWK 394 1 A, W, S areas of the curriculum. Includes agency- Human Behavior in the Social Colloquium based research project. Prerequisite: Environment II (See PSYC 394.) SOWK 470. Limited to senior B.S.W. The bio-psyco-social factors that influ- majors. ence behaviors of individuals from young SOWK 465 4 A adulthood through the elder years from Practice Theory III SOWK 475 2 S the person-in-environment perspective. Basic knowledge at the macro level Integrative Field Seminar Focus on the assessment process in gener- necessary for functioning effectively in A seminar experience designed to pro- alist practice, with special attention to generalist social work roles. Focus on vide opportunity for practicum students cultural awareness and factors of human problem-solving methods for desired to exchange learning from their field set- diversity. Emphasis on research relevant change within generalist practice; organi- tings. Emphasis on continuing integra- to social work practice. Prerequisite: zations and communities as they pro- tion of theory and practice issues. Taken SOWK 376. mote, restore, maintain, and enhance concurrently with SOWK 471. social functioning. Emphasis on commu- SOWK 382 4 S nity organization with diverse popula- SOWK 495 1-3 A, W, S Practice Theory I tions and on research techniques. Prereq- Independent Study Emphasis on the generalist model of uisite: SOWK 382 and 383 or permission Limited to advanced students wishing practice with focus on work with indi- of the instructor. Enrollment limited to to do independent research on a specific viduals. The micro level of intervention B.S.W. majors. topic of current social work interest and as it relates to client engagement, prob- its implication for integrative practice. lem assessment, data collection, goals, SOWK 468 4 W strategies, action, and evaluation to help Social Welfare Policy and Sociology the client or client system resolve prob- Contemporary Social Issues lems. Three lectures and one laboratory Emphasis on the philosophical and Lower-division courses: weekly Prerequisites: SOWK 368, 376, historical development of welfare policy. 377 or permission of the instructor. Lim- Analysis and formulation of policy. Con- SOCI 121 4 A, S ited to B.S.W. majors. temporary social issues in relationship to Introduction to Sociology policy and its effects upon the people for The relationship of sociology to the SOWK 383 4 A whom it is intended. The role of the gen- total behavioral science field; orientation Practice Theory II eralist social worker in this process. Pre- to the structure and functioning of soci- Emphasis on the generalist model of requisite: SOWK 275, ECON 261 or ety; development and social nature of practice with small groups and family permission of the instructor. personality; background and develop- systems. The micro level of intervention ment of culture; basic social institutions. as it relates to group goals, structure, SOWK 470 3 W dynamics and processes. Focus on devel- Introduction to Field Experience SOCI 214 4 S opment of basic group work skills and Provides five hours of practicum per The Family techniques in working with groups of week in community agencies. One semi- (See SOWK 214.) various composition and age. Prerequi- nar session per week to facilitate the sites: SOWK 368, 376, 377 or permission transition from theory to practice. Pre- SOCI 232 4 A, W of the instructor. Enrollment limited to requisite: SOWK 382, 383, 465. Enroll- American Social Problems B.S.W. majors. ment limited to B.S.W. majors with full (See SOWK 232.) acceptance into the Social Work Program. SOWK 390 3 W Gender Issues SOWK 471 14 S (See PSYC 390.) Field Experience A block placement of 420 clock hours in a social agency with emphasis on integration and active use of content from all

61 Behavioral Science

Upper-division courses:

SOCI 322 4 W Research Design (See PSYC 322.)

SOCI 336 4 S Adult and Geriatric Development (See PSYC 336.)

SOCI 355 3 A "Racial" and Ethnic Relations History of ethnic groups in the United States. Ethnic groups studied include Afri- can Americans, Jewish Americans, Ameri- can Indians, Asian Americans, Latin Americans, and European Americans. The nature of prejudice and discrimination, especially as evidenced in contemporary American racial problems; possible solutions of group conflict.

SOCI 364 4 A Social Psychology (See PSYC 364.)

SOCI 435 3 A The Sacred and Profane in Society Examination of the social-religious nature of humankind; description and use of concepts in the sociological study of religion; consideration of mainstream and marginal religious organizations and movements. Two hours may apply toward the general-education requirement in religion. Even years.

SOCI 495 1-3 A, W, S Independent Study Limited to advanced students wishing to do independent research under direction of the Behavioral Science faculty.

62 BiologyBiology

Faculty Major in Biology, B.S. Terrence Trivett, chair; Earl Aagaard, John Duncan, Gene ‰ A minimum of 60 hours (30 upper division) including the following: Johnson, Gilbert Muth, Bryan Ness ‰ Required Core Courses: Departmental Office: 120 Clark Hall; 965-6227 BIOL 111-112-113 Biological Foundations 5-5-5 BIOL 222 Introduction to Research Methods 2 Degrees and Programs BIOL 320 Cellular and Molecular Biology 4 Biology, B.S...... 63 BIOL 333 Principles of Ecology 4 Biology, B.A...... 64 BIOL 348 Animal Physiology 5 Premedical Technology Option, B.S...... 64 BIOL 354 Genetics 4 Natural Science, B.S...... 64 BIOL 396 Seminar (4 quarters) 2 Teaching Credential ...... 65 BIOL 450 Philosophy of Origins 3 Medical Technology, B.S.M.T...... 68 ‰ Electives: At least 21 hours from the following: 21 BIOL 321 Ornithology (3) Biologists seek to understand the complexity of the living BIOL 323 Vertebrate Natural History (3) world through observation and experiment. By offering course BIOL 325 Flowering Plants (3) work and laboratory experience concerning microorganisms, BIOL 331 Marine Science (4) plants, animals (including humans), and the interrelationships BIOL 345 Environmental Science (3) among these living things, the Department of Biology BIOL 356 Human Genetics (4) encourages the student to consider the study of life an exciting MICR 366 Medical Microbiology (5) and continuing challenge, whether at the level of molecules, BIOL 412 Research in Biology (1-3) cells, organisms, populations, or ecosystems. BIOL 419 Developmental Biology (3) The biology major prepares students for careers in the practice BIOL 422 Advanced Human Anatomy (4) or teaching of the life sciences, for graduate study, or for such BIOL 426 Histology (5) professions as dentistry, medicine, and medical technology. BIOL 445 Biotechnology (2) On-campus studies may be enriched by field experiences at the BIOL 469 Immunology (4) Albion Field Station on the Mendocino Coast. ‰ Required Cognate Courses: CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5 CHEM 371-372-373 Organic Chemistry 4-4-4 PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics 4-4-4 ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: CHEM 381 Biochemistry I (4) MATH 131 Calculus I (4) ‰ Premedical and predental students: The B.S. degree curriculum exceeds all undergraduate science requirements for premedical and predental students.

63 Biology

Major in Biology, B.A. PHYS 111- General Physics 4-4-4 ‰ A minimum of 48 hours (24 upper division) 112-113 (or PHYS 131-132-133*) Core and cognate requirements are the same as those for the ‰ Emphases (choose one): B.S. degree. Electives in the major: 9 hours in biology from those 1. Biology Emphasis (35-36 hours) listed above for the B.S. degree. BIOL 320 Cellular and Molecular Biology 4 BIOL 333 Principles of Ecology 4 Premedical Technology Option for BIOL 348 Animal Physiology 5 Biology Major, B.S. (or BIOL 102 Human Physiology (5)) The following electives must be added to the core and cognate BIOL 354 Genetics 4 requirements of the biology major for eligibility to apply to a BIOL 396 Seminar (4 quarters) 2 clinical program in Medical Technology (12 months) that is State MICR 134 General Microbiology 5 of California and Registry approved: One of the following courses: BIOL 330 Introduction to Hematology 1 BIOL 321 Ornithology (3) BIOL 469 Immunology 4 BIOL 323 Vertebrate Natural History (3) CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry I 3 BIOL 325 Flowering Plants (3) CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory 2 Required Cognate Courses: MICR 366 Medical Microbiology 5 CHEM 102 Survey of Organic Chemistry (4) One of the following: 4 CHEM 103 Survey of Biochemistry (4) MATH 106 College Algebra (4) 2. Chemistry Emphasis (33 hours) MATH 130 Precalculus (4) CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry 3 MATH 131 Calculus (4) CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry Laboratory 2 For further academic or career information, please consult the CHEM 351 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences 3 Medical Technology adviser. (or CHEM 451 Physical Chemistry) CHEM 371- Organic Chemistry 4-4-4 Major in Natural Science, B.S. 372-373 This major satisfies the preconditions for science program CHEM 373L Advanced Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 subject-matter approval by the California Commission on CHEM 381 Biochemistry 4 Teacher Credentialing. The core requirement of 64 quarter hours Required Cognate Course: of course work corresponds to science subjects commonly taught MATH 131-132 Calculus 4-4 in California public schools, and the concentrations available 3. Physics Emphasis* (35 hours) treat the subject matter at a depth more than adequate for teach- ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3 ing the higher secondary science courses in biology, chemistry, MATH 131- Calculus 4-4-4 and physics. 132-133 ‰ Required Core Courses: PHYS 234 Elementary Modern Physics 4 ASTR 115 Astronomy 5 One of the following courses: ASTR 173 Meteorology 1 ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4 BIOL 111-112- Biological Foundations 5-5-5 PHYS 256 Applied Optics 4 113 BIOL 331 Marine Science 4 Additional hours (at least 12 upper division) selected from phys- BIOL 345 Environmental Science 3 ics courses that carry credit toward a major in physics and from BIOL 450 Philosophy of Origins 3 the following two courses: CHEM 111- General Chemistry 5-5-5 ASTR 341-342 Astrophysics 3-3 112-113 CHEM 344 Nuclear Physics and Chemistry 3 GEOL 233 Geology 4 PHIL 390 History and Philosophy of Science 3 *Students electing the physics emphasis must take PHYS 131-2-3. 64 Biology

Teaching Credential admission to and successful completion of the Teacher Education Students desiring to enter a program of studies leading to a Program as outlined in the Education section of this catalog. California teaching credential in science with a concentration in biology should take the B.S. degree in Natural Science. This Minor in Biology program meets the newly established standards of quality and ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following: effectiveness and has been approved by the State of California BIOL 111-112-113 Biological Foundations 5-5-5 Commission on Teacher Credentialing. A brochure describing BIOL 345 Environmental Science 3 the new program and its requirements is available in the Biology BIOL 450 Philosophy of Origins 3 department office. Students are invited to discuss the program with the Teacher Education Adviser in the Biology department. Summer Field Study Those who plan to teach on the secondary level should con- The following course is offered on demand during the summer: sult with the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education and should become acquainted with the specific requirements for BIOL 331 Marine Science 4

General Science AGRI 212 3 W BIOL 102 5 W, S Home Greenhouse Gardening Human Physiology The greenhouse as a solar energy The function of human body systems, (May not be used for major or minor source for the home. Growth and multi- emphasizing the relationships among in this department) plication of plants for food and home these systems; the role of each system in beautification. Two lectures and one normal body function and health. Four GSCI 205 3 A, S laboratory weekly. lectures and one laboratory weekly. Scientific Revolutions Major developments in biology, chem- AGRI 213 3 S BIOL 105 5 W istry, and physics that have led to new Home Vegetable Gardening Man and the Natural World ways of thinking in the sciences, with a Instruction and experience growing a The fundamental principles of biology, synthesis of modern scientific thought and home vegetable garden. One lecture and with emphasis on such practical applica- methods. Prerequisites: MATH 019 or two laboratories weekly. tions as order and design, natural history, equivalent; a full year of biology at the philosophy of creation, adaptation, con- secondary level or BIOL 105; a full year Biology servation, and survival. Limited to non- of chemistry at the secondary level or science majors; not available to students CHEM 101; and a full year of physics at Service Courses: who have had a college biology course. the secondary level or PHYS 105. (May not be used for major or minor in this department) BIOL 223 1 W Agriculture Introduction to Medical Terms BIOL 101 4 A, W An introduction to the terminology of Lower-division courses: Human Anatomy science and medicine. (May not be used for a major or minor Human structure as the expression in Biology) of basic principles of morphology. Each BIOL 227 4 S functional system considered in terms of Natural History of California AGRI 211 3 A its cell, tissue, and organ types. Three The plants and animals of California Home Fruit Growing lectures and one laboratory weekly. as they relate to its diverse topography Home fruit production for the backyard and geography. Two lectures and one gardener. Biology of various fruit plants and laboratory weekly. the cultural practices essential to growing a wide variety of fruits for home use. Two lectures and one laboratory weekly. 65 Biology

BIOL 355 3 A BIOL 222 2 W BIOL 325 3 S Philosophy of Biology Introduction to Research Methods Flowering Plants Current theories regarding the origin, The tools of biological research, in- Structure of typical flowers; methods age, and change of the earth and its life. cluding the choice of a model system, of analyzing, collecting, identifying, and Methods of interpreting Scripture, theo- statistical tests, data recording and analy- preserving representative specimens. Two ries of origin and age-dating of the earth sis, interpretation and presentation of lectures and one laboratory weekly. Pre- and its layers, biological problems of experimental results, and the writing of requisite: BIOL 113 or BIOL 227. evolution, geological history, glaciation, research proposals. One lecture and one and fossil hominids. Special reference to laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL BIOL 327 1 A, W, S the bearing of scientific data on evolu- 111-112-113 and MATH 222. Methods of Museum Curation tionist and creationist philosophies. Two The student spends three clock hours credits applicable toward the general- Upper-division courses: per week for each hour of credit, prepar- education requirement in religion. ing specimens for the herbarium. Tech- BIOL 320 4 W niques of mounting, labeling, herbarium MICR 134 5 A, S Cellular and Molecular Biology organization, and data preparation for General Microbiology Composition, structure, and function the Herbarium Data Retrieval System. An introduction to microorganisms– of the cell and its organelles; emphasis on Prerequisite: BIOL 325. the bacteria, viruses, and fungi; the use- intracellular and intercellular communica- fulness of microorganisms in nature and tion and control principles. Prerequisites: BIOL 330 1 W manufacturing; pathogenesis and immu- BIOL 111-112-113. Introduction to Hematology nity. Consideration of each major infec- Morphology and physiology of the tious disease with respect to its causative BIOL 321 3 A cells of the bone marrow and peripheral agent, characteristics, diagnosis, transmis- Ornithology blood. Hematopoiesis. Survey of anemias sion, and prevention. Four lectures and Field and laboratory studies of the and leukemias. One lecture or one labo- one laboratory weekly. avifauna of the Pacific States in particular, ratory weekly. Offered on demand for with general attention to the distribution of Medical Technology majors accepted for Lower-division courses: birds in North America as a whole. Two the clinical year. lectures and one laboratory weekly. Prereq- BIOL 111-112-113 5-5-5 A-W-S uisite: BIOL 113 or BIOL 227. Odd years. BIOL 331 4 A Biological Foundations Marine Science An integrated foundation in life BIOL 323 3 W Introduction to oceanography, marine science principles for biology majors Vertebrate Natural History life, and humanity’s impact on the marine and preprofessional students in the bio- A comprehensive look at the natural environment. Lecture, laboratory, and medical sciences. Prerequisite to most history of the vertebrates, including their project. Prerequisites: BIOL 111-112-113 biology courses with higher numbers. relationship to the physical environment or consent of the instructor. Should be taken in sequence. Four lec- and to other species and their social and tures and one laboratory weekly. reproductive patterns. Laboratory sur- BIOL 333 4 A BIOL 111: The cell as the structural veys vertebrate groups, especially their Principles of Ecology and functional unit of life; organelles and northern California representatives. Two The interaction of physical and bio- their functions; structure and function of lectures and one laboratory weekly. logical factors in maintaining balance essential biomolecules; and an introduc- Prerequisite: BIOL 113 or BIOL 227. within the ecosystem. Survey of world tion to molecular genetics. biomes and aquatic ecosystems. Labora- BIOL 112: Mendelian genetics, bio- tories examine and compare biotic com- diversity, ecology, and evolution. munities and their structure on Howell BIOL 113: The form and function of Mountain. Three lectures and one labo- plants and animals. ratory weekly. Prerequisite: BIOL 111- 112-113.

66 Biology

BIOL 345 3 A, W, S BIOL 396 .5 A, W, S BIOL 426 5 W Environmental Science Seminar Histology The relationship of human beings to (See also CHEM 396, PHYS 396) Microscopic structure of the fundamen- their environment, including such current Single topics of current interest in math- tal tissues and organs of humans and issues as food and population, air and ematics and natural science are presented other mammals with functional correla- water quality, energy, land use, housing, by guest lecturers. The course is graded tions. Three lectures and two laboratories transportation, waste disposal, and S/F. To pass, a student must be on time weekly. Prerequisite: BIOL 320. community health. and attend five course appointments. Biol- ogy majors are required to enroll in the BIOL 445 2 A BIOL 348 5 A course two out of three quarters in each of Biotechnology Animal Physiology their junior and senior years. Credit earned Advanced molecular genetics tech- Major functional systems of animals only during the junior and senior years niques, including the isolation and manipu- and adaptations of function for a wide counts toward the Seminar requirement lation of DNA, cloning, PCR, and DNA variety of environments. Emphasis on for a degree in biology. sequencing. One lecture and one laboratory vertebrate animals, with comparisons to weekly. Prerequisite: BIOL 354. invertebrate groups. The laboratory BIOL 412 1-3 A, W, S emphasizes quantitative measurement of Research in Biology BIOL 450 3 W function in a variety of animals. Four Original investigation in selected areas Philosophy of Origins lectures and one laboratory weekly. Pre- of biology. The research topic is selected Historical and current issues relating requisites: BIOL 111-112-113. and the work done under direction of a to creation and evolution models of origins. faculty adviser. Scholarly presentation of Data and interpretations from anthropol- BIOL 354 4 S research results is encouraged. May be ogy, geology, biology, and radiometric Genetics repeated for up to 6 hours applied to the dating with their philosophical, theologi- The genetics of bacteria, plants, and Biology major. Prerequisites: BIOL 101- cal, and scientific implications and inter- animals. Chromosome mapping, popula- 112-113 and approval of the Biology actions. Prerequisite: BIOL 111-112-113. tion and evolutionary genetics, prokary- faculty. otic and eukaryotic genetic control, and BIOL 469 4 A molecular genetics. Emphasis on the BIOL 419 3 S Immunology study of modern molecular genetic tech- Developmental Biology The lymphoid system and its response niques and concepts. Three lectures and Principles of animal and plant develop- to foreign substances by humoral or cell- one laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: ment and its molecular basis in selected ular mechanisms that may protect or BIOL 111-112-113, 320; MATH 222. model organisms. Cell communication injure the host. Immunogens, immuno- and differentiation, embryonic induction, globulins, complement, antigen-antibody BIOL 356 4 W pattern formation, morphogenesis, and reactions, phagocytosis, inflammation, Human Genetics the genetic control of development. Pre- immediate and delayed allergy, autoim- Inheritance patterns of the human requisites: BIOL 111-112-113, 320, 354. munity, and the immunology of trans- organism. Sex linkage, gene mapping, plantation, cancer and tolerance. Three chromosome aberrations, mutations, BIOL 422 4 S lectures and one laboratory weekly. metabolic disorders, immune system Advanced Human Anatomy Prerequisite: BIOL 111-112-113. inheritance, and genetic basis of human An intensive study of the structure of behavior. Three lectures and one labora- the human body. The laboratory requires BIOL 495 1-3 A, W, S, Su tory weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 111- extensive cadaver dissection. Two lec- Independent Study 112-113, 320, 354. tures and two laboratories weekly. Lim- Properly qualified students in biology ited to eight students. Prerequisite: BIOL whose scholarship is of outstanding qual- BIOL 395 1-3 A, W, S, Su 101 with a grade of B or better. ity may undertake a limited amount of Special Topics in Biology individual investigation. Maximum of Additional laboratory or library three hours permitted in any quarter, studies correlated with biology courses. or six hours total.

67 Biology

Geology Microbiology and identification of unknown bacteria of medical importance. Three lectures and two laboratories weekly. Prerequisite: Lower-division course: Upper-division course: BIOL 111-112-113 or MICR 134.

GEOL 233 4 S MICR 366 5 S Geology Medical Microbiology The materials, structure, and internal The major groups of bacteria, viruses, conditions of the earth; the physical and and fungi that are pathogens or normal chemical processes at work upon it. Three flora of humans. Laboratory work em- lectures and one laboratory weekly. phasizes the culture, characterization,

Bachelor of Science in Medical Clinical (Florida Hospital): Technology, B.S.M.T. MTCH 402 Blood Collection 1 MTCH 404 Hematology 8 ‰ To include the following: MTCH 406 Immunology and Serology 3 Preclinical: MTCH 408 Bacteriology 8 BIOL 111 Biologica Foundations 5 MTCH 410 Immunohematology 8 BIOL 112 Biological Foundations 5 MTCH 412 Clinical Chemistry 10 BIOL 113 Biological Foundations 5 MTCH 414 Urinalysis and Clinical Microscopy 3 BIOL 320 Cellular and Molecular Biology 4 MTCH 416 Parasitology 3 (or BIOL 354 Genetics (4)) MTCH 418 Mycology 2 BIOL 330 Introduction to Hematology 1 MTCH 420 Coagulation 2 BIOL 348 Animal Physiology 5 MTCH 422 Administration, Management, and (or BIOL 102 Human Physiology) Computer Applications in the BIOL 469 Immunology 4 Clinical Laboratory 1 MICR 366 Medical Microbiology 5 MTCH 424 Principles of Education 1 CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5 MTCH 426 Project 2 CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry I 3 General Information CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory 2 The medical technology major includes three years of precli- CHEM 371-372,373 Organic Chemistry 4-4-4 nical education at Pacific Union College and twelve months of CHEM 381 Biochemistry I 4 education in the clinical laboratory. The clinical curriculum is PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics 4-4-4 offered by the School of Medical Technology at Florida Hospital Or the following four courses as an alternate to General Physics: (Orlando, FL). The preclinical education includes a variety of CPTR 105 Introduction to Computers (3) courses and experiences to fulfill the basic objectives of a liberal ELEC 141 Applied Electronics (3) arts education and to provide a scientific foundation for the PHYS 105 Introduction to Physics (5) clinical year. PHYS 106 Intro. to Physics Laboratory (1) The clinical curriculum is a blend of theory and practice. One of the following mathematics courses: 4 The principles of this science learned from lectures and extensive MATH 106 College Algebra (4) reading assignments are reinforced by actual bench experience MATH 130 Precalculus (4) with human material. Each student spends forty hours each week MATH 131 Calculus (4) in this learning environment. General education courses as required for other B.S. degrees, Licensure except for Skills for Daily Living and Health. Pacific Union College confers a Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology (B.S.M.T.) degree upon a student who successfully com- pletes all program requirements, including the clinical year. This

68 Biology

degree makes the student eligible to take the national licensure exami- students are expected to maintain high standards of professional nation given by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American conduct and performance. Failure to do so may result in dismissal Society of Clinical Pathologists and the state licensure examination from the clinical program. given by the State of California Department of Health. The degree is The School of Medical Technology at Florida Hospital begins conferred regardless of performance on the licensure examination. classes in early August. Application should be made by early Expenses December of the preceding (junior) year. All preclinical gradua- Regular college expenses apply to the preclinical years. During tion requirements must be completed before the student begins the clinical year, tuition and/or fees are paid to the School of the clinical year. Application forms are available from the adviser. Medical Technology instead of to Pacific Union College. Florida Academic Standards Hospital charges a fee of $1,000 for hospital insurance, physical To be competitive, an applicant for the clinical curriculum examination and diploma, but offers a stipend of $2,400 per year. should have a minimum grade-point average of 3.0, although The hospital encourages some evening or weekend work to help students may be accepted with a 2.67 average if space allows. defray the costs of board and room. Performance in science subjects should be approximately equal to Admission to the School of Medical Technology the over-all average. Grades lower than a C- are not acceptable. The School of Medical Technology at Florida Hospital accepts Transfer Students students from several colleges and universities, and admission is The three quarters (minimum of 36 hours) preceding the competitive. Applicants are selected on the basis of such qualities clinical year must be completed in residence at the Angwin cam- as scholarship, integrity, dependability, manual dexterity, and pus. Curriculum planning and further information are available motivation for careers in medical technology. Once enrolled, from the medical technology adviser.

Clinical Curriculum tion, and clinical significance of in-vitro MTCH 412 10 tests that monitor immune functions. Clinical Chemistry Theory, methodology, and clinical Florida Hospital (1 year–12 months) MTCH 408 8 significance of the most common proce- Bacteriology dures for the nitrogenous substances, MTCH 402 1 The bacteria encountered in the clinical enzymes, carbohydrates, lipids, electro- Blood Collection laboratory—both normal flora and com- lytes and acid-base balance, renal func- Techniques of capillary and venous mon and unusual pathogens. Isolation tion, liver function, pancreatic function, blood collection and proper specimen and identification of bacteria, including endocrine function, porphyrins and he- handling. rapid methods. Culture, antibiotic sensi- moglobin, toxicology, body fluids such as tivity, staining, sterilization, and disinfec- the CSF, urine and amniotic fluid, and MTCH 404 8 tion. Introduction to viruses, including tumor markers. Sample collection and Hematology their isolation and identification by sero- processing; operation/maintenance/cali- The structure, function, and formation logical and other techniques. bration of specific instrumentation; and of blood cells in health and disease. Per- quality control. Principles and evaluation formance and significance of routine and MTCH 410 8 of new procedures. special tests for blood and bone marrow. Immunohematology Pathogenesis of hematologic disease such Blood group antigens and antibodies MTCH 414 3 as anemia and leukemia. and their significance in disease and to Urinalysis and Clinical Microscopy transfusion therapy. Antigen and anti- Composition and physiology of the MTCH 406 3 body detection. Transfusion compatibil- body fluids. Examination of these fluids Immunology and Serology ity testing. Preparation and administra- by macroscopic, microscopic and chemi- Normal immune response to infection tion of component fractions from whole cal means, and the significance of the and the hypersensitivity or deficiency blood. Donor selection and screening. findings to disease processes. seen in disease. Antigen-antibody reac- HLA typing for transplantation. tions, and the performance, interpreta-

69 Biology

MTCH 416 3 MTCH 424 1 Parasitology Principles of Education The host-parasite relationship between Introduction to teaching methods, humans and the animals living in and on including the preparation, administration, them. Life cycles, modes of transmission, and grading of a quiz with evaluation of and treatment of the infection. Techniques the results. Taught as a one-day work- for concentrating, staining, and identify- shop with lectures and projects. ing the common human parasites. MTCH 426 3 MTCH 418 2 Project Mycology Research into both the theoretical and The fungi pathogenic to humans, with clinical aspects of a laboratory procedure. emphasis on their isolation and identifica- A documented, written report is presented tion by cultural characteristics, micro- orally to laboratory personnel as part of a scopic morphology, and special tests. series of continuing education topics. Lectures supplemented by Kodachromes and case studies.

MTCH 420 2 Coagulation Mechanisms of hemostasis and throm- bosis and their relation to health and disease. Tests and assays to aid in diag- nosing and treating patients.

MTCH 422 1 Administration, Management, and Computer Applications in the Clinical Laboratory Managing the clinical laboratory for effective delivery of service to physicians and their patients. Topics include problem solving, motivation, communication, leadership styles, interviewing and em- ployee selection, standards and appraisal of laboratory performance, staffing and scheduling, and quality control. Special emphasis on laboratory accreditation, licensure, and regulations. Special projects explore the principles of laboratory finance. Computer use and applications, including systems analysis/design/acquisition and hands-on instruction.

70 BusinessBusiness AdministrationAdministration and & Economics Economics

Faculty The B.S. degree in Long-Term Health Care is designed for the Richard Voth, chair; David Bell, Rodney Hardcastle, Henry student who desires a career as a manager in a care facility. De- Kopitzke, Daniel Madrid, Keith Neergaard, Lary Taylor, mographics tell us that this career field will expand in the future. Marcia Toledo The B.A. program in Business Administration is a traditional Departmental Office: 317 Irwin Hall; 965-6238 curriculum for those interested in taking a program that includes study of a foreign language. This major affords more flexibility Degrees and Programs than do the B.B.A. and the B.S. The B.S. in Business Education meets the California State Business Administration, B.B.A...... 72 requirements for teaching secondary school courses in business Long-Term Health Care, B.S...... 75 or office management. Business Administration, B.A...... 75 Finally, the Department also offers a two-year A.S. degree in Business Administration, B.S...... 75 Office Administration. Three emphases are available: General, Business Education, B.S...... 76 Information/Word Processing, Legal, and Medical. The A.S. Teaching Credential ...... 77 curriculum is structured so that a student may continue to com- Office Administration, A.S...... 77 plete the four-year B.B.A. program in Business Administration Bachelor of Science in Management, B.S.M...... 207 with emphasis in Administrative Services. The preparation offered in the four-year programs (B.B.A., The Department of Business Administration and B.S., and B.A.) differs considerably. The first two years of the Economics offers several programs for students majoring in college program are similar enough, however, that in the process business. As part of a Seventh-day Adventist college, the Depart- of choosing a field for concentration students have ample time to ment intends not only to prepare students successfully to meet the explore a variety of professions in consultation with departmental everyday challenges of a career in business, but also to prepare its faculty and others. Many opportunities and avenues for service graduates to give effective Christian influence in their communi- are thus available to students majoring in business. ties. To meet these goals, the Department offers several programs In addition to these “traditional” college and university de- of study: grees, Pacific Union College offers an off-campus degree-comple- The B.B.A. (Bachelor of Business Administration) is a profes- tion program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in sional degree designed for the student who intends to enter the Management. The curriculum is described in this catalog in the job market upon completing the four-year program or to be well section titled Degree-Completion Programs (page 207). Details prepared for graduate studies. This program offers the following are also available from the Business Administration and Econom- emphases: Accounting, Administrative Services, Fashion Market- ics department and from the Extended Learning office. ing, Finance, General Business, Information Systems, Interna- tional Business, Management, and Marketing. The B.S. in Business Administration is designed for those who plan to enter a postgraduate or graduate program, specifically, in medicine, law, dentistry, or business. Since most graduates of such professional programs will ultimately have their own business, this degree is for them particularly useful.

71 Business Administration and Economics

Bachelor of Business Administration, A minimum of 12 hours from the following: 12* B.B.A. ACCT 328 Accounting Information Systems (3) ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (4) ‰ A minimum of 104 hours (45 upper division–35 for Adminis- ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts & Trust Taxation (3) trative Services and 27 for Fashion Marketing) in the core and ACCT 451 Advanced Accounting (3) emphasis: ACCT 453 Auditing (5) ‰ Required Core Courses (64 hours): ACCT 461 Accounting Theory (4) ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 463 CPA Review Problems (4) ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4 Additional hours (3 upper division) selected from ACCT, BUAD, ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3 ECON, FIN, INFS, MGMT, and MKTG courses to total at least ACCT 391 Accounting Systems in Small Businesses 2 104 hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).* BUAD 279 Business Communication/Data Presentation 3 BUAD 325 Business Law I 3 2. Administrative Services Emphasis (40 hours) BUAD 326 Business Law II 3 ENGL 134 Review of English Syntax 1 BUAD 490 Seminar in Business 1 MGMT 472 Human Resources Management 3 ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4 OFAD 116 Calculating Machines 1 ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Microeconomics 4 OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding 2 FIN 341 Finance 5 OFAD 221 Professional Keyboarding 3 MGMT 361 Management 4 OFAD 238 Desktop Publishing 2 MGMT 465 Organizational Behavior 3 OFAD 281 Office Procedures 3 MGMT 491 Strategic Management 3 OFAD 281L Office Procedures Lab 1 MKTG 351 Marketing 4 OFAD 301 Word Processing 2 MATH 106 College Algebra 4 One of the following: 3 (or Math 131 Calculus I) COMM 223 International Communication (3) MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4 COMM 330 Intercultural Communication (3) MATH 322 Statistical Methods 3 One of the following: 3 OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding 0-2 ENGL 306 Technical Writing (3) (This requirement may be met by completion of a ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing (3) course or satisfactory performance on a departmental waiver examination. The waiver option is available Additional hours (6 upper-division) from ACCT, BUAD, ECON, only to students with fewer than 75 credit hours and FIN, INFS, MGMT, MKTG, and OFAD courses to total at least to transfer students if taken within their first year 104 hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).* at PUC.) 3. Fashion Marketing Emphasis (40 hours) A minimum of 4 hours from the following: 4 CLTX 326 Consumer Textiles I 3 INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1) CLTX 329 Field Work in Fashion Marketing 1 INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1) A minimum of 9 hours from the following: 9 INFS 149 PC Databases (1) CLTX 144 Visual Presentation Techniques (2) OFAD 301 Word Processing (2 hours maximum) CLTX 245 Historical Fashions (3) CLTX 385 Apparel Analysis (3) ‰ Emphases (choose one): DSGN 145 Color and Design (3) 1. Accounting Emphasis (40 hours) FCSC 494 Professional Experience: Internship (2) ACCT 307 Government & Nonprofit Accounting 3 (Prerequisite: CLTX 321 Personal Protocol) ACCT 311-312-313 Intermediate Accounting 3-3-3 ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I 3 ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II 3 ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals 4 * Note: Courses used to fulfill requirements in these sections may not also fulfill requirements in another emphasis or business program. 72 Business Administration and Economics

A minimum of 12 hours from the following: 12 A minimum of 9 hours from the following: 9 MGMT 472 Human Resources Management (3) ACCT 311-312 Intermediate Accounting (3-3-3) MGMT 481 Production Management (3) -313 MGMT 486 Purchasing and Inventory Control (3) ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3) MKTG 371 Marketing Research (3) ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3) MKTG 372 Retailing Management (3) ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4) MKTG 460 Channels of Distribution (3) ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (4) A minimum of 6 hours from the following: 6 ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts and Trust Taxation (3) ACCT 311 Intermediate Accounting (3) 6. Information Systems Emphasis (40 hours) ACCT 312 Intermediate Accounting (3) ACCT 311-312 Intermediate Accounting 3-3 ACCT 313 Intermediate Accounting (3) INFS 128 COBOL 3 ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3) INFS 149 PC Databases 1 ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3) INFS 150 PC Database Programming 3 ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4) INFS 465 Fundamentals of Data Communication 3 ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (4) INFS 470 Management Science 4 ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts & Trust Taxation (3) INFS 482 Systems Development Life Cycle 4 Additional UD hours selected from ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN, MGMT 328 Management Information Systems 3 INFS, MGMT, or MKTG courses to total at least 104 hours in MKTG 371 Marketing Research 3 the major (core courses and emphasis).* A minimum of one course from the following: 3 4. Finance Emphasis (40 hours) ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3) ACCT 311- Intermediate Accounting 3-3-3 ACCT 328 Accounting Information Systems (3) 312-313 Additional hours (3 upper division) from ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN 380 Capital Markets and Financial Institutions 3 FIN, INFS, MGMT, MKTG, and CPTR courses to total at least FIN 444 Investments 3 104 hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).* FIN 463 Financial Planning/Budgeting/ Forecasting 3 FIN 488 Problems in Finance 3 ‰ Recommended Course: MGMT 466 Business and Society 3 ACCT 313 Intermediate Accounting (3) A minimum of 12 hours from the following: 12* 7. International Business Emphasis (40 hours) BUAD 335 Real Estate (4) ECON 457 International Economics 3 BUAD 371 Insurance and Risk Management (3) FIN 457 International Finance 3 ECON 371 Money and Banking (3) MGMT 457 International Management 3 ECON 457 International Economics (3) MGMT 466 Business and Society 3 FIN 419 Personal Financial Planning (3) MKTG 371 Marketing Research 3 FIN 436 Real Estate Finance (3) MKTG 458 International Marketing 3 FIN 457 International Finance (3) A minimum of two courses from the following that Additional hours (3 upper division) from ACCT, BUAD, ECON, complement, where possible, the foreign language: 6-8 FIN, INFS, MGMT, or MKTG courses to total at least 104 hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).* ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology (4) COMM 330 Intercultural Communication (3) 5. General Business Emphasis (40 hours) GEOG 201 World Regional Geography (3) MGMT 466 Business and Society 3 HIST 335 Europe Since 1914 (4) A minimum of 28 hours (15 upper division) with a mini- HIST 364 Modern Asia (4) mum of 6 hours in at least three of the following areas: HIST 358 America Since 1917 (4) ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN, INFS, MGMT, and MKTG. 28 PLSC 344 Modern Comparative Government (3)

73 Business Administration and Economics

Competence at the intermediate level in a language other Additional hours (6 upper division) selected from ACCT, BUAD, than English. 0-12 ECON, FIN, INFS, MGMT, and MKTG courses to total at least This requirement may be met by one of the following options: 104 hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).* 1. One-year sequence in college intermediate language course. 9. Marketing Emphasis (40 hours) 2. Study for a minimum of one quarter in a college abroad where MKTG 360 Consumer Behavior 3 classes are conducted in a foreign language. Successful comple- MKTG 371 Marketing Research 3 tion of at least 12 quarter units with a grade equal to or higher MKTG 374 Advertising Management 3 than C. MKTG 481 Marketing Problems 3 3. Passing a competency test in a foreign language. MGMT 466 Business and Society 3 4. Graduation from a high school in a non-English-speaking A minimum of 9 hours from the following: 9* country in which classes were conducted in the language of MKTG 372 Retailing Management (3) that country. MKTG 377 Sales Management (3) A minimum of 9 hours from the following: 9 MKTG 417 Services Marketing (3) ACCT 311- Intermediate Accounting (3-3-3) MKTG 458 International Marketing (3) 312-313 MKTG 460 Channels of Distribution (3) ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3) A minimum of 6 hours from the following: 6 ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3) ACCT 311- Intermediate Accounting (3-3-3) ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4) 312-313 ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (3) ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3) ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts and Trust Taxation (3) ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3) ACCT 451 Advanced Accounting (3) ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4) Additional hours (3 upper division from the Business department) ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (3) from ACCT, BUAD, FIN, ECON, INFS, MGMT, MKTG, and ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts and Trust Taxation (3) Modern Languages to total at least 104 hours in the major (core Additional hours (4 upper division) from ACCT, BUAD, ECON, courses, emphasis, and modern language courses). A maximum of FIN, INFS, MGMT, and MKTG courses to total at least 104 9 hours may be applied from modern language courses.* hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).* 8. Management Emphasis (40 hours) ‰ Recommended supporting courses for all B.B.A. emphases MGMT 457 International Management 3 (unless a higher-level course is required by an emphasis): MGMT 466 Business and Society 3 BUAD 118 Personal Money Management (3) MGMT 481 Production Management 3 BUAD 223 Personal Law (2) A minimum of 12 hours from the following: 12* OFAD 116 Calculating Machines (1) INFS 470 Management Science (4) OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding (2) INFS 482 Systems Development Life Cycle 4 ‰ General-Education Requirements: The general-education MGMT 328 Management Information Systems (3) requirements for the B.B.A. are the same as for the B.S. degree MGMT 472 Human Resources Management (3) except for the changes described in this paragraph. II-B (Philoso- MGMT 473 Labor Law and Legislation (3) phy) is not required. In III, take III-A (Great Books) and choose MGMT 486 Purchasing and Inventory Control (3) either III-B (Visual Arts) or III-C (Music). The introductory A minimum of 9 hours from the following: 9 science requirements in life science, chemistry, and physics (IV- ACCT 311- Intermediate Accounting (3-3-3) A-2, 3, 4) may be satisfied by one secondary school year-long 312-313 course in life science and one secondary school year-long course ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3) in either chemistry or physics. IV-B (Scientific Inquiry) is not ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3) ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4) ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (4) ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts and Trust Taxation (3) * Note: Courses used to fulfill requirements in these sections may not also fulfill requirements in another emphasis or business program. 74 Business Administration and Economics

required. All B.B.A. students take IV-C (a 4-hour laboratory ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3 science course). IV-D (Science, Technology, and Culture) is satis- ACCT 391 Accounting Systems in Small Business 2 fied by the major. BUAD 279 Business Communication/Data Presentation 3 BUAD 325 Business Law I 3 Major in Long-Term Health Care, B.S. BUAD 326 Business Law II 3 ‰ A minimum of 80 hours (35 upper division) including the following: BUAD 490 Seminar in Business I 1 ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4 ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3 ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Microeconomics 4 ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4 FIN 341 Finance 5 ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3 MGMT 361 Management 4 BUAD 325 Business Law I 3 MGMT 465 Organizational Behavior 3 ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macro 4 MGMT 491 Strategic Management 3 ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Micro 4 MKTG 351 Marketing 4 FIN 341 Finance 5 MATH 106 College Algebra 4 MGMT 361 Management 4 (or MATH 131 Calculus) MGMT 465 Organizational Behavior 3 MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4 MKTG 351 Marketing 4 MATH 322 Statistical Methods 3 LTHC 431 Introduction to Long-Term Care 5 OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding 0-2 LTHC 432 Long-Term Care Administration 5 (This requirement may be met by completion of LTHC 461 Long-Term Care Financial Management 5 course or satisfactory performance on departmental LTHC 484 Long-Term Care Internship 7-7-7 waiver examination. The waiver option is available MATH 106 College Algebra 4 only to students with fewer than 75 credit hours (or MATH 131 Calculus) or to transfer students if taken within their first INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets 1 year at PUC.) INFS 149 PC Databases 1 OFAD 301 Word Processing 2 A minimum of 3 hours in Accounting from these courses: 3* ACCT 307 Government and Nonprofit Accounting (3) Students who hold a bachelor’s degree in Business Administra- ACCT 311 Intermediate Accounting (3) tion from an accredited college or university and who have com- ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3) pleted all of the other course requirements for the bachelor’s ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4) degree in Long-Term Health Care, including six hours of approved courses in religion, may earn a Bachelor of Science in A minimum of 4 hours from the following: 4 Long-Term Health Care (B.S.) by completing the following 36- INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1) hour course of study. The first three courses are offered during INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1) the summer; the internship requires 1,000 clock hours of super- INFS 149 PC Databases (1) vised work experience following the summer session. OFAD 301 Word Processing (2 hours maximum) ‰ LTHC 421 Introduction to Long-Term Care 5 Recommended supporting courses: LTHC 432 Long-Term Care Administration 5 BUAD 118 Personal Money Management (3) LTHC 461 Long-Term Care Financial Management 5 BUAD 223 Personal Law (2) LTHC 484 Long-Term Care Internship 21 OFAD 116 Calculating Machines (1) Those who successfully complete the above four courses but OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding (2) who are not degree candidates receive a Certificate in Long-Term Health Care. Major in Business Administration, B.S. ‰ A minimum of 74 hours (34 upper division) including the following: Major in Business Administration, B.A. ‰ Required Core Courses: ‰ A minimum of 67 hours (24 upper division) including the following: ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4 ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4 ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3 ACCT 391 Acct. Systems in Small Businesses 2 75 Business Administration and Economics

BUAD 325 Business Law I 3 A minimum of 4 hours from the following: 4 BUAD 326 Business Law II 3 INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1) BUAD 490 Seminar in Business 1 INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1) ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4 INFS 149 PC Databases (1) ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Microeconomics 4 OFAD 301 Word Processing (2 hours maximum) FIN 341 Finance 5 Additional hours selected from ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN, MGMT 361 Management 4 INFS, MGMT, and MKTG courses to total at least 74 hours in MGMT 465 Organizational Behavior 3 the major. MGMT 491 Strategic Management 3 ‰ Recommended Supporting Courses: MKTG 351 Marketing 4 BUAD 118 Personal Money Management (3) MATH 131** Calculus** 4 BUAD 223 Personal Law (2) MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4 OFAD 116 Calculating Machines (1) MATH 322 Statistical Methods 3 OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding (2) OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding 0-2 (This requirement may be met by completion Major in Business Education, B.S. of course or satisfactory performance on departmental waiver examination. The waiver ‰ A minimum of 90 hours (23 upper division) in the core courses option is available only to students with fewer and selected emphasis. than 75 credit hours or to transfer students if taken ‰ Required Core Courses (71 hours): within their first year at PUC.) ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3 A minimum of one course from the following: 3-4 ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4 BUAD 335 Real Estate (4) ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3 FIN 419 Personal Financial Planning (3) ACCT 391 Accounting Systems in Small Businesses 2 FIN 444 Investments (3) BUAD 118 Personal Money Management 3 INFS 470 Management Science (4) BUAD 279 Business Communication/Data Presentation 3 MGMT 457 International Management (4) BUAD 325 Business Law I 3 MKTG 417 Services Marketing (3) BUAD 326 Business Law II 3 MKTG 458 International Marketing (4) ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4 A minimum of 6 hours from the following: 6 ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Microeconomics 4 ACCT 311- Intermediate Accounting (3-3-3) FIN 341 Finance 5 312-313 INFS 144 PC Operating Systems 1 ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3) INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets 1 ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3) INFS 149 PC Databases 1 ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4) MGMT 361 Management 4 ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (4) MGMT 465 Organizational Behavior 3 ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts and Trust Taxation (3) MGMT 491 Strategic Management 3 MKTG 351 Marketing 4 MATH 106 College Algebra 4 MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4 MATH 322 Statistical Methods 3 **Note: Students completing six additional hours from the following may substitute MATH 106 College Algebra for MATH 131 Calculus: OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding 2 (This requirement may be met by completion of ENGL 306 Technical Writing (3) ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing (3) a course or satisfactory performance on COMM 327 Argumentation (3) departmental waiver examination. The waiver COMM 328 Small Group Communication (3) option is available only to students with fewer PLSC 444 Constitutional Development of England (4) than 75 credit hours or to transfer students if SOCI 232 American Social Problems (4) taken within their first year at PUC.) PSYC 368 Principles of Counseling (4)

76 Business Administration and Economics

OFAD 116 Calculating Machines 1 OFAD 116 Calculating Machines 1 OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding 2 OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding 2 OFAD 221 Professional Keyboarding 3 OFAD 221 Professional Keyboarding 3 OFAD 238 Desktop Publishing 2 OFAD 238 Desktop Publishing 2 OFAD 281 Office Procedures 3 OFAD 281 Office Procedures 3 OFAD 281L Office Procedures Lab 1 OFAD 281L Office Procedures Lab 1 OFAD 301 Word Processing (two courses) 4 OFAD 301 Word Processing (two courses) 4 A minimum of 8 hours from the following courses: 6* ‰ Emphases (choose one): BUAD 335 Real Estate (4) 1. General BUAD 371 Insurance and Risk Management (3) Courses selected from OFAD, ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN, FIN 444 Investments (3) INFS, MGMT, and MKTG to total at least 56 hours in the MGMT 472 Human Resources Management (3) major (core courses and emphasis).* MGMT 473 Labor Law and Legislation (3) 2. Legal Emphasis Additional upper-division hours from OFAD, ACCT, BUAD, BUAD 223 Personal Law 2 ECON, FIN, INFS, MGMT, and MKTG to total at least 90 OFAD 263 Professional Transcription 2 hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).* OFAD 263L Professional Transcription Lab 1 Teaching Credential OFAD 281L Office Procedures Lab 1 A minimum of 5 hours from the following: 5* A B.S. in Business Education with an emphasis in either Busi- ACCT 241 Personal Income Tax Preparation (2) ness Administration or Office Administration is required for a FIN 241 Introduction to Finance (3) teaching credential. Students who plan to teach at the secondary MGMT 160 Small Business Management (3) level should consult the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education and should become acquainted with specific re- Courses selected from OFAD, ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN, quirements that are outlined in the Education section of this INFS, and MGMT to total at least 56 hours in the major (core catalog. and emphasis).* Associate Degree in Office 3. Medical Emphasis Administration, A.S. BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4-5 (or BIOL 102 Human Physiology) ‰ A minimum of 90 quarter hours, including the major, cognate, BIOL 223 Introduction to Medical Terms 1 and general-education requirements. A total of 56 hours in the OFAD 263 Professional Transcription 2 core courses and selected emphasis plus required cognates. Four OFAD 263L Professional Transcription Lab 1 emphases are available. PETH 168 A.R.C. First Aid and Personal Safety 3 ‰ Required Core Courses (38 hours): Courses selected from OFAD, ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN, ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3 INFS, and MGMT to total at least 56 hours in the major (core ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3 and emphasis).* BUAD 279 Business Communication & Data Presentation 3 CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2 ‰ Required Cognate Course: ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4 Courses used to fulfill these cognate requirements may not also ENGL 134 Review of English Syntax 1 be used to fulfill a major requirement. INFS 144 PC Operating Systems 1 MATH 019 Introductory Algebra 0-3 INFS 145 PC Database 1 (or ACT standard score in Mathematics of 20, INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets 1 or adequate score on PUC Math Waiver Test) MGMT 261 Introduction to Management 3 ‰ General-Education Requirements: General-education requirements for the A.S. degree are as listed in the General Studies section of this catalog, excluding * Note: Courses used to fulfill requirements in these sections may not also ENGL 100. ENGL 101 College English, COMM 105 Speech be used to fulfill requirements in another emphasis or business program. 77 Business Administration and Economics

Communication, and PSYC 121 General Psychology are required ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4 for this A.S. degree and fulfill applicable general-education re- ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Microeconomics 4 quirements. Minor in Office Administration Minor in Business Administration ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (6 in OFAD upper division) ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (9 upper division) from ACCT, including the following: BUAD, ECON, FIN, INFS, MGMT, and MKTG including the OFAD 116 Calculating Machines 1 following: OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding 2 ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3 BUAD 279 Business Communications and Data 3 ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4 Presentation ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3 OFAD 281 Office Procedures 3 OFAD 281L Office Procedures Lab 1 OFAD 301 Word Processing (two courses) 4

Accounting ACCT 122 4 W, S Upper-division courses: Principles of Accounting II A continuation of ACCT 121 with ACCT 307 3 S Lower-division courses: particular emphasis on the partnership Government and Nonprofit and on the corporate form of organiza- Accounting ACCT 111 4 S tion; income statement and balance sheet Accounting principles and practices Clerical Accounting analysis. Three lectures and a three-hour unique to state and local units, educa- Accounting systems found in profes- computer laboratory weekly. Prerequi- tional, health care, charity, religious, and sional offices, merchandising firms, and site: ACCT 111 or 121. other not-for-profit organizations. Finan- service organizations. Not applicable cial reporting and record keeping. Pre- toward a baccalaureate major or minor ACCT 123 3 S requisite: ACCT 121, 122. Even years. in the department. Credit may not be Principles of Accounting III earned in both ACCT 111 and 121. Use of accounting data for managerial ACCT 311-312-313 3-3-3 A-W-S planning, control, and decision-making. Intermediate Accounting ACCT 114 3 A Particular emphasis on entities which Accounting theory and practice relat- Small Business Accounting produce a product. Prerequisite: ACCT ing to the valuation and presentation of The accounting procedures and prac- 111 or 121. assets, liabilities, net worth, revenue, and tices necessary for efficient and effective expense accounts. Prerequisites: ACCT small business operation. Not applicable ACCT 241 2 W 121, 122. toward a baccalaureate major in the Personal Income Tax Preparation department. Credit may not be earned Designed for the nonbusiness major. ACCT 321 3 A in both ACCT 114 and ACCT 391. Preparing and keeping records for fed- Cost Accounting I eral and state income-tax purposes; Analysis of accounting cost data for ACCT 121 3 A, W, S itemized deductions, self-employment management planning, control, and Principles of Accounting I taxes, moving expenses, capital gains, decision-making. Cost behavior con- Accounting practices and procedures sale of personal residence. Not appli- cepts, variable and relevant costing, needed in various types of ownership cable toward a baccalaureate major or inventory planning and control, budget- entities for financial reporting. Assumes minor in the department. ing, performance measurement and no prior accounting knowledge. Credit evaluation, transfer pricing, capital bud- may not be earned in both ACCT 111 geting, and quality control. Prerequisites: and 121. ACCT 121, 122, 123; MATH 222, 322.

78 Business Administration and Economics

ACCT 322 3 W businesses. Practice sets illustrate single- Business Administration Cost Accounting II entry, double-entry, cash-basis, and Theories and practices of cost accu- hybrid cash-accrual-basis accounting mulation and analysis for management systems; periodic financial statements, Lower-division courses: planning and control. Job order and payroll, sales, and income-tax returns. process costing, activity-based cost sys- Prerequisites: ACCT 121, 122. BUAD 118 3 A tems, indirect-cost allocation, standard Personal Money Management costs, variance analysis, direct vs. full ACCT 451 3 S Financial decisions facing individuals costing, joint and by-product, and quality Advanced Accounting in society, including installment buying issues. Prerequisite: ACCT 121, 122, 123. Specialized topics including partner- and borrowing, insurance, home owner- ships, branches, consolidated statements, ship, saving, budgeting expenditures, ACCT 328 3 A segment reporting. Recommended prior investments, and trusts. Not available to Accounting Information Systems courses: ACCT 311-312. business majors for business credit during Analysis, design, and installation of the junior or senior year. business and accounting systems: illustra- ACCT 453 5 W tions and discussion of methods and Auditing BUAD 223 2 S procedures used; development of general The internal independent auditor’s Personal Law principles involved in business system functions; pronouncements of the Ameri- Topics include dealing with an attor- formation, testing, and operations. Pre- can Institute of Certified Public Accoun- ney, the court systems, crimes, torts, requisites: ACCT 121, 122 and comple- tants. Prerequisites: ACCT 311-312-313; minors and the law, consumer law, land- tion of the Business department com- MATH 222, 322. lord/tenant relationships, the legal re- puter requirements. sponsibilities of owning a motor vehicle, ACCT 461 4 A employment relationships, and planning ACCT 341 4 W Accounting Theory an estate. Not available to business ma- Taxation for Individuals Survey of contemporary financial jors for business credit during the junior Federal income taxation and tax plan- accounting theory. Emphasis on both or senior year. ning for individuals. Course is designed current literature and official pronounce- for nonmajors as well as for business ments. Prerequisites: ACCT 311-312- BUAD 279 3 W majors and minors. 313, 451. Business Communication and Data Presentation ACCT 343 4 S ACCT 463 4 W Integrates preparation of charts, Taxation for Corporations and CPA Review Problems graphs, font selection, and computer Partnerships Review of selected areas of financial presentation software with techniques Federal taxation and tax planning in and managerial accounting in prepara- of communicating in speech and writing. relationship to corporations and partner- tion for the Uniform CPA Examination. Emphasis on effective presentation ships. Even years. Prerequisites: ACCT 311-312-313, 321, of documents. 322, 341, 343, 451, 453 (or concurrent ACCT 345 3 A enrollment in ACCT 453). Upper-division courses: Estate Planning, Gifts and Trust Taxation ACCT 495 1-3 A, W, S BUAD 325 3 A Federal taxation and tax planning for Independent Study Business Law I gifts, estates, and trusts. A course designed for students quali- A study of the legal system, with fied to undertake an advanced and inde- emphasis on common-law contracts, ACCT 391 2 S pendent project. (Advanced is to be sales under Article II of the Uniform Accounting Systems in Small understood as being beyond specific Commercial Code, secured transactions, Businesses courses offered in the department.) The personal property, and bailments. Setting up and maintaining accounting project must be approved by the chair of records for a variety of unincorporated the department. Maximum of three hours.

79 Business Administration and Economics

BUAD 326 3 W Limited to upper division majors in capital) when monopoly and pure compe- Business Law II business. Prerequisite: Approval of the tition exist and when conditions between The legal system in the United States, department chair. Graded S/F. these two models of competition exist. emphasizing agency relationships, partnerships, corporations, commercial paper BUAD 493 1-3 A, W, S Upper-division courses: under Articles III and IV of the Uniform Special Topics Commercial Code. An enrichment course treating specific ECON 321 3 W topics not normally covered in the Managerial Economics BUAD 327 3 S department’s Accounting, Business Uses of primarily microeconomic Business Law III Administration, Economics, Finance, theory in managerial decision-making. A review of business law as it relates Information Systems, Management, Prerequisite: ECON 265. Odd years. to the Certified Public Accountant ex- Marketing, and Office Administration amination. Prerequisites: BUAD 325, courses. A specific title is given to the ECON 332 3 S 326, and senior class status. course when it is taught. Government and Business Government policies, regulations, and BUAD 335 4 S BUAD 495 1-3 A, W, S legislation that attempt to maintain com- Real Estate Independent Study petition in the economy and that affect An introduction to the various aspects Designed for students who are quali- the decisions and the operations of busi- of real-estate principles, practices, and fied to undertake an advanced and inde- ness organizations. Even years. ownership. Preparation for the California pendent project. (Advanced is under- licensing examination. Designed for the stood as being beyond specific courses ECON 371 3 S general student. offered in the department.) The project Money and Banking must be approved by the chairman of the Money and the way it affects and is BUAD 371 3 S department. Maximum of three hours. affected by central and commercial Insurance and Risk Management banking. Emphasis on the monetary Recognition and evaluation of prop- Economics policy of the Federal Reserve System. erty, liability, and personal insurable Prerequisite: ECON 261. Odd years. risks facing a business firm, family, or Lower-division courses: other economic unit. Basic tools of risk ECON 457 3 S management, loss prevention; selecting ECON 261 4 A, W International Economics and dealing with an insurer; fire, marine, Principles of Economics– Theory and principles of international casualty, liability, life, and health insur- Macroeconomics trade and monetary and fiscal policies. ance. Odd years. An analysis of the structure and func- Topics include comparative advantage, tioning of the economy in the United standard theory, H-O theory, imperfect BUAD 490 1 A States. Concepts and tools of economics competition, tariff and nontariff barriers, Seminar in Business are used to study how decisions of indi- protectionism, and economic integration. Preparing to meet the demands of the viduals, businesses, and governments Prerequisites: ECON 261, 265 or permis- job market: résumé development, inter- relate to growth, income, employment, sion of instructor. Odd years. viewing approaches, cover letters. Should and inflation. be taken during the student’s last autumn ECON 495 1-3 A, W, S quarter at PUC before graduation. ECON 265 4 W, S Independent Study Principles of Economics– Designed for students who are quali- BUAD 491 0-2 Microeconomics fied to undertake an advanced and inde- Cooperative Education in Business An economic analysis of the workings pendent project. (Advanced is under- An individualized contract agreement of the market system in the United States. stood as being beyond specific courses involving student, faculty, and employer The factors that determine prices, costs, offered in the department.) The project to provide practical experience in busi- elasticity, utility, demand, supply, and must be approved by the chair of the ness in a professional off-campus setting. the factors of production (land, labor, department. Maximum of three hours.

80 Business Administration and Economics

Finance FIN 436 3 S decisions, dividend policy, cost of capi- Real Estate Finance tal, and capital structure decisions. Pre- Principles and methods of investing requisite: FIN 341. Even years. Lower-division course and financing in real estate. Sources of funds, qualifications of investors, prop- FIN 495 1-3 A, W, S FIN 241 3 W erty analysis, and settlement procedures. Independent Study Introduction to Finance Prerequisites: BUAD 335, ECON 261 or Designed for students qualified to Designed for the nonbusiness major permission of instructor. Even years. undertake an advanced and independent who may serve where managerial use of project. (Advanced is understood as accounting/financial data is necessary. FIN 444 3 W being beyond specific courses offered in Principles of managing and controlling Investments the department.) The project must be the finances of different types of institu- Investment alternatives and the devel- approved by the chair of the department. tions. Not applicable toward a baccalau- opment of rational objectives and invest- Maximum of three hours. reate major or minor in the department. ment philosophies. Topics include risks, returns, evaluation concepts, technical Information Systems Upper-division courses: approaches, portfolio development, the efficient market hypothesis, and deci- Lower-division courses: FIN 341 5 A sions relating to different types of invest- Finance ments. Recommended prior courses: INFS 128 3 W Financial policies of corporations in ECON 261, FIN 241 or 341. Even years. COBOL the management of assets, liabilities, and Data processing using COBOL and owners’ equity. Major topics include risk FIN 457 3 W stressing business applications. A signifi- and return, time value of money, present International Finance cant portion of the course involves pro- value, capital budgeting, cost of capital, Financial management in the interna- gramming projects illustrating ideas valuation, leverage, long-term financing, tional environment. Includes coverage of presented in the lectures. Odd years. and working capital management. Pre- the IMS, foreign exchange, futures and requisites: ACCT 121, 122, 123; ECON options markets, managing exposure, INFS 144 1 W, S 261, 265; INFS 148; MATH 222, 322. banking, direct foreign investment, politi- PC Operating Systems cal risk, import/export operations, and An introduction to the operating FIN 380 3 A working capital management. Prerequi- systems for PCs using MS-DOS and Capital Markets and Financial site: FIN 341 or permission of instructor. Microsoft Windows. System commands, Institutions Odd years. terminology, printer operation, basic Evolution, structure, role, regulation network commands, and other routine and deregulation of financial institutions FIN 463 3 S computer work functions. in the U.S. economy. Prerequisites: Financial Planning and Forecasting ECON 261, 265; FIN 341. Odd years. Planning and forecasting in financial INFS 148 1 A, W management for business, government, PC Spreadsheets FIN 419 3 S and nonprofit organizations. Construc- Class/laboratory instruction in Personal Financial Planning tion, analysis, and interpretation of finan- Microsoft Excel software for microcom- Introduction to personal financial cial plans. Prerequisite: FIN 341 or puters, combining an electronic spread- planning and its role in the financial permission of instructor. Even years. sheet with graphics and a database sys- services industry. Emphasis on develop- tem. Installing, creating, and modifying ing, implementing, and monitoring per- FIN 488 3 W worksheets, graphs and macros. sonal financial plans. Credit may not Problems in Finance be earned in BUAD 118 after FIN 419 Study and discussion of selected topics is taken. Prerequisites: ACCT 341 and in finance through readings and case FIN 341, or permission of the instructor. studies. Topics include working capital Odd years. management, capital budgeting, financing

81 Business Administration and Economics

INFS 149 1 A, S INFS 482 4 A Management PC Databases Systems Development Life Cycle Class/laboratory instruction in Concepts, skills, methodologies, tech- Microsoft Access database management Lower-division courses: niques, tools, and perspectives essential software for microcomputers. Topics for systems analysts to successfully de- include creating, maintaining, modifying MGMT 160 3 W velop information systems. Even years. and querying a database, and generating Small Business Management reports and labels. Managerial considerations in owning Long-Term Health Care and operating a small business. Not appl- INFS 150 3 S icable toward a baccalaureate major or PC Database Programming Upper-division courses: minor in the department. Programming with PC database software including input and output opera- LTHC 431 5 Su MGMT 261 3 S tions, branching and loops, modular Introduction to Long-Term Care Introduction to Management programming, multiple file handling, and The history of long-term health-care Introduction to management in profit integrated database systems. Prerequi- and an overviewof the subject matter in and nonprofit institutions. Emphasis on site: INFS 149 or permission of instruc- relation to the demographics of a chang- the role of the manager. Not applicable tor. Even years. ing population. toward a baccalaureate major or minor in the department. Upper-division courses: LTHC 432 5 Su Long-Term Care Administration Upper-division courses: CPTR 426 3 S Introduction to management methods Software Engineering in long-term health-care facilities. In- MGMT 328 3 A (See Computer Science.) cludes review of licensing requirements, Management Information Systems insurance, organizational behavior, and Basic concepts of using information INFS 465 3 A law. systems in organizations; the role of data Fundamentals of Data processing; fundamental design consider- Communication LTHC 461 5 Su ations. Odd years. Various methods of data communica- Long-Term Care Financial tion: networking, telephony, communica- Management MGMT 361 4 W, S tions hardware and software. Odd years. A review of financial method used for Management decision-making in long-term care. The basic concepts and theory of INFS 470 4 A management with particular emphasis on Management Science LTHC 484 7 A, W, S planning, organizing, staffing, leading, Formal modeling approaches in mana- Long-Term Care Internship and controlling. gerial decision-making. Topics include An internship program in the opera- linear programming, integer program- tion of a long-term health-care facility. MGMT 457 3 W ming, decision-making under uncer- Minimum of 1,000 clock hours work International Management tainty, utility theory, queuing theory, experience. Placements are normally An analysis of problems encountered Markov processes, network diagrams, within 550 miles of Pacific Union Col- in operating businesses across national and inventory models. Prerequisites: lege (placements beyond that radius boundaries. Odd years. MATH 106 or 131. Even years. require additional fees). Includes at least three site visits by the course ad- MGMT 465 3 W viser during the internship. Repeatable Organizational Behavior to a total of 21 hours. Emphasis on the human aspects in organizations, including motivation, power, job enrichment, interpersonal and

82 Business Administration and Economics

intergroup processes and relationships, aspects of purchasing, and the interrela- MKTG 371 3 S perception, leadership, and organizational tionships among purchasing, prices, Marketing Research change and design. quality control, and inventory control. Introduction to basic research con- Odd years. cepts and techniques useful for determin- MGMT 466 3 A ing information needs, conducting re- Business and Society MGMT 491 3 S search, and making appropriate reports The environmental setting of business Strategic Management of research findings. Prerequisites: and its interdependence with other ele- A capstone course integrating various MATH 106, 222, 322. Odd years. ments of the social order. An assessment functional areas of business and applying of business involvement in urban, com- this knowledge to a study of business MKTG 372 3 S munity, consumer, and environmental and institutional problems primarily Retailing Management affairs. through the case method. Should be The structure and environment in taken during the senior year. Prerequi- which retailing management occurs. MGMT 472 3 A sites: ACCT 121, 122, 123; ECON 261, Areas of special emphasis include opera- Human Resources Management 265; FIN 341; INFS 148; MATH 222, tions of stores, merchandise decisions, Contemporary objectives and prob- 322; MGMT 361; MKTG 351. layout, pricing, and promotion decisions. lems relating to personnel management Even years. in organizations. Recruitment, selection, MGMT 495 1-3 A, W, S performance appraisal, training and Independent Study MKTG 374 3 A development, supervision, compensation, Designed for students qualified to Advertising Management pensions, grievances, and disciplinary undertake an advanced and independent The advertising function in profit and actions. Odd years. project. (Advanced is understood as being nonprofit enterprises from management’s beyond specific courses offered in the point of view. The purpose of advertis- MGMT 473 3 A department.) Required: project approval ing, media planning, budgeting for adver- Labor Law and Legislation by the department chair. Maximum of tising, and an evaluation of the effective- History and development of labor three hours. ness of advertising. legislation, including analysis of leading court decisions. Historical background Marketing MKTG 377 3 W of labor-management relations, unfair Sales Management labor practices of management and Upper-division courses: The role of the sales manager in plan- unions, collective bargaining, strikes and ning, organizing, developing, directing, lockouts, the National Labor Relations MKTG 351 4 A, S controlling, and evaluating the sales Board, and labor legislation. Even years. Marketing force. Personal selling is also emphasized. Marketing institutions and marketing Odd years. MGMT 481 3 S decisions in relationship to the achieve- Production Management ment of institutional goals. Management MKTG 417 3 A Optimal approaches to the production issues relating to product, price, promo- Services Marketing of goods and services. Planning, schedul- tion, and distribution; effects of market- Application of marketing concepts and ing, plant layout, production standards, ing decisions on the environment and of principles in service and nonprofit insti- quality, and cost controls. Even years. the environment on marketing decisions. tutions. Identification and study of various constraints, clients, and publics; the MGMT 486 3 W MKTG 360 3 S special requirements, needs, and desires Purchasing and Inventory Control Consumer Behavior of those associated with and affected by Practices, problems and approaches The application of research findings the organization. Prerequisite: MKTG related to purchasing in profit and non- and concepts from such academic disci- 351. Odd years. profit institutions. Sources of supply, plines as psychology, anthropology, market information, product specifica- sociology, economics, and marketing to tions, inspection, control records, legal consumer buying behavior. Even years.

83 Business Administration and Economics

MKTG 458 3 W Office Administration OFAD 263 2 W International Marketing Professional Transcription Problems and perspectives when Transcription from a transcription unit marketing across national boundaries. Lower-division courses: to produce documents for the legal and Differences caused by cultural, social, medical professions. Corequisite: OFAD institutional, political, and economic OFAD 111 2 A, W, S 265L or 267L. Prerequisites: OFAD 121. factors. Managerial emphasis on market Personal/Beginning Keyboarding Offered on sufficient demand. entry strategies, monitoring and control- For beginners and reviewers. For ling marketing management functions in those with little or no keyboarding skill, OFAD 263L 1 S the international arena. Prerequisite: covers touch-typing on the keyboard Professional Transcription Lab MKTG 351. Even years. and document processing. For reviewers, Transcription of dictation with empha- emphasis on development of speed in sis on vocabulary and format. Labs are MKTG 460 3 A both straight-copy and production work. integrated with student’s emphasis (Legal Channels of Distribution Placement by waiver examination or or Medical). Lab activities are also coor- The distribution function in marketing first-week testing in class. dinated with OFAD 263, in which prior goods and services (manufacturer to or concurrent registration is required. wholesalers to retailers to end users). OFAD 116 1 A, W, S Prerequisites: OFAD 121. Offered on Emphasis on intensity of distribution, Calculating Machines sufficient demand. channel design, power, conflict, and Instruction and practice in improving member cooperation. Even years. speed and accuracy in the use of elec- OFAD 281 3 S tronic display and printing calculators Office Procedures MKTG 481 3 W for business applications. Training in typical office procedures such Marketing Problems as mailing processes, records management, Selected areas in marketing, illustra- OFAD 121 2 W telecommunications, travel and conference ting practical solutions to situations Intermediate Keyboarding arrangements, copy preparation and pro- likely to confront marketing managers. Designed to develop and enhance the cessing, arranging and reporting meetings, Emphasis on developing an understand- typewriting skills of speed, accuracy and working with application forms; personal ing of marketing problems and develop- proofreading for personal and vocational qualifications of office workers; office ing approaches to effective decision- uses. Prerequisite: Keyboarding placement ethics. Corequisite: OFAD 281L. Offered making in marketing. Should be taken test with a speed of at least forty words on sufficient demand. during the senior year. Prerequisite: per minute or OFAD 111. Offered on MKTG 351. sufficient demand. OFAD 281L 1 S Office Procedures Lab MKTG 495 1-3 A, W, S OFAD 221 3 S Procedures for offices (medical, execu- Independent Study Professional Keyboarding tive or legal, depending on the student’s Designed for students who are quali- Advanced keyboarding for improving emphasis). Lab activities are coordinated fied to undertake an advanced and inde- speed, judgment, accuracy, decision- with OFAD 281, in which prior or con- pendent project. (Advanced is under- making skills, and establishing priorities current registration is required. Offered on stood as being beyond specific courses in a variety of situations. Prerequisite: sufficient demand. offered in the department.) The project OFAD 121. Offered on sufficient demand. must be approved by the chair of the Upper-division courses: department. Maximum of three hours. OFAD 238 2 W Desktop Publishing OFAD 301 2 A, W, S Applications in desktop publishing Word Processing using personal computers to learn text Applications designed to increase import, page layout, graphics import and knowledge of word processing concepts manipulation, and printing techniques. and working skills with specified word- processing software programs. One

84 Business Administration and Economics

lecture and one laboratory weekly. May be repeated for credit under separate subtitles. Current subtitles include WordPerfect and Microsoft Word.

OFAD 387 3 W CPS Review Study of selected areas in preparation for the Certified Professional Secretary examination. Office technology, administration, communication, accounting, human relations, business law, economics, and management. Odd years or on sufficient demand.

OFAD 493 1-3 A, W, S Special Topics in Office Administration An enrichment course in selected topics not normally included in Office Adminis- tration course offerings. (A specific title is given the course when it is taught.)

OFAD 495 1-3 A, W, S Independent Study Designed for students qualified to undertake an advanced and independent project. (Advanced is understood as being beyond specific departmental courses.) Projects must be approved by the department chair. Maximum of three hours.

85 Art

(Intentionally blank) 47 ChemistryChemistry

Faculty Major in Chemistry, B.S. William Hemmerlin, chair; David Duran, Marie Pak, ‰ A minimum of 60 hours (40 upper division) including the following: James Van Hise CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5 Departmental Office: 355 Chan Shun Hall; 965-7597 CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry I 3 CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory 2 Degrees and Programs CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry II 3 Chemistry, B.S...... 87 CHEM 371-372-373 Organic Chemistry 4-4-4 Chemistry, B.A...... 88 CHEM 373L Advanced Organic Chemistry Chemistry, with an Emphasis in Biochemistry, B.S...... 88 Laboratory 1 Natural Science, B.S...... 88 CHEM 396 Seminar .5-.5-.5-.5 Teaching Credential ...... 89 CHEM 414 Inorganic Chemistry 3 CHEM 451-452-453 Physical Chemistry 3-3-3 The Department of Chemistry serves students who have an CHEM 499 Introduction to Research 1 interest in chemical sciences and those planning careers in various 2 hours from the following: 2 medical areas. The department has the following objectives: CHEM 325L, 344L, 451L, 482L • To give a thorough grounding in the principles of chemistry, both in theory and in practical experience within instrumen- Additional upper-division hours in chemistry to be chosen in tation currently in use. consultation with the major adviser. • To help the student develop problem-solving abilities ‰ Required Cognate Courses: through a careful analysis of problems and the application of MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4 chemical principles. MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra 4 • To provide an atmosphere where Christian values are cher- (or MATH 267 Multivariable Calculus; ished and the use of the intellect is integrated into the learn- or MATH 269 Elementary Differential ing experience. Equations; or MATH 371-372 Numeri- The department offers several degree options. The B.S. with cal Analysis) a major in chemistry should be selected by the student intending PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus 4-4-4 to enter chemistry as a profession. The chemistry major with an (or PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics) emphasis in biochemistry is appropriate for those who intend to ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: enter a professional program in one of the medical sciences. CPTR 115 Computer Programming (4) Students more interested in the liberal arts and languages may PHYS 234 Elementary Modern Physics (4) choose the B.A. program in chemistry. Those interested in a primary- or secondary-school teaching career may choose the B.S. with a major in natural science.

87 Major in Chemistry, B.A. Major in Natural Science, B.S. ‰ A minimum of 49 hours (29 upper division) including the following: This major satisfies the preconditions for science program CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5 subject-matter approval by the California Commission on CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry I 3 Teacher Credentialing. The core requirement of 64 quarter CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory 2 hours of course work corresponds to science subjects commonly CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry II 3 taught in California public schools, and the concentrations CHEM 371-372-373 Organic Chemistry 4-4-4 available treat the subject matter at a depth more than adequate CHEM 373L Advanced Organic Chemistry 1 for teaching the higher secondary science courses in biology, Laboratory chemistry, and physics. CHEM 396 Seminar .5-.5-.5-.5 ‰ Required Core Courses: CHEM 414 Inorganic Chemistry 3 ASTR 115 Astronomy 5 CHEM 451-452 Physical Chemistry 3-3 ASTR 173 Meterology 1 2 hours from the following: 2 BIOL 111-112- Biological Foundations 5-5-5 CHEM 325L, 344L, 451L, 482L 113 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: BIOL 331 Marine Science 4 MATH 131-132 Calculus 4-4 BIOL 345 Environmental Science 3 PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics 4-4-4 BIOL 450 Philosophy of Origins 3 ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: CHEM 111- General Chemistry 5-5-5 112-113 CPTR 115 Computer Programming (4) GEOL 233 Geology 4 MATH 133 Calculus (4) PHIL 390 History and Philosophy of Science 3 PHYS 234 Elem. Modern Physics (4) PHYS 111- General Physics 4-4-4 112-113 (or PHYS 131-132-133*) Major in Chemistry with an Emphasis in ‰ Biochemistry, B.S. Emphases (choose one): 1. Biology Emphasis (35-36 hours) ‰ A minimum of 60 hours (40 upper division) including the following: BIOL 320 Cellular and Molecular Biology 4 CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5 BIOL 333 Principles of Ecology 4 CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry I 3 BIOL 348 Animal Physiology 5 CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory 2 (or BIOL 102 Human Physiology (5)) CHEM 351-352 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences 3-3 BIOL 354 Genetics 4 CHEM 371-372-373 Organic Chemistry 4-4-4 BIOL 396 Seminar (4 quarters) 2 CHEM 373L Advanced Organic Chemistry 1 MICR 134 General Microbiology 5 Laboratory One of the following courses: CHEM 381 Biochemistry I 4 CHEM 396 Seminar .5-.5-.5-.5 BIOL 321 Ornithology (3) CHEM 482 Biochemistry II 4 BIOL 323 Vertebrate Natural History (3) CHEM 482L Biochemistry II Laboratory 1 BIOL 325 Flowering Plants (3) 1 hour from the following: 1 Required Cognate Courses: CHEM 325L, 344L, 451L CHEM 102 Survey of Organic Chemistry (4) CHEM 103 Survey of Biochemistry (4) Additional hours may be selected from BIOL 320 and upper- 2. Chemistry Emphasis (33 hours) division chemistry courses in consultation with the major adviser. CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry 3 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry Laboratory 2 BIOL 111-112-113 Biological Foundations 5-5-5 MATH 131-132 Calculus 4-4 PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics 4-4-4 * Students who elect the emphasis in physics must take ‰ Premedical Students: See adviser for recommended cognates. PHYS 131-132-133. 88 Chemistry

CHEM 351 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences 3 Teaching Credential (or CHEM 451 Physical Chemistry (3)) Students desiring to enter a program of studies leading to a CHEM 371- Organic Chemistry 4-4-4 California teaching credential in science with a concentration in 372-373 chemistry should take the B.S. degree in Natural Science. This CHEM 373L Advanced Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 program meets the newly established standards of quality and CHEM 381 Biochemistry 4 effectiveness and has been approved by the State of California CHEM 396 Seminar .5-.5-.5-.5 Commission on Teacher Credentialing. A brochure describing the ‰ Required Cognate Course: new program and its requirements is available in the Chemistry MATH 131-132 Calculus 4-4 department office. Students are invited to discuss the program with the Teacher Education Adviser in the Chemistry department. 3. Physics Emphasis (35 hours) Those who plan to teach on the secondary level should consult ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3 with the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education and MATH 131- Calculus 4-4-4 should become acquainted with the specific requirements for 132-133 admission to and successful completion of the Teacher Education PHYS 234 Elementary Modern Physics 4 Program as outlined in the Education section of this catalog. One of the following courses: ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4 Minor in Chemistry: PHYS 256 Applied Optics 4 ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (15 upper division) including the following: Additional hours (at least 12 upper division) selected from phys- CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5 ics courses that carry credit toward a major in physics and from CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry I 3 the following course: CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory 2 CHEM 344 Nuclear Physics and Chemistry 3

Chemistry CHEM 102 4 W CHEM 105 4 W Survey of Organic Chemistry Chemistry for the Consumer A survey of the important classes of An introduction to chemistry with Service courses: organic compounds. Emphasis is given to practical applications; a course for (May not be used for major or minor in topics related to the health sciences and students with no previous experience in this department) biochemistry. Intended for students not physical science. Not applicable toward majoring in chemistry. Three lectures and a major or minor in any life-science or CHEM 101 4 A one laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Sec- physical-science curriculum. Introductory Chemistry ondary-school chemistry or CHEM 101. An elementary course designed to give Credit cannot be earned in both CHEM an introduction to fundamental principles 102 and 371. of general inorganic chemistry. Primarily for students preparing to enter an allied CHEM 103 4 S health or related field and/or to enroll in Survey of Biochemistry CHEM 102 and 111. Three lectures and A survey of the chemistry of living one laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: organisms emphasizing the normal pro- Algebra I, MATH 019 or permission cesses occuring in the human body. Three of the instructor. lectures and one laboratory weekly. Pre- requisite: CHEM 102.

89 Lower-division course: CHEM 325 3 S Credit may not be earned in both CHEM Analytical Chemistry II 351-352 and CHEM 451-452. CHEM 111-112-113 5-5-5 A-W-S The theoretical basis of chemical analy- General Chemistry sis using electrochemical, spectrophoto- CHEM 371-372 4-4 A-W A complete introduction to the funda- metric and chromatographic methods. Organic Chemistry mental principles of general inorganic Introduction to principles of operation An introduction to the physical and chemistry. Includes the following topics: of current analytical instrumentation. chemical properties of compounds of atomic and molecular orbital theory, Concurrent enrollment in CHEM 325L carbon. A mechanistic approach to the stoichiometry, gas laws, thermodynamics, strongly recommended. Prerequisites: study of organic reactions with an empha- kinetics, chemical equilibrium, acid-base CHEM 324L, 373, MATH 132 or per- sis on spectroscopic methods of analysis. theory, pH and introductions to nuclear mission of the instructor. Odd years. Must be taken in sequence. Three lectures and organic chemistry. Intended for and one four-hour laboratory weekly. chemistry majors and preprofessional CHEM 325L 1 S Prerequisite: CHEM 113. students in medicine, dentistry and other Analytical Chemistry II Laboratory technical fields. Must be taken in se- A series of laboratory experiments co- CHEM 373 4 S quence. Four lectures and one laboratory ordinated with CHEM 325. Prerequisite Organic Chemistry weekly. Prerequisites: Algebra II or or corequisite: CHEM 325. Odd years. A continuation of CHEM 372 and MATH 106. A score of 19 on the math- an introduction to biochemistry (carbohy- ematics section of the ACT (or 500 on the CHEM 344 3 S drates, proteins, and lipids). Four lectures SAT) is expected. High school chemistry Nuclear Physics and Chemistry weekly. Concurrent enrollment in CHEM (or CHEM 101) and physics are highly Properties of radioactive nuclei, nuclear 373L required of all chemistry majors. recommended. A grade of C- or above is structure, nuclear reactions, nuclear fis- Prerequisite: CHEM 372. required for continuing in general chemis- sion, interactions of radiations with mat- try each quarter. ter and the Mossbauer effect with appli- CHEM 373L 1 S cations to chemistry and the cosmos. Advanced Organic Chemistry Upper-division courses: Prerequisites: MATH 131, PHYS 111- Laboratory 112-113. Concurrent enrollment in A series of lab activities coordinated CHEM 324 3 A CHEM 344L strongly recommended. with CHEM 373, including an indepen- Analytical Chemistry I Even years. dent organic synthesis project. An introduction to the quantitative study of chemical reactions occurring in CHEM 344L 1 S CHEM 381 4 A the aqueous phase, including solubility, Nuclear Physics and Chemistry Biochemistry I acid base equilibria and complex forma- Laboratory An introduction to the chemistry of tion. Methods of data recording and ma- A series of laboratory activities coordi- biologically-relevant molecules. Includes nipulation, error analysis and statistical nated with CHEM 344. Even years. attention to biological oxidations, energy treatment of data are also included. relationships, and enzyme kinetics. Pre- Prerequisite: CHEM 113. CHEM 351-352 3-3 A-W requisite: CHEM 373. Physical Chemistry for the CHEM 324L 2 W Life Sciences CHEM 396 .5 A, W, S Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory The laws of thermodynamics, physi- Seminar A series of laboratory experiments cal equilibria, and transport phenomena. (See BIOL 396) to determine unknown quantities of se- Applications of Gibbs’ free energy, chemi- Single topics of current interest in lected chemical substances. The chemical cal equilibria, and electrochemistry to mathematics and natural sciences are pre- principles in CHEM 324 are reiterated; biochemical systems; chemical and en- sented by guest lecturers. The course is course emphasis, however, is on labora- zyme kinetics and mechanisms; quantum graded S/F. To pass, a student must be on tory technique. Six hours of laboratories biochemistry. Prerequisites: CHEM 324, time and attend four of five course ses- weekly. Prerequisite: CHEM 324. PHYS 113, MATH 132 or equivalent. sions. Prerequisite: CHEM 373. Enroll- ment limited to upper-division students.

90 Chemistry

CHEM 414 3 S synthesis of complex molecules focusing CHEM 499 1-2 A, W, S Inorganic Chemistry primarily on retrosynthetic analysis, ste- Introduction to Research A systematic study of inorganic chemis- reochemical control, and modern syn- A directed research project intended to try with emphasis on chemical theory and thetic methods. FT NMR techniques acquaint students with research problems bonding, the descriptive chemistry of the (C13, 2-D COSY, HMBC, and NOESY) of current interest. A suitable problem is elements, and transition-metal chemistry. are discussed and used in structural analy- undertaken with the direction of the fac- Three lectures weekly. Prerequisite: sis of naturally occurring molecules. ulty. Open to upper-division majors in CHEM 372 and MATH 132. Even years. Prerequisite: CHEM 373. chemistry and, by permission, to other upper-division students. May be repeated CHEM 431 1 W CHEM 474 3 W for additional credit. Maximum of four Recombinant DNA Organic Theory and Reaction hours in Bachelor of Science curricula. Introduction to the principles and prac- Mechanisms tices in use in creating recombinant DNA A mechanistic approach to the study molecules, including screening DNA li- of selected topics in organic chemistry, braries and the insertion of genes into such as orbital symmetry, molecular rear- various types of cells. Prerequisite: rangements, linear free energy relation- CHEM 381. ships, and photochemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 373. CHEM 451-452 3-3 A-W Physical Chemistry CHEM 482 4 S An integrated approach to the statisti- Biochemistry II cal and quantum properties of matter The intermediary metabolism of car- with applications to chemical systems. bohydrates, lipids and proteins, and an Thermodynamics, kinetic theory of gases, introduction to the replication and trans- colligative properties, eloctrochemistry, mission of genetic information. Concur- diffusion, molecular spectroscopy, and rent enrollment in CHEM 482L required chemical kinetics. Prerequisites: CHEM of students taking the biochemistry em- 113, MATH 133, and PHYS 133 or 113. phasis. Prerequisite: CHEM 381. Credit available in either CHEM 351-352 or CHEM 451-452, but not both. CHEM 482L 1 S Biochemistry II Laboratory CHEM 451L 1 A A series of laboratory activities coordi- Physical Chemistry Laboratory nated with CHEM 482. A series of laboratory activities coordinated with CHEM 451. CHEM 491 0-2 Cooperative Education in Chemistry CHEM 453 3 S An individualized contract agreement Physical Chemistry involving student, faculty, and employer An introduction to the Schroedinger to provide practical experience in chemis- wave equation with applications to try in a professional off-campus setting. chemical systems. Prerequisite: CHEM Normally limited to upper division ma- 452. Odd years. jors in chemistry. Prerequisites: CHEM 373, 324L, and permission of the depart- CHEM 470 3 S ment chair. Graded S/F. Natural Products A review of the historical “named reactions” of organic chemistry followed by strategic planning in approaching the

91 Art

(Intentionally blank) 47 CommunicationCommunication

Faculty Speech Pathology Jennifer Wareham Best, chair; James Chase, Herb Ford, A preprofessional program in Speech Pathology is offered for Fred Kinsey, Victoria Mukerji those beginning their study of Speech Pathology at Pacific Union Departmental Office: 324 Irwin Hall; 965-6437 College. This program is affiliated with the School of Allied Health at Loma Linda University. The Speech Pathology faculty Degrees and Programs at LLU provide regular assistance and counseling to the PUC Speech Pathology ...... 93 Communication department and to students interested in this Communication, B.A...... 93 program. International Communication, B.A...... 94 The first two years of a baccalaureate degree in Speech Journalism, B.S...... 95 Pathology, taken on the Pacific Union College campus, include Public Relations, B.S...... 95 the following courses: SPPA 164 Introduction to Speech Pathology 4 The DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION serves the communication SPPA 175 Clinical Observation 2 needs of students in every department, offering instruction in a SPPA 178 Terminology of Communication Disorders 2 variety of communication skills and principles that apply in mass SPPA 264 Phonetics and Speech Science 3 media, public speaking, small group, and interpersonal settings. SPPA 265 Disorders of Articulation 4 The department also provides curricula leading to a variety of Approved courses in general education complete the communication-related careers, with specific preparation for preprofessional curriculum. careers in public relations, journalism, international communication and speech pathology. The curriculum in communication is Major in Communication, B.A. of value to those preparing for careers in business, law, medicine, pastoral or evangelistic ministry, broadcasting, and others. ‰ A minimum of 48 hours (24 upper division) including the following: COMM 134 Media Communication Careers 3 COMM 223 Interpersonal Communication 3 COMM 225 Oral Interpretation 3 COMM 226 Public Speaking 3 COMM 326 Advanced Public Speaking 3 COMM 328 Small Group Communication 3 COMM 330 Intercultural Communication 3 COMM 423 Communication Theory 2 COMM 424 Communication Research I 2 COMM 425 Communication Research II 2 COMM 427 Persuasive Communication 3 (or COMM 327 Argumentation) COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2 JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3

93 Communication

JOUR 244 Copyediting 2 ‰ Required Cognate Course: Select from the following to complete the major: FREN 367 French Culture and Civilization 4 Any course designated COMM (except COMM 105), 2. Spanish Emphasis JOUR, or PREL (21 hours including 12 upper-division hours): SPPA 164 Introduction to Speech Pathology (4) A minimum of 12 hours of advanced-level Spanish (courses Major in International numbered 300 and above) at Colegio Adventista de Sagunto, Spain; or at Universidad Adventista del Plata, Villa Libertador Communication, B.A. St. Martín, Argentina. ‰ A minimum of 48 hours (24 upper division) including the following: ‰ Required PUC Courses: ‰ Required Core Courses: SPAN 385 Business Spanish 4 COMM 134 Mass Media 3 SPAN 441 or Readings in Latin-American Literature I 4 COMM 226 Public Speaking 3 442 or 443 or II or III COMM 328 Small Group Communication 3 ‰ Required Cognate Course: COMM 330 Intercultural Communication 3 SPAN 367 Spanish and Latin-American Culture COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2 and Civilization 4 JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3 PREL 231 Public Relations I: Introduction 3 3. German Emphasis PREL 338 Audiovisual Presentations 2 (21 hours including 12 upper-division hours): Elective (Select any upper-division course 4 A minimum of 21 hours of intermediate- and advanced-level designated COMM, PREL or JOUR) German at Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen, Austria. This major requires one full academic year abroad* to develop fluency in one of the following language emphases: ‰ Required Cognate Courses for International Communication Major: 1. French Emphasis ANTH 124** Cultural Anthropology 4 (21 hours including 12 upper-division hours): CPTR 105** Introduction to Computers 3 A minimum of 12 hours of advanced-level French (courses (or OFAD 301 Word Processing) numbered 300 and above) at Sèminaire Adventiste du Salève, HIST 101-102** History of World Civilizations 4-4 Collonges, France. (or secondary-level equivalent or ‰ Required PUC Courses: equivalent course work taken in Europe) FREN 385 Business French 4 MGMT 374 Advertising Management 3 FREN 441 Readings in 19th Century French Literature 4 MGMT 457 International Management 3 or FREN 442 Readings in 20th Century (or FIN 241 Introduction to Finance) French Literature (4) RELH 311** World Religions 3 or FREN 443 Contemporary Francophone SOCI 355** Racial and Ethnic Relations 3 Literature (4) One course from International Perspectives area: 3 GEOG 301 World Regional Geography (3) * Students whose dominant cultural heritage is Spanish or French and PLSC 328 Critical World Issues (3) who can pass an advanced-level language examination offered by the PLSC 344 Modern Comparative Government (3) Department of Modern Languages may, upon written approval of the PLSC 485 Foreign Relations of the United States (3) faculty of the Department of Communication, elect not to spend one full academic year abroad. Such students must, however, (a) complete all Pacific Union College language and cognate requirements and (b) complete a total of 48 hours of coursework offered by the Department of Communication, elect to complete a minimum of one academic semester Communication (23 required plus 25 elective credits). Students whose at Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen, Austria, and complete a minimum of 12 dominant cultural heritage is German and who can pass an intermediate upper-division hours of German while there. level German examination offered by the Department of Modern Lan- **Courses marked with a double asterisk also fulfill general-education guages may, upon written approval of the faculty of the Department of requirements.

94 Communication

One course from Diplomatic History area: 4-5 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: HIST 358 America Since 1917 (4) ART 241 Photography–Black and White 3 HIST 364 Modern Asia (4) MDIA 158 Media Production Concepts 2 HIST 434 The History of Modern Russia (5) A minimum of nine hours from ECON, PLSC, and SOCI 9 ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: FREN 151-2-3 Intermediate French (3-4, 3-4, 3-4) A minor in a related discipline SPAN 151-2-3 Intermediate Spanish (3-4, 3-4, 3-4) ART 261 Graphic Design I (3) GRMN 151-2-3 Intermediate German (3-3-3) ART 262 Graphic Design II (3) ART 317 Design for the Web (2) Major in Journalism, B.S. MDIA 154 Video Technology (2) ‰ A minimum of 60 hours (30 upper division) including the following: Major in Public Relations, B.S. COMM 134 Media Communication Careers 3 ‰ COMM 223 Interpersonal Communication 3 A minimum of 60 hours (30 upper division) including the following: COMM 424 Communication Research I 2 COMM 134 Media Communication Careers 3 COMM 425 Communication Research II 2 COMM 223 Interpersonal Communication 3 COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2 COMM 226 Public Speaking 3 JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3 COMM 328 Small Group Communication 3 JOUR 142 Newswriting and Reporting II 3 COMM 424 Communication Research I 2 JOUR 242 Photojournalism 3 COMM 425 Communication Research II 2 JOUR 244 Copyediting 2 COMM 427 Persuasive Communication 3 JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics 3 COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2 JOUR 443 Investigative Reporting and Writing 3 JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3 JOUR 448 History of Journalism 3 JOUR 142 Newswriting and Reporting II 3 JOUR 494 Journalism Internship 3-6 JOUR 242 Photojournalism 3 (or JOUR 492 Practicum in Journalism) JOUR 244 Copyediting 2 Print/Editorial Emphasis JOUR 253 Publication Technology I 3 JOUR 253 Publication Technology I 3 JOUR 256 Publications: Design Techniques 3 JOUR 256 Publications: Design Techniques 3 JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics 3 JOUR 343 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 3 PREL 231 Public Relations I: Introduction 3 JOUR 444 Editorial and Interpretive Writing 3 PREL 232 Public Relations II: Applications and Crises 3 JOUR 455 Specialized Journalistic Writing 3 PREL 337 Fund-Raising 3 JOUR 458 Computer-Assisted Reporting 3 PREL 338 Audiovisual Presentations 2 PREL 339 Public Relations III: Campaigns and Practices 3 Broadcast Emphasis PREL 494 Public Relations Internship 3-6 JOUR 354 Broadcast Journalism I 3 (or PREL 492 Practicum in Public Relations) JOUR 355 Broadcast Journalism II 3 JOUR 356 Broadcast Journalism III 3 Select from the following to complete the major: 0-3 JOUR 358 Broadcast Scriptwriting 3 JOUR 343 Magazine and Feature Article Writing (3) JOUR 465 Documentary Journalism 3 JOUR 354 Broadcast Journalism I (3) JOUR 468 The Broadcast News Magazine 3 JOUR 358 Broadcast Scriptwriting (3) Select from the following to complete the major: PREL 342 Public Relations in the Religious Culture (2) PREL 492 Practicum in Public Relations (1-3) Any course designated JOUR, COMM, or PREL 495 Independent Study (1-3) PREL 231 Public Relations I: Introduction (3) ‰ PREL 338 Audiovisual Presentations (2) Required Cognate Courses: ART 241 Photography—Black and White 3 MDIA 158 Media Production Concepts 2

95 Communication

MGMT 261 Introduction to Management 3 JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3 (or MGMT 361 Management) JOUR 142 Newswriting and Reporting II 3 MKTG 374 Advertising Management 3 JOUR 244 Copyediting 2 ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: JOUR 253 Publication Technology I 3 A minor in Business Administration JOUR 256 Publications: Design Techniques 3 ART 261 Graphic Design I (3) JOUR 343 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 3 ART 262 Graphic Design II (3) JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics 3 FIN 241 Introduction to Finance (3) Select from the following to complete the minor: 5 Any course designated JOUR Minor in Communication PREL 231 Introduction to Public Relations (3) ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following: Minor in Public Relations COMM 134 Media Communication Careers 3 COMM 223 Interpersonal Communication 3 ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following: COMM 226 Public Speaking 3 COMM 134 Media Communication Careers 3 COMM 326 Advanced Public Speaking 3 COMM 427 Persuasive Communication 3 COMM 328 Small Group Communication 3 COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2 COMM 423 Communication Theory 2 JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3 COMM 427 Persuasive Communication 3 JOUR 244 Copyediting 2 (or COMM 327 Argumentation) PREL 231 Public Relations I: Introduction 3 COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2 PREL 337 Fund-Raising 3 JOUR 244 Copyediting 2 Select from the following to complete the minor: 11 To complete the minor select 6 hours from courses Any course designated PREL designated COMM, JOUR or PREL (except COMM 105) 6 JOUR 242 Photojournalism (3) JOUR 253 Publication Technology I (3) Minor in Journalism JOUR 256 Publications: Design Techniques (3) ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following: JOUR 343 Magazine and Feature Article Writing (3) JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics (3) COMM 134 Media Communication Careers 3 COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2

Communication munication. Two lectures and one labora- COMM 223 3 A tory weekly. Required in the freshman or Interpersonal Communication sophomore year to fulfill the general- Transactional nature of interpersonal Service Course: education requirement in Communication. communication, including the roles of (May not be used for major or minor in both verbal and nonverbal commun- this department) Lower-division courses: ication, empathic listening, and self-disclosure as means of building COMM 105 3 A, W, S, Su COMM 134 3 A trusting relationships and developing Speech Communication Media Communication Careers rhetorical sensitivities. A general-education course that devel- Survey of print and broadcast media ops skill in oral communication, surveys in contemporary society: the roles of COMM 225 3 A, W the human communication process, and radio, television, newspapers, maga- Oral Interpretation encourages responsible speaking and zines, books, and emerging mass media Development of skills in reading aloud listening. Focuses on intrapersonal, inter- technologies. from prose, poetry, plays, and expository personal, small group, and public com- material. Emphasis on developing the

96 Communication

ability to create and sustain mood and on COMM 328 3 S COMM 425 2 S learning the various methods of creating Small Group Communication Communication Research II meaning through vocal expression. Effective use of communication in Implementing a communication small groups; analysis of the nature of research plan. Survey techniques, content COMM 226 3 A, W, S group productivity, cohesiveness, and analysis, tabulation procedures, and Public Speaking organization; experience in group discus- reporting of findings. Odd years. Prereq- Instruction and skill-development in sion and problem-solving. uisite: COMM 424. composing speeches and delivering them before groups. Fulfills general-education COMM 329 3 W COMM 427 3 S requirement in communication for juniors Organizational Communication Persuasive Communication and seniors. (Freshmen and sophomores Study of and practice in communica- Rhetorical principles of ethical persua- take COMM 105.) tion in the work setting, emphasizing sion in public speaking, interpersonal leadership, decision-making, conflict reso- relationships, public relations, and adver- COMM 227 3 S lution, and the management of behavior tising. Development of skills in logical Voice and Articulation in human organizations. Focuses on argument, emotive influence, and psycho- Development of habits and skills that communication problems and variables logical appeal and in achieving source lead to communicative speech, using voice unique to the organizational environment, credibility. Even years. analysis, appropriate exercises, and inter- and reviewing traditional and current pretative readings. Even years. theories. Even years. COMM 450 2 W Senior Seminar in Communication COMM 229 3 A COMM 330 3 S Disciplines Fundamentals of Dramatic Intercultural Communication Capstone course emphasizing profes- Performance Variables and effects of both verbal sional skills, ethics, creation of portfolio, (See DRMA 229.) and nonverbal communication between and career planning. cultures. Practical applications for careers Upper-division courses: in education, mission service, interna- COMM 480 3 Su tional business, social work, and foreign Classroom Communication COMM 326 3 S relations. Effective teacher-student interaction in Advanced Public Speaking both verbal and nonverbal areas. Com- Theory of and practice in effective COMM 423 2 A munication research findings applied to public address. Preparation and delivery Communication Theory such topics as student motivation, self- of personal manuscripts. Includes relevant Conceptual foundation for studying concept, sequencing of instruction, small issues of speech evaluation and audience the human communication process. In- group processes, classroom environments, analysis. Offers the advanced student cludes types of theories and models used and parent/student conferences. practical experience in speaking before a in communication research. Explores group. Prerequisite: COMM 226 or variables relevant to human communica- COMM 490 1-3 A, W, S, Su consent of the instructor. Odd years. tion behavior. Applies theory to the scien- Issues in Communication tific method in communication research. (See also JOUR 490, PREL 490.) COMM 327 3 A Odd years. Specific issues in various areas of com- Argumentation munication research. Such areas may Logical reasoning, fallacies in reason- COMM 424 2 W include, though are not limited to, rheto- ing, the structure of arguments, and Communication Research I ric and public address, small group com- methods of analyzing and evaluating Development of skills in planning munication, interpersonal communica- arguments. Examination of classical and communication research and designing tion, organizational communication, contemporary models; application in research instruments. Includes overview journalism, and public relations. preparing persuasive messages, advertis- of current research topics, procedures, ing strategies, and public speeches. and findings. Odd years.

97 Communication

COMM 492 1-3 A, W, S, Su JOUR 244 2 W programming. Secondary emphasis on Practicum in Communication Copyediting public service and religious spots and Supervised experience in speech, Practice in editing copy to Associated programming. Prerequisite: JOUR 141. drama, or broadcasting. Thirty clock Press guidelines, writing headlines and hours of experience required for each captions, basic layout. Extensive rewrit- JOUR 355 3 W hour of credit. Advance approval of the ing and editing for clarity, conciseness, Broadcast Journalism II department required. May be repeated and appropriateness for chosen media. Continuing development of news- to a maximum of nine hours. In-Progress writing and announcing abilities, with (“IP”) grading system. JOUR 253 3 A emphasis on writing, announcing, and Publication Technology I producing radio news and documentary COMM 495 1-3 A, W, S, Su (See GRPH 253.) programming. Students work as news Independent Study Electronic typesetting and composition staff for KCDS radio news broadcasts. Opportunity for the advanced student for formatting and interfacing word pro- Prerequisite: JOUR 354. to investigate special interests under the cessing. The basics of importing text and direction of departmental faculty. graphics from other applications, includ- JOUR 356 3 S ing scanners; evaluation of desktop pub- Broadcast Journalism III Journalism lishing software. Lab projects with Adobe Advanced journalistic skills in televi- PageMaker. Lab fee. Two lectures and sion reporting and production. Empha- Lower-division courses: one laboratory weekly. sizes on-camera reporting, interviewing, studio and field production, and profes- JOUR 141 3 A JOUR 256 3 W sional journalism skills in television news. Newswriting and Reporting I Publications: Design Techniques Students work with various video media (See also ENGL 141.) Practice in designing and preparing to provide television news for the local Basic course in gathering information camera-ready materials for newspapers, community and for other productions. and writing news stories for mass-media magazines, brochures, and posters. Two Prerequisite: JOUR 355. news audiences. Two lectures and one sessions weekly. Prerequisite: JOUR 253. laboratory weekly. JOUR 358 3 W Upper-division courses: Broadcast Scriptwriting JOUR 142 3 W Preparation of manuscripts for news Newswriting and Reporting II JOUR 343 3 W features and full-length feature and docu- (See also ENGL 142.) Magazine and Feature Article Writing mentary productions on radio and televi- Extended practice in news coverage Study of and practice with feature- sion. Emphasizes correct manuscript and media writing. Introduction to com- writing style for newspapers, magazines format and writing for impact in broad- puter-assisted reporting and news media. and broadcast. Emphasizes preparation cast media. Odd years. Prerequisite: Extensive practice in writing and career- and marketing of nonfiction manuscripts JOUR 354. related skills specific to professions in for magazines and newspapers. Prerequi- journalism, public relations, and commu- site: JOUR 141. JOUR 405 3 nications. Two lectures and one labora- Advanced Expository Writing tory weekly. Prerequisite: JOUR 141. JOUR 346 4 (See ENGL 405.) Creative Writing JOUR 242 3 S (See ENGL 346.) JOUR 434 3 A Photojournalism Media Law and Ethics Application of photography to specific JOUR 354 3 A Current issues involving personal rights problems of the journalist or public rela- Broadcast Journalism I and corporate responsibilities as related tions officer; using images to give graphic Principles of and practice in journalistic to concepts of free speech and responsible impact to news and feature stories; process- broadcast writing; development of basic journalism. ing and editing of pictures taken by the announcing skills for radio and television. student. Prerequisite: ART 241. Odd years. Emphasis on news copy and documentary

98 Communication

JOUR 443 3 A tion, scripting, dramatic focus, coordinat- Public Relations Investigative Reporting and Writing ing the creative and technical team, di- Tools, techniques, and skills for con- recting, editing, and marketing the final ducting ethical journalistic investigations. product. Students are project-team mem- Lower-division courses: Emphasis on using public records and bers for a class-produced documentary “the paper trail” to document complex project. Odd years. Prerequisites: JOUR PREL 231 3 A issues. Prerequisite: JOUR 141. Odd 340, 355. Public Relations I: Introduction years. Fundamental values and procedures of JOUR 468 3 S the public-relations profession. Research JOUR 444 3 A The Broadcast News Magazine techniques, communication theory, public Editorial and Interpretive Reporting The market audience, content balance, relations management, writing, and media and Writing and production skills necessary for a relations. The role of the editorial and opinion in successful broadcast magazine. Students journalism. Writing editorials, opinion are the creative team in charge of all PREL 232 3 W features, and in-depth, complex news elements of producing a campus broad- Public Relations II: Applications and stories. Prerequisite: JOUR 141. Odd cast magazine or other news-magazine Crises years. project. Even years. Prerequisites: JOUR Applications of public relations to 340, 355. specific publics including employees, JOUR 448 3 A multicultural communities, consumers, History of Journalism JOUR 490 1-3 A, W, S, Su and government. Managment of public History of trends in American journal- Issues in Communication relations in crises; exploiting PR opportu- ism, recounting successes and failures of (See COMM 490.) nities created by crisis situations. Prereq- the press to achieve free and responsible uisite: PREL 231. communication with the public. Even JOUR 492 1-3 A, W, S, Su years. Practicum in Journalism Upper-division courses: Supervised experience under the direc- JOUR 455 3 S tion of a journalism professional, usually PREL 337 3 S Specialized Journalistic Writing involving work on a specific project. Fund-Raising In-depth writing and reporting skills Approval of the department required in Philosophy of philanthropic giving for journalistic writing in such areas as advance. May be repeated to a total of and the techniques that lead to successful the humanities, sciences, government, three hours. Thirty clock hours of experi- fund-raising, particularly as applied to the business, technology, literature and the ence required for each hour of credit. In- Seventh-day Adventist denomination. arts. Even years. Prerequisite: JOUR 142. Progress (“IP”) grading system. Fund-raising executives are guest lecturers for the course. Even years. JOUR 458 3 W JOUR 494 3-6 A, W, S, Su Computer-Assisted Reporting Journalism Internship PREL 338 2 S Understanding of and practice in jour- Supervised experience in journalism. Audiovisual Presentations nalistic uses of computers and specialized The student is assigned for one quarter to Preparing and producing traditional software as advanced journalism tools. a newspaper or magazine office. Enroll- and new media audiovisual presentations Uses of database managers, spreadsheets, ment restricted to journalism majors. In- useful to the public relations practitioner and statistical software to manage and Progress (“IP”) grading system. and other business and professional people. interpret data. Even years. Prerequisite: Conceptualizing, scripting, and executing JOUR 142. JOUR 495 1-3 A, W, S, Su AV tools, including Web-page creation, Independent Study video production, and presentation soft- JOUR 465 3 S Offers the advanced student opportu- ware such as PowerPoint. Odd years. Documentary Journalism nity to pursue investigation in fields of Prerequisite: JOUR 253. Aspects of producing program-length special interest under the direction of documentaries or segments: topic selec- departmental faculty.

99 Communication

PREL 339 3 S PREL 495 1-3 A, W, S, Su SPPA 178 2 S Public Relations III: Campaigns and Independent Study Terminology of Communication Practices Offers the advanced student opportu- Disorders The media of public relations and their nity to pursue investigation in a field of Introduction and application of terms incorporation into a public-relations plan. special interest under the direction of used in the fields of Speech, Language, The elements, development, and struct- departmental faculty. Hearing and allied areas. Odd years. uring of a public-relations plan. Prerequi- site: PREL 232. Speech Pathology and SPPA 250 3 S Audiology Speech and Language of PREL 342 2 S Young Children Public Relations in the Religious Lower-division courses: (See also ECED 250.) Culture Normal development of speech and The special challenges religion offers SPPA 001 1 A, W, S language in children from birth to six to public relations. Perspectives and tech- Speech Clinic years. An introduction to differential niques that enhance the value of public For college students who desire correc- diagnosis and treatment planning for relations in a religious setting, such as a tion of their own speech problems. Indi- children with delayed language develop- local congregation. Prerequisite: PREL vidual and/or group therapy sessions ment. Designed for majors in the Early 231. Even years. twice weekly. May be repeated up to Childhood Education curriculum and three quarters for credit. Enrollment by fifth-year Elementary Education pro- PREL 490 1-3 A, W, S, Su permission of instructor following oral grams. Odd years. Issues in Communication speech evaluation. (See COMM 490.) SPPA 264 3 W SPPA 164 4 A Phonetics and Speech Science PREL 492 1-3 A, W, S, Su Introduction to Speech Pathology Knowledge of the International Pho- Practicum in Public Relations Introduction to the major types of netic Alphabet is used as a means of Supervised experience under the direc- speech disorders and their etiology and sensitizing the ear for the accurate learn- tion of a public-relations professional, treatment. A survey course for majors in ing of speech sounds and introduction usually involving work on a specific proj- speech pathology and audiology and for to the acoustics of consonant and vowel ect. Approval of the department required those entering professions in education, production. Emphasis on transcription in advance. May be repeated to a total of behavioral science, social welfare, and phonetics. three hours. Thirty clock hours of experi- related fields who may encounter persons ence required for each hour of credit. In- with speech disorders. SPPA 265 4 S Progress (“IP”) grading system. Disorders of Articulation SPPA 175 2 W Identification and etiology of disorders PREL 494 3-6 A, W, S, Su Clinical Observation of articulation with emphasis on phone- Public Relations Internship Laboratory experience designed to mic aspects. Introduction to the major One academic quarter of supervised acquaint the student with the therapy approaches to individual and group work experience in a public relations- process. Students observe clients during therapy. related office. Enrollment limited to the quarter and meet regularly with the public relations and communication clinic supervisor to discuss clinical majors. In-Progress (“IP”) grading sys- procedures used. tem.

100 ComputerComputer Science Science

Faculty Major in Computer Science, B.S. Bruce Ivey, chair; Tim Alcon ‰ A minimum of 60 hours (36 upper division) including the following: Departmental Office: 238 Chan Shun Hall; 965-7260 CPTR 131-132 Computer Science 4-4 CPTR 224 Assembler 3 Degrees and Programs CPTR 236 Microprocessor Systems 3 Computer Science, B.S...... 101 CPTR 326 Computer Languages 4 Computer Science, B.A...... 102 CPTR 346 Data Structures and Algorithms 4 CPTR 356 Digital Logic 4 Computer science is the study of solving problems with CPTR 357 Computer Architecture 3 the aid of computers. It deals with the design of algorithms (i.e., CPTR 396 Seminar (2 quarters) .5-.5 effective procedures) for the solution of problems, with the struc- CPTR 398 Indiv. Programming Language Study 2 tures of languages for the efficient expression of these algorithms, CPTR 446 Compiler Construction 4 and with computer systems, both hardware and software, for CPTR 447 Operating Systems 3 implementing these languages. CPTR 455 Theory of Computing 3 Two degree options are offered. Students whose main interest MATH 275 Logic and Sets 4 is the discipline of computer science, perhaps leading to graduate MATH 355 Discrete Methods 4 study, choose the B.S. in Computer Science. This degree is also The remaining hours may be selected from the following: appropriate for those wanting careers in systems or application Other CPTR courses programming. The B.A. in Computer Science prepares students MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra (4) for careers applying computers to other fields of interest. The MATH 331 Probability and Statistical Theory I (3) department also offers a minor in computer science. MATH 351-352 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I-II (3-3) The curriculum is modeled on the guidelines of the Association MATH 354 Number Theory (3) for Computing Machinery. MATH 375 Numerical Analysis (4) A maximum of twenty-six hours of MATH courses, including the required courses, may apply. ‰ Required Cognate Courses: ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4 MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4 OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding* 0-2 ‰ Recommended Cognate Course: PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus (4-4-4)

*See footnote, next page.

101 Computer Science

The B.S. program described above is designed to prepare the French or German is recommended for meeting the language student for graduate study in computer science or for a career in requirement. scientific computation or software development. This program permits an emphasis in the computer-science field and is designed to prepare one to be a knowledgeable user of Major in Computer Science, B.A. computers in business or other applications. ‰ A minimum of 45 hours (22 upper division) including the following: An alternative for a business major is to include a minor in computer science. For continuing with graduate studies, or for a CPTR 131-132 Computer Science 4-4 greater emphasis in computer science, a student should choose CPTR 224 Assembler 3 one of the B.S. options. CPTR 236 Microprocessor Systems 3 CPTR 326 Computer Languages 4 CPTR 346 Data Structures and Algorithms 4 Minor in Computer Science CPTR 396 Seminar (2 quarters) .5-.5 ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (15 upper division) including the following: CPTR 447 Operating Systems 3 CPTR 131-132 Computer Science 4-4 MATH 355 Discrete Methods 4 The remaining hours may be selected from the following: The remaining hours may be selected from the following: Other CPTR or INFS courses Other CPTR or INFS courses MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra (4) MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra (4) MATH 275 Logic and Sets (4) MATH 331 Probability and Statistical Theory I (3) MATH 331 Probability and Statistical Theory I (3) MATH 351-352 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I-II (3-3) MATH 351-352 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I-II (3-3) MATH 354 Number Theory (3) MATH 355 Discrete Methods (4) MATH 375 Numerical Analysis (4) MATH 375 Numerical Analysis (4) No more than eighteen hours from the MATH selections A maximum of nine hours from the MATH selections may apply. may apply. ‰ Required Cognate Courses: ‰ Required Cognate Courses: OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding* 0-2 ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4 ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: MATH 131 Calculus I 4 ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics (4) OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding* 0-2 MATH 131 Calculus (4) ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: MATH 132-133 Calculus II-III(4-4) PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics (4-4-4)

* This requirement may be met by completion of a course or satisfactory performance on a departmental waiver examination. The waiver option is available only to students with fewer than 75 credit hours and to transfer students if taken during their first quarter at PUC.

102 Computer Science

Computer Science puter programming. Three lectures and system. Two lectures and one laboratory one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: per week. Prerequisite: CPTR 234. CPTR 115 or equivalent programming Service Course: experience and MATH 106. CPTR 299 1 Arr. (May not be used for major or minor in Mini-Course this department) CPTR 224 3 A A short course on a selected computer Assembler science-related topic of interest to the CPTR 105 3 A, S Techniques of assembly language general student. Course format depends Introduction to Computers programming; low-level program interac- on the particular topic selected but usu- An introductory course for the liberal tion with an operating system. Emphasis: ally consists of several lectures over ap- arts student explaining computers and low-level data manipulation and imple- proximately two or three weeks on a sub- their history and use. Includes a survey mentation of structured programming ject of current interest. With approval of of and practice with simple applications forms in assembly language. Prerequisite: the department chair, credit may apply typically used with microcomputers, such CPTR 115 or equivalent programming toward a computer-science major. as word processing, spreadsheets, and experience. business graphics. No prerequisites; but Upper-division courses: a knowledge of mathematics equivalent to CPTR 234 3 A high-school algebra is assumed. Two lec- Programming in C++ CPTR 326 4 A tures and one laboratory per week. Structure of the C++ programming lan- Computer Languages guage, including data abstraction, classes, Significant features of existing pro- Lower-division courses: constructors and destructors, overloading, gramming languages, with particular em- inheritance and polymorphism, templates, phasis on the underlying concepts embod- CPTR 115 4 A exceptions, and iostream methods. Two ied in these languages. The student should Computers and Computer lectures and one laboratory per week. expect to obtain at least a reading knowl- Programming Prerequisites: CPTR 131-132. edge of current major programming lan- An introduction to computer systems, guages. Prerequisites: CPTR 131-132, problem solving with computers, and CPTR 236 3 S 224. Odd years. computer programming using C. Empha- Microprocessor Systems sis on program design, structured pro- Introduction to the architecture of CPTR 346 4 A gramming techniques, elementary data microprocessors and the organization Data Structures and Algorithms structures and their applications, and and functioning of a microcomputer. The Basic concepts of data and the repre- standard algorithms of note. Problem operation of each functional block of the sentation of data in a computer system. solving and program implementation system (timing, logic, decoding, I/O, and Linear lists, strings, arrays, trees, and on the computer are required throughout memory); the instruction set, stack opera- other data structures in programming the quarter. No previous programming tion, and programming of a single-board languages; applications in database man- experience is assumed. Three lectures and computer at the machine-instruction level. agement. Detailed study of techniques for one laboratory per week. Two lectures and one laboratory per sorting and searching; analysis of algo- week. Prerequisites: CPTR 224; rithms to determine their efficiencies in CPTR 131-132 4-4 W-S ENGR 217. given situations. Prerequisites: CPTR 131- Computer Science 132; MATH 355. Even years. A first course for computer science ma- CPTR 246 3 W jors and others seriously interested in the Object-Oriented Design foundation principles of computer sci- Methodology of object-oriented ence. Topics include an introduction analysis, design, and programming. Ob- to the study of algorithms, structure, and ject-oriented languages, responsibility, functions of computer hardware compo- modules, class libraries, application nents, operating systems, data structures, frameworks, and highly reusable types sorting, computer languages, and com- in the context of a large object-oriented

103 Computer Science

CPTR 347 3 S CPTR 396 .5 A translation, rotation, clipping, filling, Database Systems Seminar and projection of two- and three-dimen- Objectives and methods of organizing This course for computer science sional objects; stereo projections, curve files into databases. Facilities for extrac- majors includes general-interest topics, and surface fitting; animation. The stu- tion of information from a database; presentations from current literature, dent is also introduced to the techniques hierarchal, network, and relational guest speakers, progress reports on stu- of image-processing, digitization, and models; data description, internal file dent projects, and attendance at profes- filtering. Two lectures and one laboratory organization, and security. Prerequisites: sional meetings. Maximum of two hours. per week. Prerequisites: CPTR 131-132 CPTR 131-132. Odd years. Graded S/F. (MATH 265 recommended). Odd years.

CPTR 356 4 A CPTR 398 1-3 CPTR 446 4 W Digital Logic Individual Programming Compiler Construction Number systems and coding, Boolean Language Study Techniques of analyzing source lan- algebra, gates and switching circuits, Supervised individual study of a par- guage and generating efficient object analysis of networks using canonical ticular programming language not nor- code. Although some theoretical topics forms. Implementation of combinational mally taught in an existing course. The are considered, the course has the practi- logic: gates, decoding, arithmetic func- study typically consists of developing cal objective of teaching how to construct tions. Systematic synthesis of functions solutions to a series of programming assemblers, interpreters, and compilers. (Karnaugh, Quine-McClusky). Sequential problems that are then implemented in Prerequisite: CPTR 326 (MATH 355 circuits: analysis, synthesis, implementa- the selected language. Languages suitable recommended). Odd years. tion. Three lectures and one laboratory for this course include, but are not limited per week. Prerequisite: ENGR 217. Even to, LISP, SCHEME, Ada, Smalltalk, CPTR 447 3 A years. Prolog, and Database programming lan- Operating Systems guages. A minimum of 30 hours of pro- Multiprogramming and time-sharing CPTR 357 3 W gramming activity is expected for each system-design principles. Topics include Computer Architecture unit of credit. May be repeated for addi- processes and process communication, Elements of a digital computer–organi- tional credit. Prerequisites: CPTR 131- control of input-output, memory manage- zation, information flow. Storage of 132, 224. ment, scheduling, file systems, protection, information, registers, and memory. and resource allocation. Prerequisites: Addressing modes. The ALU. Clocking CPTR 426 3 S CPTR 131-132, 224; MATH 131 and control. Input/output, interrupts, Software Engineering (MATH 331 recommended). Odd years. DMA. Prerequisites: CPTR 224, 356. Principles of organization and execu- Even years. tion of a multiperson programming CPTR 455 3 W project including issues in managing and Theory of Computing CPTR 367 3 S organizing people, and the tools and This required course for seniors ad- Communications and Networking language features available to aid the dresses topics in artificial intelligence Data transmission — serial, parallel, development of large projects. Ethics in (philosophy and methods of AI, heuris- hand-shaking. Major protocols for the software area. A suitable project is tics, machine learning, search strategies, communications. Data encryption, error undertaken by the class as a whole. The and expert systems), theoretical computer detection/correction. Slave processors, project varies from year to year depend- science (computability, formal languages packet switching. Networks of interacting ing upon class size, background, and and grammars, automata, the Church- computers. Problems of distributed pro- interest. Prerequisite: CPTR 131-132, Turing thesis, methods of proof, and cessing and databases. Prerequisite: CPTR 246. Even years. determinism), and a summary of the field 131-132. Even years. of computer science. Prerequisite: CPTR CPTR 437 3 S 346 and senior standing. Computer Graphics Principles of graphic displays with the mathematical techniques of scaling,

104 Computer Science

CPTR 491 0-2 Cooperative Education An individual contract arrangement involving students, faculty, and industry to gain practical computer science experience in an off-campus setting. Prerequi- site: Permission of the department chair. Graded S/F.

CPTR 495 1-3 A, W, S Independent Study With the approval of the department chair, qualified students majoring in computer science may undertake independent, directed study of a problem suited to their background and experience. Maximum of three hours.

CPTR 499 1-3 A, W, S Independent Research With the approval of the department chair, qualified students majoring in computer science may undertake a research problem suited to their background and experience. Maximum of nine hours permitted.

Computer Science-Related Courses Offered by Other Departments: Business Administration and Economics: INFS 128 COBOL Mathematics: MATH 355 Discrete Methods MATH 375 Numerical Analysis MATH 385 Mathematical Modeling Technology: ELEC 342 Microcomputer Design GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh

105 Art

(Intentionally blank) 47 EducationEducation

Faculty Adult Education Jean Buller, chair; Sandra Balli, Marsha Crow, Ginger Ketting, The Education department offers a multiple-subject CLAD- Marvin Mitchell emphasis credential program approved by the California Com- Departmental Office: 203 Education Building; 965-7265 mission on Teacher Credentialing. This five-quarter program of coursework is available evenings in Napa. The program is Degrees and Programs designed for adults with bachelor’s degrees from accredited institutions. Student teaching is arranged at the end of the five quar- General Requirements for Credentials ...... 107 ters of coursework. Information about admissions requirements Subject-Matter Program for Elementary and program schedule and location is available at the Education Education (SPEED) ...... 110 department. See Adult Education in this catalog. Liberal Studies, B.A...... 111 Education, M.Ed...... 112 General Requirements for both The Teacher Education Program is approved by the California Elementary and Secondary Credentials Commission on Teacher Credentialing and by the Office of Edu- 1. Select a baccalaureate degree with an appropriate cation, General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. Students teaching major. may complete the first stage of credentialing requirements and qualify for both the State Preliminary and SDA Basic credentials Elementary within a normal bachelor’s degree program and may be employed Complete the Subject-Matter Program for Elementary Educa- at that point. Students may choose to complete a Crosscultural, tion (SPEED) outlined in the following pages, which includes the Language, and Academic Development (CLAD) emphasis pro- Liberal-Studies major (fulfills requirements for California Mul- gram for both the multiple-subject and single-subject credentials. tiple Subject and Seventh-day Adventist Elementary Credentials). The Credential Analyst can provide additional information. Students who do not complete this approved subject matter pro- The second stage of credentialing may be met by an approved gram must pass the MSAT examination (Multiple Subject Assess- 45-quarter-hour fifth year or by a Master of Education degree, ment for Teachers). which can be completed in four quarters. A Master of Education Secondary in Instructional Leadership is available to students who would Complete an approved subject-matter program in one of the like to earn a master’s degree in the certification process (see following areas as outlined in the respective sections of this publi- “Master of Education Degree” in this catalog). The nondegree cation or pass the PRAXIS/SSAT in an approved subject-matter fifth year includes 18 hours of professional education core area. In most cases specific and/or additional courses are required courses (see Master’s Degree section) and 27 hours of approved for a teaching credential that may not be needed for a bachelor’s electives. Students should consult the Credential Analyst in the degree. In addition, a student is normally expected to have a Education department prior to enrollment in either fifth-year second teaching endorsement. To qualify for a state credential, option. majors in theology or religion must demonstrate subject-matter competence in a second area. They may do so by completing an approved subject-matter program or by passing the PRAXIS/ SSAT examinations in a state-approved area. They must also

107 Education

complete a significant public school experience. Interested stu- 8. For elementary credential: Provide documentation of a four- dents should consult the Education department adviser for fur- week laboratory experience in a multigrade classroom of at least ther details. three grades. This should be done at the beginning of the junior Business Education or senior year from approximately August 26 to September 20. English Prerequisites: cumulative GPA of 2.5; major upper-division GPA of Home Economics 2.7; completion of Education 482L. Industrial Technology or Engineering Technology 9. For elementary credential: Pass the Reading Instruction Mathematics Competence Assessment (RICA). This should be done before Modern Language: French completing student teaching. Modern Language: Spanish Music Education 10. After completing the first PUC C/I course with a lab: Apply for Physical Education midprogram review by the Education department faculty for ap- Science (Biology/Chemistry/Physics) proval to continue in the Teacher Education program. The faculty Social Science review will incorporate the following evaluations, as applicable: Theology/Religion a. lab evaluation b. residence hall dean’s evaluation Students qualifying for Seventh-day Adventist teaching c. major department evaluation credentials with majors other than those listed above should d. Vice President for Student Life Administration evaluation consult with the Credential Analyst. e. work supervisor evaluation It is possible to earn additional teaching endorsements for both The application with accompanying evaluations is brought by California and SDA credentials. Consult the Credential Analyst the Education adviser to the Education department faculty for for specific course requirements. approval, approval with reservations, or denial. 2. Apply for Admission to the Teacher Education Program 11. Complete professional education courses as outlined below (see prerequisites listed in next section). with a grade of C- or better in each course and a grade of B or better in each lab. 3. Pass a test of minimum competency in reading, writing, and mathematics (CBEST). Students must pass this test prior to EDUC 101 Introduction to Teaching 1 regular admission into the Teacher Education program and before EDUC 101L Introduction to Teaching Lab 1 their enrollment in curriculum and instruction (C/I) courses. EDUC 333 Educational Psychology 2 EDUC 335 Ethical Dimensions of Teaching 2 4. Pass the U.S. Constitution examination or complete one EDUC 336 Social and Multicultural Education 2 of the following: (a) HIST 134-135, (b) HIST 140-141, In addition, the following courses are required for elementary (c) HIST 356, or (d) PLSC 124. and secondary credentials: 5. Complete HLED 166 Health Education or FDNT 175 Elementary Personal Nutrition with a grade of C- or better. EDUC 238/L Computer Technology for Teachers 2 EDUC 345 Elem. School C/I: Math/Science 4 6. Complete 18 hours of religion (9 upper division) with at EDUC 353 Elem. School C/I: Beginning Reading 3 least a 2.0 grade-point average and with no grade lower than and Writing C-: 6 hours of RELB prefix courses; 3 hours of Doctrinal Studies EDUC 355 Elem. School C/I: Reading/Language Arts 2 (RELT 331, 332, or 333); HIST 340 (or RELT 381-382); and 5 EDUC 356 Elem. School C/I: Reading/Social Studies 4 hours of electives. A student in the SPEED program must select EDUC 390 K-12 C/I Bible 2 3 hours of these electives from RELB 315, RELH 311, RELT EDUC 481-482- Student Teaching Seminar 1-1-1 216, 218, 320, 355, and 440. 483 7. Complete one course in technology: CPTR 105, GRPH 153, EDUC 482L Student Teaching, Elementary 15 MUTH 201, or any word-processing course. (1 hr. concurrent registration with EDUC 345, 355, and 356; 12 hrs. full-time one quarter senior year)

108 Education

September Experience 0 tialing (prerequisite to C/I courses with field components). ENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics 4 Application includes fingerprinting and fee. ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology 4 4. Make appointments for interviews with the chair of the (optional; required for CLAD) Education department and the assigned Education department Language Requirement (optional; required for adviser. CLAD) 5. Arrange for a teacher or the academic adviser to complete the One course from the following: 3-4 recommendation form and return it to the Education department. ART 314 Art for Children (3) 6. Meet cumulative GPA requirement: 2.5. EDUC 538-538L Computers in the Classroom and Lab (2-1) 7. Satisfy residence requirement: One quarter at PUC or accep- ENGL 330 Literature for Children (4) tance into a Teacher Education Program in another accredited or ENGL 331 Literature for Adolescents (4) college or university. MUED 338 Music for Children I plus Lab (3) PETH 476 Physical Education for Children (3) Criteria for Regular Admission to the Teacher Education Program Secondary 1. Items 1-6 above. EDUC 238/L Computer Technology for Teachers 2 2. Pass CBEST (California Basic Educational Skills Test) and EDUC 358 C/I Reading—Secondary 3 submit a Permanent Verification Card. This examination, given EDUC 358L C/I Reading—Secondary Lab 1 at PUC six times each year, covers reading, writing, and math- EDUC 360 C/I Secondary Methods I* 2 ematics. One can retake it if necessary. Candidates must pass EDUC 361 C/I Middle-School Methods* 2 the CBEST before achieving regular admission and clearance to EDUC 361L C/I Middle-School Methods Lab* 1 register for curriculum and instruction (C/I) courses. Applica- EDUC 362 C/I Secondary Methods II* 2 tion packets are available at the Education department (fee EDUC 362L C/I Secondary Methods II Lab* 1 required). EDUC 390 K-12 C/I Bible (optional; required for 2 3. Have a Certificate of Clearance on file in the Education Religion endorsement) department. EDUC 484-485 Student Teaching Seminar 1-1 4. Verify prerequisite computer skills via high school or college EDUC 485L Student Teaching 16 transcript or a performance waiver. 9 hrs. Junior High—9 weeks 5. Maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.5 to retain regular status. 9 hrs. Senior High—9 weeks ENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics 4 Restrictions on Accepted Courses ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology (optional; 4 1. C/I courses with fieldwork may not be taken by correspondence required for CLAD) or directed study. C/I courses with fieldwork being transferred Language requirement (optional; required will require the fieldwork to be completed here. for CLAD) 2. C/I courses without fieldwork may be taken by correspondence ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology 3-4 or directed study if approved by the department. Limit of one (or COMM 330 Intercultural Communication approved course. or SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology) 3. Limit of 12 approved hours for transfer toward a master’s degree or Reading/Language Arts credential program. Criteria for Preliminary Admission to the Teacher 4. All core courses in the fifth-year program must be taken at Pa- Education Program cific Union College with the following exceptions: PSYC 359/L 1. Complete EDUC 101 Introduction to Teaching and EDUC and EDUC 438/L. 101L, preferably in the freshman year. 2. Submit an application to the Education department. Prerequisites for Student Teaching 3. Submit to the Education department a Certificate of Clearance 1. Regular acceptance into the Teacher-Education program. application to the California Commission on Teacher Creden- 2. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.5 and of 2.7 in upper-division courses in the major. 3. Satisfactory completion of adequate preparation in the teaching areas. (Secondary: 80% of subject-matter courses, or pass * Not to be taken before the junior year. 109 Education

PRAXIS/SSAT examinations; elementary: 101 hours in the General Education Foundation Courses SPEED waiver program, 80% of subject-matter program, or The courses listed below fulfill general-education requirements pass MSAT.) Competency examinations must be passed when for all B.A. degree programs. All may also be applied to SPEED. application is made for student teaching. Specific courses or course options required by general education 4. Complete the U.S. Constitution and health-education require- or by SPEED are listed by course number. The 92-95 hour total ments (or their inclusion in the Senior Contract). assumes a full year each of biology, chemistry, physics, and two 5. Meet PUC residence requirement: two upper-division courses in years of a foreign language at the secondary level and an ACT the major and two courses in Education. Standard Score of 19 or a satisfactory score on a Mathematics 6. Elementary: complete required courses—20 hours: EDUC 101/ department placement test. Students lacking these college-prepa- 101L, 238/L, 345, 353, 355, 356, 482L (3 hours), multigrade ratory courses will have to use elective hours to make up the experience. deficiencies in their foundational course work. 7. Secondary: complete required courses—16 hours: EDUC 101/101L, 238/L, 358/358L, 360, 361/361L, 362/362L I. Foundations of Learning 15 8. Submit a Student Teaching Application by March 1 prior to the ENGL 101-102 College English (8) school year during which full-time student teaching will take One of the following Communication courses: place, including the following: COMM 105 Speech Communication (3) a) Application form COMM 225 Oral Interpretation (3) b) Major department recommendation COMM 226 Public Speaking (3) c) Employer recommendation (or equivalent) COMM 336 Advanced Public Speaking (3) d) Health clearance (including TB) COMM 327 Argumentation (3) e) Résumé COMM 427 Persuasive Communication (3) f) Verification of subject-matter competency MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics (4) g) Approval of the Department of Education II. Human Identity in Cultural Contexts 27-30 9. Receive clearance from the Vice President for Student Life Administration HIST 101-102 A History of World Civilizations (8) One of the following Philosophy courses: Subject-Matter Program for Elementary PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy (4) Education (SPEED) PHIL 451 History of Western Thought (3) The Subject-Matter Program for Elementary Education with PSYC 121 General Psychology (4) the Liberal Studies major as its core has been designed in har- PLSC 124 Introduction to American Government (3) mony with the educational philosophy of Pacific Union College Foreign language: intermediate level or first year of a to meet the objectives of SDA and public education at the elemen- second foreign language (9-12) tary level. It has been approved by the California Commission on III. Insights of the Imagination 10 Teacher Credentialing as the multiple-subject-matter program for ENGL 301 Great Books (4) students who plan to teach in a self-contained elementary-school One of the following: classroom. The program requires a minimum of 126 quarter ART 105 History of Western Art (4) hours (including the Liberal Studies major of 60 hours, 38 of ART 107 American Art (3) which must be upper-division). ART 108 History of Far Eastern Art (3) Students should consult with credential advisers in the Educa- tion department in developing their program of studies. General- One of the following: education requirements, the Subject-Matter Program for Elemen- MUED 104 The Christian and Music (3) tary Education, the Liberal Studies major, and the professional MUED 105 Survey of Music (3) education courses must be carefully scheduled if one is to com- IV. The Natural World 10-12 plete the graduation requirements and qualify for both the Cali- GSCI 205 Scientific Revolutions (3) fornia Preliminary and the SDA Basic credentials within the Laboratory course in chemistry or physics (not PHYS 105) (4-6) normal four-year bachelor’s degree program. One of the following: BIOL 345 Environmental Science (3)

110 Education

BIOL 355 Philosophy of Biology (3) COMM 480 Classroom Communication (3) HIST 390 History and Philosophy of Science (3) ENGL 330 Literature for Children (4) V. Revelation, Belief, and Action 18 ENGL 331 Literature for Adolescents (4) Any RELB courses (6) ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology (4) RELT 331, 332, or 333 (3) ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing (3) RELT 381-382 or HIST 340 (4) ENGL 434 Advanced English Syntax (4) RELT 216, 355, or 440; or RELB 315 (3) ENGL 484 Literature of the Bible (4) Any REL__ (2) MUED 338 Music for Children (2) RELT 440 Christian Bioethics (3) VI. Health and Fitness 8 PHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion (3) HLED 166 or FDNT 175 (2) RELH 311 World Religions (3) PETH 476 (3) RELT 355 Christian Ethics in Society (3) PEAC (3), including one aerobics course Natural Science and Mathematics VII. Skills for Daily Living 4 Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Geology, Applied Arts (see page 26-27) (2) Mathematics, and Physics. The student must include at least one One of the following: biology course and one earth science course in the major or in CPTR 105 Introduction to Computers (3) general education. GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh (2) MATH 211-212 Foundations of School Mathematics 3-3 OFAD 301 Word Processing (2) EDUC 238/L Computer Technology for Teachers (2) One of the following: 3-4 BIOL 227 Natural History of California (3) Total General Education Hours 92-95 BIOL 321 Ornithology (field oriented) (3) Liberal Studies Major, B.A. BIOL 323 Vertebrate Natural History (3) BIOL 325 Flowering Plants (3) This diversified major provides the baccalaureate degree GEOL 233 Geology (4) major for candidates seeking the elementary teaching credential. ‰ Recommended Courses: Requirements are stated here with special applications for SPEED ASTR 115 Astronomy (5) students. BIOL 345 Environmental Science (3) 1. A minimum of 60 hours (38 in the upper division) selected BIOL 355 Philosophy of Biology (3) with the approval of a department adviser to satisfy the following HIST 390 History and Philosophy of Science (3) requirements: All students must complete a minimum of 15 hours excluding Social and Behavioral Science courses used to satisfy general-education requirements from Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political each of the three areas listed. The required courses for SPEED Science, Psychology, and Sociology candidates are listed in each area. The recommended courses ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology (4) and options listed may be used to fulfill the 15 hours required HIST 134-135 History of the United States (4-4) or to complete the concentration as described under (2) below. (or one U. S. History course (upper division Arts and Humanities recommended) (4)) and a course in the Art, Drama, Ethics, Foreign Language, Linguistics, Literature, U.S. Constitution. Music, Philosophy, Religion, and Rhetoric PSYC 234 Human Development (4) (or PSYC 334 Child Development (4)) DRMA 229 Fundamentals of Dramatic Performance (3) ENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics (4) ‰ Recommended Courses: PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy (4) HIST/ENGL 365 Seminar in American Slavery and Freedom (3) ‰ Recommended Courses: HIST/ENGL 485 The Classical World (5) PSYC 359 Psychology of Exceptional Children (4) ART 124 Design and Composition (3) PSYC 390 Gender Issues (3) ART 314 Art for Children (3) PSYC 490 Issues in Psychology and Religion (3) COMM 328 Small Group Communication (3) SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology (4) COMM 330 Intercultural Communication (3) 111 Education

SOCI 232 American Social Problems (4) 3. At least one interdisciplinary or integrative course of at least SOCI 355 “Racial” and Ethnic Relations (3) three credit hours involving the examination of relationships SOCI 435 The Sacred and Profane in Society (3) between two or more disciplines, the synthesis of major themes, and the comparison of various forms of inquiry. Courses qualify- 2. A concentration in a field of knowledge consisting of a mini- ing as interdisciplinary or integrated are listed under the Interdis- mum of 27 hours in a discipline or from courses from the areas ciplinary Studies major in the Liberal Studies section of this listed above that relate to a well-defined theme, chosen in consul- publication. tation with a department adviser. SPEED students must also meet the following concentration 4. A student choosing the Liberal Studies major develops the requirements: program of studies in consultation with an academic adviser. A. A minimum of 18 upper-division hours of the concentration The program must be approved by the Liberal Studies faculty. must be selected from courses that relate to a subject area of the Because the major is largely comprised of courses offered by elementary school curriculum (i.e., language, literature, math- other departments, the student should apply for approval of the ematics, science, social science, history, humanities, the arts, course program no later than the beginning of the junior year. physical education and human development.) B. None of the required 18 upper-division hours may include a Master of Education Degree course required of all candidates in the elementary education A program leading to a Master of Education in Instructional credential program. Leadership is available. Students interested in this degree should C. The concentration must include the completion of a research see the section in this catalog describing the Master’s Degree project, independent study, production, performance, project or Program. Specific questions should be referred to the Chair of similar significant activity involving independent creative effort. the Department of Education.

Education General Courses: of B or better. Concurrent enrollment in EDUC 101 required. Prerequisite: EDUC 101 1 A, W, S 2.5 grade-point average. Service Course: Introduction to Teaching (May not be used for major or minor A general overview of the history of EDUC 238 1 A in this department) education and teaching as a profession. Computer Technology for Teachers Effective teaching techniques, including An introduction to the use of compters GNST 103 3 A, W, S the fundamental steps in presenting a in the elementary and secondary class- College Success Skills lesson. Concurrent enrollment in EDUC room. Emphasis on using computers to Techniques to develop critical-thinking 101L required. manage records, collaborate with other skills, comprehension of texts, test-taking teachers, communicate through printed strategies, speaking, writing, and study EDUC 101L 1 A, W, S media, and enhance student learning. skills. Includes memory improvement, Introduction to Teaching Lab Concurrent enrollment required in EDUC note-taking and time management. A thirty-hour field experience in the 238L. Prerequisite: Computer skills veri- PUC area that provides practical informa- fied by high school or college transcript tion for the student who is making or a performance waiver. a decision about teaching and affords opportunity for the student to imagine EDUC 238L 1 A himself or herself in the role of teacher. Computer Technology for Students who wish to apply credit for Teachers Lab this course toward the requirements for Opportunity to demonstrate a basic a teaching credential must earn a grade understanding of how computer technology can be used to support teaching and

112 Education

learning. Students create a multimedia EDUC 359L 1 A Elementary Courses: presentation, manage a gradebook, and Psychology of Exceptional Children Prerequisite for the courses listed below: develop an Internet project for use in an Laboratory Regular Admission Status in the Teacher elementary or secondary classroom. Con- (See PSYC 359L.) Education program, which includes current enrollment required in EDUC 238. EDUC 101/101L, passing the CBEST, and EDUC 390 2 W maintaining a cumulative GPA of 2.5 and EDUC 333 2 W K-12 Curriculum and an upper-division major GPA of 2.7. Educational Psychology Instruction: Bible A survey course applying psychologi- Development of teaching objectives, EDUC 345 4 S cal principles to the classroom setting. materials, and strategies in biblical edu- Elementary School Curriculum and Effects on learning of such student char- cation. The SDA Bible curriculum with Instruction: Mathematics/Science acteristics as intelligence, personality, special attention to spiritual development The teaching of mathematics in the cognitive and moral development, sex, and the teaching methods of Christ the elementary school with emphasis on and exceptionality. Major learning theo- Master Teacher. Includes teaching in problem solving and the use of manip- ries, motivation, information processing, multigrade classrooms. Fulfills require- ulatives. Covers the application of obser- classroom management, educational ment for elementary or junior-academy vation, inquiry, discovery, and problem objectives, evaluation, and measurement. endorsement as well as an additional solving in the sciences. Includes teaching secondary Bible endorsement. in the multigrade classroom. Concurrent EDUC 335 2 A enrollment for one hour of credit in Ethical Dimensions of Teaching EDUC 495 1-3 A, W, S EDUC 482L required. Prerequisite: Examination of the ethical and moral Independent Study MATH 211-212. components of the teaching profession. Emphasis on ideals and principles of EDUC 538 2 S EDUC 353 3 A Christian education and their application Computers in the Classroom Elementary School Curriculum and in Seventh-day Adventist schools. Philoso- This hands-on course uses electronic Instruction: Beginning Reading and phy of American and Adventist education media to communicate through collabora- Writing compared and contrasted. Emphasis on tive tools, multimedia, web pages, and A balanced, comprehensive approach integrating faith and learning. print media. Emphasis on how technology to teaching reading and writing in pre- can be used to plan, locate, evaluate, kindergarten through grade three, includ- EDUC 336 2 S select, and use information to solve prob- ing research on how children learn to Social and Multicultural Education lems and draw conclusions. Corequisite: read, diagnosis of reading difficulties, Designed to help present and future EDUC 538L. Prerequisite: EDUC 238L or phonics, stages of writing development, educators acquire the concepts, para- permission of the instructor. and planning and delivery of appropriate digms, and explanations needed to be reading and writing instruction based on effective practitioners in a culturally EDUC 538L 1 S assessment and evaluation. Emphasis on diverse society. Concepts, strategies, and Computers in the Classroom Lab CLAD and early prevention of failure in resources are examined that contribute Students use cutting-edge technologies literacy for at-risk children. Requires to building an atmosphere of positive to enhance teaching and learning. Appli- regular observation in a diverse K-3 human relations and removing negative cations include Hyperstudio, Powerpoint, classroom. stereotypes and prejudices from the web-page design, videoconferencing, and classroom. desktop publishing. Corequisite: EDUC 538. EDUC 359 3 A Psychology of Exceptional Children (See PSYC 359.)

113 Education

EDUC 355 2 A EDUC 482L 1-15 A-W-S EDUC 358L 1 A Elementary School Curriculum and Student Teaching, Elementary Curriculum and Instruction: Instruction: Reading/Language Arts Student teaching is divided into two Teaching of Reading in the A basic course defining the nature of components: Secondary School Lab language acquisition and the principles a) Three hours: one hour concurrent Thirty hours of laboratory experience related to beginning and intermediate registration for student teaching with tutoring students with reading difficulties reading/language arts instruction. In- each of three methods course—EDUC and/or ESL students. The purpose of this cludes instructional strategies for devel- 345, 355, 356. fieldwork is to demonstrate reading skills oping ability to transmit meaning through b) Twelve hours full-time participation learned in EDUC 358. talking and writing and to comprehend in an elementary-school classroom dur- meaning through listening and reading. ing one quarter of the senior year. Re- EDUC 360 2 A Also emphasizes assessment and manage- quirements include weekly participation Curriculum and Instruction: ment techniques. Concurrent enrollment in the student-teaching seminar (EDUC Secondary Methods I for one hour of credit in EDUC 482L 482). Application is required by March 1 Introduction to the secondary school each quarter required. prior to the school year during which curriculum. Curriculum characteristics, one’s student teaching is scheduled. instructional objectives, teaching meth- EDUC 356 4 W Graded S/F basis. See prerequisites for ods, lesson planning, classroom manage- Elementary School Curriculum and student teaching beginning on page 107 ment, audio-visual materials, and group- Instruction: Reading/Social Studies of this catalog. Students must provide ing and evaluation. A basic course defining the nature of their own transportation to and from the language acquisition and the principles teaching assignment. In-Progress (“IP”) EDUC 361 2 W related to intermediate reading/language grade until course is completed. Curriculum and Instruction: arts instruction. Includes instructional Middle-School Methods strategies for developing ability to trans- Secondary Courses: Introduction to the middle-school mit meaning through talking and writing Prerequisite for the courses listed below: curriculum. Middle-school teaching and to comprehend meaning through Regular Admission Status in the Teacher methods, classroom management skills, listening and reading. Emphasis on using Education program; junior-year status lesson and unit planning. Critical thinking the content of social studies to develop (see “Classification of Students,” page and problem-solving skills directly related instructional objectives and activities. 40); includes EDUC 101/101L and pass- to the intellectual, physical, psychological Also emphasizes assessment and manage- ing CBEST. and social development of middle-school ment techniques and teaching to diverse students. Concurrent enrollment in EDUC groups of students. Includes multigrade EDUC 358 3 A 361L required. Prerequisite: EDUC 360; teaching. Concurrent enrollment required Curriculum and Instruction: Teaching major upper-division GPA of 2.7. in EDUC 482L for 1 credit. of Reading in the Secondary School Major emphasis on teaching vocabu- EDUC 361L 1 W EDUC 480-481-482 1-1-1 A-W-S lary, comprehension, and study skills in Curriculum and Instruction: Student Teaching: Elementary grades 7-12. The role of reading in the Middle School Methods Lab School Seminar secondary school, the reading process, Field experience giving candidates an Register for one hour each quarter of language acquisition, needs of students opportunity to observe, help, and teach at the senior year. Presentation and discus- from various cultural and ethnic back- the middle-school level for thirty class sion of topics of current interest, such as grounds, adaptation of content to reading periods, with six class periods of solo school law, classroom discipline, com- abilities of students, motivation, diagno- teaching. Concurrent enrollment in parative teaching styles, staff, administra- sis, and evaluation. Concurrent enroll- EDUC 361 required. Prerequisite: EDUC tive and parent relationships, and other ment in EDUC 358L required. 360; major upper-division GPA of 2.7. topics relating specifically to the student- teaching experience.

114 Education

EDUC 362 2 S EDUC 485L 1-17 A-W-S EDUC 515 3 A Curriculum and Instruction: Student Teaching, Middle and Senior Educational Assessment and Secondary Methods II High School Evaluation Specific teaching skills, methods, and Student teaching in junior and senior A multifaceted study emphasizing strategies for the following majors: Busi- high schools is organized on a semester (a) the process of collecting information ness Education, English, Home Econom- basis and includes nine weeks of full-time as an aid in understanding and making ics (see Family and Consumer Sciences), work at each level. Requirements include educational plans for pupils and (b) inte- Mathematics, French, Spanish, Music weekly participation in the Student grated processes for determining the Education, Physical Education, Religion, Teaching Seminar (EDUC 485). Applica- nature and extent of pupil learning and Science (Biology, Chemistry, and Physics), tion is required by March 1 prior to the development. In addition to authentic Social Science, and Technology Educa- school year during which student teaching assessment, commonly used teacher-made tion. Topics include writing appropriate is scheduled. Graded S/F. See prerequisites and standardized tests are studied. objectives, current instructional materials, for student teaching beginning on page curriculum guides, methods of subject 107 of this catalog. Students must provide EDUC 516 3 W presentation, preparation of lesson plans, their own transportation to and from the Curriculum and Instruction: and use of computers. Concurrent enroll- teaching assignment. Concurrent enroll- Historical Perspectives ment required in EDUC 362L. Prerequi- ment is required in EDUC 485 Student Analysis and interpretation of events site: EDUC 360; major upper-division Teaching Seminar. In-Progress (“IP”) and issues in curriculum and instruction GPA of 2.7. grade until course is completed. that have shaped American schools from the nation’s founding until the present. EDUC 362L 1 S Graduate Courses: Competing philosophies of education; Curriculum and Instruction: Prerequisite: Admission to M.Ed., fifth- how diverse ideologies influence policy- Secondary Methods II Lab year program, or departmental approval. making decisions. Thirty hours of laboratory work with a grade of B or better is required. The EDUC 510 2 A EDUC 517 2 W lab experience includes observing in local Leadership in Education Current Issues in Education schools and developing content-area Participants in this course examine Contemporary controversial issues in instructional materials in one of the disci- insights concerning themselves and their public and private education. Students are plines listed under EDUC 362. Concur- relationships with colleagues, stakehold- challenged to understand controversial rent enrollment required in EDUC 362. ers, and students that can make a real educational issues better, to become Prerequisite: EDUC 360; major upper- difference in their subsequent classroom aware of possible alternatives in handling division GPA of 2.7. attitudes and behavior. the issues, and to use their creativity to search for alternate solutions. EDUC 484-485 1-1 A-W-S EDUC 514 3 S Student Teaching, Middle- and Advanced Learning Theory and EDUC 523 2 Su Senior-High School: Seminar Instructional Strategies Strategies for Authentic Literacy Register for one hour two quarters of An in-depth examination of major Assessment and Instruction the senior year. Presentation and discus- theories of learning and their application Principles and practices of selecting sion of topics of current interest, such as to a wide variety of instructional strate- methods and materials for literacy in- school law, classroom discipline, com- gies available to the classroom teacher. struction and ongoing assessment for all parative teaching styles, staff, administra- Analysis of instructional strategies based ages. Prerequisites: teaching credential or tive, and parent relationships, and other on the theories, identification of strategies permission of the instructor. Corequisite: topics relating specifically to the student- that fit the student’s personal teaching Concurrent enrollment in EDUC 523L. teaching experience. style, and application of the major theories and strategies in evaluation of case studies. Prerequisite: EDUC 333 or permission of the instructor.

115 Education

EDUC 523L 1 Su completing the implementation, prepare Fieldwork a formal written report to be shared orally with the Education faculty and EDUC 524 2 Su other graduate students during the spring Seminar in Language and Literacy or summer quarter. Prerequisite or coreq- Instruction uisite: EDUC 596. In-Progress (“IP”) A critical analysis and development grade until completion of the course=. of learner-centered language and literacy instructional techniques, including evaluation and selection of printed materials and computer software. Prerequisite: EDUC 523. Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in EDUC 524L.

EDUC 524L 1 Su Fieldwork

EDUC 530 3 W Brain Research and Learning A critical examination of current investigations of cognitive aspects of learning.

EDUC 595 1-3 A, W, S Independent Study Individual studies open to students with adequate preparation in the area of proposed study. Maximum of three hours credit.

EDUC 596 1 A Methods in Research Principles of disciplined inquiry and an introduction to the methods of research including planning, using resources, reviewing literature, developing methodology, and communicating evidence verbally and visually.

EDUC 597 1-6 A, W, S Graduate Project Practicum The culmination of the master’s degree program, involving a practical application of theoretical concepts in an actual classroom situation. Research methods and literature review presented at the beginning of the winter quarter. After receiving formal project approval, students implement the project and, upon

116 EnglishEnglish

Faculty Major in English, B.A. Nancy Lecourt, chair; Janet Borisevich, Linda Gill, Marilyn A minimum of 53 hours, except for the Emphasis in Glaim, Isaac Johnson, Edwin Moore, Robert Stretter, English Education, which must meet State requirements: Andrew Wheat ‰ Required core courses for all majors in English (35-37 hours): Departmental Office: Stauffer Hall; 965-7550; Fax 965-7559 ENGL 224 Literary Theory 4 ENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics 4 Degrees and Programs (Prerequisite: ENGL 134) English, B.A...... 117 One of the following writing courses: 3-4 TESL Certificate ...... 118 ENGL 346 Creative Writing (4) Teaching Credential ...... 118 ENGL 306 Technical Writing (3) English as a Second Language ...... 119 ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing (3) These two courses in British and American literature: English majors discover a great variety of literature, including traditional English and American texts as well as newly appreci- ENGL 465 English Medieval and Renaissance 4 ated works by women and minority writers. They explore all the ENGL 355 American Colonial and Romantic Periods 4 genres from many perspectives: recent critical approaches, history Two of the following period courses in British literature: 8 of ideas, classical studies, and Christianity and literature. They ENGL 466 The Restoration and the Eighteenth Century (4) develop and refine their writing in both critical and creative ENGL 467 The Romantic Age (4) writing courses. ENGL 468 The Victorian Age (4) English majors may select one of four emphases: British and ENGL 469 The Modern and Postmodern Ages (4) American Literature, English-Education, Teaching English as a One of these American literature courses: 4 Second Language, and Writing. The Department of English also maintains a four-level English ENGL 356 American Realism and Naturalism (4) Language Program for students whose native language is not ENGL 357 American Twentieth Century (4) English and who have a score below 525 on the TOEFL (Test One of the following context courses: 4-5 of English as a Foreign Language). ENGL 484 Literature of the Bible (4) ENGL 485 The Classical World (5) ‰ Emphases (choose one): 1. Emphasis in British & American Literature (18 hours) ENGL 389 Junior Seminar 1 ENGL 474 Shakespeare 4 ENGL 490 Senior Seminar 2 To complete the 18 hours, select from upper-division literature courses in British periods, American periods, or genre and theme courses; at least one genre or theme course is required.

117 English

2. Emphasis in Writing (18 hours) TESL Certificate (26-31 hours) ENGL 389 Junior Seminar 1 ENGL 336 Second Language Acquisition 4 ENGL 490 Senior Seminar 2 ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology 4 Optional alternative to ENGL 389 and 490: ENGL 443 ESL Curriculum Development and ENGL 494 Writing Internship (3) Classroom Management 4 Additional selections from the following (at least nine hours from ENGL 444 ESL Testing 2 courses with ENGL prefix): 15 ENGL 445 Cultural and Psychological Learner Differences 2 ENGL 306 Technical Writing (3) ENGL 491 ESL Teaching Practicum 2 ENGL 307 Composition Theory (3) From the following courses, 8 hours: 8 ENGL 346 Creative Writing (4) ENGL 348 Literary Genres (4) ENGL 291: ESL Tutoring Practicum (1) ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing (3) ENGL 434 Advanced English Syntax (4) ENGL 434 Advanced English Syntax (4) ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology (4) JOUR 244 Copyediting (2) COMM 330 Intercultural Communication (3) JOUR 343 Magazine and Feature-Article Writing (3) SPPA 264 Phonetics and Speech Science (3) JOUR 354 Broadcast Journalism I (3) Students seeking the TESL Certificate but not majoring in English JOUR 444 Editorial & Interpretive Reporting & Writing (3) will also take ENGL 134 Review of English Syntax (1) and JOUR 455 Specialized Journalistic Writing (3) ENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics (4). (Note: Some journalism courses list JOUR 141, 142 as prerequisites.) Teaching Credential 3. Emphasis in English Education (38 hours) Students desiring to enter a program of studies leading to a COMM 225 Oral Interpretation* 3 California teaching credential in English should take the English ENGL 101-102 College English* 4-4 Education Emphasis. This program meets established standards ENGL 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3 of quality and effectiveness and has been approved by the State of ENGL 301 Great Books: Global Perspectives* 4 California Commission on Teacher Credentialing. A brochure ENGL 307 Composition Theory 3 describing the new program and its requirements is available in ENGL 330 Literature for Children 4 the English department. or ENGL 331 Literature for Adolescents Those planning to teach English on the secondary level should ENGL 336 Second Language Acquisition 4 consult with the Credential Analyst in the Department of Educa- ENGL 434 Advanced English Syntax 4 tion and should become acquainted with the specific require- ENGL 474 Shakespeare 4 ments for admission to and successful completion of the Teacher ENGL 493 Senior Education Seminar 1 Education Program as outlined in the Education section of this 4. Emphasis in Teaching English as a Second Language catalog. (18 hours) ENGL 336 Second Language Acquisition 4 Minor in English ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology 4 ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following: ENGL 443 ESL Curriculum Development and ENGL 224 Literary Theory 4 Classroom Management 4 ENGL 355 American Colonial and Romantic Periods 4 ENGL 444 ESL Testing 2 ENGL 465 English Medieval and Renaissance 4 ENGL 445 Cultural & Psychological Learner Differences 2 ‰ A minimum of twelve hours from the following: 12 ENGL 491 ESL Teaching Practicum 2 ENGL 356 American Realism and Naturalism (4) ENGL 357 American Twentieth Century (4) ENGL 466 The Restoration & the Eighteenth Century (4) ENGL 467 The Romantic Age (4) ENGL 468 The Victorian Age (4) *Also satisfies general studies requirements. ENGL 469 The Modern and Postmodern Ages (4)

118 English

Minor in Writing United States. Also for American residents whose primary ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following: language is not English and who need to improve their second- ENGL 346 Creative Writing 4-12 language skills in English. (See “Admission of International ENGL 389 Junior Seminar 1 Students,” page 20.) ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing 3 Students who wish to enter the English Language Program ENGL 490 Senior Seminar 2 should have completed beginning English before coming to the College. Instruction is given at the low-intermediate, intermedi- Selections from the following: 12-20 ate, high-intermediate and advanced levels of proficiency. The ENGL 306 Technical Writing (3) lower and intermediate levels emphasize the development of ENGL 307 Composition Theory (3) social communication skills as well as reading and composition. ENGL 348 Literary Genres (4) The advanced level emphasizes the academic skills of reading JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I (3) selected literature, writing a library research paper, lecture note- JOUR 142 Newswriting and Reporting II (3)* taking, academic communication and test-taking. JOUR 244 Copyediting (2) Because the English Language Program is intensive, students JOUR 343 Magazine and Feature-Article Writing (3)* enrolling in it should expect to take other college courses only JOUR 354 Broadcast Journalism I (3)* after they have completed the advanced level of language profi- JOUR 444 Editorial & Interpretive Reporting & Writing (3)* ciency. Advanced students who show adequate proficiency may JOUR 455 Specialized Journalistic Writing (3)* enroll in supplementary college courses with the permission of (*These journalism courses have prerequisites. the program director/adviser while they complete their language See course descriptions.) requirements. Students with TOEFL scores of 500–524 are required to plan their programs with two advisers, ESL and aca- English Language Program demic major; to take ESL support courses; and to take the Intensive English language study for international students TOEFL at the end of each quarter in residence. They may enroll who need to improve their English-language skills before entering for selected regular academic courses as approved by both the a college degree program or before working or traveling in the ESL adviser and the academic major adviser.

English as a Second ENSL 042 4 A, W, S, Su ENSL 044 4 A, W, S, Su Grammar II Grammar IV Language For low-intermediate ESL students A high-intermediate course providing who need to review basic grammatical the ESL student instruction and experi- Service courses: structures, word classes, verb tenses, and ence in more complex grammatical struc- (May not be used for major or minor in basic sentence patterns of the English lan- tures of English in various types of com- this department) guage. Emphasis on accurate grammar position. usage in sentences and basic paragraphs. ENSL 020 1 A, W, S, Su ENSL 045 4 A, W, S, Su ESL Laboratory ENSL 043 4 A, W, S, Su Academic Grammar V Practical language support in a labora- Grammar III An advanced course providing intensive tory setting customized according to the For ESL students at the intermediate guidance in understanding and applying ESL student’s needs and interests in the level of grammar proficiency. Intensive appropriate patterns of English grammar following areas: personal and academic classroom instruction and homework pro- for academic purposes. Emphasis on self- listening (L), pronunciation (P), vocabu- vide a broad foundation of functional editing. lary and idioms (V), test-taking practice (T), English grammar. Practice in identifying ESL computer practice (C). Three hours and writing various sentence structures. per week. May be repeated for credit.

119 English

ENSL 062 4 A, W, S, Su tion, speaking and listening for practical ENSL 100 1-3 A, W, S, Su Reading and Composition II needs in an English-speaking environment. English for Special Purposes A course introducing the student with Practical language application for ESL low-intermediate English skills to reading ENSL 083 4 A, W, S, Su and other international students. Custom- simplified literature for comprehension, Communication III ized in response to student needs and vocabulary development, and various An intermediate course providing interests in the following areas: advanced reading strategies. Selected topics moti- intensive classroom practice and func- ESL composition, academic skills, foun- vate ESL students to improve their read- tional homework exercises to improve dations in general education, professional ing, to discuss what they have read, and pronunciation, intonation, and fluency; pronunciation, American culture and to write simple essays about it. to improve the ability to understand institutions, and understanding the Chris- conversational English spoken at normal tian culture. May be repeated for credit ENSL 063 4 A, W, S, Su speed; and to develop speaking and lis- under different subtitles. Reading and Composition III tening skills for daily social needs and An intermediate reading course that communication requirements at school, English develops the ESL student’s appreciation at work, and in common business interac- for literature in English. In-class discus- tion. Service courses: sions and intensive homework assign- (Not applicable toward a major or minor ments strengthen reading skills and ENSL 084 4 A, W, S, Su in this department) develop the student’s skill in writing Communication IV in response to the literature. A high-intermediate course offering Course Placement intensive classroom practice, homework The Department of English places ENSL 064 4 A, W, S, Su exercises and projects, and cassette re- students according to ACT scores and Reading and Composition IV cordings; develops listening and speaking reserves the right not to place a student A high-intermediate course that pro- skills dealing with practical, social, pro- without ACT scores. vides a challenging variety of reading fessional, and academic topics. International students with a score of that allows the ESL student to develop at least 500 on the TOEFL will be placed reading techniques. Encouragement of ENSL 085 4 A, W, S, Su in English by means of a placement test reading literature for pleasure and a Academic Listening and Speaking given by the department. Placement may focus on writing a variety of composi- An advanced course providing intensive be in either ENGL or ENSL courses. tions, such as comparison-contrast, cause classroom practice and outside exposure In either placement, students with and effect, and persuasion in response to to academic communication situations language difficulties may need to take the literature. such as lecture note-taking, asking and more than one English course each answering questions, making academic quarter, since College policy requires ENSL 065 4 A, W, S, Su requests, negotiating, and clarifying. Pre- completion of ENGL 102 by the end of Academic Reading and Composition pares the precollege ESL student through the sophomore year (see page 24). An advanced ESL course that further role-playing of academic situations and develops reading, writing, and discussion visiting college classes. ENGL 012 4 W skills needed for success in college. Cov- Developmental Reading ers a variety of literature to improve read- ENSL 098 3 A, W, S, Su Emphasis is on reading for significant ing comprehension and speed. Advanced English Language Test Preparation details, reading for the main idea, scan- writing of college essays in response to Designed especially for ESL students ning, critical reading, rate flexibility, and the literature. preparing to pass the Test of English as a vocabulary development. Foreign Language (TOEFL). A review of ENSL 082 4 A, W, S, Su test-taking strategies and practice in test- ENGL 100 4 A, W, S Communication II ing in the following skill areas: listening Introduction to Composition A low-intermediate course providing comprehension, structure, written expres- For students shown by national test intensive classroom practice and home- sion, reading, and vocabulary. scores, secondary-school grades, and work exercises focusing on pronuncia- diagnostic testing to need strengthening in 120 English

their command of basic reading and writ- Lower-division courses: ENGL 307 3 W ing skills. Emphasis on analytical reading, (ENGL 101-102 or 105-106 is prerequi- Composition Theory writing, and usage. Required of students site to ENGL 224 and courses beyond.) Emphasizes contemporary theories of who do not meet minimum standards for composition and the writing process: in- admission to ENGL 101. ENGL 134 1 A venting, composing, revising, and editing. Review of English Syntax Also includes developing assignments, ENGL 101-102 4-4 A-W, W-S, Su The classification and application of designing writing courses, and assessment College English English grammar. Covers the following of student writing. Odd years. An integrated course in composition sentence components: subjects, objects, and reading. ENGL 101 emphasizes criti- verbs, adverbs, adjectives, prepositions, ENGL 330 4 W cal reading of thematic units, examining connectors, phrases, clauses, etc. Literature for Children expository essays, short stories, and po- (See also ECED 330.) etry. Writing includes the personal and ENGL 141 3 A A survey of literature for children from expository essay but culminates in the use Newswriting and Reporting I infancy through grade six. Emphasizes of library source materials and standard (See JOUR 141.) literary quality and a broad knowledge documentation. Course includes study of of the best that has been written for chil- one full-length book in addition to other ENGL 142 3 W dren. Even years. readings. ENGL 102 continues the critical Newswriting and Reporting II reading of thematic units, including study (See JOUR 142.) ENGL 331 4 W of short stories, drama, and poetry. Use Literature for Adolescents of library source materials is expanded ENGL 224 4 A (See also ECED 331.) and refined in the production of a re- Literary Theory A survey of literature for children and search paper. ENGL 101 or equivalent is Major literary theories of the twentieth adolescents from grade seven through prerequisite to ENGL 102. century and their application to selected senior high school. Emphasizes literary texts. Students begin developing a writing quality and a broad knowledge of the ENGL 301 4 A, W, S portfolio that is continued throughout the best that has been written for young Great Books major and is presented during the Senior readers. Odd years. Thematically organized courses in Seminar, ENGL 490. works generally recognized as distin- ENGL 335 4 W guished explorations and expressions of ENGL 291 1 A, W, S, Su Survey of Linguistics significant issues. Literature is selected ESL Tutoring Practicum Survey of linguistic concepts and meth- from several genres, countries and time Methods in assisting ESL learners one- ods: language development and second periods. Readings, lectures, discussions, on-one in listening, speaking, pronuncia- language acquisition; physiology of reports and papers. May be repeated for tion, reading, vocabulary, grammar, human speech; elementary phonology, credit under different subtitles. Prerequi- writing and American customs. morphology, syntax, and semantics; lan- site: ENGL 102 or 106. guage change; dialectology; language and Current subtitles include the following: Upper-division courses: thought; ethical issues in language use. Boundaries Prerequisite: ENGL 134 or permission Class and Gender ENGL 306 3 S of the instructor. Global Perspectives* Technical Writing Literature and Film** Instruction and practice in writing let- Literature and Religion ters, research papers, instructions and manuals, proposals, and various kinds of technical reports. Includes collaborative *This section is required of students seeking writing, oral presentation of papers, and the California State credential in the teach- integration of graphic design elements in ing of English. texts. **This section includes laboratory. 121 English

ENGL 336 4 W (May not be available every year. See each writing; workshop/seminar format. For Second Language Acquisition year’s Class Schedule for current offerings.) students planning study in graduate or How English is learned as a second professional school. Odd years. language. Examination of each aspect of ENGL 352 3 language learning: speaking, pronuncia- Theme Courses ENGL 434 4 S tion, listening, grammar, reading, writing, Courses with an interdisciplinary focus, Advanced English Syntax and vocabulary development. Includes which may be repeated for credit under A review of traditional English gram- attention to cultural and individual learn- different subtitles: Northern California mar, with an introduction to transforma- ing differences. Opportunities are pro- “Local Color” Writers; Twentieth-Cen- tional-generative techniques. Prerequi- vided to tutor students of English as a tury Christian Wriers; and Women and sites: ENGL 134, 335, or permission of Second Language. Required in Concentra- Literature. (May not be available every the instructor. Odd years. tion in English Education and Concentra- year. See each year’s Class Schedule for tion in ESL. Prerequisites: ENGL 134, current offerings). ENGL 443 4 S 335. Odd years. ESL Curriculum Development and ENGL 355 4 A Classroom Management ENGL 337 4 S American Colonial and Romantic Assessing and adapting current ESL ESL Teaching Methodology Periods teaching materials that meet specific Overview of current methods of A survey of American authors from learner needs. Includes techniques in teaching English as a Second Language. colonial times through the romantic era, successful ESL classroom management. Concentrates on practical, innovative emphasizing historical context. Prerequisites: ENGL 336, 337. Odd years. techniques that foster development of the ESL student’s listening, speaking, ENGL 356 4 S ENGL 444 2 A pronunciation, grammar, reading, American Realism and Naturalism ESL Testing writ-ing, and vocabulary. Selected authors from American realists Techniques for assessing all ESL skill and naturalists. Even years. areas. Language program placement test- ENGL 346 4 A, W ing; emphasis on classroom evaluation Creative Writing ENGL 357 4 W techniques. Prerequisites: ENGL 336, (See also JOUR 346 and MDIA 346.) American Modernism 337. Even years. Techniques of and practice in writing Selected twentieth century American various literary forms. May be repeated authors to 1950. Odd years. ENGL 445 2 A for up to twelve credits under different Cultural and Psychological Learner subtitles: ENGL 365 3 W Differences Poetry Seminar in American Effects on language learning of cus- Short Story* Slavery and Freedom toms, values, language aptitude, motiva- Introduction to Screenwriting** (See HIST 365.) tion, learner strategies, personality, and Even years. interaction between learner characteristics ENGL 348 4 and types of instruction. Even years. Literary Genres ENGL 389 1 S May be repeated for credit under vari- Junior Seminar ous subtitles: drama, novel, modern po- Techniques of literary research; choice etry, epic, myth and fairy tale, and the of research topic for completion in ENGL novel. Each course includes representa- 490 Senior Seminar. tive works from the genre under study. ENGL 405 3 W Advanced Expository Writing (See also JOUR 405.) *See also JOUR 346. Instruction and practice in different **See MDIA 346 for course description. expository forms used in academic

122 English

The Period Courses in ENGL 484 4 S ENGL 495 1-3 A, W, S Literature of the Bible Independent Study English Literature, A study of the literary forms and Maximum of three hours. ENGL 465-469 themes in the Bible. Odd years. Drama These courses explore a variety of ENGL 485 5 S genres and authors representing each The Classical World Service courses: “period” in the literature of Great Brit- (See HIST 485.) (May not be used for major or minor in ain. Though the emphasis is on the read- this department) ing of primary works, students also apply ENGL 490 2 A a variety of interpretive approaches to the Senior Seminar Lower-division courses: literature. Research and writing begun in ENGL 389 is completed during the fall quarter DRMA 229 3 W ENGL 465 4 A of the student’s senior year. Senior majors Fundamentals of Dramatic English Medieval and Renaissance in English also complete and present the Performance Selected British writers from the major writing portfolios begun in ENGL 224 (See also COMM 229.) authors in Medieval through Renaissance and continued throughout their major Fundamentals of improvisation, voice, Ages, excluding Shakespeare. courses. In-Progress (“IP”) grading sys- movement, and acting. Development of tem. stage presence. Introduction to character- ENGL 466 4 W ization and dramatic text. Includes public The Enlightenment ENGL 491 2 performance. Selected British writers from the Resto- ESL Teaching Practicum ration and Neoclassic tradition. Even Guided exposure to the ESL class- DRMA 239 3 S years. room through observation and super- Techniques of Stage Production vised teaching. Prerequisites: ENGL 336 Introduction to the technical aspects of ENGL 467 4 S and 337. theater. Includes but is not limited to the The Romantic Age stage and its equipment, planning and de- Selected British writers of the first third ENGL 493 1 A signing scenery, methods of shifting and of the nineteenth century. Odd years. Senior Education Seminar handling scenery, construction of scenic Senior majors with a concentration in units, interpreting mechanical drawings, ENGL 468 4 S English Education prepare an edited port- styles in theater, lighting, properties, The Victorian Age in Britain folio of papers written for their major stage-management, and crew structures. Selected British writers from 1830 to courses. 1880. Even years. Upper-division course: ENGL 494 3 ENGL 469 4 S Writing Internship DRMA 492 1-2 A, W, S The Modern Age in Britain Supervised experience in writing on the Practicum in Drama Selected British writers from1880 to job. A student may apply for an intern- Supervised experience directed by a 1950. Odd years. ship for one quarter in a department- professional in drama, involving work on approved workplace (examples: a college a dramatic production. Approval of the ENGL 474 4 W public relations office, a hospital depart- departmental faculty required in advance. Shakespeare ment of communications or development, Thirty clock hours of experience required A selection of Shakespeare’s histories, or other nonprofit organization or public for each hour of credit. Prerequisites: romances, tragedies, comedies, and relations firm). From this supervised ex- DRMA 128, 229. poetry in the context of his times. perience in writing the student presents a portfolio containing a variety of finished documents. This course may substitute for ENGL 389 and 489 (Junior and Senior Seminars) in the Writing Emphasis. 123 Art

(Intentionally blank) 47 Family andFamily Consumer and Consumer Sciences Sciences

Faculty The Early Childhood Education major prepares for teaching or Kenneth James, chair; Jane Berry, Betty Muth, Judy Osborne directing in a center for children from infancy to six years of age. Departmental Office: 102 Graf Hall; 965-6331 Combining this major with prescribed courses in education can qualify the candidate for a California State preliminary teaching Degrees and Programs credential. The major in Foods and Nutrition combines courses in food Family and Consumer Sciences, B.S...... 125 science, nutrition and food service administration with a strong Teaching Credential ...... 126 foundation in chemistry, biology and the social sciences. The Early Childhood Education, B.S...... 126 curriculum includes a Didactic Program in Dietetics, approved by Business Administration with Emphasis in Fashion the American Dietetic Association, completion of which is re- Marketing, B.B.A...... 72 quired for competitive placement in a dietetic internship and for Fashion Merchandising, B.S...... 126 taking the national Registered Dietitian (RD) examination. This Residential Interior Design, B.S...... 127 major also provides a comprehensive foundation for pre-medi- Foods and Nutrition, B.S...... 127 cine, predentistry, and institutional management practice Early Childhood Education, A.S...... 128 in the food service and hospitality industries. Fashion Merchandising, A.S...... 129 Finally, an off-campus program leading to the Bachelor of Foods and Nutrition, A.S...... 129 Science in Early Childhood Education (B.S.E.C.E.) is available. Residential Interior Design, A.S...... 130 See the Degree Completion section of this catalog. Early Childhood Education Degree Completion...... 210 Major in Family and Consumer The objective of the Department of Family and Consumer Sciences is to help students develop their technical knowledge Sciences, B.S. and skills for entry-level professional positions, prepare them for ‰ A minimum of 60 hours (24 upper division) including: Christian living in contemporary society, and help enrich the CLTX 226 Basic Sewing Techniques 2 family and society. CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2 The Family and Consumer Sciences major includes content DSGN 145 Color and Design 3 from each of the other majors offered in this department. It DSGN 242, 243 Materials for Interiors I, II 3, 2 provides general knowledge of family life and preparation for FCSC 394 Seminar in Professional Relations 2 teaching and entrepeneural enterprises. FCSC 415 Demonstration Techniques 2 The Fashion Merchandising major combines courses in fash- FDNT 135 Food Science 3 ion, business and public relations. This program prepares stu- FDNT 136 Gourmet Entertaining 3 dents to manage their own businesses and to work in the fashion FDNT 235 Nutrition 4 industry, one of the nation’s largest sectors of employment. FLHD 360 Dynamics of Love and Marriage 3 The Residential Interior Design major, combining courses in FLHD 365 Parent-Child Relationships 3 design, art, technology and business, provides “hands-on” intern- FLHD 490 Issues in Contemporary Society 2 ship experience in an active design setting. It prepares students to be residential interior designers in a variety of settings.

125 Family and Consumer Sciences

Electives, including a minimum of 4 hours each from the ECED 359 Psychology of Exceptional Children 3 following areas: ECED 361- Administration and Supervision of Early Clothing and Textiles 362-363 Childhood Programs 3-3-3 Family Life and Human Development/Early Childhood Ed. ECED 365 Parent-Child Relationships 3 Foods and Nutrition ECED 482 Directed Teaching, Early Childhood 6 Interior Design MGMT 216 Introduction to Management 3 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: ‰ Required Cognate Courses: BUAD 118 Personal Money Management 3 ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3 MGMT 160 Small Business Management 3 FCSC 394 Seminar in Professional Relations 2 (or MGMT 261 Introduction to Management) FLHD 360 Dynamics of Love and Marriage 3 PSYC 234 Human Development 4 INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets 1 (or PSYC 334 Child Development) OFAD 301 Word Processing 2 A minimum of 3 hours from the following: 3 INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1) Bachelor of Business Administration with INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1) Emphasis in Fashion Marketing, B.B.A. INFS 149 PC Databases (1) ‰ See page 72, in the Business Administration and Economics section OFAD 301 Word Processing (2) of this catalog.

Teaching Credential Major in Fashion Merchandising, B.S. A B.S. in Family and Consumer Sciences is required. The fol- ‰ A minimum of 66 hours (25 upper division) including the following: lowing courses must be included: CLTX 245, 326-327; DSGN ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3 143, 246; FCSC 492 (1 hour); FDNT 337; CHEM 101, 102, 103; BUAD 279 Business Communications/Data Presentation 3 ECON 261. BUAD 325 Business Law I 3 Students who plan to teach at the secondary level should con- BUAD 490 Seminar in Business 1 sult the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education and (or FCSC 494 Professional Experience) should become acquainted with specific requirements outlined in CLTX 144 Visual Presentation Techniques 2 the Education section of this catalog. CLTX 226 Basic Sewing Techniques 2 Students taking a B.S. in Family and Consumer Sciences should CLTX 245 Historical Fashions 3 take a minor in another area to broaden their teaching range. CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2 CLTX 326-327 Consumer Textiles I-II 3-3 Major in Early Childhood Education, B.S. CLTX 384 Consulting in Fashion Merchandising 1 This major meets the course requirements for the California CLTX 385 Apparel Analysis 3 Child Development Permit Matrix. Students interested in a B.S. in DSGN 145 Color and Design 3 Early Childhood Education and also wishing to obtain the Cali- ECON 261 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics 4 fornia State and the SDA Standard Credential in Elementary ECON 265 Principles of Economics-Microeconomics 4 Education may do so by combining the Early Childhood Educa- FCSC 494 Professional Experience (Internship) 2 tion requirements with those for Elementary Education. (See the FIN 341 Finance 5 Education section of this publication for those requirements.) (or FIN 241 Introduction to Finance) Student may qualify for the California State preliminary teaching MGMT 361 Management 4 credential by passing the Multiple Subjects Assessment for Teach- (or MGMT 261 Intro. to Management) ers (MSAT). MKTG 351 Marketing 4 ‰ In addition to the requirements for the A.S. degree in Early OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding 0-2 Childhood Education, a minimum of 31 hours (28 upper divi- A minimum of three hours from the following: 3 sion) including the following: INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1) INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1) ECED 314 Art for Children 3 INFS 149 PC Databases (1) ECED 330 Literature for Children 4 OFAD 301 Word Processing (2 hours maximum) 126 Family and Consumer Sciences

Additional upper-division hours from ACCT, BUAD, FIN, INFS, Major in Foods and Nutrition, B.S. MGMT, MKTG and FLHD. This major constitutes a Didactic Program in Dietetics (DPD) approved by the American Dietetic Association. Major in Residential Interior Design, B.S. ‰ A minimum of 61 hours (36 upper division) including the following: An interdisciplinary major combining a core of interior design studies with courses in art, technology, and business. FDNT 132 Careers in Foods and Nutrition 1 FDNT 135 Food Science 3 ‰ A minimum of 61 hours (30 upper division) including the following: FDNT 136 Gourmet Entertaining 3 CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2 FDNT 230 Food, Culture and Society 2 CLTX 326-327 Consumer Textiles I-II 3-3 FDNT 235 Nutrition 4 DSGN 142 Interior Design as a Profession 1 FDNT 331 Quantity Food Management 4 DSGN 143 Interior Space Planning 2 FDNT 334 Food Systems Administration 4 DSGN 144L Presentation Techniques 1 FDNT 335 Nutritious Lifestyles 1 DSGN 145 Color and Design 3 FDNT 336 Nutrition Throughout the Lifecycle 3 DSGN 148L Perspective Drawing 1 FDNT 337 Advanced Food Science 4 DSGN 242, 243 Materials for Interiors I, II 3, 2 FDNT 435 Advanced Nutrition 5 DSGN 244 Lighting Design 2 FDNT 436 Medical Nutrition Therapy 5 DSGN 246 Historical Interiors 3 FDNT 437 Community Nutrition 3 DSGN 249L Studio I 2 FDNT 494 Seminar in Dietetics 1 DSGN 342 Residential Interiors 3 FCSC 394 Seminar in Professional Relations 2 DSGN 346 Interior Design Business Practices 3 FCSC 415 Demonstration Techniques 2 DSGN 349L Studio II 2 BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4 DSGN 449L Studio III 3 BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5 DSGN 458 Portfolio 1 EDUC 333 Educational Psychology 2 FCSC 394 Seminar in Professional Relations 2 FCSC 494 Professional Experience 4 Additional hours to be selected from the following: 3 DRFD 134-135 Architectural Drafting 3-3 MGMT 160 Small Business Management (3) DRFD 331 Architectural Design II 3 MGMT 261 Introduction to Management (3) DRFD 334 Architectural CADD 3 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: MFG 184 Building Construction 3 PSYC 121 General Psychology 4 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4 (or ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology) ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3 CHEM 101 Introductory Chemistry 4 ART 105* History of Western Art 4 (or CHEM 111-112-113 General ART 107 American Art 3 Chemistry)** ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals 2-2 CHEM 102 Survey of Organic Chemistry 4 ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2 (or CHEM 371-372, 373 Organic ART 268 Illustration I 3 Chemistry with laboratory)** ART 478 Contemporary Art 3 CHEM 103 Survey of Biochemistry 4 (or ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art) (or CHEM 381 Biochemistry I)** FLHD 490* Issues in Contemporary Society 2 MICR134 General Microbiology 5 MGMT 160 Small Business Management 3 ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3 (or ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting) PLSC 124 Introduction to American Government 3 (or PLSC 344 Modern Comparative Government) * Courses marked with an asterisk meet general-education requirements. COMM 223 Interpersonal Communication 3 ** Students planning to do a dietetic internship or graduate work in MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4 nutrition or a related field should choose these courses.

127 Family and Consumer Sciences

A minimum of 3 hours from the following: 3 Additional hours to be selected from the following: 6 INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1) ACCT 114, ART 261, CLTX 226, ECON 265, FLHD 490, INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1) MKTG 351, MGMT 465. INFS 149 PC Databases (1) OFAD 301 Word Processing (2) Minor in Residential Interior Design To become a Registered Dietitian (R.D.), one must complete a ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (6 upper division) including the following: B.S. degree that includes a Didactic Program in Dietetics curricu- DSGN 142 Interior Design as a Profession 1 lum (the B.S. in Foods and Nutrition meets this requirement); DSGN 143 Interior Space Planning 2 complete an American Dietetic Association-accredited Dietetic DSGN 145 Color and Design 3 Internship; and pass the national registration examination ad- DSGN 242, 243 Materials for Interiors I, II 3, 2 ministered by the Commission on Dietetic Registration. Since DSGN 244 Lighting Design 2 placement in dietetic internships is highly competitive, and since DSGN 246 Historical Interiors 3 many internships are associated with graduate school programs, DSGN 342 Residential Interiors 3 a strong academic record and thorough preparation in basic CLTX 326 Consumer Textiles I 3 sciences are necessary. As a minimum, the candidate should Additional hours to be selected from the following: ART 107, complete CHEM 111-112-113, 371-372-373, and 381. ART 478, CLTX 321, CLTX 327, DRFD 134, DRFD 135, Most nutrition-related careers within health care require DRFD 334, DSGN 144, DSGN 148L, DSGN 246, DSGN 249L, Registered Dietitian credentials. Most food-service management and FCSC 294. careers in health care, school food service, and commercial food service do not require these credentials. Minor in Foods and Nutrition Minor in Family and Consumer Sciences ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following: ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following: FDNT 135 Food Science 3 (or FDNT 136 Gourmet Entertaining) CLTX 226 Basic Sewing Techniques 2 FDNT 235 Nutrition 4 CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2 FDNT 334 Food Systems Administration 4 DSGN 145 Color and Design 3 FDNT 336 Nutrition Throughout the Life Cycle 3 FDNT 136 Gourmet Entertaining 3 (or FDNT 437 Community Nutrition) FDNT 235 Nutrition 4 FLHD 365 Parent-Child Relationships 3 Associate Degree in Early Childhood A minimum of 2 additional hours each from the following Education, A.S. four areas: A two-year program designed to meet the requirements for the Clothing and Textiles California Child Development Permit Matrix. Family Life and Human Development ‰ A minimum of 36 hours including the following: Foods and Nutrition Interior Design ECED 181 Introduction to Early Childhood Education 3 ECED 182 Creative Activities for Early Childhood 3 Minor in Fashion Merchandising ECED 183 Play and Environments 3 ECED 184 Health, Safety and Nutrition 2 ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (15 upper division) including the following: ECED 189 Behavior Management of Young Children 2 CLTX 144 Visual Presentation Techniques 2 ECED 250 Speech and Language of Young Children 3 CLTX 245 Historical Fashions 3 ECED 255 Curriculum Planning 2 CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2 ECED 260 Field Experiences Practicum (6 quarters)* 6 CLTX 326-327 Consumer Textiles I-II 3-3 ECED 262 Music and Movement for Early Childhood 2 CLTX 385 Apparel Analysis 3 ECED 265 Child Study 1 DSGN 145 Color and Design 3

*Fulfills the work-experience requirement for the Permit Matrix.

128 Family and Consumer Sciences

ECED 266 Field Observation in Early Childhood Associate Degree in Foods and Education 1 Nutrition, A.S. ECED 267 Observation and Evaluation 1 A progressive program leading to the A.S. degree after two ECED 280 Infant/Toddler Care 3 years, following which the student may continue with the four- ECED 334 Child Development* 4 year Foods and Nutrition major or complete the Coordinated ‰ Required Cognate Courses: Program requirements (CP) at an ADA-accredited university*. BIOL 227 Natural History of California 3 Students electing to take an A.S. degree can pursue professional CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2 careers in hospital, restaurant, and school nutrition and dietary COMM 105 Speech Communication 3 departments. FDNT 235 Nutrition 4 ‰ A minimum of 31 hours including the following: A valid American Red Cross Standard First FDNT 132 Careers in Foods and Nutrition 1 Aid certificate FDNT 135 Food Science 3 A valid certificate in Basic Life Support FDNT 136 Gourmet Entertaining 3 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation FDNT 235 Nutrition 4 PSYC 121 General Psychology 4 FLHD 490 Issues in Contemporary Society 2 Associate Degree in Fashion Additional hours to be selected from the following: 18 Merchandising, A.S. FDNT 230, FDNT 331, FDNT 334, FDNT 335, FDNT 336, This two-year program prepares the student to work in the FDNT 337, FDNT 435, FDNT 436, FCSC 415, CLTX 321, fashion merchandising and retailing fields beginning at such MGMT 160. entry-level positions as display manager, assistant manager in retail sales, color coordinator, fashion consultant, and executive trainee. The degree includes the courses listed below plus general education and electives to total 90 hours. ‰ A minimum of 30 hours including the following: CLTX 144 Visual Presentation Techniques 2 CLTX 226 Basic Sewing Techniques 2 CLTX 245 Historical Fashions 3 CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2 CLTX 326-327 Consumer Textiles I-II 3-3 CLTX 384 Consulting in Fashion Merchandising 1 CLTX 385 Apparel Analysis 3 DSGN 145 Color and Design 3 FCSC 294 Professional Experience (Internship) 1-2 *To meet the requirements of the Loma Linda University ADA-accredited MGMT 160 Small Business Management 3 Coordinated Program, the following cognate courses must be taken, ‰ Required Cognate Courses: bringing the total number of hours for the major plus electives and general A minimum of 3 hours from the following: 3 education to 102 hours: INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1) ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology 4 INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1) BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4 INFS 149 PC Databases (1) BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5 OFAD 301 Word Processing (2) CHEM 111-112 General Chemistry 4-4-4 113 COMM 105 Speech Communication 3 MICR 134 General Microbiology 5 PSYC 121 General Psychology 4 SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4 *Qualifies as a general-education elective course. Additional hours in humanities 8

129 Family and Consumer Sciences

Associate Degree in Residential Interior DSGN 246 Historical Interiors 3 Design, A.S. DSGN 248 Portfolio 1 This two-year program prepares the student as an assistant to DSGN 249L Studio I 2 professionals in interior design. DSGN 342 Residential Interiors 3 FCSC 294 Professional Experience 3 ‰ A minimum of 35 hours including the following: ‰ Required Cognate Courses: CLTX 326-327 Consumer Textiles I-II 3-3 DSGN 142 Interior Design as a Profession 1 ART 105** History of Western Art 4 DSGN 143 Interior Space Planning 2 ART 107 American Art 3 DSGN 144L Presentation Techniques 1 (or ART 478 Contemporary Art) DSGN 145 Color and Design 3 ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals 2-2 DSGN 148L Perspective Drawing 1 CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2 DSGN 242, 243 Materials for Interiors I, II 3, 2 DRFD 134 Architectural Drafting 3 DSGN 244 Lighting Design 2 DRFD 334 Architectural CADD 3

Clothing and Textiles CLTX 245 3 W CLTX 329 1 Historical Fashions Field Work in Fashion Marketing An overview of clothing and adorn- An orientation to the fashion industry Lower-division courses: ment as they evolved under the social, in California. For the advanced fashion economic, religious, and political influ- merchandising/marketing student. Field CLTX 144 2 ences from ancient times to the twentieth trips, reports, and papers. Prerequisite: Visual Presentation Techniques century. A.S. in Fashion Merchandising/Market- The study and application of principles ing (or equivalent) or permission of the and practices in arranging visual displays Upper-division courses: instructor. for fashion merchandising. One lecture and one laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: CLTX 321 2 W CLTX 384 1 DSGN 145. Odd years. Personal Protocol Consulting in Fashion Merchandising Provides the tools for developing one’s Principles of establishing a fashion- CLTX 224 2 W uniqueness and individuality. Includes consulting business. Includes advertising, Creative Needlework topics on self-esteem, personal integrity, private consulting, personal analysis, and A selection of techniques such as quilt- and etiquette in a global society. personal shopping. Odd years. ing, appliqué, needlepoint, cross-stitch, embroidery, and other yarn methods of CLTX 326-327 3-3 A-W CLTX 385 3 S the student’s choice. One lecture and one Consumer Textiles I-II Apparel Analysis laboratory weekly. May be repeated once Textiles used in interiors and fashion, An in-depth examination of the fabric for credit. Odd years. including the study of fibers, yarns, fab- and structure of apparel as related to rics, finishes, and coloring methods. The ultimate quality and product pricing in CLTX 226 2 W concepts of durability, care, comfort, America. Even years. Basic Sewing Techniques and aesthetic appearances applied to the Individualized instruction for begin- evaluation of textiles for various uses. ning and intermediate students. Depend- CLTX 326 is prerequisite to CLTX 327. ing on student skill level and sewing goals, Two lectures and one laboratory weekly. projects may involve basic clothing or Even years. soft furnishings for the home. One lecture and one laboratory weekly. Even years. ** Courses marked with a double asterisk meet general-education requirements. 130 Family and Consumer Sciences

Early Childhood ECED 189 2 F ECED 265 1 A Behavior Management of Child Study Education Young Children Knowledge of the young child’s behav- Methods and techniques that lead ior and growth that can help the teacher Lower-division courses: to the successful management of young meet the needs of each child. Practice in children. different methods of observation. ECED 181 3 W Introduction to Early Childhood ECED 250 3 S ECED 266 1 W Education Speech and Language of Young Field Observation in Early The history, types of programs, facili- Children Childhood Education ties, teacher qualifications and duties, (See SPPA 250.) Analytical observation of a variety of career opportunities, and issues in Early off-campus preschool environments. Childhood Education. Recommended ECED 255 2 A concurrent course: ECED 260. Curriculum Planning ECED 267 1 S Early childhood curriculum philoso- Observation and Evaluation ECED 182 3 A phies, organizational methods, develop- Evaluation techniques for charting a Creative Activities for Early mentally appropriate practices, and teach- child’s development and using this infor- Childhood ing methods. Development of yearly, unit, mation to build a developmentally appro- The creative and aesthetic develop- and daily working lesson plans. Prerequi- priate curriculum. ment of young children; planning and sites: ECED 260 (three quarters) and ECED implementing activities that promote this 183. ECED 280 3 W development; practical experience with Infant/Toddler Care various materials used in art and craft ECED 260 1 A, W, S The environment, curriculum, and centers. Two lectures and one laboratory Field Experience Practicum management of infant/toddler programs. weekly. Offers a variety of supervisory and Includes observation of children between teaching experiences in the College’s the ages of birth and three years. Even ECED 183 3 S child-care center. Required each of six years. Play and Environments consecutive quarters. The final quarter The importance of play in the learn- must be of concentrated hours and con- Upper-division courses: ing and development of the young child. secutive days. Some holiday or summer Methods useful in setting up materials sessions are available. Arrangements in ECED 314 3 S and centers which facilitate a learning advance must be made with the instruc- Art for Children environment. ECED 260 required con- tor. One hour required concurrently with (See ART 314.) currently. each of the following courses: ECED 181, 182, 183, 255. ECED 330 4 ECED 184 2 A Literature for Children Health, Safety, and Nutrition ECED 262 2 W (See ENGL 330.) Prepares students working in a child- Music and Movement for Early care setting to assist young children to Childhood ECED 331 4 W develop good habits and attitudes affect- Review of music, rhythm, and move- Literature for Adolescents ing their health and safety. Helps meet ment activities appropriate for young (See ENGL 331.) State requirements for specified training children. Includes available resources, in preservative health practices. Odd practice, and implementation in the early ECED 334 4 A years. childhood curriculum. Odd years. Child Development (See PSYC 334.)

131 Family and Consumer Sciences

ECED 338 2 A Family and Consumer or government setting. Each academic Music for Children credit hour requires 30 clock hours of (See MUED 338.) Sciences work in a professional setting. Prerequi- sites: For Fashioning Merchandising ECED 338L 1 A, W, S Lower-division courses: majors, CLTX 321, 385; for Residential Music for Children Lab Interior Design majors, DSGN 342. (See MUED338L.) FCSC 292 1-8 A, W, S Graded S/F. In-Progress (“IP”) grading Independent Project system. ECED 359 3 A Independent projects open to students Psychology of Exceptional Children with adequate preparation in the area of FCSC 495 1-3 A, W, S (See PSYC 359.) proposed study. Independent Study Individual studies open to students ECED 359L 1 A FCSC 294 2-4 with adequate preparation in the area of Psychology of Exceptional Children Professional Experience (Internship) proposed study. (For independent study Laboratory (See FCSC 494.) requirements see ACADEMIC INFOR- (See PSYC 359L.) MATION AND POLICIES section of this Upper-division courses: catalog.) ECED 361-362-363 3-3-3 A-W-S Administration and Supervision of FCSC 394 2 S Family Life and Human Early Childhood Programs Seminar in Professional Relations Development An in-depth study of the administrative Designed to prepare the student to meet the demands of the job market. and supervisory responsibilities of the Upper-division courses: early childhood program director. Strategies for job-seeking, résumé/portfolio and cover letter development, prepa- Odd years. FLHD 360 3 W ration for interviews, professionalism on Dynamics of Love and Marriage the job, and professional development ECED 365 3 S Love and its dynamics within a vital and advancement during employment; Parent-Child Relationships marriage relationship. Emphasis on learning to write successfully in one’s (See FLHD 365.) Christian philosophy and principles. major field. Should be taken in the junior Topics include love, courtship, premari- or senior year. Odd years. ECED 482 6 S tal intimacy, emotional maturity and Directed Teaching, Early Childhood compatibility, communication between FCSC 415 2 A Full-time participation in an off-cam- the couple, conflict resolution, marital Demonstration Techniques pus early childhood classroom. Applica- adjustments, and divorce. tion and arrangements must be made at Selection and organization of professional materials for presentation, using a least one quarter before registering for FLHD 365 3 S variety of techniques. One lecture and one the course. Students must have transpor- Parent-Child Relationships laboratory weekly. Even years. tation to and from teaching assignment. (See also ECED 365.) Graded S/F. Prerequisites: A minimum Parenting and child-rearing in today’s FCSC 492 1-8 A, W, S overall GPA of 2.25 and upper-division society. Family structure, parenting styles, Independent Project GPA of 2.5. family disruptions, family values and self- Independent projects open to students esteem, symptoms and causes of child with adequate preparation in the area of abuse, and its lasting effects on the child. proposed study. Meets the child, family, and community requirement for ECED. FCSC 494 2-4 Professional Experience (Internship) Opportunity for professional experience working in a business, community,

132 Family and Consumer Sciences

FLHD 375 2 S FDNT 135 3 A laboratory weekly. Lab fee. Prerequisite: Sexuality and Family Food Science PSYC 121 or permission of the instruc- Establishing a healthy sexual relation- An experimental approach to the tor. Odd years. ship within a marriage, including phases fundamentals of food production, com- of sexual development and teaching one’s position, selection, and preparation. FDNT 235 4 A, W, S children about sexuality. Includes consid- Emphasis on sanitation, energy conserva- Nutrition eration of sexual abuses that may occur tion, and healthful preparation tech- Principles of nutrition, emphasing in the family and various influences on niques. Two lectures and one laboratory nutritional requirements, dietary sources sexual behavior. Helps students establish weekly. Lab fee. of nutrients, nutrient utilization, effects values concerning sexuality. of nutrition on energy intake and weight FDNT 136 3 W control, fitness, disease prevention, and FLHD 490 2 W Gourmet Entertaining life cycle. Issues in Contemporary Society Basic principles of purchasing food and The impact of Christian values on the making menus; of preparing and serving Upper-division courses: family and the individual in modern family and entertainment meals, includ- society. Two hours of credit may be ing receptions. Emphasis on nutritional, FDNT 331 4 W applied toward the general-education aesthetic, psychological, and economic Quantity Food Management requirement in religion. aspects. Two lectures and one laboratory Application of food-systems operation weekly. Lab fee. Prerequisite: FDNT 135 to include quantity food procurement, Foods and Nutrition or permission of the instructor. production planning, preparation, and evaluation in institutional settings; use Lower-division courses: FDNT 175 2 A, W, S and care of large equipment; HACCP Personal Nutrition sanitation principles; use of standardized FDNT 130L 1 W The basic principles of nutrition, recipes in quality assurance; computer- Microwave Basics drug use and abuse, and physical fitness. assisted food-service management. Three An introductory course in home micro- Provides a factual knowledge-base for the lectures and one laboratory weekly. Pre- waving techniques. Adaptation of tradi- consumer of nutrition information to requisites: FDNT 135, 334, or permission tional home recipes for microwave use. evaluate nutrition issues accurately. Seeks of the instructor. Even years. One laboratory weekly. to motivate individual responsibility for a positive lifestyle. (Not applicable toward FDNT 334 4 W FDNT 132 1 S an A.S. or B.S. in Nursing. May not be Food Systems Administration Careers in Foods and Nutrition substituted for FDNT 235.) Organization, staffing, management, The development, scope, and charac- and administration of institutional food- teristics of professions associated with FDNT 187 3 service operations. Includes design, lay- foods, nutrition, dietetics, and food- Catering Management out, and equipping of institutional food systems management; introduction to Special-occasion catering, emphasizing services. Three lectures and one labora- professional organizations and literature; costing and menu planning. Arranged tory weekly. Prerequisite: FDNT 135. awareness of career opportunities. laboratory involves catering a function, Even years. including planning through preparation FDNT 134 2 S and service of the meal. Even years. FDNT 335 1 W Creative Cuisine Nutritious Lifestyles Principles of food selection, prepara- FDNT 230 2 S Energy metabolism in relationship to tion, and garnishing; service of dinner Food, Culture, and Society body composition, fitness, and perfor- parties. One lecture and one laboratory The role of culture, religion, socioeco- mance. Survey of current literature on weekly. Lab fee. nomic status, ethnicity, and psychological weight management. and symbolic factors that affect food and nutrition behavior. One lecture and one

133 Family and Consumer Sciences

FDNT 336 3 W FDNT 494 1 A theory and application. Two lectures and Nutrition Throughout the Lifecycle Seminar in Dietetics one laboratory weekly. A study of the nutritional needs of the The laws, regulations, standards, and individual from fetal development to old ethics affecting dietetics practice. Funda- DSGN 148L 1 W age. Prerequisite: FDNT 235 or permis- mentals of marketing food and nutrition Perspective Drawing sion of the instructor. Even years. services. Examination of recent research Practical experience in quick sketching in dietetics practice. One lecture weekly. and perspective drawing of interior com- FDNT 337 4 S Prerequisite: FDNT 334, 436. Odd years. ponents and rooms. Prerequisite: DSGN Advanced Food Science 143, 144. Scientific principles and procedures Interior Design concerned with complex phases of food DSGN 242 3 W components, selection, preparation, and Lower-division courses: Materials for Interiors I preservation. Includes individual experi- The materials and components used in mentation. Three lectures and one labo- DSGN 142 1 A decorating residential interiors, including ratory weekly. Prerequisites: FDNT 135 Interior Design as a Profession building materials, floor coverings, wall and CHEM 102 or equivalent. Odd years. Introduction to interior design as a coverings, window treatments, and fin- profession, including responsibilities, ishes. Two lectures and one laboratory FDNT 435 5 A skills, career preparation, and career weekly. Advanced Nutrition options. Includes field trips and guest In-depth study of nutrients and their speakers. DSGN 243 2 S role in human metabolism, with applica- Materials for Interiors II tion to meeting human needs under DSGN 143 2 W A continuation of the study of the various world conditions. Includes the Interior Space Planning materials and components used in the nutritional care process and assessment, Principles of space planning as used by decoration of residential interiors, with care planning, methods of nutrition interior designers. Includes zoning, circu- an emphasis on furniture and accessories. support, drug-nutrient interaction, and lation, space analysis and measurement, Includes work with estimating, sources, nutrition for health and fitness. Prerequi- graphic communication techniques, sim- and schedules. Prerequisite: DSGN 242. sites: FDNT 235; majors in Foods and ple floor plans, elevations, human dimen- Nutrition must have BIOL 102 or 346 sioning, and furniture arrangements. One DSGN 244 2 A and CHEM 103 or 373. Odd years. lecture and one laboratory weekly. Lighting Design The basics of lighting design applied to FDNT 436 5 W DSGN 144L 1 S the home environment, including sources, Medical Nutrition Therapy Presentation Techniques hardware, aesthetic techniques and speci- The effect of disease on body metabo- Practice of techniques interior design- fications. Odd years. lism with emphasis on the dietary adjust- ers use to present design ideas to clients. ments necessary to maintain or restore Includes presentation of floor plans and DSGN 246 3 S health. Prerequisites: FDNT 435, CHEM elevations in ink and color, lettering, Historical Interiors 103, BIOL 102, or instructor’s permis- sample preparation and mounting, mat The major furniture and interior styles sion. Odd years. cutting, and presentation boards. One of the western world from ancient times laboratory weekly. Limited to majors through modern history. Application of FDNT 437 3 S in Interior Design. these styles to enhance a residential inte- Community Nutrition rior or a stage set. Odd years. Survey of national and local nutrition DSGN 145 3 A needs and of programs designed to allevi- Color and Design DSGN 248 1 W, S ate nutrition problems. Field experience Principles and elements of design as Portfolio in the local area. Two lectures and one applied to fashions, costuming, interiors, Collection, completion, and presenta- laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: FCSC and set design. Special emphasis on color tion of the student’s best interior design 415, FDNT 235, PSYC 121. Even years. work to demonstrate creative and techni-

134 Family and Consumer Sciences

cal skills to future employers. Due the DSGN 449L 3 A final quarter of the student’s program. Studio III Independent design projects as ar- DSGN 249L 2 S ranged with instructor. Prerequisites: Studio I DSGN 349L, FCSC 494. Introduction to the design process as followed by professional interior design- DSGN 458 1 S ers. Involves the development of a design Portfolio project from start to finish including Collection, completion, and presenta- design statement, floor plans, elevations, tion of the student’s best interior design perspectives, sample boards, and specifi- work to demonstrate creative and techni- cations. Two laboratories weekly. Prereq- cal skills to future employers. Due the uisites: DRFD 134; DSGN 143, 144, final quarter of the student’s program. 145, 148L, 242, 243, 246. Prerequisite: DSGN 449L.

Upper-division courses:

DSGN 342 3 A Residential Interiors A room-by-room study of the special design characteristics and needs in the home, including barrier-free considerations. Two lectures and one laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: DSGN 249L or permission of the instructor.

DSGN 346 3 A Interior Design Business Practices Business aspects of interior design, including budgeting, mark-up, governing agencies, trade sources, contracts, proposals, client relations, salesmanship, marketing, professional organization, licensing, establishing a design business, and project management. Prerequisites: DSGN 249L. Even years.

DSGN 349L 2 W Studio II Application of the design process in a residential design project as arranged with the instructor. Two laboratories weekly. Prerequisite: DSGN 249L, 342.

135 Art

(Intentionally blank) 47 HistoryHistory and Socialand Social Studies Studies

Faculty Major in History, B.A. Lorne Glaim, chair; Eric Anderson, Keith Francis, Donald John ‰ A minimum of 50 hours (30 upper division) including the following: Departmental Office: 209 Irwin Hall; 965-6405 Basic Courses: HIST 101-102 A History of World Civilizations 4-4 Degrees and Programs HIST 134-135 History of the United States 4-4 History, B.A...... 137 HIST 290 Seminar in the Study of History 2 Social Studies, B.S...... 138 HIST 320 Christian History: To 1500 3 Teaching Credential ...... 138 (or HIST 321 Christian History: 1500 Subject Matter Program in Social Science...... 138 to the Present) History and Government, B.S...... 139 HIST 490 Seminar in Philosophy of History 3 HIST 491 Readings in Historiography 3 Students in the Department of History and Social Studies HIST 499 Senior Thesis 2 explore the civilizations of Africa, Asia, Europe, North America, The Americas: two of the following: 7-8 and South America. Using original and secondary written sources, HIST 355 Colonial America (4) films, and other documents, and through field trips and summer HIST 356 The New Nation: 1763-1845 (4) study programs outside the United States, departmental faculty HIST 357 Division and Reunion: 1845-1901 (4) work with their students in the study of geography, history, and HIST 358 America Since 1917 (4) political science. HIST 365 Seminar in American Slavery and Freedom (3) Scholarship is encouraged and recognized by membership in HIST 366 Modern Latin America (4) Phi Alpha Theta, the history honors society, and through debates, Students who take the sequence HIST 355, 356, 357, and 358 are lectures, and student and faculty presentations sponsored by not required to take HIST 134-135. Pacific Union College’s Alpha Zeta Theta Chapter. Students have access to the Utt Memorial Library in the The World: 4-5 department’s seminar room and the adjacent Honors Program One of the following: Common Room. Faculty-student suppers and discussion groups HIST 420 Renaissance and Reformation Europe (4) complete the collegial and friendly atmosphere, the hallmark HIST 423 Medieval Europe (4) of the department. HIST 485 The Classical World (5) Two of the following: 8 HIST 334 Nineteenth-Century Europe (4) HIST 335 Europe Since 1914 (4) HIST 364 Modern Asia (4) HIST 425 Reason and Revolution (4) HIST 434 The History of Modern Russia (4) HIST 445 Modern Britain (4)

137 History and Social Studies

• A minimum of eight hours in upper-division World history 8 HIST 490 Seminar in the Philosophy of History 3 • A minimum of eight hours in upper-division HIST 499 Senior Thesis 2 American history 8 PLSC 124 Introduction to American Government 3 • Up to nine hours of political science may apply toward a PLSC 344 Modern Comparative Government 3 history major. Two of the following: 8 ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology (4) ART 107 American Art 3 PSYC 121 General Psychology (4) ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3 SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology (4) At least one of the following: 3-4 Major in Social Studies, B.S. ECON 265 Principles of Economics - Microeconomics (4) ‰ A minimum of 62 hours (27 upper division) including the following: ECON 332 Government and Business (3) HIST 290 Seminar in the Study of History 2 ‰ Required courses for breadth, perspective: at least 34 hours: HIST 490 Seminar in Philosophy of History 3 HIST 364 Modern Asia 4 HIST 499 Senior Thesis 2 HIST 365 Seminar in American Slavery and Freedom 3 • Twenty-seven additional hours of history or 30 HIST 366 Modern Latin America 4 hours of political science 27-30 HIST 491 Readings in Historiography 3 • Six hours each from three other areas of social studies: 18 At least two of the following: 7-8 (economics, geography, history, political science and HIST 355 Colonial America (4) sociology) HIST 356 The New Nation: 1763-1845 (4) • Electives for those interested in social work, law, teaching, or HIST 357 Division and Reunion: 1845-1917 (4) medicine should be chosen in counsel with the major adviser. HIST 358 America Since 1917 (4) PLSC 488 History of the American Legal System (3) Teaching Credential: Subject Matter At least one of the following: 4-5 Program in Social Science HIST 334 Nineteenth-Century Europe (4) The program leading to the teacher education credential in HIST 335 Europe Since 1914 (4) Social Science, which follows, satisfies the standards mandated HIST 423 Medieval Europe (4) by the Department of Education, State of California. The pro- HIST 420 Renaissance and Reformation Europe (4) gram includes a basic core of at least 53 quarter hours of course HIST 425 Reason and Revolution (4) work in history and social science subjects that are commonly HIST 485 The Classical World (5) taught in California public schools (history and geography of the At least one of the following: 3 world, the United States and California; government; economics; HIST 321 Christian History: 1500 to the Present (3) and the behavioral sciences), and at least 34 additional quarter RELH 311 World Religions (3) hours to provide breadth and perspective, for a minimum of 87 RELH 329 American Denominations (3) hours. Students completing the program will also have met the requirements for the B.S. degree in Social Studies offered by the At least one of the following: 3 department. ECON 457 International Economics (3) PLSC 328 Critical World Issues (3) Subject-Matter Program in Social Science At least one of the following: 3 ‰ Required core courses: a minimum of 53 quarter hours: PHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion (3) ECON 261 Principles of Economics - Macroeconomics 4 RELT 218 Values: Formation and Clarification (3) GEOG 301 World Regional Geography 3 RELT 355 Christian Social Ethics (3) GEOG 327 Geography of the Americas 3 RELT 440 Christian Bioethics (3) HIST 101-102 A History of World Civilizations 4-4 ‰ Additional selections from courses offered by the Department. HIST 134-135 History of the United States 4-4 HIST 290 Seminar in the Study of History 2 HIST 337 History of California 3

138 History and Social Studies

Additional Requirements for the Subject-Matter Program PLSC 344 Modern Comparative Government 3 in Social Science: PLSC 444 Constitutional Development of England 4 In addition to the specific courses that meet the requirements PLSC 488 History of the American Legal System 3 mandated by the State of California for single subject-matter pro- ‰ Required Cognate Courses: grams in Social Science, the teacher-education program in Social BUAD 325 Business Law I 3 Science includes teaching experience and the development of a (or BUAD 326 Business Law II) portfolio. COMM 226 Public Speaking 3 Within the first two years of the program each student must ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4 complete EDUC 101 Introduction to Teaching and EDUC (or ECON 265 Principles of Economics– 101L Introduction to Teaching Lab. Microeconomics) Throughout the course of study each student under departmen- ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing 3 tal supervision develops a portfolio demonstrating his or her ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: knowledge and work in social science. The portfolio includes a research essay from HIST 290 Seminar in the Study of History; ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I (3) a critical essay from HIST 490 Seminar in the Philosophy of ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II (4) History; a research paper from HIST 499 Senior Thesis; a project COMM 327 Argumentation (3) from GEOG 301 World Regional Geography; and other ECON 332 Government and Business (3) selected work. • A minimum of 24 hours each must be taken in history and political science. Major in History and Government, B.S. • HIST 355, 356 may replace HIST 134; HIST 357, 358 may be taken in place of HIST 135. ‰ A minimum of 61 hours (30 upper division) including the following: HIST 101-102 A History of World Civilizations 4-4 Minor in History HIST 134-135 History of the United States 4-4 HIST 290 Seminar in the Study of History 2 ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following: HIST 490 Seminar in Philosophy of History 3 HIST 101-102 A History of World Civilizations 4-4 HIST 491 Readings in Historiography 3 HIST 134-135 History of the United States 4-4 HIST 499 Senior Thesis 2 HIST 290 Seminar in the Study of History 2 PLSC 124 Introduction to American Government 3 HIST 490 Seminar in Philosophy of History 3 PLSC 274 Introduction to Political Thought 3 PLSC 334- History of Political Thought I, II, III 3-3-3 Minor in Political Science 335-336 ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (15 upper division).

139 History and Social Studies

Economics HIST 290 2 A world wars, as well as efforts at interna- Seminar in the Study of History tional organization and the impact of the An introduction to writing history, Cold War. Even years. (See Business Administration and featuring research techniques and use of Economics for course descriptions.) style manuals and culminating in a paper HIST 337 3 S based on original sources. History of California Geography An introduction to geographic, eco- Upper-division courses: nomic, social, and historical factors which Upper-division courses: have contributed to the development of HIST 320 3 W California. Even years. GEOG 301 3 W Christian History: To 1500 World Regional Geography Developments in the Christian HIST 340 4 S A survey of regions of the world, dem- Church from its pre-Christian origins Adventist History and the onstrating cultural, historical, climatic, to the Renaissance. Special emphasis on Ministry of Ellen G. White and economic similarities or diversities. those social, political, intellectual, and An interdisciplinary course covering Emphasis on current developments. Even religious pressures that brought signifi- theological and historical issues important years. cant change to the Church and its teach- to an understanding of the Advent Move- ings. Detailed examination of significant ment and the ministry of Ellen G. White. GEOG 327 3 W works by major Christian figures. Special treatment of an adequate herme- Geography of the Americas neutic for the writings of Ellen G. White. A study of climate, natural resources, HIST 321 3 S Meets the requirement in Prophetic Guid- political, and economic geography of Christian History: 1500 to the ance and Denominational History for North and South America. Odd years. Present SDA teaching credentials. Developments in the Christian Church History from the beginnings of “the modern HIST 355 4 W world” to the present day. Emphasis on Colonial America Lower-division courses: the effects on the Church of major cul- A survey of the discovery, settlement, tural movements, such as the Reforma- and growth of the European colonies in HIST 101-102 4-4 A-W, W-S tion, the Enlightenment, colonization and America, emphasizing those religious, A History of World Civilizations imperialism, modern warfare, and ecu- political, and economic developments, An examination, based on secondary menism. Detailed examination of signifi- particularly in the English colonies, that and primary texts, of the major charac- cant works by Christians in response to prepared the way for independence. Even teristics and developments in world civili- “the modern world.” years. zations. Also integral: discussion of history’s place in the liberal arts and of the HIST 334 4 A HIST 356 4 W problems of the historical method. Nineteenth-Century Europe The New Nation: 1763-1845 An examination of political, social, A survey of the formative period of HIST 134-135 4-4 A-W, W-S and religious trends during the century American national identity between 1763 History of the United States following the Treaty of Vienna, including and 1845. Includes intensive study of the A survey of the United States from the decline of absolutism and the rise of creation and development of the U.S. colonial beginnings to the present time. parliamentary democracy, socialism, and Constitution. Odd years. The central theme is the growth of Ameri- nationalism. Odd years. can democracy with its implications for HIST 357 4 A government and society, racial and reli- HIST 335 4 A Division and Reunion: 1845-1901 gious minorities and the emergence Europe Since 1914 The basic issues of the nature of the of the nation as a world power. The contemporary world with Europe Union and of slavery, the immediate and as the focal point. Problems of ideology permanent effects of the Reconstruction and power politics in relation to the two

140 History and Social Studies

on America’s society and government, the electives of the Honors Program. Pre- ism, the Irish question, the reform of Par- industrialization, and the close of the requisites: PHYS 105 or CHEM 105, or liament, the changing role of women in frontier. Even years. equivalent, and PHIL 101 or permission society, the development of the Labour of the instructor. Even years. Party, the Welfare State, and the secular- HIST 358 4 S ization of Britain. Even years. America Since 1901 HIST 420 4 S A study of the rapid changes in Ameri- Renaissance and Reformation Europe HIST 485 5 S can society, economy, and politics in the European history from the fourteenth The Classical World modern era, emphasizing the nation’s to seventeenth centuries, when experi- (See also ENGL 485.) emergence as a world power. Odd years. ments in art, literature, political theories Ancient Greece and Rome studied and systems, and religion were a promi- through primary texts, including Greek HIST 364 4 A nent feature of society. The causes of and Roman epics, dramas, histories, and Modern Asia such developments as the Renaissance philosophical works. Even years. A survey of historical, political, social, and the Reformation; ideas about the and cultural developments, emphasizing classical world, the modern age, and Eu- HIST 490 3 W the ninteenth and twentieth centuries and ropean identity. Odd years. Seminar in the Philosophy of History the rise and decline of European imperial- A survey of various approaches to ism. Odd years. HIST 423 4 W interpreting history and social studies. Medieval Europe Designed to assist in the development HIST 365 3 W The vital period from 300 to 1500 saw of a Christian philosophy of history. Seminar in American the creation of Europe. The priorities and Required for departmental majors. Two Slavery and Freedom characteristics of the civilization were hours of credit may be applied toward (See also ENGL 365.) determined in the emergence of a multi- the general-education requirement in A cultural and political study of faceted medieval society, a discrete his- religion. Odd years. African-Americans in the history of the torical entity, and ancestor of the modern United States. Primary texts, including world. Even years. HIST 491 3 S novels, essays, poetry, and biography, Readings in Historiography are used to examine the impact of slavery, HIST 425 4 W An examination of the writings of rep- emancipation, and segregation upon Reason and Revolution resentative historians and consideration American democracy. Even years. European history from 1648 to 1815, of the problems faced by historical writ- with special attention to the effect of the ers in selecting and interpreting their ma- HIST 366 4 S Age of Reason on the modern mind, the terials. Admission by permission of the Modern Latin America growth of the bureaucratic state, and the instructor. Required for majors in History A history of Latin America since the impact of the era of revolution. Even and in History and Government. Even early nineteenth century. Emphasis on years. years. cultural, political, and economic trends. Odd years. HIST 434 4 S HIST 495 1-3 A, W, S The History of Modern Russia Independent Study HIST 390 3 S A survey of Russian political, social, An individual research course open by History and Philosophy of Science and intellectual development in the nine- permission of the department chair to The historical roots of modern science, teenth and twentieth centuries. Odd years. advanced students with an adequate the nature of scientific knowledge, its de- background. Maximum of three hours. velopment and methodology, the impact HIST 445 4 A of science on culture (and vice versa), and Modern Britain the influence of philosophical and theo- Survey of the political, social, and ecological concepts on science. Meets in part nomic history of Britain in the nineteenth the college-level Science/Mathematics gen- and twentieth centuries. Treats such eral-education requirement and is one of major themes of the period as imperial-

141 History and Social Studies

HIST 499 2 A, W, S PLSC 334 3 W PLSC 488 3 S Senior Thesis History of Political Thought I History of the American Continuation of the study of research A study of selected ancient and medi- Legal System methods introduced in HIST 290 Seminar eval political theorists. Prerequisite: The development of the American legal in the Study of History. Requires comple- PLSC 274. Odd years. system, its relationship to the national tion of an individual research project and state constitutions and its functioning based on primary sources. Enrollment PLSC 335 3 S in present-day society. Odd years. limited to upper-division students. In- History of Political Thought II Progress (“IP”) grading system. A study of the political philosophy PLSC 495 1-3 A, W, S of selected modern political thinkers. Independent Study Political Science Prerequisite: PLSC 274. Odd years. An individual research course open only by permission of the department Lower-division courses: PLSC 336 3 S chair to advanced students with an History of Political Thought III adequate background. Maximum of PLSC 124 3 A A study of two essential texts in three hours. Introduction to American American political philosophy: The Government Federalist and Democracy in America. Sociology The basic elements of the development Prerequisite: PLSC 274. Even years. and functioning of the American machin- (See Behavioral Science, Sociology area, ery of government and a study of the PLSC 344 3 W for course descriptions.) political processes, both formal and infor- Modern Comparative Government mal, in which the citizen is involved. The theory and function of typical governments, with special attention to PLSC 274 3 A their effects upon their citizens and the Introduction to Political Thought relative success with which they meet An introduction to the perennial ques- the needs of their societies. Even years. tions and major thinkers in this area of philosophy. PLSC 444 4 A Constitutional Development Upper-division courses: of England The growth of British institutions from PLSC 328 3 S Roman times to the present, with special Critical World Issues emphasis on the development of parlia- An important issue is selected by the mentary and legal systems. Odd years. instructor, discussed in class, and studied as a research topic. May include one or PLSC 485 3 A more of the following: the elements of Foreign Relations of the national power, the dynamics of state United States conflict, national traits and policy pat- A study in depth of episodes selected terns, the role of ideologies or moral con- from the history of American foreign siderations in the decision-making pro- relations to illustrate the development cess, and the relationship between a of U.S. foreign policy. Odd years. society’s world view and the realities of policy-making. This course may be repeated for credit when a new issue is studied. Even years.

142 MathematicsMathematics

Faculty Teaching Credential Bruce Ivey, chair; Lloyd Best, George Hilton, Richard Rockwell, The State of California Commission on Teacher Credentialing Steve Waters mandates that all teacher-education programs in mathematics Departmental Office: 238 Chan Shun Hall; 965-6590 meet newly established standards of quality and effectiveness. The Mathematics department has received approval for its Degrees and Programs revised teacher-education program in mathematics. Students Actuarial Certification ...... 143 desiring to enter a program of studies leading to a California Teaching Credential ...... 143 teaching credential in mathematics should take the Mathematics Mathematics, B.S...... 144 Education Emphasis. Students are invited to discuss the requirements for a teaching credential with the Teacher Education Adviser in the Mathematics department. A brochure describing MATHEMATICS is a science of pattern and order. Its domain is not molecules or cells, but numbers, chance, form, algorithms, the program and its requirements is available upon request. and change. As a science of abstract objects, mathematics relies Students who plan to teach on the secondary level should con- on logic rather than on observation as its standard of truth, yet sult with the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education employs observation, simulation, and even experimentation as and should become acquainted with the specific requirements for means of discovering truth. Modern mathematics is a creative admission to and successful completion of the Teacher Education counterpoint of computation and deduction, rooted in data Program as outlined in the Education section of this catalog. while unfolding in abstraction. The Department of Mathematics provides courses for future mathematicians, teacher education, general education, and programs in other departments. A common goal of each course is that each student, through mathematical reasoning, will solve problems with confidence. Students majoring in mathematics will have experience with mathematical modes of thought which include modeling, abstraction, optimization, logical analysis, inference from data, and use of symbols. They will be prepared to solve mathematical problems, analyze abstract arguments, synthesize and write careful proofs, and apply mathematical reasoning to other settings.

Actuarial Certification Students interested in passing the examinations for actuarial certification should confer with departmental faculty. The following courses are recommended: MATH 131-132-133, 222, 265, 267, 322, 331-332, 371-372, and INFS 470.

143 Mathematics

Major in Mathematics, B.S. Two of the following courses: 7-8 ‰ A minimum of 60 hours (30 upper division) in mathematics and MATH 332 Probability and Statistical Theory II (3) related electives including the following: MATH 425 Complex Variables (4) MATH 131-132-133 Calculus I-II-III 4-4-4 MATH 465 Linear Algebra (4) MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4 2. Applied Mathematics Emphasis MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra 4 This emphasis is designed for mathematics-related careers in MATH 269 Elementary Differential Equations 4 medicine, government, business, and industry. It provides ap- MATH 275 Logic and Sets 4 propriate background for further study leading to specialties in MATH 331 Probability and Statistical Theory I 3 actuarial science, operations research, and applied statistics. MATH 351 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I 3 Highly recommended: Completion of a minor in Biology, Busi- MATH 390 Seminar 1 ness Administration, Chemistry, Computer Science, Physics, or MATH 421 Elementary Real Analysis I 3 Psychology. MATH 490 Senior Seminar 1 MATH 322 Statistical Methods 3 Elective hours may be selected from Mathematics courses, upper- MATH 332 Probability and Statistical Theory II 3 division Computer Science courses, and courses listed in Required MATH 355 Discrete Methods 4 Cognate Courses (below). MATH 375 Numerical Analysis 4 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: MATH 385 Mathematical Modeling 4 CPTR 115 Computer Programming 4 (or CPTR 131 Computer Science) 3. Mathematics Education Emphasis A minimum of 4 hours from the following courses, which use This emphasis satisfies the mathematics course requirements mathematical methods in other disciplines: 4 for a California secondary teaching credential. (For additional BIOL 354 Genetics (4) credential requirements, refer to the Teacher Education Program BIOL 396 Seminar (may be repeated) (.5) as outlined in the Education section of this catalog). CHEM 351-352 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences (3-3) MATH 341-342 Geometries I-II 3-3 CHEM 396 Seminar (may be repeated) (.5) MATH 354 Number Theory 3 CHEM 451-452-453 Physical Chemistry (3-3-3) MATH 355 Discrete Methods 4 ENGR 211-212-213 Engineering Mechanics (3-3-3) MATH 385 Mathematical Modeling 4 FIN 341 Finance (5) MATH 451 History of Mathematics 3 INFS 470 Management Science (4) INFS 481 Simulation (3) Minor in Mathematics MKTG 371 Marketing Research (3) ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (6 upper division) including the following: PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus (4-4-4) MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4 PHYS 396 Seminar (may be repeated) (.5) MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra 4 PSYC 322 Research Design (4) PSYC 323 Intro. to Experimental Psychology (4) The following elective courses are especially recommended for ‰ Emphases (choose one): those planning on secondary level teaching: 1. Pure Mathematics Emphasis MATH 275 Logic and Sets (4) This emphasis provides a theoretical background for advanced MATH 341-342 Geometries (3-3) studies in mathematics and related areas, such as statistics, com- MATH 351 Introduction to Abstract Algebra (3) puter science, and physics. Such advanced studies serve as prepa- The following elective courses are especially recommended for ration for college and university teaching as well as mathematical those majoring in engineering or a physical science: and other scientific research. MATH 267 Vector Calculus (4) MATH 267 Vector Calculus 4 MATH 269 Elementary Differential Equations (4) MATH 352 Introduction to Abstract Algebra II 3 MATH 422 Elementary Real Analysis II 3

144 Mathematics

Mathematics MATH 130 4 A, S MATH 133: Includes plane curves, Precalculus parametrizations, polar coordinates, Functions and graphs emphasized as solid analytic geometry, partial deriva- Service courses: tools to prepare the student for calculus. tives, and multiple integrals. Prerequisite: (May not be used for major or minor in Included are polynomial and rational MATH 132. this department) functions, logarithmic and exponential functions, as well as a thorough treat- MATH 222 4 A, W, S, Su MATH 019 4 A, W, S ment of the six trigonometric functions Introduction to Statistics Introductory Algebra and their inverses. Prerequisite: MATH Descriptive statistics, graphical meth- Basic concepts and techniques of alge- 106 or a strong background in algebra. ods, basic concepts of probability, bino- bra for students without recent experi- mial and normal probability distributions, ence in algebra. Integers, algebraic ex- MATH 211-212 3-3 A-W central limit theorem, hypothesis testing pressions, first-degree equations, simple Foundations of School involving means, confidence intervals, rational expressions and proportions, Mathematics I-II introduction to correlation and regres- integer exponents, scientific notation, The logic and structure underlying sion, and chi-square testing. Examples polynomials and factoring, solving equa- school mathematics. Concepts, proce- from a wide variety of disciplines, includ- tions by factoring, graphing, and systems dures, problem-solving and applications ing business, the social sciences, and the of linear equations. at concrete, pictorial, and abstract levels. life sciences, to prepare students with MATH 211 includes problem-solving varying backgrounds and interests to be- MATH 096 4 A, W, S techniques, sets, logic and deductive rea- come intelligent consumers and users of Intermediate Algebra soning, the arithmetic of whole numbers, statistics. Prerequisite: MATH 019 or For students needing additional expe- fractions, decimals, integers, rational and equivalent. rience with algebra before enrolling in real numbers, ratio and proportion, and MATH 106. Factoring, linear and qua- percent. Prerequisite: MATH 019 or MATH 265 4 A dratic equations, linear inequalities, equivalent. Elementary Linear Algebra functions, graphs, rational expressions, MATH 212 includes geometry and Matrix algebra and determinants, rational exponents and radicals, equa- measurement. Prerequisite: MATH 211. applications to solving systems of linear tions involving rational and radical ex- equations, vector spaces, linear transfor- pressions, complex numbers, and systems Lower-division courses: mations, eigenvalues, and eigenvectors. of equations. Prerequisite: MATH 019 Prerequisite: MATH 131. or equivalent. MATH 131-132-133 4-4-4 A-W-S, Calculus I-II-III W-S-Su MATH 267 4 S MATH 106 4 A, W, S MATH 131: Introduction to the tech- Vector Calculus College Algebra niques of differentiation and integration. Functions of more than one variable Begins with a quick review of inter- Includes the chain rule, fundamental including the general chain rule, line and mediate algebra, including rational expo- theorem and maximizing/minimizing surface integrals, divergence, curl, gradi- nents and radicals, complex number, applications. Graphing calculators and ent, and Stokes’ theorem. Prerequisite: linear and quadratic equations, and mathematical software tools are used MATH 133. inequalities. Also includes binomial theo- extensively. Prerequisite: MATH 130 rem, graphical linear and programming, or a strong background in algebra and composition and inverse of functions, trigonometry. exponentials and logarithms, arithmetic, MATH 132: Further skills in integra- and geometric series. Prerequisite: tion and its applications. Includes inverse MATH 096 or equivalent. functions, integration by parts, partial fractions, trigonometric substitutions, surfaces of revolution, volumes, cen- troids, infinite series, and Taylor expan- sions. Prerequisite: MATH 131.

145 Mathematics

MATH 269 4 W estimation, hypothesis testing, Bayesian MATH 355 4 A Elementary Differential Equations inference, and decision theory. Prerequi- Discrete Methods Ordinary differential equations balanc- sites: MATH 222, 331. Odd years. Introduction to the theory and applica- ing analytic techniques, qualitative meth- tions of combinatorics (counting methods) ods, and basic modeling. Topics include MATH 341-342 3-3 W-S and graph theory. Topics included are eigenvalue methods for linear systems, Geometries I-II permutations, combinations, generating Laplace transforms, phase plane, null- A two-quarter study of the develop- functions, recurrence relations, principle clines, equilibria, harmonic oscillator, ment and history of Euclidean geometry, of inclusion and exclusion, pigeonhole and population models. Prerequisites: the discovery of non-Euclidean geometry principle, Euler and Hamiltonian paths, MATH 132, 265. and the subsequent reformulation of the chromatic number, trees, network flows, foundations of geometry. and optimization. Optimization algo- MATH 275 4 W MATH 341 reviews basic Euclidean rithms include shortest distance, minimal Logic and Sets geometry, introduces non-Euclidean geom- spanning tree, maximal matching, and A bridge to upper-division mathemat- etries, and investigates geometric applica- maximumflow. Prerequisite: MATH 275. ics, developing the student’s ability to tions through problems and projects. Even years. handle abstract concepts and careful MATH 342 focuses on the axiomatic proofs. Propositional and predicate logic, method, logic, various axiom sets for MATH 375 4 W types of proofs such as induction, alge- Euclidean geometry, neutral geometry, Numerical Analysis bra of sets and functions, equivalence history of the parallel postulate, discov- Theory and techniques for finding relations, and countable sets. Prerequi- ery of non-Euclidean geometry, hyper- approximate solutions to mathematical site: MATH 131. bolic geometry, and philosophical impli- problems, including error analysis, inter- cations. polation, approximation, fixed-point Upper-division courses: Prerequisites: MATH 275 or permis- iteration, nonlinear equations, systems sion of the instructor. Even years. of equations, integration, and ordinary MATH 322 3 W, S, Su differential equations. Prerequisites: Statistical Methods MATH 351-352 3-3 A-W MATH 132, 265. Some knowledge of Linear and multiple regression and Introduction to Abstract Algebra I-II computer programming would be help- correlation, analysis of variance, time MATH 351 is a basic introduction to ful. Even years. series analysis and forecasting, and non- groups, rings, integral domains, fields, parametric methods. Prerequisites: and isomorphisms. Also included are MATH 385 4 A MATH 222, INFS 148. mappings, equivalence relations, and Mathematical Modeling modular arithmetic. MATH 352 is a Mathematical modeling of problems MATH 331-332 3-3 W-S continuation of MATH 351 that stresses selected from a variety of applied areas, Probability and Statistical Theory I-II applications. Topics studied include including industry, biology, business, and MATH 331 introduces the theory polynomials, elementary Galois theory, the social sciences. Both deterministic and applications of probability theory. geometric constructions, algebraic cod- and stochastic models are considered, Probability distributions and densities ing, lattices, and Boolean algebras. Pre- with an emphasis on practical problem- including multivariate, marginal, and requisite: MATH 275. Odd years. solving. Includes exploration of the com- conditional distributions. Expected val- puter as a problem-solving tool. Prerequi- ue, Chebyshev’s and Bayes’ theorems. MATH 354 3 S site: MATH 269 or permission of the Moment-generating functions and prod- Number Theory instructor. Odd years. uct moments. Special discrete and con- A selection of topics from Diophantine tinuous distributions and densities. Pre- equations, theorems and conjectures MATH 390 1 S requisites: MATH 133, 222, 275. Odd about prime numbers, congruences, the Seminar years. theorems of Euler and Fermat, perfect Topics of current interest in math- MATH 332 studies theory and appli- numbers, Fibonacci numbers, continued ematics and mathematics education, in- cation of sampling distributions, transfor- fractions and Pythagorean triples. Prereq- cluding applications of mathematics in mation of variables, central limit theory, uisite: MATH 275. Odd years. other fields, introduced through lectures,

146 Mathematics

reports, and periodicals. Discussion of MATH 485 2-3 S professional mathematics organizations, Special Topics in Mathematics conferences, and publications. Prerequi- Study of a selected topic not covered site: upper-division standing. Graded S/F. elsewhere in the curriculum. Course content varies from year to year, reflecting MATH 421-422 3-3 A-W current interest. Topics studied in recent Elementary Real Analysis I-II years have been Differential Geometry, The fundamental definitions and theo- Set Theory and Cardinal Numbers, For- rems underlying single-variable calculus mal Logic and Godel’s Theorem, Topol- and related topics. MATH 421 includes ogy, Chaos and Fractals. May be repeated the completeness property, limits of se- for credit. Normally offered every other quences and functions, and continuity. year. Further information is available at MATH 422 is a continuation that covers the departmental office. derivatives, the Riemann integral, and infinite series. Prerequisites: MATH 132, MATH 490 1 S MATH 275. Even years. Senior Seminar Topics of current interest in mathemat- MATH 425 4 S ics and mathematics education, including Complex Variables applications of mathematics in other fields. The elements of the theory of analytic Under supervision of departmental fac- functions including Cauchy’s theorem, ulty, each student prepares and presents a calculus of residues, conformality, and paper on a topic of interest. Prerequisite: applications. Prerequisite: MATH 133. MATH 390. Recommended: a background in vector (multivariable) calculus and real analysis. MATH 491 0-2 Even years. Cooperative Education in Mathematics MATH 451 3 S An individualized contract agreement History of Mathematics involving student, faculty, and employer A survey of major developments in to provide practical experience in math- mathematics from antiquity to modern ematics in a professional off-campus times. The course involves historically work setting. Prerequisite: Approval by relevant problem sets, videos, class dis- the department chair. Graded S/F. cussions, and presentations by students and teacher. Prerequisite: MATH 131. MATH 495 1-3 A, W, S Odd years. Independent Study

MATH 465 4 S Linear Algebra A deeper study than given in MATH 265, including Jordan form, inner product spaces, quadratic forms, Hamilton- Cayley theorem, and normal operators. Prerequisites: MATH 265, 351. Odd years.

147 Art

(Intentionally blank) 47 ModernModern Languages Languages

Faculty Major in Spanish, B.A. Sylvia Rasi Gregorutti, chair; Charo Caballero-Chambers, ‰ A minimum of 48 hours (30 upper division) William Van Grit All students majoring in Spanish must complete in residence Departmental Office: 214 Irwin Hall; 965-6574 at Angwin at least three upper-division Spanish courses (mini- Chair’s Office: 965-6510 mum of twelve hours). Students with a background in the Spanish language will be Degrees and Programs placed in the program in accordance with their ability. Those Spanish, B.A...... 149 who achieve advanced placement on a departmental proficiency French, B.A...... 150 examination may complete a Spanish major by taking 30 hours Teaching Credential ...... 150 of upper-division Spanish and a minor in any field. Adventist Colleges Abroad ...... 150 A student may choose from the following courses, all of which apply toward the major: The Department of Modern Languages offers instruction SPAN 151 Intermediate Spanish 3-4 in French, German, and Spanish. Majors are available in Spanish SPAN 152 Intermediate Spanish 3-4 and French, and minors are available in French, German, and (or SPAN 132 Intensive Intermed. Spanish) Spanish. SPAN 153 Intermediate Spanish 3-4 Pacific Union College participates in the Adventist Colleges (or SPAN 133 Intensive Intermed. Spanish) Abroad Program (ACA), which provides opportunity for students SPAN 251 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 to study the language of their choice in a foreign country. Partici- SPAN 252 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 pating campuses are in Argentina, Austria, Brazil, France, Greece, SPAN 253 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 Israel, Italy, Kenya, Singapore, and Spain. SPAN 367 Spanish and Latin-American Culture It will be necessary for a student majoring in French to spend and Civilization 4 one year in the Adventist Colleges Abroad Program in France and SPAN 382 Applied Spanish Linguistics 4 to take the courses prescribed by the major adviser. SPAN 385 Business Spanish 4 A student majoring in Spanish will be asked to spend from SPAN 441 Readings in Spanish Literature 4 one to three quarters, as needed, in the Adventist Colleges SPAN 442 Readings in Latin-American Literature I 4 Abroad Program in Spain or in Argentina and to take the SPAN 443 Readings in Latin-American Literature II 4 courses prescribed by the major adviser. SPAN 495 Independent Study 1-6 SPAN 496 Directed Group Study 2-4 Upper-division electives taken at ACA Campus*

*See section entitled “Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA).”

149 Modern Languages

‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: Teaching Credential A beginning full-year course in French or German (12) The State of California Commission on Teacher Credentialing ART 105 History of Western Art (4) mandates that all teacher education programs in languages other ART 476 Nineteenth-Century Art (3) than English meet newly established standards of quality and (or ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art) effectiveness. The Department of Modern Languages has re- HIST 366 Modern Latin America (4) ceived State approval of the new program. Students desiring a MGMT 457 International Management (3) California secondary teaching credential are invited to discuss PLSC 485 Foreign Relations of the United States (3) the new teacher education program with the Teacher-Education Adviser in the Modern Languages department. In Spain or Argentina a student may select a program from All students who plan to teach on the secondary level should a variety of courses that apply toward the major in Spanish. See consult the Credential Analyst in the Education department. the current Adventist Colleges Abroad Bulletin, available in the Courses are taken at both PUC and the appropriate ACA Modern Languages departmental office, for descriptions of these campus in Spain, Argentina, or France (see “Adventist Col- courses. leges Abroad” below).

Major in French, B.A. Minors in French, German, and Spanish ‰ A minimum of 48 hours (30 in the upper division) ‰ A minimum of 30 hours at the intermediate level or higher Students majoring in French must complete in residence at (15 upper division) Angwin at least three upper-division French courses (twelve hours A student desiring a minor in German must spend one year minimum). Selections are made from the following courses, all of abroad. French and Spanish minors usually require one or two which apply toward the major: quarters of study abroad. FREN 151 Intermediate French 3-4 FREN 152 Intermediate French 3-4 Language Placement FREN 153 Intermediate French 3-4 Students who have had previous work in a given language FREN 367 French Culture and Civilization 4 and wish to take a beginning course in that language must ob- FREN 381 Applied French Linguistics 4 tain the consent of the instructor. FREN 385 Business French 4 Students from a Spanish background taking Spanish will nor- FREN 441 Readings in 19th Century French Literature 4 mally enroll in SPAN 251-252-253 Spanish Conversation FREN 442 Readings in 20th Century French Literature 4 and Composition. Those unsure of what course to enroll in may FREN 443 Contemporary Francophone Literature 4 take a Spanish Language Placement test. FREN 495 Independent Study 1-6 FREN 496 Directed Group Study 2-4 Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA) Upper-division electives at ACA Campus Pacific Union College is a member of Adventist Colleges ‰ Recommended Cognate Courses: Abroad (ACA), a consortium of colleges and universities operated A beginning full-year course in Spanish or German (12) by the Board of Higher Education of the North American Divi- ART 105 History of Western Art (4) sion of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. This consortium af- ART 476 Nineteenth-Century Art (3) fords opportunity to qualified students for international study (or ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art) while completing the requirements of their programs at their HIST 335 Europe Since 1914 (4) home campus. The program allows students to immerse them- MGMT 457 International Management (3) selves in the culture and life of the host country and become PLSC 485 Foreign Relations of the United States (3) conversant in the language; to mature socially, spiritually, and In France a student may select a program from a variety of intellectually; and to develop sensitivity to cultural differences courses that apply toward the major in French. See the current and a sense of responsibility for and mission to other peoples Adventist Colleges Abroad Bulletin, available in the departmental of the world. The following institutions are international affiliates office, for descriptions of these courses. of ACA offering academic-year programs of study:

150 Modern Languages

Argentina: Universidad Adventista del Plata, Libertador 5. Presentation of the application with all required information and San Martín: Spanish Language and Latin signatures (academic and financial arrangements) to the PUC American Culture Admissions office by published deadlines. Austria: Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen, St. Peter am 6. Attendance at an ACA orientation meeting at PUC. Hart: German Language and Culture College freshmen with competence in the language are not France: Centre Universitaire et Pédagogique du Salève, specifically excluded from ACA academic-year programs, but Collonges-sous-Salève: French Language and the course of study is usually more beneficial to sophomores and Culture juniors, especially those who plan to major or minor in the lan- Italy: Istituto Avventista Villa Aurora: Italian Lan- guage or specialized area of study. Although enrolled on an inter- guage and Culture national campus, students are registered at PUC; are considered Kenya: University of Eastern Africa, Baraton, Eldoret: in residence at this college; and are eligible for all external grants, African Culture and Kiswahili loans, scholarships, and financial aid offered to students in atten- Spain: Colegio Adventista de Sagunto: Spanish Lan- dance at PUC. Credit earned abroad is recorded each term in the guage and Culture PUC Records office. In addition to academic-year programs, ACA offers six-week The Adventist Colleges Abroad program offers a wide variety summer terms at the following international study centers: of language courses at intermediate and advanced levels concen- Austria: Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen, St. Peter am trating on grammar, orthography, composition, phonetics, con- Hart: German versation, reading, pronunciation, literature, culture, civilization, Brazil: Instituto Adventista de Ensino, São Paulo: and folklore as well as courses in art, education, geography, Portuguese history, music, physical education, and religion. France: Centre Universitaire et Pédagogique du Salève, Applicants must consult with their major professors, the Mod- Collonges-sous-Salève: French ern Language faculty, and the ACA Coordinator before enroll- Greece: La Sierra University Study Center, Athens: ment. Pacific Union College personnel advise students about Intermediate New Testament Greek courses to take abroad and determine how the credits will apply Israel: Jerusalem Center: Beginning Biblical Hebrew toward graduation requirements. Those who carefully plan their Italy: Istituto Avventista Villa Aurora, Florence: academic-year programs with PUC advisers may earn up to 54 Italian quarter hours toward a baccalaureate degree. ACA courses may Spain: Colegio Adventista de Sagunto, Sagunto: Spanish apply toward the major, minor, general education, and elective Applicants for international study need not be language requirements; credit is awarded on the basis of course prefix. majors or minors. Students majoring in various disciplines that ACA courses are in high demand; applications are processed in allow for one or more elective years within the four-year curricu- the order received. Applications are available at the Admissions lum may study in the year-abroad and summer session programs office and the Modern Language department. Deadline for sum- without losing credits or prolonging time before graduation by mer applications is April 1; for the academic year, May 1. carefully planning the year(s) preceding and following their inter- For further information: Adventist Colleges Abroad, 12501 Old national study experience. Prerequisites for admission to ACA Columbia Pike, Silver Spring, MD 20904-6600; telephone (301) study-abroad programs are as follows: 680-6444; fax (301) 680-6463; e-mail [email protected]. 1. Admission as a regular student to Pacific Union College for the summer or academic year abroad. 2. Competence in the language of the host country (minimum: one year of college or two years of secondary study with a language GPA of 3.00). Not required of students studying in summer programs. This level of language competence is prerequisite to one’s being considered for admission. 3. An overall college or university GPA of 2.50. 4. A good citizenship record that gives evidence of better-than- average maturity, adjustability, and congeniality.

151 Modern Languages

French Upper-division courses: FREN 495 1-6 A, W, S (Taught in French) Independent Study Thirty-six hours of reading per hour Service Course: FREN 367 4 A of credit. A weekly conference with the (Not applicable toward a major or minor French Culture and Civilization instructor. Limited to French majors. in this department) Contemporary French culture and Admission by permission of the instruc- civilization dealing with social, political, tor. Maximum of three hours in any FREN 111-112-113 4-4-4 A-W-S and economic trends. Even years. quarter; may be repeated once for addi- Beginning French tional credit. Designed to develop speaking, listen- FREN 381 4 A ing, reading, and writing skills in the Applied French Linguistics German language studied. Basic grammar and Introduces principles of phonetics, vocabulary presented through a profi- phonology, morphology, and syntax. Service Course: ciency-oriented approach emphasizing the Special reference to foreign language (Not applicable toward a major or minor practical use of the language. Individual teaching methodology and the particular in this department) laboratory work provides additional problems of teaching French. Odd years. opportunity to practice and develop the GRMN 111-112-113 4-4-4 A-W-S communicative skills that can be ex- FREN 385 4 W Beginning German panded in subsequent study and use of Business French See course description under FREN the language. Introduction to selected Practice and vocabulary-building in 111-112-113. elements of the cultures in countries French as used in business, commerce, where the language is used. (Not for finance, and economics. Even years. Lower-division course: students who have had two or more years of French.) FREN 441 4 W GRMN 151-152-153 3-3-3 A-W-S Readings in 19th-Century French Intermediate German Lower-division course: Literature See course description under FREN Readings in representative poets, novel- 151-152-153. Prequisites: GRMN 111- FREN 151-152-153 3/4-3/4-3/4 ists, and playwrights. Odd years. 112-113, its equivalent, or permission of Intermediate French A-W-S the instructor. Designed to increase proficiency in FREN 442 4 S speaking, listening, reading, and writing Readings in 20th-Century French Spanish in the language studied. Focus on rein- Literature forcing control of basic grammar and on Readings in representative poets, Service Course: vocabulary expansion. Selected cultural novelists, and playwrights. Odd years. features of countries where the language (May not be used for major or minor in this department) is used. Individualized laboratory prac- FREN 443 4 S tice. (Students having completed a year Contemporary Francophone SPAN 111-112-113 4-4-4 A-W-S of college study of the language with a Literature Beginning Spanish grade of B or better are advised to take Readings in representative French- See course description under French the three-hour sequence. Those who have speaking authors from around the world. 111-112-113. This course is not for stu- had secondary-school exposure to the Even years. language but who need more practice in dents who have had two or more years basic skills should take the four-hour of secondary Spanish. sequence.) Prerequisites: FREN 111-112- 113, its equivalent, or permission of the instructor.

152 Modern Languages

Lower-division Courses: SPAN 382 4 A Applied Spanish Linguistics SPAN 131 5 A Introduction to principles of phonet- Intensive Spanish Review ics, phonology, morphology, and syntax. An intensive “bridge”course for stu- Special reference to foreign-language dents who have completed a beginning teaching methodology and the particular course in Spanish but need review and problems of teaching Spanish. Odd years. practice before taking intermediate-level courses. Includes laboratory practice. SPAN 385 4 W Prerequisite: One or two years of high Business Spanish school Spanish. Practice and vocabulary-building in Spanish as used in business, commerce, SPAN 132-133 5-5 W-S finance, and economics. Odd years. Intensive Intermediate Spanish Continuation of SPAN 131, featuring SPAN 441 4 S intensive study of Intermediate Spanish Readings in Spanish Literature (see course description under FREN 151- Readings in representative poets, 152-153). Prerequisite: Passing grade in novelists, and playwrights. Odd years. SPAN 131 or equivalent. SPAN 442 4 W SPAN 151-152-153 3/4-3/4-3/4 Readings in Latin-American Intermediate Spanish A-W-S Literature I See course description under FREN Readings in representative poets, 151-152-153. Prerequisite: Two years of novelists and playwrights. Even years. high-school Spanish or SPAN 111-112- 113 or its equivalent. SPAN 443 4 S Readings in Latin-American SPAN 251-252-253 3-3-3 A-W-S Literature II Spanish Conversation and Readings in representative poets, novel- Composition ists, and playwrights. Even years. Emphasis on oral and written expression in Spanish. For non-native students SPAN 495 1-6 A, W, S having completed several years of second- Independent Study ary or introductory Spanish or students Thirty-six hours of reading per hour whose native language is Spanish. Fulfills of credit. A weekly conference with the the intermediate-level language require- instructor. Limited to Spanish majors; ment for general education. admission by approval of the instructor. Maximum of three hours in any quarter; Upper-division Courses: may be repeated once for credit. (Taught in Spanish)

SPAN 367 4 A Spanish and Latin-American Culture and Civilization A study of Spanish and Latin-American culture and civilization throughout the ages. Even years.

153 Art

(Intentionally blank) 47 MusicMusic

Faculty division credit. A student preparing a required recital must Lynn Wheeler, chair; Gennevieve Brown-Kibble, Del Case, perform the program for a faculty audition committee one month Lois Case, James Kempster, James McGee, Kenneth Narducci, prior to the projected recital date. Specific year-by-year require- LeRoy Peterson ments in the various performance areas and details regarding jury Departmental Office: 102 Paulin Hall; 965-6201 evaluations are available at the Music depart-ment office and in the Music Department Student Handbook. Degrees and Programs: Ensemble Music, B.Mus. in Performance ...... 156 All majors are required to register for ensemble credit each Teaching Credential, B.Mus. in Music Education ...... 157 quarter in residence except while doing student teaching. Music, B.S...... 158 Recital Attendance Piano Pedagogy, A.S...... 158 Attendance at a minimum number of concerts and recitals is required of all music majors and minors during each quarter of The Department of Music offers a two-year Associate of residence. Details are available at the Music department office Science degree and two four-year curricula leading to the Bach- and in the Music Department Student Handbook. elor of Music and Bachelor of Science degrees. Emphasis in the Required Recitals Bachelor of Music degree may be in Music Education or in Per- Performance emphasis majors present a half-hour recital formance. (MUSP 390) during the junior year and a one-hour recital Entrance Requirements (MUSP 490) the senior year. Students in the A.S. and B.Mus. programs must take a func- Music education emphasis majors present a half-hour recital tional keyboard facility examination the first quarter in residence. (MUSP 489) in the senior year. Bachelor of Science majors Unsatisfactory perfomance mandates enrollment in MUSP 121 present a half-hour recital (MUSP 489) the senior year or com- each quarter in residence until the examination is passed. Stu- plete a special project (MUED 489) in an area of particular inter- dents must pass this test before they may receive upper-division est. The topic is chosen in consultation with the department chair credit in their primary area of performance. and a teacher in the area of the project, and with the approval of General Performance Requirements the music faculty. Study in the major performance area is required each quarter Music minors present a fifteen-minute recital (MUSP 385) of residence for Bachelor of Music majors. Performance emphasis during the last quarter of performance studies. majors must take an additional 6 hours of secondary performance All majors and minors must periodically perform in general credit. Secondary performance studies are usually permitted only student recitals. For details, see the Music Department Student after the student has reached upper-division status in the major Handbook. performance area. Credit is based upon a half-hour lesson and The Major Field Achievement Test in music is required of all four hours of practice per week for each credit hour earned. seniors during their final quarter before graduation. All new or transfer music majors and minors must perform Certificate of Achievement before a jury the first quarter of residence. In addition, juried To encourage excellence in performance, the department may performances are required periodically of all majors and minors award the Certificate of Achievement to any outstanding music to evaluate progress and to determine eligibility for upper- major who presents a recital or is soloist in a major performance

155 Music

of particularly high quality during each of the four years in resi- Doctrinal Studies (RELT 331, 332 and/or 333), HIST 340, and 3 dence. The student must apply to the music faculty for this award hours selected from RELH 311, RELT 216, 218, 320, 355, and after giving the final recital. 440. VI. Health and Fitness: Same as for B.S. degree, except that music Required Core Courses education emphasis majors must take HLED 166 or FDNT 175. 38 hours required for all baccalaureate degrees in music: VII. Skills for Daily Living: Not required. MUED 241 Basic Conducting 2 Other Requirements: Teacher candidates must take ENGL 335. MUHL 131 Introduction to Vocal/Choral Literature 2 MUHL 132 Introduction to Keyboard Literature 2 Music Education Emphasis MUHL 133 Introduction to Symphonic/Chamber ‰ 93 hours including core courses and the following: Music Literature 2 1. Music Education MUHL 331 Music from Antiquity through the MUED 338 Music for Children 2 Baroque 3 MUED 338L Music for Children Lab 1 MUHL 332 Music of the Classic and Romantic Eras 3 MUED 342 Instrumental Conducting 3 MUHL 333 Music of the Twentieth Century 3 MUED 343 Choral Conducting 3 (MUHL 336 for Music Education emphasis) MUED 381-382-383 Music in Elementary Schools 2-2-2 MUTH 121-122- Theory I 3-3-3 Additional courses 10 123 ‰ MUTH 201 Music Technology 3 Select 10 hours from the following list of techniques and MUTH 221-222- Theory II 3-3-3 pedagogy courses. Exceptions are MUED 473-474, required of 223 all piano majors, and MUED 475-476, required of all organ majors. Bachelor of Music, B.Mus. MUED 370 Handbell Techniques and Methods (1) Besides baccalaureate degree requirements listed elsewhere MUED 371* Trumpet Techniques and Methods (1) in this catalog, students working toward the Bachelor of Music MUED 372* Trombone Techniques and Methods (1) degree take the required core courses listed above and meet the MUED 373 Horn/Tuba Techniques and Methods (1) requirements of one of the two emphases listed below. MUED 374* Flute Techniques and Methods (1) MUED 375* Single-Reed Techniques and Methods (1) ‰ General Education Requirements MUED 376 Double-Reed Techniques and Methods (1) The general-education requirements for the B.Mus. degree are MUED 377* Percussion Techniques and Methods (1) the same as for other baccalaureate degrees except as indicated MUED 378* Violin/Viola Techniques and Methods (1) below. See the general-education section of this catalog. MUED 379 Cello/Double Bass Techniques I. Foundations of Learning: MATH 222 not required. and Methods (1) II. Human Identity in Cultural Contexts: II-B Philosophy not re- MUED 473-474 Piano Pedagogy (1-1) quired; II-C Social Sciences: one course required; II-D Foreign MUED 475-476 Organ Pedagogy (1-1) Language: Voice performance emphasis majors are required to MUED 477* Voice Pedagogy (2) complete satisfactorily one year of either French or German. Teacher candidates take ANTH 124 (or SOCI 121 or COMM 2. Music Ensemble 2 330) and must pass a test or take a course in U.S. Constitu- One large ensemble for each quarter in residence except the tion (this requirement is satisfied by HIST 134-135 or HIST student-teaching quarter. Participation in both choral and instru- 140-141 or HIST 356 or PLSC 124). mental ensembles for a minimum of three quarters each and in a III. Insights of the Imagination. Same as for B.S. degree small ensemble in the area of one’s specialty for a minimum of IV. The Natural World: Select two of IV-B, IV-C, and IV-D. All one quarter. For keyboard majors, three of the total hours must students must meet the Introductory-Level Mathematics and be in MUEN 359 Keyboard Ensemble. When MUEN 359 is Science requirements outlined in IV-A. taken, the large ensemble is not required. V. Revelation, Belief, and Action: Same as for B.S. degree. Music education emphasis majors must complete 19 hours of religion (9 upper division): 9 hours of RELB prefix courses, 3 hours of * Unless they are in the major performance area, these courses are required.

156 Music

3. Music Performance Performance Emphasis MUSP 125-144 Performance Studies: Major-Minor 11 ‰ A minimum of 119 hours including core courses and the MUSP 225-244 (maximum 6 hours lower division) following: MUSP 325-344 1. Music Education MUSP 425-444 MUED 342 Instrumental Conducting 3 MUSP 489 Senior Recital 1 (or MUED 343 Choral Conducting) (or MUED 489 Senior Project) Additional hours 4 4. Music Theory Select four hours from the following list of techniques and peda- MUTH 331 Orchestration 3 gogy courses. Voice majors must take MUED 477; piano majors MUTH 332 Counterpoint 3 must take MUED 473-474; organ majors must take MUED 475- MUTH 431 Form and Analysis 3 476; and all other majors must take two hours of MUED 495, MUTH 432 Composition 3 studying the pedagogy and literature of their area of perfor- 5. Required Cognate Courses in Professional Education mance emphasis. See the Education section of this catalog for further information MUED 370 Handbell Techniques and Methods (1) about prerequisites and admission to the teacher education pro- MUED 371 Trumpet Techniques and Methods (1) gram. MUED 372 Trombone Techniques and Methods (1) MUED 373 Horn/Tuba Techniques and Methods (1) EDUC 101 Introduction to Teaching (1) MUED 374 Flute Techniques and Methods (1) EDUC 101L Introduction to Teaching Lab (1) MUED 375 Single-Reed Techniques and Methods (1) EDUC 333 Educational Psychology (2) MUED 376 Double-Reed Techniques and Methods (1) EDUC 335 Principles of Christian Education (2) MUED 377 Percussion Techniques and Methods (1) EDUC 336 Social and Multicultural Education (2) MUED 378 Violin/Viola Techniques and Methods (1) EDUC 358 C/I Teaching of Reading—Secondary (3) MUED 379 Cello/Double Bass Techniques and Methods (1) EDUC 358L C/I Teaching of Reading—Secondary Lab (1) MUED 473-474 Piano Pedagogy (1-1) EDUC 360 C/I Secondary Methods I (2) MUED 475-476 Organ Pedagogy (1-1) EDUC 361 C/I Middle-School Methods (2) MUED 477 Voice Pedagogy (2) EDUC 361L C/I Middle-School Methods Lab (1) 2. Music Ensemble EDUC 362 C/I Secondary Methods (2) One large ensemble for each quarter in residence 12 EDUC 362L C/I Secondary Methods Lab (1) For keyboard majors, three of the twelve hours must be in EDUC 485 Student Teaching Seminar (3) MUEN 359, Keyboard Ensemble. When MUEN 359 is taken, EDUC 485L Student Teaching (15) the large ensemble is not required. ‰ Recommendation for Directed Teaching Before acceptance into the Directed Teaching program, stu- Chamber music in the major area 3 dents must have passed the Keyboard Proficiency and Keyboard 3. Music Performance Harmony Examinations as prerequisites for recommendation by MUSP 145-164 Performance Studies: Emphasis Major 36 the music faculty. For details, see the Music Department Student MUSP 245-264 (maximum of 18 hours lower division) Handbook. MUSP 345-364 MUSP 445-464 Teaching Credential MUSP 365-384 Performance Studies: Secondary Area 6 Students are invited to discuss the requirements for a teach-ing MUSP 390 Junior Recital 1 credential with the Teacher Education Adviser in the Music de- MUSP 490 Senior Recital: Emphasis Major 1 partment. All students who plan to teach should also consult with MUSP 495 Independent Study in Performance 3 the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education and (in the major area; keyboard majors should become acquainted with specific requirements outlined in take one hour of MUSP 495, the Education section of this catalog. two of MUHL 337.)

157 Music

4. Music Theory 2. Music Ensemble MUTH 331 Orchestration 3 One ensemble each quarter in residence 6 MUTH 332 Counterpoint 3 Three hours must be in MUEN 159. MUTH 431 Form and Analysis 3 3. Music History and Literature MUTH 432 Composition 3 MUHL 132 Introduction to Keyboard Literature 2 Major in Music, B.S. MUHL 337 Keyboard Literature 2 One course from the following: 2 ‰ A minimum of 62 hours (21 upper division) MUHL 131 Introduction to Vocal/Choral Literature (2) In addition to music courses, the Bachelor of Science degree MUHL 133 Introduction to Symphonic/ with a music major has general-education requirements as listed Chamber Music Literature (2) in this catalog under General Education for the Baccalaureate 4. Music Performance Degree. MUHL 105 and MUED 104 do not apply toward the MUSP 125-144 Performance Studies: Piano 12 degree requirements. MUSP 225-244 ‰ Required Courses MUSP 365-384 Performance Studies: Secondary Area 2 The core courses for all music majors, listed above, and the 5. Music Theory following: MUTH 121-122- Theory I 3-3-3 1. Music Ensemble 123 One large ensemble for each quarter in residence 6 MUTH 201 Music Technology 3 A maximum of six hours is applied toward the major MUTH 221-222 Theory II 3-3 (at least three must be upper division). The balance of MUTH 326 Keyboard Harmony 2 credit is applied to general-education electives. A.S. in Piano Pedagogy majors must perform in at least four 2. Music Performance general recitals. In addition, their pupils must perform in at least MUSP 125-144 Performance Studies: Major-Minor 7 two Paulin Center recitals. MUSP 225-244 (maximum of six hours lower division) ‰ General Education Requirements MUSP 325-344 General-education requirements for the A.S. degree are listed in MUSP 425-444 the Associate Degree Program section of this catalog. It is recom- 3. Music Theory mended that PSYC 121 General Psychology be included as part of One course chosen from MUTH 331, 332, 431, 432 3 section IV electives. 4. Music Electives MUSP 489 Senior Recital 1 Minor in Music (or MUED 489 Senior Project) ‰ A minimum of 32 hours, 6 of which must be upper division Additional hours 7 (2 of these may be ensemble), including: Seven additional hours selected in consultation with the MUEN Selection of three hours of ensemble 3 adviser and approved by the music faculty to develop a solid MUHL 131 Introduction to Vocal/Choral Literature 2 background in the area of the student’s recital or project. MUHL 132 Introduction to Keyboard Literature 2 MUHL 133 Introduction to Symphonic/Chamber Associate Degree in Piano Music Literature 2 Pedagogy, A.S. MUSP 125-144 Performance Studies (5 hours in any ‰ A minimum of 61 hours including the following: MUSP 225-244 one area) 5 MUSP 325-344 1. Music Education MUSP 425-444 MUED 338 Music for Children 2 MUSP 385 Minor Recital 1 MUED 349 Directed Teaching: Piano 3 MUTH 121-122- Theory I 3-3-3 MUED 473-474 Piano Pedagogy 1-1 123 Electives (in consultation with adviser) 8 Music electives 8

158 Music

‰ Recommended course: 132, 133 during their first two years in the program to qualify for MUED 241 Basic Conducting (2) nonfee lessons in the major area of performance. Music minors are expected to take Theory I and MUHL 131,

Music Education May be taken any quarter. Prerequisite: MUED 372 1 W MUED 338. Trombone Techniques and Methods Objectives similar to those of MUED Lower-division courses: MUED 342 3 W 371. Odd years. Instrumental Conducting MUED 104 3 A, W, S Practical work with instrumental MUED 373 1 S The Christian and Music groups. Baton techniques, score reading, Horn/Tuba Techniques and Methods The role of music in the Christian’s methods of rehearsal and group admin- Objectives similar to those of MUED life. Emphasizes developing a Christian istration. Prerequisite: MUED 241. Even 371. Odd years. philosophy of aesthetics. Includes both years. a survey of music history and practical MUED 374 1 A problems of laity in society. Not appli- MUED 343 3 W Flute Techniques and Methods cable to a music major or minor. Meets Choral Conducting Objectives similar to those of MUED general-education requirement in music. Conducting techniques, rehearsal pro- 371. Even years. cedures, tone quality, blend and balance, MUED 241 2 A and diction appropriate for college, sec- MUED 375 1 W Basic Conducting ondary school, and church choirs. Prereq- Single-Reed Techniques and Foundation for the development of uisite: MUED 241. Odd years. Methods skill in the art of conducting various en- Objectives similar to those of MUED sembles. MUED 349 1 A, W, S 371. Even years. Directed Teaching: Piano Upper-division courses: Lessons taught by students in studio MUED 376 1 S or classroom. Supervised and evaluated. Double-Reed Techniques and MUED 338 2 A Usually taken in conjunction with MUED Methods Music for Children 473 and continued winter and spring Objectives similar to those of MUED (See also ECED 338.) quarters. 371. Even years. Music for children from infancy through lower elementary school grades, based on MUED 370 1 W MUED 377 1 A Kodály method. Emphasizes development Handbell Techniques and Methods Percussion Techniques and Methods of child’s voice through folk materials Basic and advanced ringing techniques, Objectives similar to those of MUED and sol-fa and covers teaching methods handbell literature, group organization, 371. Emphasis on snare drum, timpani, for singing, rhythmic activities and listen- solo and ensemble ringing, bell assign- and mallets. Solo and ensemble playing. ing skills. MUTH 101 Elements of Music ments, and bell maintenance. Even years. Even years. recommended for those without musical background. MUED 371 1 A MUED 378 1 A Trumpet Techniques and Methods Violin/Viola Techniques and Methods MUED 338L 1 A, W, S Introduction to teaching and perform- Ability to play and teach violin and Music for Children Lab ing trumpet through the intermediate viola at the beginning and intermediate (See also ECED 338L.) level. Performance techniques, pedagogi- levels. Elementary individual and class Observation and practical experience cal methods and materials, maintenance, methods of instruction and basic mainte- with young children, using methods dis- and practical teaching experience. Two nance. Odd years. cussed in MUED 338. Highly recom- classes weekly. Odd years. mended complement to MUED 338. 159 Music

MUED 379 1 W MUED 470, 480 2, 2 Su Music Ensembles Cello/Double Bass Techniques and Music Workshops Methods During the summer session various Objectives similar to those of MUED workshops are offered in piano, choral The following satisfy the music major 378. Even years. music and strings. and minor large-ensemble requirements: Bel Canto, Kantorei, Pro Musica, Orches- MUED 381 2 A MUED 473-474 1-1 A-W tra, Symphonic Wind Ensemble, and Music in Elementary and Secondary Piano Pedagogy Keyboard Ensemble. Additional small Schools I Science of piano teaching, including ensembles are also offered. Unless indi- Examination and evaluation of music- materials and methods of instruction. cated otherwise, each ensemble is avail- education philosophies and their practical Concurrent registration in MUED 349 able any quarter and is repeatable. applications for designing and building a recommended. Odd years. Upper-division credit for juniors and dynamic secondary-school choral program. seniors is determined by the student’s Topics include recruitment, administra- MUED 475-476 1-1 W-S proficiency and previous experience in tion, classroom management, and reper- Organ Pedagogy college-level music. toire selection. Prerequisites: MUED 241, The science of teaching organ at begin- 338. Even years. ning and intermediate levels. Survey of Lower-division courses: materials and methods of instruction. MUED 382 2 W Odd years. MUEN 141 1 A, W, S Music in Elementary and Secondary Bel Canto Schools II MUED 477 2 S The study and performance of selected Theories of and practice with musical Voice Pedagogy choral literature for women’s voices. Per- development. Emphasizes the Kodály Proper voice development and meth- formance opportunities are mostly on approach to teaching music in the elemen- ods of vocal production. Emphasizes campus and include a major work each tary school. Deals with vocal develop- pedagogical techniques. Even years. year with orchestra and combined choral ment of children from the nonsinger to ensembles. Auditions held each quarter. the junior-high chorister and other chal- MUED 489 1 A, W, S lenges related to the elementary music Senior Project MUEN 142 1 A, W, S classroom. Prerequisite: MUED 338. Special project for B.S. majors and, in Kantorei Even years. lieu of MUSP 489, for B.Mus. education The study and performance of selected emphasis majors in unusual circumstan- choral literature for men’s voices. Per- MUED 383 2 S ces. By permission of the music faculty formance opportunities are mostly on Music in Elementary and Secondary and in consultation with the adviser and campus and include a major work each Schools III the department chair. year with orchestra and combined choral Development and maintenance of ensembles. Auditions held each quarter. instrumental programs in elementary, MUED 495 1-3 A, W, S middle, and secondary schools. Behav- Independent Study MUEN 154 1 A, W, S ioral objectives, evaluative techniques, Advanced independent project in Pro Musica motivation, administration, recruiting, music education. Requires approval of A carefully balanced choral ensemble scheduling, and technology. Prerequisite: the department chair. Three hours maxi- that studies and performs a variety of MUED 338. Even years. mum. challenging repertoire from the major stylistic periods. Students in Pro Musica are also members of either Bel Canto or Kantorei. Performance opportunities include off-campus tours. Auditions are held at the beginning of Autumn quarter.

160 Music

MUEN 155 1 A, W, S MUEN 178 1 A, W, S Upper-division courses: Symphonic Wind Ensemble Saxophone Quartet Advanced instrumentalists rehearse and Limited to members of Symphonic MUEN 341 1 A, W, S perform a wide variety of music in vari- Wind Ensemble. By audition. Bel Canto ous settings. Tours and workshops (See description of MUEN 141.) on alternate-year basis. Members are MUEN 179 1 A, W, S selected by audition. Woodwind Quintet MUEN 342 1 A, W, S Limited to members of Symphonic Kantorei MUEN 156 1 A, W, S Wind Ensemble. By audition. (See description of MUEN 142.) Orchestra Orchestral masterworks performed in MUEN 180 1 A, W, S MUEN 354 1 A, W, S quarterly concerts and other events. For Brass Quintet Pro Musica advanced instrumentalists, both college Limited to members of Symphonic (See description of MUEN 154.) students and community residents. Mem- Wind Ensemble. By audition. bers are selected by audition. MUEN 355 1 A, W, S MUEN 181 1 A, W, S Symphonic Wind Ensemble MUEN 157 1 A, W, S Brass Choir (See description of MUEN 155.) String and Piano Chamber Music Limited to members of Symphonic Experience with chamber music for Wind Ensemble. By audition. MUEN 356 1 A, W, S piano with strings under the direction Orchestra of a Music faculty member. Includes MUEN 182 1 A, W, S (See description of MUEN 156.) duos, trios, and larger groups. Trombone Choir By audition. MUEN 357 1 A, W, S MUEN 159 1 A, W, S String and Piano Chamber Music Keyboard Ensemble MUEN 183 1 A, W, S (See description of MUEN 157.) Literature for keyboard duets, duos, Percussion Ensemble and groups with instruments or voices Limited to members of Symphonic MUEN 359 1 A, W, S and keyboard accompaniment. Three Wind Ensemble. By audition. Keyboard Ensemble quarters required of all B.Mus. or A.S. (See description of MUEN 159.) keyboard majors. MUEN 184 1 A, W, S String Quartet MUEN 375 1 A, W, S MUEN 175 1 A, W, S Limited to members of the Orchestra. Flute Quartet Flute Quartet By audition. (See description of MUEN 175.) Limited to members of Symphonic Wind Ensemble. By audition. MUEN 185 1 A, W, S MUEN 376 1 A, W, S Small Vocal Ensemble Flute Choir MUEN 176 1 A, W, S Study and performance of various (See description of MUEN 176.) Flute Choir types of musical literature for small For the general student. By audition. groups of vocalists. By audition. MUEN 377 1 A, W, S Clarinet Choir MUEN 177 1 A, W, S MUEN 186 1 A, W, S (See description of MUEN 177.) Clarinet Choir Beginning Handbell Choir Limited to members of Symphonic Open to any student with music read- MUEN 378 1 A, W, S Wind Ensemble. By audition. ing skills. Saxophone Quartet (See description of MUEN 178.)

161 Music

MUEN 379 1 A, W, S MUHL 131 2 A MUHL 336 3 S Woodwind Quintet Introduction to Vocal/Choral Popular Music in the Twentieth (See description of MUEN 179.) Literature Century Listening skills developed by study of Ethnic backgrounds of American “ver- MUEN 380 1 A, W, S styles, terminology, notation, and perfor- nacular” music and the reactions toward Brass Quintet mance practices of important vocal/cho- emerging “popular” form. In-depth sur- (See description of MUEN 180.) ral works. vey of popular song and its absorption of world musics. Appraisal of current trends. MUEN 381 1 A, W, S MUHL 132 2 W Admission by permission of the instruc- Brass Choir Introduction to Keyboard Literature tor. Odd years. (See description of MUEN 181.) Repertoire, style, terminology, notation, and performance practices in music MUHL 337 2 W MUEN 382 1 A, W, S for harpsichord, piano and organ. Keyboard Literature Trombone Choir The development of keyboard instru- (See description of MUEN 182.) MUHL 133 2 S ments; forms and literature pertaining to Introduction to Symphonic/Chamber teaching and performance. Even years. MUEN 383 1 A, W, S Music Literature Percussion Ensemble Instrumental repertoire studied to MUHL 495 1-3 A, W, S (See description of MUEN 183.) develop listening skills, understanding of Independent Study style, terminology, notation, and perfor- Advanced, independent project in MUEN 384 1 A, W, S mance practices. music history. Requires approval of the String Quartet department chair. Three hours maxi- (See description of MUEN 184.) Upper-division courses: mum.

MUEN 385 1 A, W, S MUHL 331 3 A Music Performance Small Vocal Ensemble Music from Antiquity Through the (See description of MUEN 185.) Baroque (Each course is available any quarter Music history through the Baroque and, except for recitals, is repeatable.) MUEN 386 1 A, W, S Era. Development of forms and styles, Advanced Handbell Choir cultural backgrounds and biographies, Lower-division courses: By audition. and analysis of basic musicological methods. Prerequisite: MUTH 123. MUSP 101-119 1-2 A, W, S Music History and Performance Studies: General Literature MUHL 332 3 W Elementary instruction in voice, harp- Music of the Classic and sichord, organ, piano, guitar, orchestral, Lower-division courses: Romantic Eras and band instruments. Not applicable Music history of the Classic and toward the principal performance area MUHL 105 3 A, W, S Romantic Eras. See description of of a music major or minor. Survey of Music MUHL 331. Music in western civilization, including MUSP 120-124 1 A, W, S music fundamentals and a brief history MUHL 333 3 S Performance Studies: Class from antiquity to the present. Presented Music of the Twentieth Century Instruction by recordings, visual aids, and lectures. Music history from the Post-Roman- Lessons for groups of four or more Not applicable to music major or minor. tics to the present. See MUHL 331. students in voice or instruments. Meets Meets the general-education requirement one clock hour per week. Not applicable in music. toward the principal performance area of a music major or minor.

162 Music

MUSP 125-144 1-2 A, W, S MUSP 365-384 1-2 A, W, S nating in this recital. Minimum of 60 Performance Studies: Major-Minor Performance Studies: minutes. Private lessons in voice, harpsichord, Secondary Area organ, piano, guitar, orchestral, and band Private lessons for majors in secon- MUSP 495 1-3 A, W, S instruments. Applicable to all majors and dary areas. Performance majors take 6 Independent Study in Performance minors except B.Mus. performance em- hours; piano pedagogy majors, 2 hours; Advanced, independent research phasis. One hour is usually taken each music education majors, up to 6 hours project in music performance. Requires quarter. by request. Available to students with approval of department chair. Three upper-division status in the major per- hours maximum. MUSP 145-164 1-3 A, W, S formance area (except piano pedagogy Performance Studies: majors, who enroll when lower-division). Music Theory Emphasis Major Normally limited to one area and one Private lessons in voice, harpsichord, hour credit per quarter. Selected in con- Lower-division courses: organ, piano, guitar, orchestral, and band sultation with the major adviser. instruments. Applicable to B.Mus. per- MUTH 101 2 S formance emphasis. Three hours are usu- MUSP 385 1 A, W, S Elements of Music ally taken each quarter. Minor Recital Rudiments of music including nota- Required of music minors, the final tion, rhythm, melody, harmony, timbre, MUSP 225-244 1-2 A, W, S quarter of lessons culminating in this and form. Performance Studies: Major-Minor recital. Minimum of 15 minutes. (See description of MUSP 125-144.) MUTH 121-122-123 3-3-3 A-W-S MUSP 390 1 A, W, S Theory I MUSP 245-264 1-3 A, W, S Junior Recital An integrated study of the parameters Performance Studies: Emphasis Required of performance emphasis of music within a wide spectrum of cul- Major majors in the junior year. Minimum of tures and historical periods. Exploration (See description of MUSP 145-164.) 30 minutes. of the simpler forms and textures. Intro- duction to composition and arranging in Upper-division courses: MUSP 425-444 1-2 A, W, S vocal and instrumental applications. Sing- Performance Studies: Major-Minor ing, listening, and keyboard skills. Three MUSP 301-319 1-2 A, W, S (See description of MUSP 125-144.) classes and one laboratory per week. Performance Studies: General (See description of MUSP 101-119.) MUSP 445-464 1-3 A, W, S MUTH 202 3 S Performance Studies: Music Technology MUSP 320-324 1 A, W, S Emphasis Major Selected technological aspects of music: Performance Studies: (See description of MUSP 145-164.) acoustics, MIDI applications, synthesis, Class Instruction and software for learning, notation, per- (See description of MUSP 120-124.) MUSP 489 1 A, W, S formance, sampling, and sequencing. Senior Recital Odd years. MUSP 325-344 1-2 A, W, S Required of music-education emphasis Performance Studies: Major-Minor and B.S. music majors, the final quarter MUTH 221-222-223 3-3-3 A-W-S (See description of MUSP 125-144.) of lessons culminating in this recital. (See Theory II MUED 489 for exception.) Minimum of Continued, more-advanced study of MUSP 345-364 1-3 A, W, S 30 minutes. musical parameters begun in Theory I. Performance Studies: Movement toward more complex forms Emphasis Major MUSP 490 1 A, W, S and textures. Singing, listening, and key- (See description of MUSP 145-164.) Senior Recital: Emphasis Major board skills. Three classes and one labo- Required of performance emphasis ratory per week. majors, the final quarter of lessons culmi-

163 Music

Upper-division courses:

MUTH 326 2 W Keyboard Harmony For pianists and organists. Learning to transpose, modulate, and harmonize melodies; developing ability to impro- vise. Admission by permission of the instructor. Odd years.

MUTH 331 3 A Orchestration Technical aspects and sound qualities of instruments. Arranging for a variety of instrumental groups. Prerequisite: MUTH 123. Odd years.

MUTH 332 3 W Counterpoint Basic contrapuntal principles as generally illustrated in music of various historical styles. Prerequisite: MUTH 123. Odd years.

MUTH 431 3 A Form and Analysis Form and structure of music from plainchant to the present. Prerequisite: MUTH 223. Even years.

MUTH 432 3 W Composition Composing the smaller forms of music for a variety of vocal and instrumental combinations. Prerequisite: MUTH 223. Even years.

MUTH 495 1-3 A, W, S Independent Study Advanced independent project in composition or theory. Requires approval of the department chair. Three hours maximum.

164 NursingNursing

Faculty the main campus in Angwin, or at other selected sites.** Applicants Julia Pearce, chair; Nancy Tucker, associate chair; Gail Aagaard, are accepted into the A.S. and B.S.N. programs Autumn, Winter, Nita Campbell, Carole Caylor, Linda Cochran, Lenora Follett, and Spring quarters. Cherie Goulard, Mae Holland, Joan Hughson, Lillian Moore, Persons considering nursing are encouraged to include in their Marilyn Parras, Beverly Reynolds-O’Keeffe, Kathryn Schneider, general education program courses in medical terminology, com- Donna Stretter, Rita Van Horn, Joyce Wallace, Carol Williams, puter skills, and Spanish or the language of any Pacific Rim country. Debbie Winkle Departmental Office: 116 Davidian Hall; 965-7262 Associate of Science Degree in Nursing, A.S. Degrees and Programs* The Mission of the Associate of Science Program in Nursing is to Nursing, A.S...... 165, 168 • prepare students to provide competent nursing care for patients Nursing, B.S.N...... 170, 171 of all ages by utilizing the nursing process while functioning in the roles of the Associate-Degree nurse. The faculty of the Department of Nursing is committed to • provide students with opportunities to develop a Christian phi- providing a broad, liberal and professional education to a diverse losophy of life that conveys tolerance of others and concern population of traditional and adult nursing students in multiple for them. settings. This task is undertaken in a climate of Christian service, • maintain a curriculum based on scientific principles, current dedicated to the development of the whole person, and designed concepts of nursing, community health needs, and trends in to serve the health needs of individuals, families, and the commu- nursing education, a curriculum that provides students the nity at large. The curriculum and activities of the nursing pro- knowledge and competencies to meet successfully the estab- gram are planned in harmony with the mission of the College and lished standards required for Registered Nurse Licensure. of the Seventh-day Adventist Church, which it represents. • provide a foundation for upward mobility in nursing education. The department offers both Associate of Science and Bachelor • provide experiences that stimulate students toward optimal of Science in Nursing. The senior year of the Baccalaureate program personal and professional growth through lifelong learning. is on the White Memorial Medical Center campus in Los Angeles, • create an environment that fosters critical thinking and instills a desire for ongoing inquiry. *Pacific Union College is a member of the National League for Nursing. Both the A.S. and the B.S.N. programs are accredited by the League’s ‰ Admission Requirements: Accrediting Commission. Questions and comments may be directed in Admission requirements are those published in the General writing to: Catalog in effect during the year of the student’s admission to the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission nursing program. 61 Broadway 1. ENGL 101 College English (4) New York NY 10006 2. COMM 105 or COMM 226 (3) By telephone the NLN can be reached at (212) 363-5555, Ext. 153. **Nursing students in both the A.S. and B.S.N. programs must provide or arrange for their own transportation to and from clinical sites.

165 Nursing

3. BIOL 101 Human Anatomy (4) or BIOL 102 Human practice of nursing. Before applying to the nursing program, any Physiology (5) (If there has been a lapse of more than five applicant who has ever been convicted of a crime should ask the years since science courses were taken, the student may be department secretary for a copy of the Board of Registered evaluated to determine current proficiency.) Nursing Regulations Relating to Denial of Licensure.) 4. Secondary-school chemistry or physics or CHEM 101 or PHYS 2. File application and all supporting documents for admission 105 and 106 with no grade lower than a C. Both physics and to the nursing program with the Department of Nursing. chemistry are recommended.** Applicants should file early; applications are processed in the 5. Mathematics skills (0-7 hrs.). These skills, normally acquired order in which they are received. through three years of mathematics at the secondary level, may 3. Provide to both the Office of Enrollment Services and the be verified by satisfactory scores on national or Mathematics Nursing department ACT (or SAT) scores and transcripts from department tests. An ACT standard score of 19 (or SAT score high school or academy and each college or university attended. of 500) in mathematics ensures satisfaction of this requirement. 4. Send a copy of both sides of a current cardiopulmonary resusci- Students lacking this score may need to complete one or both tation certification card. of MATH 001 Essential Mathematics and MATH 019 Intro- 5. Arrange to take the NET Test at the Counseling and Career ductory Algebra, as indicated by other test scores. Center. 6. Admission is based upon ACT scores, college GPA, and other 6. Provide the Nursing department evidence of a physical exami- factors. All general-education and cognate courses required nation completed within the last twelve months, including the for the A.S. degree in Nursing must be completed with no grade required immunizations and chest X-ray or T.B. skin-test lower than C. results. 7. Current certification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation for the 7. Provide one professional reference and (for resident students) a professional rescuer. reference from a residence-hall dean; (for nonresident students) 8. Documentation certifying completion of a full physical exami- a personal reference. Recommendations written by relatives and nation within the past twelve months and indicating acceptable those presented directly to the Nursing department by the appli- health. Documentation showing proof of currency must be pro- cants themselves are not acceptable. vided for the following: After the applicant has filed all the pertinent documents (see a) Immunization for Rubella, or Rubella titer if immuniza- items 1-7) with the appropriate department, has completed the tion is not within ten years. Nurse Entrance Test (NET), and all grades have been received for b) Tuberculosis skin test within the last twelve months or prerequisite work, the application will be processed and the stu- appropriate chest X-ray documentation (available at the dent notified of the action taken. PUC Health Service). c) Hepatitis B immunization series should be started upon ‰ Readmission Procedure for Nursing: acceptance into the program. Students who withdraw from the program in good academic 9. NET (Nurse Entrance Test). Applicants must pass the NET at standing may apply for readmission as follows: the NET testing service’s suggested level. 1. Reapply for admission to the College, if necessary. 10. An admissions interview with the Admissions Committee. 2. Present completed reapplication form to the Nursing Admis- 11. Acceptable recommendation from a residence-hall dean, as sions Committee (forms are available at the Nursing department appropriate. Nonresident students should provide a personal office). reference. 3. Provide one professional reference. 12. One professional reference. 4. Those requesting readmission after an absence of one through 13. Current malpractice insurance. three years will be required to validate their current knowledge ‰ Admission Procedure for Nursing: of nursing at the level of the last nursing course completed. 1. File applications for admission to both the College and the Definitions of current requirements are available at the depart- Department of Nursing. The nursing program application fee is ment office. $20. (Note: R.N. licensure may be denied for crimes, abusive 5. Students requesting readmission after an absence of more than behavior, or any illegal acts that are substantially related to the three years will be required to validate their current nursing knowledge for each nursing course they have completed. **If there has been a lapse of more than five years since science courses were taken, the student may be evaluated to determine current proficiency. 166 Nursing

The following policies apply to the above category of 4. Before progressing in the nursing course sequence, the student reapplicants: must repeat any nursing course in which a grade lower than C 1. Knowledge validation results determine appropriate course-level (2.0) was earned. placement. 5. Students must show evidence for potential success by having 2. A per-hour fee is charged for knowledge validation testing. corrected identified problem areas. 3. Students are limited to one nursing course repeat in the 6. Students must meet all other “Requirements for Continuation in program, including withdrawals for failing performance. and Graduation from the Associate Degree Program in Nursing.” 4. Before progressing in the nursing course sequence, students 7. Readmission is on a space-available basis.* must repeat any required course in which they have earned a ‰ Admissions Committee Procedure on Reapplications: grade lower than C (2.0). 1. After all grades for the preceding quarter are recorded in the 5. Reapplicants must provide evidence that whatever issue moti- Records Office, the committee will review reapplications. This vated their previous withdrawal has been resolved or is no review will include a comprehensive study of student perfor- longer a threat to their successful completion of the program. mance and evidence that problem areas have been addressed. 6. Students must meet all other “Requirements for Continuation 2. Notification of committee decisions will be in writing. in and Graduation from the Associate Degree Program in ‰ Transfer, Challenge, and Waiver Options:** Nursing.” Applicants wishing to transfer, challenge or waiver must meet 7. Readmission is on a space-available basis.* the same admission or readmission requirements as generic stu- Students who withdraw from the nursing program because of dents. In addition to applying for admission to the College, ap- failing performance, or who fail a nursing course, may apply for plicants are required to supply recommendations, transcripts and readmission as follows: other required documents directly to the Department of Nursing. 1. Reapply for admission to the College, if necessary. For their previous educational experience, L.V.N.’s or transfer 2. Submit completed reapplication form to the Nursing Admis- students are given credit toward qualifying to sit for licensure sions Committee. (Forms are available at the Nursing depart- examinations. They may establish additional academic credit for ment office.) acquired knowledge through challenge examinations or other 3. Provide evidence that any identified problems have been cor- methods of evaluation. The options available for L.V.N.’s to rected. qualify to take the California licensure examination for regis- 4. Provide one professional reference. tered nurses are as follows: 5. Those requesting readmission after an absence of one through • Full A.S. option: Refer to page 172 for required courses. three years will be required to validate their current knowl- • The Advanced-Placement option: L.V.N.s desiring the A.S. edge of nursing at the level of the last nursing course com- degree who have a current L.V.N. license are given credit pleted. Definitions of current requirements are available at the for first-year nursing courses. NURS 221, 222, 252, 253, 254, department office. and 262 are the required nursing courses. 6. Students requesting readmission after an absence of more than • The 30-semester/45-quarter unit option: This option does not three years will be required to validate their current nursing earn a degree in nursing from Pacific Union College. Required knowledge for each nursing course they have completed. courses for this option are MICR 134, BIOL 102, NURS 221, The following policies apply to students reapplying after fail- 222, 254, and 262 only. Applicants desiring this option are not ing academic performance: subject to any evaluative processes for admission. An R.N. li- 1. Knowledge validation results determine appropriate course- cense obtained through this nondegree option is not recognized level placement. in some other states. Those electing this option should know 2. A per-hour fee is charged for knowledge-validation testing. that they may encounter some difficulty attempting to articulate 3. Students will be limited to one nursing course repeat in the from this nondegree option into B.S. nursing programs. program, including withdrawals for failing performance. • L.V.N.-to-R.N. Program: L.V.N.s may enter either the traditional College program on campus or the satellite program with

* Because of enrollment limits in clinical sections, students may **Specific information and materials about transfer, challenge, waiver, experience delays of one quarter or more before they are readmitted and the 30-semester/45-quarter unit option are available in the Depart- to the program or before they may repeat a nursing course. ment of Nursing and will be sent upon request. 167 Nursing

intensive core weeks. Applicants must meet the same admission, 6. Current malpractice insurance. A.S. degree, and 30-unit option requirements. The L.V.N.-to- 7. Acceptable physical and mental health.* R.N. satellite programs are offered in selected off-campus sites. 8. Compliance with all policies and procedures in the Nursing Intensive core weeks are conducted three times per quarter for Department Student Handbook. the nursing courses with clinical hours scheduled at specified ‰ Required Standardized Testing intervals that allow working L.V.N.s to meet their employ- Subject tests are administered during NURS 124, 125, 221, 222, ment commitments. 252, 253, 254, and 262. Associate degree L.V.N. applicants must have had at least one year of clinical experience Associate of Science Degree in Applicants meeting admission and degree requirements Nursing, A.S. through transfer, challenge, or waiver will all have equal access ‰ for open space in all clinical nursing courses. A minimum of 106 hours including the following**: Requests for acceptance by transfer from another nursing ‰ Required Core Courses: program are evaluated on an individual and space-available basis. NURS 121 Nursing I 7 Transfer courses must be equivalent to the courses in the Pacific NURS 124 Nursing II 6 Union College generic program. NURS 125 Nursing III 7 Students who have not been continuously enrolled in an aca- NURS 154 Mental Health Nursing I 1 demic program may have previous course work, knowledge, and NURS 221 Nursing IV 7 skills evaluated to determine current proficiency levels. Those NURS 222 Nursing V 7 desiring evaluation or placement may schedule arrangements with NURS 252 Maternal-Newborn Nursing 5 the Admissions Committee of the Department of Nursing and NURS 253 Pediatric Nursing 5 may buy selected copies of course outlines at the College Book- NURS 254 Mental Health Nursing II 5 store. Nursing examinations will include both written and “prac- NURS 262 Nursing VI 8 tical” sections. ‰ Required Cognate Courses: Proficiency evaluations in nursing are available to: BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4 1. Students transferring from another program for educating BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5 registered nurses. FDNT 235 Nutrition 4 2. Students transferring from programs educating licensed voca- MICR 134 General Microbiology 5 tional nurses. PSYC 121 General Psychology I 4 3. Those individuals already licensed as vocational nurses. PSYC 234 Human Development 4 4. Those individuals having developed skills during previous SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4 employment that are similar to those expected of students ‰ Required General Education Courses: in the required nursing courses. ENGL 101 (College English), 4 hours; COMM 105 or 226 ‰ Requirements for Continuation in and Graduation from the (Speech Commuinication or Public Speaking), 3 hours; Religion, Associate Degree Program in Nursing: 9 hours, including four with RELB prefix. 1. Satisfaction of the requirements for the Associate of Science degree as specified in the current Pacific Union College catalog. 2. (Angwin Campus) Before entering the second year of the Associ- ate Degree program, completion of all general education and cognate requirements (with the possible exception of religion or physical education). 3. A minimum grade of C (2.0) in the required nursing, cognate, and general-education courses. 4. No more than one nursing course repeat. 5. Maintenance of current certification in cardiopulmonary * See Board of Registered Nursing Guidelines on substance abuse and resuscitation for the professional. (The certification must be mental illness, available in the Department of Nursing. presented at registration every quarter.) **Nursing fees are charged each quarter. See FINANCIAL INFORMA- TION in this catalog for details.

168 Nursing

Nursing NURS 124 6 A, W, S NURS 222 7 A, W, S Nursing II Nursing V Application of the nursing process Applications of the nursing process Service course and the concept of wholeness to care for with adult clients with increasingly acute Note: In addition to the content described patients with variations in functional and chronic alterations in functional in each nursing course, the concepts of health patterns. Concepts focus on age- health patterns. Clinical practicum aging, communication, pharmacology, and related changes that affect the function- includes acute care and outpatient set- therapeutic nutrition are integrated ing and quality of life of older adults. tings. Three theory units (30 clock throughout the curriculum. Clinical experiences include acute medi- hours) and four clinical units (120 cal-surgical and skilled-nursing patient clock hours). Prerequisite: NURS 221. NURS 141 2 A, S care. Three theory units (30 clock hours) Corequisite: NURS 252. Venipuncture and three clinical units (90 clock hours). NURS 252 5 A, W, S Introduction to basic procedures and Prerequisites: NURS 121, BIOL 101, and Maternal-Newborn Nursing equipment in the medical laboratory 102. Corequisite: NURS 154. emphasizing the techniques of venipunc- Application of the nursing process to NURS 125 7 A, W, S ture. With skills gained in this class the the childbearing family with normal and Nursing III student is employable on a part-time or variations in functional health patterns. summer basis in a medical laboratory. Application of the nursing process and Experiences in acute and community set- the concept of wholeness to caring for tings. Three theory units (30 clock hours) Lower-division courses: adult clients with acute alterations of and two clinical units (60 clock hours). functional health patterns. Opportunity Prerequisites: NURS 221. Corequisite: Course Evaluation: Each nursing course to apply theoretical concepts and skills in NURS 222. is composed of both theory and clinical acute care and community settings. Four NURS 253 5 A, W, S hours. Passing the course and progress- theory units (40 clock hours) and three Pediatric Nursing ing to the next nursing course require clinical units (90 clock hours). Prerequi- passing grades in both the theory and sites: NURS 124. Nursings concepts of functional health clinical components. If the clinical por- patterns applied to the child with normal, NURS 154 1 A, W, S tion of a course is failed, a grade of F acute, and chronic needs from one month Mental Health Nursing I is recorded for the entire course. See the through adolescence. Emphasis on meet- Clinical Evaluation Policy in the Nursing Builds on basic behavioral, interper- ing the needs of the child within the fam- Department Student Handbook. sonal, and communication concepts. ily unit. Clinical practicum includes Focuses on normal and variations of inpatient and community settings. Three NURS 121 7 A, W, S interpersonal functional health patterns. theory units (30 clock hours) and two Nursing I One theory unit (10 clock hours). Pre- clinical units (60 clock hours). Prerequi- Basic nursing theory, with a focus on requisite: NURS 121. Corequisite: site: NURS 222. Corequisite: NURS 262. concepts of wholeness. The nursing pro- NURS 124. NURS 254 5 A, W, S cess as a framework for meeting needs of NURS 221 7 A, W, S Mental Health Nursing II patients and their families. The concept Nursing IV of functional health patterns. Opportu- Nursing care of patients with psychiat- nity to apply theoretical concepts and Application of the nursing process to ric disorders. Theory and clinical applica- nursing skills in both simulated and clini- adult clients experiencing acute/chronic tion with geropsychiatric patients and in cal settings. Four theory units (40 clock alteration in functional health patterns. inpatient psychiatric units of an acute-care hours) and three clinical units (90 clock Clinical practicum includes acute care medical center. Two theory units (20 clock hours). Prerequisites: ENGL 101; BIOL and outpatient settings. Four theory units hours) and three clinical units (90 clock 101 or BIOL 102. (40 clock hours) and three clinical units hours). Prerequisite: NURS 125. (90 clock hours). Prerequisite: NURS Corequisite: NURS 221. 125. Corequisite: NURS 254.

169 Nursing

NURS 262 8 A, W, S in a beginning staff position. Focuses on (30 clock hours) and five clinical Nursing VI self-management and leadership skills units (150 clock hours). Prerequisites: Builds on basic concepts and introduces necessary in the R.N. role. Preceptorship NURS 221, 222, 252, 254. Corequisite: new concepts to enable direct management experience in selected units in an acute- NURS 253. of care for a group of patients by a nurse care medical center. Three theory units

Bachelor of Science in Nursing, B.S.N. ‰ Requirements for registration for clinical courses: (Second-Step Program in Nursing) 1. Current certification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation for the The mission of the baccalaureate program is to prepare regis- professional. tered nurses for professional practice within a broad liberal 2. Proof of current malpractice insurance. education in a context of Christian faith and human service. The 3. Documentation certifying completion of a full physical exami- second-step program fulfills this mission by providing students nation with T.B. skin test or chest x-ray within the past 12 with the following: months and status of current immunizations. • Opportunity to care for clients, families, and communities Clinical placement is evaluated and approved by the nursing within the context of Christian values and human service. faculty. • A broad liberal and professional education that will serve as ‰ Transportation Policies: the basis for professional growth, career mobility, and gradu- Students are expected to provide their own transportation to, ate education. during, and from off-campus clinical labs. Faculty will not pro- This upper-division program for registered nurses leading to vide transportation. Students are advised not to transport clients the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree is designed to articu- in their own vehicles under any circumstances. This policy pro- late with a two-year associate degree program. A registered nurse tects both the client and the student. State law requires proof of graduate of an associate degree or diploma program will nor- automobile liability insurance. mally have completed the nursing prerequisites for the program ‰ Admission Procedure: and may transfer in a maximum of 57 lower division nursing 1. File applications for admission both to the College and to the credits. A student enrolled in full-time study may sequence gen- Department of Nursing. eral education and nursing courses to complete degree require- 2. Official transcripts from schools of nursing and all colleges or ments in three to six quarters. A flexible class schedule helps to universities attended are to be sent to the Office of Enrollment accommodate the needs of those with limited access to nursing Services on the Angwin campus. programs or who are unable to coordinate with traditional 3. A personal interview is required, either by office appointment or baccalaureate programs. telephone, with a faculty member of the Department of Nursing. ‰ Admission Requirements: 4. Two recommendations regarding professional performance In addition to the requirements for admission to the College, the in nursing from the applicant’s current or recent place of em- following criteria must be met: ployment and/or from a former instructor are to be sent to the 1. Junior academic standing. Department of Nursing. 2. Completion of an associate degree, or its equivalent, in nursing. 5. Notification of acceptance to the College will be in writing 3. Possession of a current registered nurse license. from the Office of Enrollment Services. 4. Completion of the following: 6. Notification of acceptance into the Bachelor of Science in Communication (oral and written): 9 hours Nursing program will be in writing from the Department of Sciences (natural, including Introductory Chemistry, Nursing. and behavioral): 24 hours 7. At the discretion of the nursing faculty, and pending both 5. Students accepted for full-time enrollment will lack no more NCLEX results and completion of prerequisites, students may than 12 hours of general education required for the baccalau- enroll in up to 12 units of upper-division nursing theory reate degree in nursing. Students accepted for part-time enroll- courses before admission to the B.S.N. program. ment will lack no more than 33 hours of general education required for the baccalaureate degree in nursing. 170 Nursing

‰ Academic Requirements for Continuation in and Graduation ‰ Required Core Courses: from the Second-Step Program in Nursing: NURS 349 Professional Issues in Nursing 4 1. The general-education requirements for the B.S.N. are the NURS 335 Health Assessment 4 same as for the B.S. degree (see pages 23-27 of this General NURS 384 Health Care Delivery System 4 Catalog) except for the following changes: II-A, Historical NURS 390 Pathophysiology of Human Responses 4 Contexts: 8 hours (transfer students who have not taken col- NURS 393 Health Education, Promotion and Self-Care 4 lege courses in history are advised to meet this requirement by NURS 394 Health Education Promotion and Self-Care 3 taking two sequential courses). II-B, Philosophy: not required. Practicum II-C: PSYC 121, PSYC 234, SOCI 121, and a course in cul- NURS 420 Social Issues in Health Care 4 tural diversity. III-A, B, C: 8 hours selected from two areas. NURS 431 Community Health Nursing 4 IV-A-2, IV-A-4, and IV-B: not required. IV-C requires BIOL NURS 432 Community Health Nursing Practicum 3 101, BIOL 102, and MICR 134. IV-D: not required. NURS 461 Health Care Management 4 2. Students who receive a grade lower than a C- in a nursing NURS 462 Health Care Management Practicum 3 course must repeat the course. Students are limited to a total NURS 485 Introduction to Nursing Research 4 of two nursing-course repeats in the program, including with- ‰ Required Cognate Courses: drawals for failing performance, with no course repeated BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4 more than once. BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5 CHEM 101 Introductory Chemistry 4 Bachelor of Science in Nursing, B.S.N. FDNT 235 Nutrition 4 ‰ A total of 192 quarter hours (60 in the upper division) including MICR 134 General Microbiology 5 specified nursing courses, cognates, general education, and electives. PSYC 121 General Psychology I 4 A maximum of 108 community college credits may be transferred, PSYC 234 Human Development 4 with up to 57 credits in nursing. SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4 Cognates, general-education, and elective courses are to be selected A course in cultural diversity 4 in consultation with the nursing faculty adviser. All nursing theory courses and corequisite practicums are to be taken concurrently.

Upper-division courses: NURS 373* 2 W NURS 376* 2 A The sequence of course offerings may Hospice Nursing Transcultural Nursing vary on satellite campuses. Care of terminally ill clients and their Models and issues in assessing, plan- families in the hospice experience. ning and implementing nursing care of NURS 335 4 W clients and families from diverse cultures. Health Assessment NURS 374* 2 A, W, S Enhancement of health assessment Nursing and Epidemiology in NURS 378* 2 S skills and history-taking techniques by Vaccine-Preventable Diseases Grief Process theory and practice. Complete health Vaccine-preventable diseases, recom- Nursing clients and families who have history and integrated physical examina- mended immunization practices, and the experienced a recent significant loss. tion. Includes laboratory. Childhood Immunization Initiative. Inte- Models of grief recovery in recent litera- gration and application of concepts of ture, with therapeutic approaches to grief NURS 349 4 A immunity, pathogenesis, and levels of resolution. Professional Issues in Nursing prevention. Issues in development of the nursing profession: historical influences, theory development, changing professional roles, evolution of expanded practice. *Offered on sufficient demand.

171 Nursing

NURS 384 4 S NURS 431 4 A Extended-Learning Health Care Delivery Systems Community Health Nursing National health-care issues and the Nursing roles in applying community Course impact of health-care systems on the de- health concepts in promoting and main- livery of health services and on nursing taining health and in preventing illness in Note: The course described below is practice. Emphasis on the nurse’s role in individuals, families, and communities. available as an off-campus program national health-care issues. Corequisite: NURS 432. offered through Extended Learning.

NURS 390 4 W NURS 432 3 A NURS 119 8.5 Pathophysiology of Human Community Health Nursing Practicum Nursing Assistant Program Responses Applications of NURS 431. Corequi- Training for direct patient care in a Responses to actual and potential site: NURS 431. variety of health-care settings: nursing health problems across the life span. homes, doctors’ offices, clinics, and Builds on the biophysical and psyco- NURS 461 4 S home-care facilities. Prerequisites for social sciences and on the content of Health-Care Management California licensing examination: candi- previous nursing courses. Emphasis Theories of leadership and manage- dates must be at least sixteen years of age on nursing interventions that address ment related to the organization and and must have completed at least 150 human responses related to acute and delivery of nursing care in a variety of hours of theory and clinical experience. chronic illness. settings. Corequisite: NURS 462.

NURS 393 4 W NURS 462 3 S Health Education, Promotion, and Health-Care Management Practicum Self-Care Applies leadership and management Health education as a major strategy theories and concepts in selected clinical in nursing for health promotion and self- settings. Corequisite: NURS 461. care. Learning theories and models of client education. Corequisite: NURS 394. NURS 485 4 S Introduction to Nursing Research NURS 394 3 W Introduction to the concepts and pro- Health Education, Promotion, and cess of research and its implications for Self-Care Practicum nursing. Designed to help students be- Application of NURS 393 in a variety come consumers of nursing research by of settings. Corequisite: NURS 393. developing basic skills for interpreting and using nursing research. Recom- NURS 420 4 A mended: MATH 222. Social Issues in Health Care Exploration of current social issues NURS 495 1-3 that have implications for health-care Independent Study professionals. Includes the origins, assess- An individual research course for ment and interventions associated with advanced students with adequate back- problems that affect the individual, the ground in appropriate nursing studies. family, and society. Emphasis on the rela- Three hours maximum. Prerequisite: tionship between health care and related Permission of chair or associate chair. sciences and cultural-societal issues.

172 PhysicalPhysical Education,Education, HealthHealth && Recreation

Faculty Each curriculum consists of core courses and emphases defin- Charles Evans, chair; Michael Hellie, Scott Blunt, Elaine ing areas of specialization. Students are further assisted in career Neudeck, Robert Paulson preparation through advising materials and personal counseling. Departmental Office: 114 Pacific Auditorium; 965-6344 Major in Physical Education with Degrees and Programs Teacher Education Emphasis, B.S. Physical Education with Teacher Education ‰ 69 hours of professional and theory courses (40 upper division): Emphasis, B.S...... 173 ‰ Required Core Courses: Physical Education with Emphasis in Commercial Fitness Management, B.S...... 174 HLED 166 Health Education 2 PEAC 368D Water Safety Instructor 2 The Department of Physical Education, Health and PEAC 370D Lifeguard Training 2 Recreation serves the Pacific Union College community by PETH 166 Historical Foundations of Physical Education 2 providing opportunities for career development in sports profes- PETH 168 First Aid and Personal Safety/CPR 2 sions, for instruction, and for participation. PETH 181 Basic Movement 2 The department has the following objectives: PETH 182 Theory and Technique of Gymnastics 2 • to give thorough instruction in the requirements for partici- PETH 183 Theory and Technique of Track and Field 2 pation and leadership in sports activities, PETH 260 Theory and Technique of Football 2 • to develop a knowledge and understanding of health and PETH 261 Theory and Technique of Volleyball 2 safety concepts, PETH 262 Theory and Technique of Basketball 2 • to offer a wide variety of suitable activities, in and out of the PETH 263 Theory and Technique of Softball 2 classroom, in an environment that supports Christian values, PETH 264 Theory and Technique of Soccer 2 • to encourage each individual to achieve a high level of total fit- PETH 271-272- Theory and Technique of Officiating 2-2-1 ness and neuromuscular coordination supporting a wholesome 273 lifestyle, and PETH 287 Theory and Technique of Individual Sports 2 • to encourage daily vigorous exercise for everyone in all stages PETH 365 Backpacking 3 of life. PETH 371 Kinesiology 3 The department offers two types of curricula: PETH 372 Physiology of Exercise 3 The Physical Education degree with emphasis in Teacher PETH 373 Corrective Physical Education 3 Education is designed for students wishing to become sports PETH 374 Motor Learning 3 teachers. PETH 381 Theory and Technique of Racquet Sports 2 The Physical Education degree with emphasis in Commercial PETH 384 Theory and Technique of Rhythmic Activities 2 Fitness Management prepares students for employment in sports PETH 470 Management of Physical Education Programs 3 businesses. PETH 471 Evaluation in Physical Education 3 PETH 476 Physical Education for Children 3

173 Physical Education, Health & Recreation

PETH 461 Coaching I 2 PETH 384 Theory and Technique of Rhythmic Activities 2 PETH 462 Coaching II 1 PETH 460 Internship 10 PETH 463 Coaching III 1 PETH 466 Legal and Financial Aspects of Physical PETH 483 Theory and Technique of Weight Training Education Programs 4 and Developmental Physical Education 2 PETH 470 Management of Physical Education Programs 3 PETH 490 Ethics in Physical Education 2 PETH 483 Theory and Technique of Weight Training 2 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: ‰ Required Cognate Courses: BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4 BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4 BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5 BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5 COMM 330 Intercultural Communication 3 FDNT 235 Nutrition 4 Minor in Physical Education Students majoring in physical education are expected to choose ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following: a minor in consultation with their major professor. PETH 166 Historical Foundations of Physical Education 2 PETH 168 First Aid and Personal Safety/CPR 2 Major in Physical Education with PETH 470 Management of Physical Education Programs 3 Emphasis in Commercial Fitness PETH 471 Evaluation in Physical Education 3 Management, B.S. PETH Theory and Technique courses chosen in consultation with P.E. department adviser 10 ‰ A minimum of 60 hours of professional and theory courses (31 PETH Electives chosen in consultation with upper division) including the following: P.E. department adviser 10 ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3 ECON 265 Principles of Economics—Microeconomics 4 Teaching Credential FDNT 335 Nutritious Lifestyles 1 The State of California Commission on Teacher Credentialing HLED 162 Fitness for Life 2 mandates that all teacher-education programs in Physical Educa- MGMT 261 Introduction to Management 3 tion meet recently established standards of quality and effective- PETH 166 Historical Foundations of Physical Education 2 ness. The Department of Physical Education, Health and Recre- PETH 168 First Aid and Personal Safety/CPR 2 ation has revised its physical education program for the second- PETH 271 Theory and Technique of Officiating 2 ary credential in harmony with the new standards. Students PETH 272 Theory and Technique of Officiating 2 enrolled in the previous program must complete their work by PETH 273 Theory and Technique of Officiating 1 September 1, 1999. PETH 287 Theory and Technique of Individual Sports 2 Students are invited to discuss the requirements for a teaching PETH 366 Sports, Culture and the Individual 4 credential with the Teacher-Education Adviser in the depart- PETH 360 Volunteer Service 3 ment. Those who plan to teach on the secondary level should PETH 371 Kinesiology 3 consult the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education (or PETH 372 Physiology of Exercise) and should become acquainted with specific requirements out- PETH 381 Theory and Technique of Racquet Sports 2 lined in the Education section of this catalog.

on the prevention of heart disease, obe- promote “wellness” as a life-long per- Health sity, and stress. Laboratory evaluation in sonal investment. Emphasis on protection body composition, blood analysis, stress and effective use of human and ecological HLED 162 2 A, W, S testing, and the treadmill. resources, acquiring skills for individual Fitness for Life responsibility, and decision-making for An introduction to the philosophy of HLED 166 2 A, W, S health. Emphasis on Seventh-day Adven- health, aimed at lasting nutritional and Health Education tist health principles. Treats substance physical conditioning patterns that pro- A course designed to encourage the abuse and nutrition as required for SDA mote a high level of well-being. Emphasis development of self-awareness and to and California teaching credentials. 174 Physical Education, Health & Recreation

HLED 169 2 W PEAC 105A 1 PEAC 370 2 Current Health Concerns Fitness for Women Lifeguard Training Emphasis on the background and Prerequisite: PETH 168 or CPR & FA cause of common health problems of the PEAC 107A 1 certificates. adult as well as prevention and treat- Swim and Stay Fit ment. Designed to promote physical Individual and Dual vitality and a sense of well-being. PEAC 109A 1 Sports Hydro-Aerobics Physical Education Lower-division courses: Activity Upper-division courses: PEAC 133 1 PEAC 100 1 PEAC 302A 1 Mountain Biking Adaptive Physical Education Road Racing Requires physician’s certification of Prerequisite: PEAC 101A or permis- PEAC 171 1 need. sion of instructor. Pickleball

Noncredit courses: PEAC 304A 1 PEAC 174 1 Cycling Elementary Badminton PEAC 458 0 Noncredit Work Activity PEAC 305A 1 PEAC 176 1 Supervised vigorous outdoor work Intermediate Mountain Biking Elementary Weight Training such as woodcutting, rock hauling, etc. Even years. Satisfactory completion satisfies one PEAC 178 1 quarter of the general-education PEAC 308A 1 Canoeing activity requirement. Aerobics PEAC 180 1 PEAC 459 0 Aquatics Elementary Golf Noncredit Recreational Activity Supervised independent participation Lower-division course: PEAC 190 1 in a variety of recreational activities Elementary Self-Defense Activities arranged in consultation with the physi- PEAC 158 1 cal education faculty. Satisfactory Elementary Swimming PEAC 192 1 completion satisfies one quarter of the Elementary Skiing general-education activity requirement. Upper-division courses: PEAC 194 1 Aerobics PEAC 358 1 Elementary Tennis Intermediate Swimming PEAC 196 1 Lower-division courses: PEAC 360 1 Advanced Beginning Tennis PEAC 101A 1 Advanced Swimming PEAC 199 1 Jogging Elementary Tumbling Graded Satisfactory/Fail only. PEAC 368 2 Water Safety Instructor PEAC 103A 1 Prerequisite: PEAC 370D. Physical Fitness

175 Physical Education, Health & Recreation

Upper-division courses: PEAC 186 1 PETH 168 2 A Rock Climbing First Aid and Personal Safety/CPR PEAC 374 1 Covers the requirements for the Stan- Intermediate Badminton Upper-division courses: dard First Aid, Community CPR and BLS certificates, and civil-defense activities. PEAC 376 1 PEAC 320 1 Intermediate Weight Training Intermediate Basketball PETH 181 2 A Basic Movement PEAC 380 1 PEAC 321 1 Fundamentals of body movement, Intermediate Golf Intermediate Flag Football posture, conditioning exercises, self- testing activities; selection, evaluation, PEAC 390 1 PEAC 332 1 and organization of social recreational Intermediate Self-Defense Activities Intermediate Volleyball activities. Odd years.

PEAC 392 1 PEAC 333V 1 PETH 182 2 W Intermediate Skiing Advanced Volleyball-Women Theory and Technique of Gymnastics Analysis of and practice in elementary PEAC 393 1 PEAC 334V 1 stunts in tumbling, pyramid building, Advanced Skiing Advanced Volleyball-Men apparatus, and methods of spotting for safety. Odd years. PEAC 394 1 PEAC 335V 1 Intermediate Tennis Advanced Basketball-Women PETH 183 2 S Theory and Technique of PEAC 396 1 PEAC 336V 1 Track and Field Advanced Tennis Advanced Basketball-Men Practice sessions and drills for developing fundamental skills and special PEAC 337V 1 abilities; study of rules and officiating Team Sports Advanced Softball-Women techniques; consideration of practice scheduling and strategy. Odd years. Lower-division courses: PEAC 338 1 Ultimate (Team Frisbee) PETH 260 2 A PEAC 120 1 Theory and Technique of Football Elementary Basketball PEAC 386 1 Practice in and theory of flag football. Intermediate Rock Climbing Development of fundamental skills of the PEAC 123 1 game; analysis of skills, techniques, team Baseball Professional and Theory strategy, and rules. Even years.

PEAC 124 1 Lower-division courses: PETH 261 2 A Flag Football Theory and Technique of Volleyball PETH 166 2 A Practice in and theory of volleyball. PEAC 128 1 Historical Foundations of Development of fundamental skills of the Soccer Physical Education game; analysis of skills, techniques, team History of physical education, health strategy, and rules. Even years. PEAC 130 1 and recreation. Effects of social expecta- Softball tions and world events on views of physical education and sports. An introduction PEAC 132 1 to careers in these and related fields. Elementary Volleyball

176 Physical Education, Health & Recreation

PETH 262 2 W PETH 365 3 S PETH 381 2 A Theory and Technique of Basketball Outdoor Experience Theory and Technique of Analysis and practice of skills and team Theory and practice in camping, hik- Racquet Sports play; interpretation of rules; strategy and ing, backpacking and canoing techniques. Analysis of and practice in strokes and techniques of teaching. Even years. Ecological considerations; equipment and tactics; rules, history and skill progression food selection, outdoor cooking and for various levels of instruction. Odd years. PETH 263 2 S orienteering. Theory and Technique of Softball PETH 384 2 W Practice in and theory of softball. Devel- PETH 366 3 S Theory and Technique of opment of fundamental skills of the game; Sports, Culture, and the Individual Rhythmic Activities analysis of skills, techniques, team strat- The implications of sports in society Development of personal and teaching egy, rules and officiating procedures. and on individual development. Emphasis skills for theoretical and practical appli- Even years. on analysis of sports phenomena with a cation of rhythms: the leadership of aer- view to understanding individual and obic exercise, dramatic and creative play, PETH 264 2 S group dynamics. Odd years. folk rounds, and other activities. Devel- Theory and Technique of Soccer opment of skills for personal combative Practice and theory of soccer. Develop- PETH 371 3 A activities and techniques for teaching ment of fundamental skills of the game; Kinesiology such skills. Odd years. analysis of skills, techniques, team strat- A study of joints and muscular struc- egy and rules. ture and their relation to physical exercise. PETH 460 10 Internship PETH 271-272-273 2-2-1 A-W-S PETH 372 3 W Advanced leadership training under Theory and Practice of Officiating Physiology of Exercise supervision in a clinical setting. Theory of and practice in officiating at A nonlaboratory course emphasizing team sports, interpretation of rules, offi- the physiological effects of muscular PETH 461 2 ciating techniques, examinations, and exercise, physical conditioning, and Coaching I ratings. Prerequisite: Previous experience training. Significance of these effects for Designed to develop skills for coaching in playing football, volleyball, basketball, health and for performance in activity athletic teams. Development of philoso- and softball. Two lectures and two labo- programs. Prerequisite: PETH 371 or phies in harmony with Seventh-day Ad- ratories weekly. permission of the instructor. Odd years. ventist principles concerning athletic events. Skills in team building and strate- PETH 287 2 S PETH 373 3 S gies. Practical experience included. Odd Theory and Technique of Corrective Physical Education years. Individual Sports Common deviations of posture and Development of fundamental skills and feet; functional disturbances and crip- PETH 462 1 strategies in various individual activities pling conditions found in school children. Coaching II such as handball, golf, racquetball, and Survey of source material needed to plan Skills in team building and strategies. archery. Emphasis on teaching techniques, and conduct individual, developmental, Practical experience included. officiating, rules, and organization of and special courses in physical education materials for school programs. in the schools. Odd years. PETH 463 1 Coaching III Upper-division courses: PETH 374 3 W Skills in team building and strategies. Motor Learning Practical experience included. PETH 360 3 A, W, S Physiological and psychological instruc- Volunteer Service tional considerations for learning, skill Supervised practical experience in a acquisition, and performance as applied variety of settings. to motor skills. Prerequisites: PSYC 121, BIOL 101, 102. Even years.

177 Physical Education, Health & Recreation

PETH 466 4 W PETH 483 2 S Legal and Financial Aspects of Theory and Technique of Weight Physical Education Programs Training and Developmental Budgeting practices and law as it ap- Physical Education plies in sports professions. Even years. Theory and technique of weight training, analysis of exercises for the atypical PETH 467 1 W student and correction of postural devia- CPR Instruction tions. Open to department majors and Meets the American Red Cross require- minors. Prerequisite: PETH 373 or per- ments for Instructor of Cardiopulmonary mission of instructor. Even years. Resuscitation. Odd years. PETH 490 2 W PETH 470 3 A Ethics in Physical Education Management of Physical Education The power of religion in developing Programs Christian professionals in health, physical Relationship of physical education to education and recreation. Concepts of modern education theory. The organiza- the way God, man and Spirit relate to tion of physical education activities, one another; development of Christlike organization and classification of pupils; leadership qualities in both instructors emphasis on the arrangement and con- and students. struction of equipment and planning of school programs suitable to denomina- PETH 495 1-3 A, W, S, Su tional schools. Odd years. Independent Study Open by permission of the department PETH 471 3 W chair to advanced students with adequate Evaluation in Physical Education background and experience. Maximum Scientific testing in physical education: of three hours. analysis and study of tests, diagnosis of physical efficiency, and physiological reactions to exercise. Evaluation of programs and student achievement through measurement technique. Odd years.

PETH 476 3 A Physical Education for Children (See also ECED 476.) Activity interests of children and appropriate materials for different age levels; selection of materials and methods of presentation. Satisfies one quarter of the general-education activity requirement. Two lectures and one laboratory weekly.

178 PhysicsPhysics and andEngineering Engineering

Faculty Major in Physics, B.S. Bruce Ivey, chair; Bill Mundy, Richard Webb ‰ A minimum of 60 hours (36 in the upper division) chosen from Departmental Office: 238 Chan Shun Hall; 965-7269 physics and astronomy courses including the following: PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus 4-4-4 Degrees and Programs PHYS 234 Elementary Modern Physics 4 Physics, B.S...... 179 PHYS 341-342 Classical Dynamics 3-3 Biophysics, B.S...... 180 PHYS 361-362-363 Electromagnetic Theory 3-3-3 Natural Science, B.S...... 180 PHYS 396 Seminar (4 quarters) .5-.5-.5-.5 Engineering ...... 181 PHYS 445 Thermal Physics 4 Teaching Credential ...... 181 PHYS 461-462 Quantum Physics 3-3 6 hours of upper-division laboratory, project and/or Physics is the search for the fundamental physical laws of independent research 6 nature. In particular, physics is the study of forces and motion The remaining hours may be chosen from physics and of physical entities, seeking to find basic relations that synthe- astronomy courses and the following: size these phenomena. The goal is to discover ways to control and predict natural occurrences and to understand and explain CHEM 344 Nuclear Physics and Chemistry (3) the physical universe. To achieve this goal involves observation HIST 390 History and Philosophy of Science (3) and experimentation from which physical and mathematical PHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion (3) models are developed that suggest concepts and theories. Al- ‰ Required Cognate Courses: though modern science limits itself to a naturalistic view of real- CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5 ity and to experimental ways of obtaining knowledge, this de- CPTR 115 Computer Programming 4 partment takes the view that physical phenomena are consistent ENGR 216 Circuit Theory 4 with the concept of an intelligent Designer and divine Creator. ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4 Degrees offered in physics include a four-year B.S. with a vari- MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4 ety of emphases to suit the graduate scholar, applied researcher, MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra 4 secondary-school teacher and those proceeding to professional MATH 267 Multivariable Calculus 4 education in medical and allied health fields. The department MATH 269 Elementary Differential Equations 4 offers a minor in physics. ‰ Recommended Cognate: This department houses the first two years of the engineering Modern-language proficiency comparable to a one-year program that is affiliated with the School of Engineering at college course in French, German or Russian Walla Walla College. This course of study is adequate for the student who is preparing for graduate study in physics.

179 Physics and Engineering

Major in Biophysics, B.S. ‰ Recommended Cognate Course: ‰ A minimum of 60 hours (21 upper division) chosen from physics CPTR 115 Computer Programming (4) and biology courses including the following: This program provides the additional emphasis in the physical BIOL 111-112-113 Biological Foundations 5-5-5 sciences demanded for graduate study in biophysics, physiology, BIOL 320 Cellular and Molecular Biology 4 medicine, radiation biology and molecular biology, especially BIOL 348 Animal Physiology 5 when a career in academic medicine or medical research is con- PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus 4-4-4 templated. This program is also recommended as a broad major PHYS 234 Elementary Modern Physics 4 for teaching at the secondary-school level. PHYS 321-322 Biophysics 3-3 PHYS 396 Seminar (4 quarters) .5-.5-.5-.5 Major in Natural Science, B.S. Four hours of upper-division physics including at least 1 hour of This major satisfies the preconditions for science program sub- laboratory ject-matter approval by the California Commission on Teacher or CHEM 344, 344L Nuclear Physics and Credentialing. The core requirement of 64 quarter hours corre- Chemistry (Laboratory) 3-1 sponds to science subjects commonly taught in California public or CHEM 451, 451L Physical Chemistry (Laboratory) 3-1 schools, and the concentrations available treat the subject matter at a depth more than adequate for teaching the higher secondary The remaining hours may be chosen from physics and biology science courses in biology, chemistry, and physics. courses, the preceding chemistry courses and the following: ‰ Required Core Courses: CHEM 452 Physical Chemistry (3) HIST 390 History and Philosophy of Science (3) ASTR 115 Astronomy 5 PHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion (3) ASTR 173 Meteorology 1 BIOL 111-112- Biological Foundations 5-5-5 ‰ Recommended Courses: 113 BIOL 345 Enrironmental Science (3) BIOL 331 Marine Science 4 MICR 134 General Microbiology (5) BIOL 345 Enrironmental Science 3 PHYS 256 Optics (4) BIOL 450 Philosophy of Origins 3 PHYS 389L Experimental Physics (1) CHEM 111- General Chemistry 5-5-5 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: 112-113 CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5 GEOL 233 Geology 4 ENGR 216 Circuit Theory 4 HIST 390 History and Philosophy of Science 3 ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4 PHYS 111- General Physics 4-4-4 MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4 112-113 (or PHYS 131-132-133*) ‰ Emphases (choose one): plus one of the following sets of courses: 1. Biology Emphasis (35-36 hours) Set one (recommended for all premedical students): BIOL 320 Cellular and Molecular Biology 4 CHEM 371-372-373 Organic Chemistry (4-4-4) BIOL 333 Principles of Ecology 4 CHEM 381 Biochemistry I (4) BIOL 348 Animal Physiology 5 Set two (option for some nonmedical students): or BIOL 102 Human Physiology (5) CHEM 102 Survey of Organic Chemistry (4) BIOL 354 Genetics 4 CHEM 103 Survey of Biochemistry (4) BIOL 396 Seminar (4 quarters) 2 MICR 134 General Microbiology 5 plus two of the following courses: MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra (4) One of the following courses: MATH 267 Multivariable Calculus (4) BIOL 321 Ornithology (3) MATH 269 Elementary Differential Equations (4) * Students electing the physics emphasis must take PHYS 131- 132-133.

180 Physics and Engineering

BIOL 323 Vertebrate Natural History (3) an affiliation with the School of Engineering of Walla Walla BIOL 325 Flowering Plants (3) College for this purpose. Faculty of the WWC School of Engi- ‰ Required Cognate Courses: neering visit PUC regularly for guidance and counseling of stu- CHEM 102 Survey of Organic Chemistry (4) dents. The Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree, of which CHEM 103 Survey of Biochemistry (4) this program is a part, prepares the student to enter professional practice in civil, mechanical or electrical engineering. The follow- 2. Chemistry Emphasis (33 hours) ing courses may be taken at Pacific Union College to satisfy the CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry 3 requirements of the affiliation plan: CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry Laboratory 2 CHEM 351 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences 3 CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5 or CHEM 451 Physical Chemistry (3) CPTR 115 Computer Programming 4 CHEM 371- Organic Chemistry 4-4-4 ENGL 101-102 College English 4-4 372-373 DRFD 131 Engineering Drawing 3 CHEM 373L Advanced Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 ENGR 105 Introduction to Engineering 3 CHEM 381 Biochemistry 4 ENGR 211-212-213 Engineering Mechanics 3-3-3 ‰ Required Cognate Course: ENGR 216 Circuit Theory 4 MATH 131-132Calculus 4-4 MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4 3. Physics Emphasis (35 hours) MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra 4 MATH 267 Multivariable Calculus 4 ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3 MATH 269 Elementary Differential Equations 4 MATH 131- Calculus 4-4-4 PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus 4-4-4 132-133 PHYS 234 Elementary Modern Physics 4 ‰ Recommended Course: One of the following courses: DRFD 132 Engineering Drawing (3) ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4 PHYS 256 Applied Optics 4 Teaching Credential Students desiring to enter a program of studies leading to a Additional hours (at least 12 upper division) selected from phys- California teaching credential in science with a concentration in ics courses that carry credit toward a major in physics and from physics should take the B.S. degree in Natural Science. This the following course: program meets the newly established standards of quality and CHEM 344 Nuclear Physics and Chemistry 3 effectiveness and has been approved by the State of California Commission on Teacher Credentialing. A brochure describing Minor in Physics the new program and its requirements is available in the Physics ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) chosen from physics, department office. Students are invited to discuss the program astronomy, and engineering courses (except ENGR 105). with the Teacher Education Adviser in the Physics department. Those who plan to teach on the secondary level should consult Engineering with the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education and Engineering courses are offered for those who wish to begin should become acquainted with the specific requirements for studies in engineering that meet the requirements of the first two admission to and successful completion of the Teacher Education years of the engineering degree of Walla Walla College. PUC has Program as outlined in the Education section of this catalog.

181 Physics and Engineering

Astronomy Engineering Physics

Service Course: Lower-division courses: Service Courses: (The following lower-division service ASTR 115 5 A, W ENGR 105 3 A courses may not be used for a major or Astronomy Introduction to Engineering minor in this department) An introduction for the general student A survey of engineering as a profes- to the basic elements of astronomy. sion: the main divisions; the work, func- PHYS 105 5 S Topics include models of the solar system, tions and personal characteristics of the Introduction to Physics stars and their processes, clusters, galax- engineer; application of the sciences in Emphasizes the ideas and concepts of ies, cosmology, and relevant physics engineering; design tools used by engi- conventional topics in physics with illus- topics such as light, spectroscopy, nuclear neers; computer methods, basic skills for trations from everyday living. Assumes reactions, and relativity. Emphasizes the engineering problem-solving. Two lec- no previous physics course. (Students development of scientific ideas and mod- tures and one laboratory per week. who need this course to meet a curricular els for the structure and contents of the requirement may also need to register for universe and the effects of those ideas on ENGR 211-212-213 3-3-3 A-W-S PHYS 106L.) Prerequisite: MATH 019 or western civilization. Laboratory activities Engineering Mechanics equivalent. emphasize personal observations of vari- A basic course in statics and dynamics. ous astronomical objects, as weather Detailed analysis of equilibrium, kinetics PHYS 106L 1 S permits. Four lectures and one evening and kinematics of particles and rigid Introduction to Physics Laboratory laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: MATH bodies. Examples and problems relate to A laboratory course emphasizing 019 or equivalent. real engineering applications. Prerequi- physical measurements for those cur- sites: MATH 131-132-133, PHYS 131. ricula requiring an introductory physics Lower-division course: course with laboratory. One three-hour ENGR 216 4 W laboratory weekly. Prerequisite or ASTR 173 1 A Circuit Theory corequisite: PHYS 105. Meteorology A first course in circuit analysis for For a better understanding of the engineering and physics students. Circuit PHYS 111-112-113 4-4-4 A-W-S science of meteorology, this course helps variables and parameters; Kirchoff’s laws General Physics explain various natural phenomena in the and network solution; equivalent circuits, An introduction to the fundamental world around us. Beginning with the network theorems; natural and complete natural phenomena of the physical uni- basics of physics that control the atmo- response; sinusoidal steady-state, phasors verse. Topics include Newtonian mechan- sphere, the discussion extends to the and impedance; frequency characteristics; ics, waves, sound, heat, electricity and causes of weather patterns, frost, snow, power and power factor. Three lectures magnetism, optics, atomic and nuclear rain, sleet, tornadoes, hurricanes, deserts, and one laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: physics, special relativity, and elementary and polar ice caps. PHYS 131-132-133 particles. Emphasis on fundamental principles and methods of physics. Course is Upper-division course: ENGR 217 4 S suitable for preprofessional students and Engineering Electronics also acceptable as part of the general- ASTR 495 1-3 A, W, S Basic DC and AC circuits, introduc- education requirement in basic science. Independent Study tion to circuit analysis, characteristics Three lectures and one laboratory weekly. With the approval of the department and applications of discrete and inte- Knowledge of algebra and trigonometry chair, qualified students may undertake grated solid-state electronic devices and is required at the level provided by the independent, directed study of prob- circuits; digital-logic circuit elements; MATH 106, 130. lems suited to their background and transmission properties, amplifier cir- experience. Maximum of three credits. cuits; practical applications. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: MATH 130. 182 Physics and Engineering

(The following service course may be used PHYS 256 4 S ent problem-solving techniques. Prerequi- for a major or minor in this department) Applied Optics sites: MATH 265, 267, 269, PHYS 234. An intermediate-level treatment of Even years. PHIL 485 3 A theory and applications of electromag- Issues in Science and Religion netic waves in or near the optical region PHYS 361-362-363 3-3-3 A-W-S The relationship and interaction of the spectrum. Includes topics in geo- Electromagnetic Theory between science and religion: epistemol- metrical, physical, and quantum optics A development of electromagnetic ogy, the methods, languages, scope and and physical phenomena involved in theory. Topics include electrostatics, limitations of science and religion: prob- laser action. Three lectures and one labo- magnetostatics, electromagnetism, elec- lems of ethics and science. Meets in part ratory weekly. Prerequisite: PHYS 113 or tromagnetic radiation, and relativistic the college-level Science/Mathematics 133. electrodynamics. The concepts of field general-education requirement and is an and potentials are emphasized. Prerequi- elective in the Honors Program. Two PHYS 299 1 Arr. sites: MATH 265, 267, 269, PHYS 234. hours of credit may be applied toward the Mini-Course Odd years. general-education requirement in religion. A short course on a selected, physics- Prerequisites: PHYS 105 or CHEM 105, related topic of interest to the general PHYS 389L 1 A, W, S or equivalent, and PHIL 101 or permis- student. Format and scheduling of the Experimental Physics sion of the instructor. Odd Years. course depend on the topic selected but The goal of this laboratory course is usually consists of several lectures over a to give the student experience with real Lower-division courses: period of two or three weeks on a subject science apparatus such as lasers, high of current interest. Credit may be applied field magnets, detectors, radioactive PHYS 131-132-133 4-4-4 W-S-A toward a physics major by approval of sources, and sophisticated electronics. Physics with Calculus the department chair. Activities include experiments in mechan- A calculus-based introduction to the ics, electromagnetism, optics, heat, and study of the physical universe. Intended Upper-division courses: atomic and nuclear physics. One labora- primarily for students majoring in the tory weekly. May be repeated for up to physical sciences, engineering, or math- PHYS 321-322 3-3 W-S six hours. Prerequisites: ENGR 216, 217 ematics, but also appropriate for other Biophysics and PHYS 234. students with the necessary background A course for the upper-division physics in mathematics. Topics include Newton- student with adequate preparation in PHYS 396 .5 A, W, S ian mechanics, waves, electricity and mag- biology, covering a variety of topics in Seminar netism, optics, thermodynamics, and an which physical analysis is applied to (See BIOL 396) introduction to modern physics. Three living systems, and the interaction with Single topics of current interest in lectures and one laboratory weekly. This living systems is studied. Prerequisites: mathematics and natural sciences are sequence must be taken in order. Prereq- BIOL 111-112-113, CHEM 111-112- presented by guest lecturers. Graded on uisite or corequisite: MATH 131-132-133. 113, PHYS 234. Even years. S/F basis. To pass, a student must be on time and attend four of five course ses- PHYS 234 4 W PHYS 341-342 3-3 A-W sions. Maximum: three hours. Elementary Modern Physics Classical Dynamics A continuation of PHYS 131-132-133, A development of classical mechanics. PHYS 445 4 S this course offers an overview of the Topics include Newtonian mechanics and Thermal Physics fundamentals of relativity and quantum Lagrangian dynamics, which are used to Development of a statistical description physics and selected topics such as atomic solve problems associated with central- of a system of particles. Different ensembles and molecular physics, statistical me- force motion, rigid object dynamics, and their associated partition functions chanics, solid state physics, nuclear phys- oscillations, and wave motion. The theo- are emphasized and applied to various ics, and elementary particles. Three lec- retical bases of problems are emphasized, thermal systems. Prerequisites: MATH tures and one laboratory weekly. Prereq- together with the development of differ- 265, 267, 269; PHYS 234. Even years. uisites: MATH 133, PHYS 133.

183 Physics and Engineering

PHYS 461-462 3-3 A-W PHYS 499 1-3 A, W, S Quantum Physics Independent Research A development of quantum mechanics Properly qualified students majoring and atomic physics. Topics include wave in physics may, with the approval of the packets, Schrödinger’s equation and its department chair, undertake a directed solutions, operator methods, angular mo- research problem suited to their back- mentum, matrix representation, spin, per- ground and experience. Maximum of turbation theory, the hydrogen atom, and nine hours. radiation by atoms. Prerequisites: MATH 265, 267, 269; PHYS 234. Odd years.

PHIL 485 3 A Issues in Science and Religion The relationship and interaction between science and religion; epistemol- ogy, the methods, languages, scope and limitations of science and religion; problems of ethics and science. Meets in part the college-level Science/Mathematics general-education requirement and is an elective in the Honors Program. Two hours of credit may be applied toward the general-education requirement in religion. Prerequisites: PHYS 105 or CHEM 105, or equivalent, and PHIL 101 or permission of the instructor. Odd years.

PHYS 491 0-2 Cooperative Education in Physics An individualized contract agreement involving student, faculty, and employer to provide practical experience in physics in a professional off-campus work setting. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair. Graded S/F.

PHYS 495 1-3 A, W, S Independent Study Properly qualified students majoring in physics may, with the approval of the department chair, undertake an independent, directed study of a topic suited to their background and experience. Maxi- mum of three hours.

184 ReligionReligion

Faculty Major in Theology, B.A. Greg King, chair; Warren Ashworth, Angel Hernandez, Donald ‰ A minimum of 50 hours (28 upper division) including the following: John, Leo Ranzolin Jr., Jean Sheldon, Myron Widmer RELB 120-121 Life and Teachings of Jesus 2-2 Departmental Office: 16 Graf Hall; 965-6206 RELB 125 Books of Moses 4 RELL 435 Greek Epistles of Paul 4 Degrees and Programs: RELL 445 Hebrew Prophets 4 Theology, B.A...... 185 RELT 235 Spiritual Formation 3 Teaching Credential ...... 186 RELT 331-332-333 Doctrinal Studies 3-3-3 Religion, B.A...... 186 RELT 381 E. G. White and Adventism 2 Lay Ministries and Bible Instructor Training, A.S...... 187 RELT 382 The Writings of E. G. White 2 RELT 464 Seminar in Theology 3 In a church-related Christian liberal arts college such as One course from: 3 Pacific Union College, the Department of Religion is called RELB 370 Studies in Daniel (3) upon to meet a variety of academic needs. In addition to provid- RELB 371 Studies in Revelation (3) ing a minimum of 18 hours of course credit for each four-year One course from: 3 graduate of the College, the department offers majors and a RELB 315 Biblical Ethics (3) minor for those who desire a more intensive study of the Bible RELT 216 Introduction to Christian Ethics (3) and the Christian faith. RELT 355 Christian Ethics in Society (3) Students who seek an education to prepare themselves for The appropriate section of Ministry Colloquium is required for successful service as ministers, church workers, or active Chris- each year in residence: tian lay workers will find in their religion courses not only content but also inspiration, specific methods, and other practical RELT 124 Ministry Colloquium I 1 helps. Students with specific career goals in mind should note RELT 224 Ministry Colloquium II 1 carefully the particular careers for which each program of study RELT 324 Ministry Colloquium III 1 is designed. Departmental advisers are prepared to assist the RELT 424 Ministry Colloquium IV 1 student in planning an academic program. The career listings ‰ Required Cognate Courses: are by no means exhaustive, and there is often more than one HIST 320 Christian History: To 1500 3 program of study suitable for a given career preparation. HIST 321 Christian History: 1500 to the Present 3 RELL 225-226 Beginning Greek 3-3 RELL 325-326 Intermediate Greek 3-3 RELL 427-428 Biblical Hebrew 3-3 RELP 381-382 Biblical Preaching 3-3 RELP 391-392-393 Extern Program 1-1-1 RELP 475-476 Christian Ministry 3-3

185 Religion

This major is designed for the student who is preparing for One course from: 3 Christian ministry in one of its various forms, including pastoral RELP 210 Creative Church Participation (3) ministry, youth ministry, chaplaincy, and teaching religion. The RELP 381 Biblical Preaching (3) major is particularly suitable for the student who plans to seek RELP 391-392- Extern Program (1-1-1) professional education in a seminary. Students who desire to 393 complete this major must apply to the Department of Religion RELP 484 Field Practicum (3 minimum) for admission into the Ministerial Studies Program during the RELT 235 Spiritual Formation (3) spring quarter of the sophomore year. Admission into the pro- One course from: 3 gram requires meeting the following criteria: RELB 370 Studies in Daniel (3) 1. Satisfactory completion of the prescribed battery of diagnostic RELB 371 Studies in Revelation (3) tests and counseling process, which must be completed during One course from: 3 the spring quarter of the sophomore year (a fee is assessed) RELH 311 World Religions (3) 2. Regular academic standing RELH 329 American Denominations (3) 3. A grade-point average of 2.5 or better RELT 216 Introduction to Christian Ethics (3) 4. No serious deficiencies in any given area on the evaluation by RELT 320 Philosophy of Religion (3) the departmental faculty ‰ Required Cognate Courses: All applications are reviewed by the faculty of the department, HIST 320 Christian History: To 1500 3 and a letter of response is sent to each applicant before the au- HIST 321 Christian History: 1500 to the Present 3 tumn quarter of the junior year. Exceptions to these criteria are considered individually and may be approved by the Religion This major is designed for those who want a broad back- department faculty. ground in religion but who plan careers in other areas, such as Each student successfully completing the Ministerial Studies medicine, dentistry, law, and a variety of other professions. Program and the academic requirements of this major is eligible for recommendation by the Department of Religion as a candi- Minor in Religion date for entrance into seminary and subsequent work in some ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following: branch of Christian ministry. One course from: 4 RELB 120-121 Life and Teachings of Jesus (2-2) Teaching Credential RELB 125 Books of Moses (4) A B.A. with a major in theology is required. Students planning One course from: 3 to obtain a teaching credential should consult with the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education to become acquainted RELB 310 Prophets of Israel (3) with the specific requirements outlined in the Education section RELB 460 Paul and His Letters (3) of this catalog. One course from: 3 RELB 370 Studies in Daniel (3) Major in Religion, B.A. RELB 371 Studies in Revelation (3) ‰ A minimum of 45 hours (30 upper division) including the following: RELT 335 Salvation in the Sanctuary (3) RELB 120-121 Life and Teachings of Jesus 2-2 One course from: 2 RELB 125 Books of Moses 4 RELT 381 Ellen G. White and Adventism (2) RELB 310 Prophets of Israel 3 RELT 382 The Writings of Ellen G. White (2) RELB 387 The Story of the English Bible 3 One course from: 3 RELB 460 Paul and His Letters 3 RELH 311 World Religions (3) RELT 331-332-333 Doctrinal Studies 3-3-3 RELH 329 American Denominations (3) RELT 381 Ellen G. White and Adventism 2 RELT 216 Introduction to Christian Ethics (3) RELT 382 The Writings of Ellen G. White 2 RELT 320 Philosophy of Religion (3)

186 Religion

Associate Degree in Lay Ministries and training for a variety of church ministries including service as Bible Instructor Training, A.S. a Bible instructor. The specific curriculum is designed by the department chair in consultation with the student in terms of ‰ A minimum of 90 total hours for graduation which includes career objectives and requirements. the major, cognate, and general-education requirements. A mini- The regular college freshman planning on future service in mum of 60 hours in the core and cognate courses is required in some area of church ministries should enroll in one of the the A.S. degree program. department’s four-year B.A. degree programs. This two-year degree program has been established primarily for mature men and women who desire special education and

Biblical Studies earthly ministry with emphasis on His RELB 315 3 W crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension. Biblical Ethics Major moral teachings of the Old and Lower-division courses: RELB 125 4 A, S New Testaments in relation to contempo- Books of Moses rary moral issues. RELB 100 2 W The literature, history, and theology of Methods of Bible Study the first five books of the Old Testament. RELB 320 2 W An analysis of appropriate ways to Women of the Bible approach the study of various types of RELB 230 3 W Women in the Bible, in the light of written material found in the Bible. Psalms and Writings their cultures and times, with attention Psalms, Proverbs, Song of Solomon, to theological themes and their relevance RELB 110 3 A, W, S and other books of the Old Testament for today. Biblical Literature classified as “writings.” Emphasis on The setting and content of representa- major themes and representative passages. RELB 328 4 W tive types of literature found in the Bible; Jesus and the Gospels a survey of the general nature and scope RELB 240 2 W The theological insights presented by of the Old and New Testaments. General Epistles the gospels in the portrayal of the life, An examination of selected chapters ministry and death of Jesus. RELB 114-115-116 2-2-2 A-W-S from the New Testament letters of Bible Themes James, Peter, John and Jude. RELB 341 2 A Selected themes related to the problem Jesus as Healer of sin and the plan of redemption as pre- RELB 246 2 S The role of Jesus as healer as seen in sented in the Old and New Testaments. The Preaching of Israel’s Prophets Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John. Open to lower-division students by per- Selected messages of the prophets of mission of the instructor only. ancient Israel in the context of Israel’s RELB 342 3 W history and their value for meeting the Studies in Bible Interpretation RELB 120- 2 A, S problems of society today. Study of a selected book of the Old RELB 121 2 W or New Testament. Repeatable for credit Life and Teachings of Jesus Upper-division courses: when the subject matter varies. Subtitles The life, work, and teachings of Jesus include Genesis, Isaiah, I Corinthians, from selected portions of Matthew, RELB 310 3 S Acts, Romans, Ephesians, Hebrews. Mark, Luke, and John. (The two courses Prophets of Israel may be taken in either order.) The origin and nature of the prophetic RELB 120: Historical and geographical movement followed by an examination context; the birth of Christ through the of the message of the Old Testament early part of His earthly ministry prophetic books. RELB 121: The later period of Christ’s

187 Religion

RELB 342H 3 W Historical Studies Biblical Languages Studies in Bible Interpretation (Honors) Students participate in seminars dealing Upper-division courses: Most of the courses in this area are with issues of interpretation and theology required cognates for the theology major. in selected Biblical materials. RELH 311 3 A No courses with the prefix RELL may World Religions apply as electives to the religion or theol- RELB 370 3 A, S An introduction to selected great tradi- ogy major or to the religion minor except Studies in Daniel tions of world religions and to concepts RELL 435 Greek Epistles of Paul and The book of Daniel, with in-depth for the study and comparison of these RELL 445 Hebrew Prophets. study of its prophetic chapters. traditions. Emphasis on non-Judeo- Christian traditions. Includes an exami- Lower-division course: RELB 371 3 W nation of these religions in relation to Studies in Revelation the Christian revelation. RELL 225-226 3-3 W-S The book of Revelation, with in-depth Beginning Greek study of its prophetic messages. RELH 320 3 W Basic grammar and translation of the Christian History: To 1500 Koine Greek of the New Testament, with RELB 387 3 A (See HIST 320.) attention to exegetical tools and methods. The Story of the English Bible The history of the English Bible, RELH 321 3 S Upper-division courses: including the production, canonization, Christian History: 1500 to the transmission, and translation of the text Present RELL 325-326 3-3 A-W as well as principles and methods for (See HIST 321.) Intermediate Greek evaluating the text and modern English Intermediate grammar, translation, versions. RELH 329 3 S and exegetical exercises in the Koine American Denominations Greek of the New Testament. Prerequi- RELB 460 3 W, S A survey of major traditions in Amer- site: RELL 225-226. Paul and His Letters ica. Includes both historical and theologi- Analysis and interpretation of selected cal dimensions of American religious RELL 427-428 3-3 A-W portions from the epistles of the Apostle identity, with a view toward broadening Biblical Hebrew Paul. the contexts of Adventism. An introduction to Biblical Hebrew, including selected readings from various RELB 495 1-3 A, W, S RELH 340 3 A portions of the Old Testament text. Independent Study Biblical Archaeology With the approval of the department The Bible in its religious, cultural, and RELL 435 4 S chair, properly qualified students may political environment as illuminated by Greek Epistles of Paul undertake an investigation of a problem discoveries of modern archaeology. Exegesis of the Greek text of selected suited to their background and experi- passages of Paul’s letters in the light of ence. Maximum of nine hours. the historical background of his writings RELH 495 1-3 A, W, S and his theological thought as a whole. Independent Study Prerequisite: RELL 325-326. With the approval of the department chair, properly qualified students may RELL 445 4 S undertake an investigation of a problem Hebrew Prophets suited to their background and experi- Exegesis of selected passages from the ence. Maximum of nine hours. Hebrew text, and a study of the historical background, literature, and theology of selected Old Testament prophetic books. Prerequisite: RELL 427-428. 188 Religion

RELL 495 1-3 A, W, S RELP 381-382 3-3 A-W Theological and Independent Study Biblical Preaching With the approval of the department The art, discipline, and process of ser- Philosophical Studies chair, properly qualified students may mon preparation and delivery focused on undertake an investigation of a problem the basic questions of why, what, and Lower-division courses: suited to their background and experi- how we preach. Includes lectures and su- ence. Maximum of nine hours. pervised preaching. Must be taken in se- PHIL 101 4 A quence. Prerequisites: junior- or senior- Introduction to Philosophy Professional and year status; fulfillment of General Educa- Basic issues of philosophy, including Applied Religion tion requirement in oral communication. methods and values, from the perspective Odd years. of Western civilization. Lower-division course: RELP 385 1-6 W RELT 111-112 2-2 W-S Introductory Bible Doctrines RELP 210 3 S Field Evangelism The basic teachings of the Christian Creative Church Participation Participation in an approved Field faith as held by Seventh-day Adventists. A “hands-on” course preparing stu- School of Evangelism, or field experience, Enrollment limited to students who are dents to participate effectively and confi- under an approved minister. Graded S/F. not members of the Seventh-day Adventist dently in local church ministry, worship, Church. leadership, and outreach to the commu- RELP 391-392-393 1-1-1 A-W-S nity. Students elect from a variety of op- Extern Program RELT 124 1 A tions for practical experience. Not appli- The course includes field work in Ministry Colloquium I cable toward a theology major or minor. assigned churches and a weekly seminar. Limited to junior and senior theology Orientation and lecture/discussion series for freshman majors in theology Upper-division courses: majors who have been accepted into the Ministerial Studies Program. Graded S/F . with emphasis in pastoral ministry. Graded S/F. In-Progress (“IP”) grading. RELP 319 2 S Church Missions in the RELP 475-476 3-3 A-W RELT 216 3 A, W Modern World Christian Ministry Introduction to Christian Ethics A survey of contemporary mission the- An introduction to the theology, theory, A basic course in moral decision-mak- ology and methodology, emphasizing and practice of Christian ministry, with ing involving the development and appli- personal motivation and preparation, principal focus on pastoral and evangelis- cation of Christian principles to modern comparative religions, language teaching, tic ministry in the context of the local ethical issues. and interpersonal skills. This course is church. Special emphasis on developing prerequisite to student missionary ap- the basic qualities, knowledge, and skills RELT 218 3 A, S pointment. Enrollment limited to student essential for a conference internship, for Values: Formation and Clarification missionary appointees; exceptions only Bible teaching in Seventh-day Adventist Designed to facilitate the examination by approval of the instructor. schools, and for graduate training. of one’s value system, assuming that values stem from one’s faith structure. The RELP 346 2 S RELP 484 1-3 values-clarification model is used. Spiritual Care for Patients Field Practicum Development of knowledge and skills Instruction and experience in special- RELT 224 1 A for meeting spiritual needs that arise in ized ministries: hospital chaplaincy, Ministry Colloquium II patient care. Includes a survey of religious youth ministry, prison ministry, etc. Pre- Lecture/discussion series for sopho- backgrounds to inform the caring minis- requisite: approval of the Religion faculty. more majors in theology with emphasis try of the health-care professional. Repeatable for credit. Graded S/F. in pastoral ministry. In-Progress (“IP”) grading system.

189 Religion

RELT 235 3 S RELT 324 1 A White Memorial Medical Center campus Spiritual Formation Ministry Colloquium III and extension campuses offering the B.S. A study of the centrality of religious Lecture/discussion series for junior main Nursing. experience in Christian life and of the jors in theology with emphasis in devotional disciplines associated with pastoral ministry. In-Progress (“IP”) grad- RELT 350 3 A the development of spiritual life. ing system. Issues in Christian Faith An in-depth study of a topic important to RELT 244 2 A RELT 331 3 A Christian faith. Consideration of the theo- Introduction to Religious Faiths Doctrinal Studies logical and spiritual dimensions of the topic. An orientation to the faith and prac- In-depth study of the nature and pur- May be repeated for credit when the subtitle tice of various religions; a course for pose of Christian doctrine; the doctrines varies. Current subtitles: nurses who desire to minister to the of inspiration and revelation, God, hu- God and Human Suffering spiritual needs of their patients. mankind, sin, and the remedy for sin. Women and the Church The Death and Resurrection of Christ RELT 245 2 W RELT 332 3 W Introduction to Personal and Doctrinal Studies RELT 355 3 W Medical Ethics In-depth study of the doctrine of Christian Ethics in Society Ethical issues that confront a Christian Christ—His nature and His work; the A study of the moral implications of while engaged in medical technology and doctrine of the church; the nature and Christian faith for the organization or patient care. purpose of the church; and the experi- transformation of social institutions. ence of its members. Upper-division courses: RELT 381 2 W RELT 333 3 S Ellen G. White and Adventism PHIL 451 3 A Doctrinal Studies The Biblical teaching on the gift of History of Western Thought In-depth study of the doctrines of the prophecy, of the Millerite movement, Survey of philosophy in Western civili- Christian’s lifestyle, standards, and wor- and of Ellen G. White and her role in zation from the pre-Socratic era to the ship; eschatology and last things; and the the early history of the Seventh-day present. Prerequisite: PHIL 101. Sabbath. Adventist Church.

PHIL 470 3 W RELT 335 3 S RELT 382 2 W Readings in Philosophy Salvation in the Sanctuary The Writings of Ellen G. White An analysis and critique of selected The plan of salvation as illustrated by The writings of Ellen G. White, with primary sources of Western philosophers Israelite sanctuary worship. special emphasis on current issues relating from Plato to the twentieth century. Pre- to them. requisite: PHIL 101 or permission of the RELT 337 4 A instructor. Odd years. Last Day Events RELT 424 1 A Final events of earth’s history culmi- Ministry Colloquium IV RELT 320 3 S nating in the return of Jesus Christ, with Lecture/discussion series for senior Philosophy of Religion emphasis on how to be ready for His majors in theology with emphasis in pas- An introduction to some of the issues coming. toral ministry. In-Progress (“IP”) grading. raised by a rational analysis of religion. Emphasis on the nature and validity of RELT 345 2 W RELT 440 3 W, S Judeo-Christian world views. Christian Ethics in Patient Care Christian Bioethics The study and application of ethical Contemporary ethical issues in the theory and Christian principles to ethical biomedical sciences from the perspective dilemmas facing the professional nurse. of Christian ethics. Topics include abor-

190 Religion

tion, euthanasia, eugenics, new reproductive technologies, and human experimentation.

RELT 464 3 S Seminar in Theology Senior seminar for theology and religion majors. Others may be admitted with the consent of the instructor.

RELT 495 1-3 A, W, S Independent Study With the approval of the department chair, properly qualified students may undertake an investigation of a problem suited to their background and experience. Available every quarter. Maximum of nine hours.

191 Art

(Intentionally blank) 47 TechnologyTechnology

Faculty graphics industry. The instructional core of this program is based Russell Laird, chair; Verlyn Benson, Colin Erickson, Allan Payne, on numerous professional computer applications to give students William Price the opportunity to learn the most modern techniques and skills of Departmental Office: 260 Fisher Hall; 965-6604 graphic creations, manipulations, and output. Digital Media Technology opens the exciting world of digital Degrees and Programs and interactive media through training and experience with computers, software, video, and more. Employment opportunities Design Engineering Technology, B.S...... 193 include but are not limited to project director, interface designer, Electronics Engineering Technology, B.S...... 194 video producer, director, production coordinator, video editor, Manufacturing Engineering Technology, B.S...... 194 and interactive author. Industrial Technology, B.S...... 195 The last program is occupational, a two-year Associate of Aviation, B.S...... 196 Science in Engineering Technology. Specific areas include Elec- Graphics Technology, B.S...... 196 tronics Design, Manufacturing, and Transportation. Graduates Digital Media Technology, B.S...... 197 qualify for entry-level positions in industries using or related to Teaching Credential ...... 197 their areas of study. Engineering Technology, A.S...... 197 Pre-Architecture ...... 198 Major in Design Engineering Technology, B.S. The Department of Technology offers the following curricula: ‰ A minimum of 72 hours (29 in the upper division): Engineering Technology prepares students in the application DRFD 131-132 Engineering Drawing 3-3 of scientific and engineering knowledge and combines that with DRFD 134-135 Architectural Drafting 3-3 technical skills in support of engineering activities. In industry DRFD 231 Architectural Design I 3 one with such training typically fits between the technician and DRFD 233 Engineering Design 3 the engineer, closer to the engineer. DRFD 330 Computer-Aided Drafting-Design 3 Industrial Technology prepares management-oriented technical DRFD 331 Architectural Design II 3 professional persons with applied skills, understanding of indus- DRFD 334 Architectural CADD 3 trial systems, a solid business foundation, and the potential to ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3 move into managerial positions. ELEC 340 Computer Networks 3 Aviation prepares students interested in positions in aviation. ENGR 211-212-213 Engineering Mechanics 3-3-3 Training includes theory, ground and flight instruction leading to GRPH 158 WWW Portfolio Development 2 pilot certificates and ratings from Private Pilot through Commer- GRPH 233 Publication Technology I 3 cial Pilot and Flight Instructor. Graduates may take positions as GRPH 352 Digital Image Technology 3 private and commercial pilots, mission and medical pilots, and MFG 161 Machine Tool Procedures 2 others. MFG 327 Production Operations 3 Graphics Technology is designed to prepare students for pro- MFG 328 Quality Control Systems 3 fessional competency and leadership in the computer-based MFG 394 Materials, Processes and Testing 3 193 Technology

MFG 396 Industrial Safety Management 3 ELEC 443 Network Diagnostics and Troubleshooting 3 TECH 499 Senior Project 2 ENGR 216 Circuit Theory 4 ‰ Choose three of the following seven courses: ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4 MFG 121 Plastics 2 GRPH 158 WWW Portfolio Development 2 MFG 122 Composite Materials Technology 3 GRPH 356 Doing Business on the Web 3 MFG 164 Metalworking 2 MFG 328 Quality Control Systems 3 MFG 181 Woodworking 2 MFG 396 Industrial Safety Management 3 MFG 221 Processes in Plastics Technology 3 TECH 499 Senior Project 2 MFG 264 Industrial Metals Technology 3 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: MFG 281 Processes in Wood Technology 3 MATH 131- Calculus 4-4-4 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: 132-133 MATH 131- Calculus 4-4-4 PHYS 131- Physics with Calculus 4-4-4 132-133 132-133 PHYS 131- Physics With Calculus 4-4-4 132-133 Recommended Field Experience See statement under Major in Design Engineering Technology Recommended Field Experience above. All students majoring in Engineering Technology should be able, by the close of the winter quarter of their senior year, Major in Manufacturing Engineering to verify a minimum of 500 clock hours of commercial work Technology, B.S. related to the emphasis within the major field and performed ‰ A minimum of 61 hours (23 in the upper division): under approved supervision. DRFD 131-132 Engineering Drawing 3-3 The College will help place the student in a qualifying position. ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3 The major in Engineering Technology is designed to provide a ELEC 142 Electronic Circuits 3 contact with the principal areas of technology. Its objective is to ELEC 144 Electromechanical Devices and Wiring 3 prepare qualified industrial personnel for institutional employ- ELEC 340 Computer Networks 3 ment and for positions of performance and leadership in technical ENGR 211- Engineering Mechanics 3-3-3 areas of industry. 212-213 GRPH 158 WWW Portfolio Development 2 Major in Electronics Engineering MFG 161 Machine Tool Procedures 2 Technology, B.S. MFG 327 Production Operations 3 ‰ A minimum of 66 hours (33 in the upper division): MFG 328 Quality Control Systems 3 CPTR 115 Computers and Computer Programming 3 MFG 366 Advanced Machine Tool Procedures 3 DRFD 131 Engineering Drawing 3 MFG 367 Manufacturing Technology 3 ELEC 140 Mathematics for Electronics 2 MFG 394 Materials Processes and Testing 3 ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3 MFG 396 Industrial Safety Management 3 ELEC 142 Electronic Circuits 3 TECH 499 Senior Project 2 ELEC 144 Electromechanical Devices and Wiring 3 ‰ Choose four of the following seven courses: ELEC 244 Solid State Devices 2 MFG 121 Plastics 2 ELEC 245 Electronics CAD 3 MFG 122 Composite Materials Technology 3 ELEC 340 Computer Networks 3 MFG 164 Metalworking 2 ELEC 341 Digital Integrated Circuits 3 MFG 181 Woodworking 2 ELEC 342 Micro Computer Design 3 MFG 221 Processes in Plastics Technology 3 ELEC 344 Linear Integrated Circuits 2 MFG 264 Industrial Metals Technology 3 ELEC 347 Electronics CAD and Simulation 3 MFG 281 Processes in Wood Technology 3 ELEC 349 Electronic Communications 2 ELEC 440 Network Design and Implementation 3

194 Technology

‰ Required Cognate Courses (29 hours): MFG 122 Composite Materials Technology 3 CHEM 111 General Chemistry 5 MFG 164 Metalworking 2 MATH 131- Calculus 4-4-4 MFG 181 Woodworking 2 132-133 MFG 221 Processes in Plastics Technology 3 PHYS 131- Physics with Calculus 4-4-4 MFG 264 Industrial Metals Technology 3 132-133 MFG 281 Processes in Wood Technology 3 ‰ Required Cognate Courses: Recommended Field Experience MATH 106 College Algebra 4 See statement under Major in Design Engineering Technology PHYS 105 Introduction to Physics 5 above. 2. Transportation: 23 hours (9 upper-division): Minor in Engineering Technology AUTO 171 Auto Mechanics Fundamentals 3 ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (9 in the upper division) to be AUTO 172 Automotive Electronics and Fuel Systems 3 selected in consultation with the department chair from the AUTO 178 Auto Body 3 core and a maximum of two emphases listed for the major AUTO 373 Automotive Chassis and Transmissions 3 in Engineering Technology. AUTO 375 Automotive Engine Machining and Rebuilding 3 Major in Industrial Technology, B.S. AUTO 379 Frame and Refinishing 3 MFG 122 Composite Materials Technology 3 ‰ A minimum of 66 hours (24 in the upper division) MFG 164 Metalworking 2 ‰ Required Core Courses: 21 hours (11 upper-division): ‰ Required Cognate Course: AUTO 377 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3 MATH 106 College Algebra 4 DRFD 131 Engineering Drawing 3 ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3 Recommended Field Experience ELEC 340 Computer Networks 3 By the close of the winter quarter of their senior year, all stu- GRPH 158 WWW Portfolio Development 2 dents majoring in Industrial Technology should have completed MFG 161 Machine Tool Procedures 2 500 clock hours of commercial work related to the emphasis MFG 396 Industrial Safety Management 3 within the major and performed under approved supervision. TECH 499 Senior Project 2 The College will help place students in qualifying positions. ‰ Required Business Courses: 18 hours (4 upper division) The objective of this interdisciplinary program is to prepare ACCT 121- Principles of Accounting I-II-III 3-4-3 graduates for managerial and administrative positions in indus- 122-123 try, business, and institutional positions requiring an apprecia- ECON 261 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics 4 tion of, and competence in, both disciplines. Graduates with this (or ECON 265 Microeconomics) major find first employment in manufacturing or related areas. MGMT 361 Management 4 Examples of such positions are management of industrial ‰ Emphases (choose one): departments of institutions, manufacturing plant management, construction management, and insurance service and safety 1. Manufacturing: 30 hours (15 upper-division): management. DRFD 132 Engineering Drawing 3 ELEC 144 Electromechanical Devices and Wiring 3 MFG 327 Production Operations 3 Minor in Industrial Technology MFG 328 Quality Control Systems 3 ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (9 upper division) to be selected, in MFG 366 Advanced Machine Tool Procedures 3 consultation with the Department Chair, from the core and a MFG 367 Manufacturing Technology 3 maximum of two emphases listed for the major in Industrial MFG 394 Materials Processes, Test 3 Technology and Management. ‰ Choose four of the following seven courses: MFG 121 Plastics 2

195 Technology

Major in Aviation, B.S. Recommended Field Experience Students transferring into the aviation program with previ- It is recommended that all students majoring in Aviation ously earned FAA certificates or ratings should apply through should have completed, by the end of winter quarter of their the Technology department at the time of initial registration for senior year, 500 clock hours of commercial work related to the course credit (see “Credit by Examination,” page 39). Course major field and performed under approved supervision. The credit for FAA certificates or ratings earned earlier at other College will help place students in qualifying positions. locations is not available and will not be awarded after the stu- The objective of this program is to prepare graduates for such dent has begun aviation courses at Pacific Union College. A copy positions in the aviation industry as the following: mission pilots, of FAA certificates must be presented to the departmental repre- company pilots, medical evacuation, teaching positions, pipeline sentative at the Flight Center. Grades issued in recognition of patrol, border patrol, police, pilot training, forestry, fishing in- FAA certificate validations are recorded as S (Satisfactory). For dustry, air taxi operator, accident investigation, FAA specialist, complete aviation policies and procedures, consult the Flight major airline pilot, commuter airline pilot, cargo operations Policies and Procedures Handbook, available at the Flight Cen- (FEDEX, UPS), fixed-base operator, traffic controller, and ter. For financial information about flight training, see the finan- airport manager. cial information section of this catalog. Minor in Aviation ‰ A minimum of 68 hours (31 in the upper division). ‰ AVIA 170 Fundamentals of Aviation 2 A minimum of 30 hours (9 upper division) to be selected, in AVIA 173 Meteorology 4 consultation with the Department Chair, from the requirements AVIA 175 Private Pilot Theory 4 listed for the major in Aviation. AVIA 176 Private Flight Training 2 AVIA 177 Intermedate Private Flight Training 2 Major in Graphics Technology, B.S. AVIA 178 Advanced Private Flight Training 2 ‰ A minimum of 60 hours (30 in the upper division): AVIA 275 Instrument Pilot Theory 4 ART 261 Graphic Design I 3 AVIA 276 Instrument FlightTraining 2 ART 262 Graphic Design II 3 AVIA 277 Intermediate Instrument Flight Training 3 ART 317 Design for the Web 2 AVIA 278 Advanced Instrument Flight Training 2 ART 363 Pre-Print Production I 3 AVIA 305 Aircraft Systems 3 ART 464 Pre-Print Production II 3 AVIA 373 Pilot Maintenance 2 GRPH 151 Principles of Digital Imaging 3 AVIA 375 Commercial and CFI Theory 4 GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh 2 AVIA 376 Commercial Flight Training 2 GRPH 155 Introduction to Graphics Technology 1 AVIA 377 Intermediate Commercial Flight Training 2 GRPH 158 WWW Portfolio Development 2 AVIA 378 Advanced Commercial Flight Training 2 GRPH 253 Publication Technology I 3 AVIA 379 Aerodynamics 2 GRPH 256 Publication Technology II 2 AVIA 470 Fundamentals of Flight Instruction 1 GRPH 257 Publication Technology III 2 AVIA 471 Flight Instructor Flight Training 4 GRPH 352 Digital Image Technology 3 AVIA 472 Instrument Instructor Flight Training 3 GRPH 353 Web Page Publication 3 Electives in Aviation 4 GRPH 354 Color Imaging 2 AUTO/AVIA 172 Electronics and Fuel Systems 3 GRPH 356 Doing Business on the Web 3 AUTO/AVIA 377 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3 GRPH 357 3D Digital Imaging 3 ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3 MDIA 257 Interactive Media Production I 3 MFG 396 Industrial Safety Management 3 MDIA 258 Digital Effects I 3 Recommended: a minor in Business Administration. TECH 491 Internship 3 Students should expect and plan for approximately $2,000 TECH 499 Senior Project 2 per year in airplane rental fees. They are advised to identify themselves to the Student Financial Services Office as aviation students to explore the possibility of financial assistance with this expense.

196 Technology

‰ Electives (6 hours, 3 upper division): 6 TECH 491 Internship 3 Any ART, GRPH, or MDIA courses not listed above; chosen in TECH 499 Senior Project 2 consultation with adviser. ‰ Electives (6 hours): 6 For students interested in owning or managing a business in From any ART, COMM, GRPH, JOUR, MDIA, PREL not the graphics industry, a minor in Business Administration is listed above; to be chosen in consultation with adviser strongly recommended. Recommended Field Experience Recommended Field Experience All students majoring in Digital Media Technology should Students majoring in Graphics Technology should have com- have completed, by the end of winter quarter of the senior year, pleted, by the end of winter quarter of their senior year, 500 500 clock hours of commercial work related to the major field clock hours of commercial work related to the major field and and performed under approved supervision. The college will help performed under approved supervision. The College will help place students in qualifying positions. place students in qualifying positions. The objective of this program is to prepare graduates for The objective of this program is to prepare graduates for positions in the digital and/or interactive media industry. Seg- positions in the graphics and printing industry where an appre- ments include but are not limited to education, training, enter- ciation of both disciplines and competence in them are required. tainment, and television.

Minor in Graphics Technology Minor in Digital Media Technology ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (9 upper division) to be selected in ‰ A minimum of 30 hours (9 upper division) to be selected in consultation with the Department Chair from the requirements consultation with the Department Chair from the requirements listed for the major in Graphics Technology. listed for the major in Digital Media Technology.

Major in Digital Media Technology, B.S. Teaching Credential ‰ A minimum of 66 hours (32 in the upper division): A B.S. in Industrial Technology or Engineering Technology GRPH 151 Principles of Digital Imaging 3 is required. Students who plan to teach at the secondary level GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh 2 should consult with the Credential Analyst in the Education GRPH 158 WWW Portfolio Development 2 department and should become acquainted with specific require- GRPH 253 Publication Technology I 3 ments outlined in the Education section of this catalog. GRPH 257 Publication Technology III 2 GRPH 352 Digital Image Technology 3 Associate Degree in Engineering GRPH 357 3D Digital Imaging 3 Technology, A.S. JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics 3 A two-year program consisting of 48 hours of technical MDIA 152 Introduction to Media Technology 1 courses, general education as listed for the A.S. degree, and MDIA 154 Video Technology 2 sufficient electives to total 90 hours. The program is developed MDIA 158 Media Production Concepts 2 around a concentration of courses in one or more of the follow- MDIA 252 Audio and Lighting Techniques 3 ing technical areas: MDIA 256 Video Editing I 3 Drafting–Design MDIA 257 Interactive Media Production I 3 Electricity–Electronics–Computers MDIA 258 Digital Effects I 3 Graphics Technology MDIA 354 Advanced Video Technology 3 Energy–Power–Transportation MDIA 356 Video Editing II 3 Manufacturing Technology MDIA 358 Digital Effects II 3 The two-year programs are designed with a vocational-techni- MDIA 451 Professional Digital Media 3 cal emphasis and are directed toward the training of technicians MDIA 456 Video Editing III 3 and craftsmen who will be prepared to make a more immediate MDIA 457 Interactive Media Production II 3 and efficient application of their skills to the industrial and technical needs of today’s environment.

197 Technology

Pre-Architecture MFG 184 Building Construction 3 A one- or two-year program consisting of the following courses: PEAC Elective 2 ‰ Required Courses: PHYS 105 Introduction to Physics 5 PHYS 106L Introduction to Physics Laboratory 1 ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals 2-2 RELB Elective 4 ART 124 Design and Composition 3 ‰ ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2 Electives: 3-4 DRFD 134-135 Architectural Drafting 3-3 ART 125 Design and Composition (3) DRFD 231 Architectural Design I 3 DSGN 143 Interior Space Planning (2) DRFD 331 Architectural Design II 3 GRPH 352 Digital Image Technology(3) DRFD 334 Architectural CADD 3 This program is designed to provide courses necessary for ENGL 101-102 College English 4-4 students wishing to transfer to universities offering degreed archi- MATH 130 Precalculus 4 tecture programs. (or MATH 131 Calculus)

Aviation how to predict changes in weather, how AVIA 177 2 Su, A, W, S to recognize dangerous weather patterns, Intermediate Private Flight Training and how to react to difficult situations Includes five hours of solo practice of Lower-division courses: caused by adverse weather. For both take-offs, air maneuvers, and landings. pilots and nonpilots. Recommended Special training in short-field and soft- AVIA 101 1 A, W, S prior to Private Pilot Theory. field landings, night landings, and cross- Introduction to Flight country flying techniques with a certifi- Introduction to the experience of flight AVIA 175 4 Su, A, S cated flight instructor completing a mini- without commitment to an extensive train- Private Pilot Theory mum of two dual cross-country flights. ing program. It involves inspection of the The theory necessary for safe flight in Prerequisite: AVIA 176. In-Progress aircraft before flight, taxi, take-off, and today’s environment. Includes aerody- (“IP”) grading system. controlling an airplane in the air. Flights namics, the airspace system, aircraft per- are in a Cessna 152. Scheduling done in formance and design, basic weather, maps, AVIA 178 2 Su, A, W, S class. No prerequisites. navigation, and aeromedical factors. Pre- Advanced Private Flight Training pares the future private pilot for the FAA Includes ten hours of solo cross-coun- AVIA 170 2 W private pilot written exam. Required try flight in addition to various sessions Fundamentals of Aviation prior to or concurrently with Private with an instructor and solo practice in Private and military ventures in avia- Flight Training. Recommended prior preparation for the FAA private pilot tion from the beginnings to the present. course: AVIA 173. flight examination. Prerequisite: AVIA Careers available in aviation today; how 177. In-Progress (“IP”) grading system. to prepare for them. Opportunity to inter- AVIA 176 2 Su, A, W, S act with professionals in the aviation Private Flight Training AVIA 273 1-6 Su, A, W, S industry. Odd years. Covers all flight training up through Practicum in Flight solo flight. Includes training in preflight, A minimum of forty hours of practice AVIA 173 4 A taxi, take-off, flight maneuvers, stalls, in cross-country flying as pilot-in-com- Meteorology emergency procedures, normal and cross- mand to assigned destinations in prepara- An introduction, for those interested wind landings, federal regulations, traffic tion for the instrument pilot rating. Flights in science or aviation, to the causes of procedures, and communications. Prereq- include practice with cockpit management weather phenomena and patterns. Meteo- uisite or corequisite: AVIA 175. In- skills and use of attitude instrument flying. rological theory, the best ways to obtain Progress (“IP”) grading system. Prerequisite: private pilot certificate or current weather reports and forecasts, AVIA 176, 177, 178. In-Progress (“IP”) how to interpret meteorological reports, grading system.

198 Technology

AVIA 275 4 A AVIA 305 3 W AVIA 377 2 Su, A, W, S Instrument Pilot Theory Aircraft Systems Intermediate Commercial Flight From basic attitude instrument flying Theory of modern aircraft systems Training to getting around in the modern airspace applied to both small and large aircraft. Instruction in the maneuvers and skills system on an IFR flight plan. Preparation Provides an understanding of systems required for the commercial certificate. for the FAA instrument written examina- that helps the pilot troubleshoot prob- Involves instruction and practice in all tion and the instrument instructor written lems in flight and on the ground. Engine types of operations essential for an ad- examination. Prerequisite or corequisite theory, electrical systems, hydraulic sys- vanced commercial pilot. Special empha- to instrument flight training courses. tems, landing-gear systems, fuel systems, sis on in-flight emergencies. Prerequisites: control systems, oxygen and pressuriza- FAA Private Pilot Certificate. In-Progress AVIA 276 2 Su, A, W, S tion systems, etc. Prerequisite: ELEC 141 (“IP”) grading system. Instrument Flight Training or instructor’s approval. Odd years. Basic attitude instrument flying theory AVIA 378 2 Su, A, W, S and skills. Developing proficiency in scan AVIA 373 2 S Advanced Commercial Flight Training of the attitude instruments, interpretation Pilot Maintenance How to work in remote areas and in of the instruments, and control of the air- Maintenance practices permitted by foreign lands as a bush or mission pilot; craft with an additional work load that federal regulations that any licensed pilot operations in very cold weather; survival includes such factors as communications, may perform. Involves inspection tech- techniques. Conventional gear (tail-wheel) copying clearances, using a timing device, niques and hands-on experience perform- operations, mountain flying, off-airport and reading charts in flight. Also includes ing pilot-authorized aircraft maintenance. procedures, very short field landings and VOR and ADF navigation, DME arcs, Even years. take-offs. (Course offering depends on and holding-patterns of all types. Prereq- availability of aircraft.) Prerequisite: FAA uisite or corequisite: AVIA 275. In- AVIA 375 4 S Private Pilot Certificate. In-Progress Progress (“IP”) grading system. Commercial and Certificated Flight (“IP”) grading system. Instructor Theory AVIA 277 3 Su, A, W, S Aircraft performance, weight and AVIA 379 2 W Intermediate Instrument Flight balance, theory of flight, the federal Aerodynamics Training airspace system, air traffic control, and Aerodynamics and aerodynamic devices Develops skills needed for executing navigation. Prepares pilots for the Com- used on various types of modern aircraft. VOR instrument approaches, ADF mercial, Fundamentals of Instruction, Encompasses the basic concepts of flight approaches, localizer approaches, ASR and Certificated Flight Instructor FAA as well as more advanced studies than a approaches, no-gyro approaches, and written examinations. Prerequisites: Pri- pilot would normally receive in prepara- ILS precision approaches. Prerequisite: vate Pilot Lectures or the Private Pilot tion for pilot certificates. Recommended AVIA 275, 276. In-Progress (“IP”) grad- FAA Certificate. prior to commercial and flight instructor ing system. flight classes. Even years. AVIA 376 2 Su, A, W, S AVIA 278 2 Su, A, W, S Commercial Flight Training AVIA 470 1 S Advanced Instrument Flight Training The systems, performance, and proce- Fundamentals of Flight Instruction Cross-country instrument flying mak- dures necessary for operating a complex Basic principles of education that may ing use of all former instrument training. aircraft. Approximately fifty percent of be applied to flight instruction. Practice Use of acquired instrument skills in cross- the instruction treats flight competency in ground instruction covering various pri- country flights to large airports. Includes a complex aircraft. Includes high-perfor- vate and commercial maneuvers. Discus- a comprehensive review and preparation mance flight experience in IFR and night sion of the best teaching techniques and for the FAA instrument flight examina- operations. Prerequisites: the Private Pilot how to avoid the pitfalls common to tion. Prerequisite: AVIA 275, 276, 277. FAA Certificate. In-Progress (“IP”) grad- many students and flight instructors In-Progress (“IP”) grading system. ing system. during flight training.

199 Technology

AVIA 471 4 Su, A, W, S cate recommended. (Course offering creative capabilities is of primary concern. Flight Instructor Flight Training depends on availability of aircraft.) In- Includes individual critiques, lectures, and Flight training and practice teaching Progress (“IP”) grading system. seminars. Prerequisites: DRFD 134, 135. in preparation for flight-instructor certificate. Requires perfecting teaching tech- AVIA 478 2 Su, A, W, S DRFD 233 3 S niques for the flight instructor. Includes Multiengine Instructor Flight Training Engineering Design comprehensive review of private and Prepares the applicant to meet the Design graphics to enhance the commercial aeronautical knowledge; experience requirements and give flight engineer’s ability to visualize, analyze, flight maneuvering skill from the right- instruction in a multiengine aircraft. document, and communicate in the de- hand seat. Awareness of obligations and Directed toward acquiring teaching sign process. An emphasis on creative privileges of a certificated flight instructor. skills and safety procedures to meet the thinking, visualization, and problem- Mastery of FAA documentation and demanding multiengine training environ- solving in the envirnoment of concurrent certification procedures. Prerequisites: ment. Prerequisites: instrument rating, engineering using CAD software. Two AVIA 275, 276, 277, 278; 375, 376, 377, commercial certificate. (Course offering lectures and one three-hour laboratory 379. In-Progress (“IP”) grading system. depends on availability of aircraft.) In- weekly. Prerequisites: DRFD 131, 132. Progress (“IP”) grading system. AVIA 472 3 Su, A, W, S Upper-division courses: Instrument Instructor Flight Training Drafting-Design Preparation for the instrument flight DRFD 330 3 S instructor oral and practical examination. Lower-division courses: Computer-Aided Drafting–Design Review of skills and procedures required Principles of interactive computer- for instrument rating. Develops instru- DRFD 131-132 3-3 A-W aided drafting and design and its appli- ment flight proficiency from the right- Engineering Drawing cation in a technological environment. hand seat and instructional skills neces- Principles of and practice in engineer- Two hours lecture and 3 hours labora- sary for teaching an instrument student ing drawing. Applications to technical tory with hands-on experience weekly. in flight and on the ground. In-Progress problems of CAD drafting techniques, Prerequisite: DRFD 131, 132. Even years. (“IP”) grading system. orthographic, and pictorial views. Two lectures and one laboratory weekly. DRFD 331 3 S AVIA 473 1-6 Su, A, W, S Architectural Design II Advanced Practicum in Flight DRFD 134-135 3-3 A-W Studio investigations of architectural Additional involvement in instruction Architectural Drafting designs in theory, structure, and support- or advanced flight operations into high- Symbols, conventions, and lettering as ing human activities. Continued study of density traffic areas under instrument related to architectural drafting. Applica- design process and methods encompass- conditions. Special reports or research tion of the principles of good design and ing concepts of structure, landscape projects may be required in conjunction structure to floor plans, elevations, and architecture, and interior design. Intro- with these assignments. In-Progress details, with some attention to estimating duction of color and texture of materials; (“IP”) grading system. and specifications. Two lectures and one and composition of appropriate and laboratory weekly. coherent forms of visual presentation. AVIA 476 2 Su, A, W, S Includes individual critiques, lectures, Multiengine Flight Training DRFD 231 3 W and seminars. Prerequisite: DRFD 231. Dual instruction in aircraft systems, Architectural Design I maneuvers, and emergency procedures Fundamental design concepts, issues, DRFD 334 3 S toward developing proficiency in multi- and processes. Projects and exercises Architectural CADD engine aircraft. Prepares student for the focus on the concepts of making three- Principles of interactive computer- multiengine private or multiengine com- dimensional forms. Organization, propor- aided drafting and design as applied to mercial practical test. Prerequisites: pri- tion, scale, human activities, and intro- architecture. Primarily residential archi- vate pilot certificate; commercial certifi- ductory site and building design relation- tecture, with selected activities in com- ships. Release of the student’s potential mercial architectural design. Two hours

200 Technology

of lecture and three hours of laboratory induction motors, stepper motors, sole- ELEC 342 3 W each week. Prerequisite: DRFD 134-135. noids, relays and switches. Residential Microcomputer Design and Repair Odd years. and industrial wiring. Two lectures and The application of micro controllers for one laboratory weekly. Even years. use in control and data-logging applica- Electricity-Electronics- tions with students building their own Robotics-Computers ELEC 244 2 S systems. Servicing of Apple and IBM- Solid-State Devices compatible computers with expansion Lower-division courses: Electronic solid-state components such and installation of new boards and drives. as diodes, bipolar transistors, FET tran- Two lectures and one laboratory weekly. ELEC 140 2 S sistors, silicon-controlled rectifiers, triacs, Prerequisite: ELEC 341. Mathematics for Electronics diacs, unijunction transistors, and the cir- The theory of algebra and trigonom- cuits in which they are used. One lecture ELEC 343 3 A etry in analyzing electronic circuits and and one laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Automation and Computer Numerical Control robotic problems. Practical problems are ELEC 141. Odd years. used to illustrate the practical aspects of Use of computers to control machines; mathematics. Prerequisite: MATH 019. ELEC 245 3 W computer interfacing and control and Electronics CAD sensing the mechanical world. Labs cover ELEC 141 3 A, S Using the computer to design circuits, programming a computer to control a Applied Electronics draw schematic diagrams, and analyze milling machine and stepper motors. Pre- A nonmathematical approach to elec- circuits using computer simulation pro- requisites: ELEC 144, 342. Even years. tronics. Electronic components and com- grams. Design of printed circuit boards. ponent combinations to make useful Two lectures and one laboratory weekly. ELEC 344 2 S equipment. Experiments include building Prerequisite: ELEC 142. Linear Integrated Circuits and testing burglar alarms, photo strobes, Operational amplifiers, comparators, power supplies, light dimmers, intercom Upper-division courses: phase-locked loops, and other linear devices. systems, electronic doorbells, timers, Laboratory with student-designed pro- clocks, and other circuits. For the general ELEC 340 3 S jects. One lecture and one laboratory student. Two lectures and one three-hour Computer Networks weekly. Prerequisite: ELEC 141. Even laboratory weekly. Computer networks and their topolo- years. gies. Includes installation of various types ELEC 142 3 W of computer networks and fiber-optic ELEC 347 3 S Electronic Circuits systems. Also covers network software Electronics CAD and Simulation Application of electronic components and protocols. One lecture and one labo- Theory and use of net list proof of to produce tuned circuits, filters, oscilla- ratory weekly. Prerequisite: ELEC 141. printed circuit board design, design of tors, amplifiers, radio transmitters, and Odd years. custom symbols and outlines, multilayer receivers. Survey of linear and digital printed circuit board layout. Use of cir- ELEC 341 3 A integrated circuits; production of printed cuit simulation (spice) programs to bread- Digital Integrated Circuits circuit boards. Two lectures and one labo- board circuits and the use of the com- ratory weekly. Prerequisite: ELEC 141. Design and servicing of circuits using puter to design and program PLDs (Pro- TTL and CMOS ICs. Applications in- grammable Logic Devices). Prerequisite: ELEC 144 3 W clude digital instrumentation, control, ELEC 245. Even years. Electromechanical Devices and and computers. Student-designed labora- Wiring tory projects. Two lectures and one labo- ELEC 349 3 W Devices that convert electricity to ratory weekly. Prerequisite: ELEC 142. Electronic Communications magnetism or magnetism to electricity Theory and analysis of receivers and and the wiring methods to control these transmitters. Black and white and color devices: DC motors, universal motors, television receivers, including circuits and fault analysis. Design and analysis of

201 Technology

various radio transmitting methods, AUTO 171 3 A and machining operations. Two lectures including AM, FM, FAX, and CW. Auto Mechanics Fundamentals and one laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: Laboratories include checking and ana- Designed for the beginner. The general AUTO 171, 172; MFG 161. Even years. lyzing faults of TV receivers and align- field of auto mechanics, emphasizing those ment of radio transmitters and receivers. facets of the field that relate to car service. AUTO 377 3 A Odd years. Prerequisite: ELEC 141. Two lectures and one laboratory weekly. Hydraulics and Pneumatics Principles of transmission and applica- ELEC 440 3 A AUTO 172 3 W tion of force using fluids: pressure, Pas- Network Design and Implementation Automotive Electronics and Fuel cal’s principle, compression of gases, Network topologies, design consider- Systems force calculations. High-pressure devices ations of local and wide-area networks. The electrical, fuel, and smog systems and techniques: compressors and con- Topics include design methodologies and of the modern automobile. Individual trols, filters, proportioning valves, and the OSI model in relation to network systems theory and methods of repair, limit mechanisms. Types of hydraulic oil security. Design projects are required. their relationship to each other, and the and their characteristics. Drafting sym- Prerequisite: ELEC 340. Odd years. way the central computer manages them. bols and their meanings. Two lectures The course is divided into three sections: and one laboratory weekly. Odd years. ELEC 443 3 A fuel, electrical, and emission controls and Network Diagnostics and computers. Two lectures and one labora- AUTO 379 3 S Troubleshooting tory weekly. Prerequisite: AUTO 171. Frame and Refinishing Advanced troubleshooting. Included Odd years. Frame construction, methods of are uses of network-management soft- straightening, techniques of panel ware and packet analyzers, relationship AUTO 178 3 A replacement. Painting of automobiles, of the OSI model to network operations, Auto Body including the latest techniques and medi- and cross-platform management. Lab Auto-body techniques: metal work, ums. Standard, exotic, and custom fin- projects and case studies are required. straightening, body filler application, and ishes such as metal flaking, pearl, candies Prerequisite: ELEC 340. Even years. spraying acrylics and lacquer finishes. and scenes. Two lectures and one labora- Two lectures and one laboratory weekly. tory weekly with intensive laboratory Energy–Power– experience. Odd years. Transportation Upper-division courses: Graphics Technology Lower-division courses: AUTO 373 3 S Automotive Chassis and Lower-division courses: Transmissions AUTO 101 2 S Auto Mechanics for Women Suspension, wheel alignment, air con- GRPH 151 3 A The mechanical operating principles ditioning, brakes, differentials, manual Principles of Digital Imaging of the entire car, basic service, the com- and automatic transmissions, driveline, Principal elements of digital media and ponents of a car, how to buy a car, and tires, and safety systems. Two lectures their application to graphic creations for how to find a good technician to service and one laboratory weekly with intensive video, film, animation, web-authoring, the car. Especially planned for women practice. Even years. interaction, and electronic publishing. only. Two lectures and one laboratory Exploration of color, composition, per- weekly. Not applicable toward a technol- AUTO 375 3 S spective, and typography needed in pro- ogy degree. Automotive Engine Machining and ducing digital imagery. Rebuilding Designed particularly for majors, but GRPH 153 2 A open to others who meet the prerequi- Introduction to Macintosh sites, this course applies theory to engine Computer orientation for those with rebuilding. Includes all the basic testing little or no previous computer experience. Practical, hands-on training, including

202 Technology

instruction about the computer and its One lecture and one laboratory per week. GRPH 354 2 S internal operating system, word process- Lab fee. Prerequisite: GRPH 253 or per- Color Imaging ing, virus protection; orientation to prac- mission of the instructor. Procedures for image generation and tical computer uses and popular programs. manipulation, including color proofing, One lecture and three hours laboratory GRPH 257 2 S photolithographic reproduction, laser weekly. Publication Technology III printing and electronic publishing. Two Continuation of GRPH 253 and 256, lectures and one laboratory weekly. GRPH 155 1 A using the Macintosh computer and Prerequisite: GRPH 253. Even years. Introduction to Graphics Technology Adobe Illustrator. Emphasis on using Survey of graphics technology, theory, Illustrator as a means of creating special GRPH 356 3 A and processes. Contributions of past typographic effects and redrawing tem- Doing Business on the Web technology and application to current plates imported from a scanner. Intro- An overview of business activity on practices and photolithographic reproduction to Illustrator for creating original the Web. Includes ethics, confidentiality, duction. Emphasis on inkless printing, designs. One lecture and one laboratory security, and business practices. Lab laser printers, and electronic publishing. per week. Lab fee. Prerequisite: GRPH activities include planning a pseudo-Web 256 or permission of the instructor. page for marketing that can be monitored GRPH 158 2 W and maintained remotely. Prerequisite: WWW Portfolio Development Upper-Division Courses: GRPH 353. Even years. A unique approach to development of dynamic personal portfolios for persons GRPH 352 3 W GRPH 357 3 S in all disciplines. A practical guide to Digital Image Technology 3D Digital Imaging what to include; how to design, update Introduction to Adobe PhotoShop, Introduction to production of still and and link electronic portfolios; their uses Illustrator, and Dimensions as tools to animated 3D images. Fundamentals of in job placement, self-promotion, and create and edit images. Freedom for modeling in three dimensions. Develop- personal assessment. Prerequisite: com- individualized techniques in developing ment of simple choreography and move- puter competency. images. PhotoShop as a tool to scan and ment of models, logos, and 3D text. Two adjust continuous-tone photographs and lectures and one laboratory per week. GRPH 253 3 A illustrations for accurate reproduction by Lab fee. Prerequisite: GRPH 352. Publication Technology I the graphics industry. Two lectures and (See also JOUR 253.) one laboratory per week. Lab fee. Prereq- Media Technology Electronic typesetting and composition uisite: GRPH 253 or permission of the for formatting and interfacing word pro- instructor. ART 121 or ART 124 Lower-Division Courses: cessing. The basics of importing text and strongly advised. graphics from other applications, includ- MDIA 152 1 A ing scanners; evaluation of desktop pub- GRPH 353 3 A Introduction to Media Technology lishing software. Lab projects with Adobe Web-Page Publication An overview of multimedia, its effects PageMaker. Lab fee. Two lectures and An elementary approach to creating on lifestyles, the workplace, education, one laboratory weekly. a Web page. Includes choosing an appli- training, entertainment, and communica- cation for easy and automatic HTML tion. An examination of real-world GRPH 256 2 W scripting, developing fast-acting Web applications, markets, and employment Publication Technology II pages, and creating user interactivity. opportunities. Lectures, discussions, Continuation of GRPH 253, using the Outline of basic Web rules and weak- demonstrations, and field trips. Macintosh computer as hardware plat- nesses. Prerequisite: GRPH 253; CPTR form and Quark Express. Emphasis on 105 or GRPH 153 or demonstrable com- MDIA 154 2 S advanced page layout. Introduction to puter competency (Mac or PC). Odd years. Video Technology formatting long documents. Use of mul- The technology of the video camera, tiple master pages; building color pages. its handling, use and care. Videographic techniques and skills in preparation for

203 Technology

digital editing and assembling for pro- MDIA 258 3 S assembling into presentations. One hour duction of interactive media. One hour Digital Effects I lecture and six hours laboratory per lecture/discussion and three hours labora- Leading software programs for anima- week. Prerequisite: MDIA 154. tory per week. tion and sophisticated special effects in video. Exploration of the power of spe- MDIA 356 3 W MDIA 158 2 S cial effects such as morphing and warping Video Editing II Media Production Concepts to enhance digital video. Two hours Instruction and experience in digitizing Theoretical and historical perspectives lecture and three hours laboratory per video and sound, digital editing, mixing, on media: screen-writing, camera work, week. Prerequisite: GRPH 153. and mastering as they relate to the mov- direction, production, distribution, editing image. Understanding compression ing, and special effects. Development of Upper-Division Courses: constraints and other post-production critical criteria for evaluating and appre- issues, including organizing and logging ciating media for communication through MDIA 331 4 A the video. Two hours of lecture and three technology. Lectures, discussions, dem- Elements of Cinema hours of laboratory per week. Prerequi- onstrations, and field trips. Introduction to the basic elements of site: MDIA 256. cinema and related motion-picture tech- MDIA 252 3 A nologies. Emphasis on developing skills MDIA 358 3 S Audio and Lighting Techniques of critical analysis and appreciation of Digital Effects II The technology of audio and lighting the “language” of cinema; craft, genre, An advanced continuation of the con- as it interfaces with the computer and style, and technique. Historical overview cepts introduced in MDIA 258. Genera- software to complete the full presentation of cinema classics and innovative vision- tion, manipulation, and editing of 3D most effectively. One hour lecture and aries of the medium. Introduction to objects to create realistic effects. Prereq- three hours laboratory per week. roles and responsibilities involved in a uisites: MDIA 258, GRPH 352. Recom- career in motion picture technologies mended: GRPH 357. MDIA 256 3 A (e.g., scriptwriting, direction, cinematog- Video Editing I raphy, editing, lighting, sound direction, MDIA 432 4 W Nonlinear techniques for creating, edit- etc.). Lectures, discussion, and intensive Documentary Production ing, and delivering video. Creating, as- viewing labs. Foundation for nonfiction, documen- sembling, and compiling video. Use of tary, and corporate motion-picture pro- filters, audio, and titling. Two hours MDIA 346 4 A duction. Research, preparation, and lecture and three hours laboratory per Introduction to Screenwriting development of a detailed project outline. week. Prerequisite: GRPH 153. (See ENGL 346.) Students are encouraged to refine and Fundamentals of screenwriting: struc- actualize their vision (ideas, themes, and MDIA 257 3 W ture, character and scene development; issues) into a workable documentary Interactive Media Production I conflict, locale, theme, script outline production. Emphasis on sound and Teamwork and individual activity to and story conception. Includes practical comprehensive project design, teamwork, create interactive experiences. Relation- development of the student’s knowledge script planning and blocking, effective ship of hardware, software, and media in of screenwriting software programs. Stu- scheduling, and production planning. the interactive environment. Concepts dents produce one act of a feature-length Labs include instructor-directed planning may be used in entertainment, business, screenplay. Prerequisite: ENGL 102. exercises and related fieldwork. Prerequi- training, education, and marketing. Two sites: MDIA 158, 252, 256, 331. hours lecture and three hours laboratory MDIA 354 3 A per week. Prerequisite: GRPH 153. Advanced Video Technology MDIA 433 4 S Advanced concepts in camera opera- Documentary Production tion, techniques, and skills. Primarily for Intensive documentary production. video capture in preparation for digitiz- Experience in all phases of the work of ing, digital editing, manipulation, and the technical associated with cinema/ video production through final post-

204 Technology

production. Participation in production of MFG 328 3 A metal. Basic mold-making and sand- second-quarter documentary projects Quality Control Systems casting procedures. One lecture and begun in MDIA 432. Must be taken in Overall review and application of the one laboratory weekly. sequence with MDIA 432. philosophy of quality control and the application of statistical process control. MFG 264 3 S MDIA 451 3 S In-depth case studies of selected indus- Industrial Metals Technology Professional Digital Media tries. Even years. An introduction to MIG and TIG weld- Digital media from the professional ing, production manufacturing methods, point of view. Evaluation of products, MFG 367 3 A machines, and scheduling. Design and markets, audiences, and presentation Manufacturing Technology building of jigs, fixtures, and molds. Two modes. Lecture/discussion, demonstra- Technical information, theory, and lectures and one laboratory weekly. Even tions, and field trips. experiences pertaining to processes of years. industry. Two lectures and one labora- MDIA 456 3 A tory weekly. Prerequisite: MFG 221 or Upper-division courses: Video Editing III 281. Odd years. Advanced instruction and practice in MFG 366 3 S the concepts introduced in MDIA 256 MFG 394 3 W Advanced Machine Tool Procedures and 356. Experience in digitizing from Materials: Processes and Testing Advanced milling operations for mass multiple sources; special techniques in The sources, processing, manufacture, production. Shaper, planer, and grinding preparation for advanced interactive and testing of the more commonly used operations and gear computations. Two applications. One hour lecture and six materials in modern industry and con- lectures and one laboratory weekly. Pre- hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: struction. Odd years. requisite: ELEC 343. Odd years. MDIA 356. MFG 396 3 S Plastics Manufacturing MDIA 457 3 W Industrial Safety Management Interactive Media Production II Industrial safety as it relates to the Lower-division courses: The final touch in authoring for enter- individual worker, to the supervisor, and tainment, education, and business. Topics to management. Includes traffic safety. MFG 121 2 A include combining graphics, animation, Special emphasis on psychology in the Plastics photography, narration, music, sound, work place, including motivation and The characteristics of the major plastics and video in exciting interactive presenta- the impact of OSHA. Odd years. families and their uses. Tools and operations. One hour lecture, six hours labora- tions involved in the fabrication of useful tory weekly. Prerequisite: MDIA 257. Metals Manufacturing plastic projects including hand and machine power tools. Vacuum forming, heat Manufacturing Lower-division courses: forming, blowing, engraving, casting, Technology: machining, and decorating. Laboratory General Manufacturing MFG 161 2 W practice in all the common techniques Machine Tool Procedures used in the field. One lecture and one Basic machine tools and laboratory Upper-division courses: laboratory weekly. practice in basic processes. One lecture and one laboratory weekly. MFG 327 3 W MFG 122 2-3 W Production Operations Composite Materials Technology MFG 164 2 A Methods used in mass production Construction of plugs, molds, and one- Metalworking manufacturing. Cost control, plant layout, off lay-ups; repair techniques. Production Oxyacetylene welding procedures. Safe and production-management systems. techniques, industry materials and pro- handling of gas equipment. Electric arc Even years. cesses, and hobby types of activities. welding in various positions. Basic metal- Requires hands-on construction of molds lurgy. Design and fabrication in sheet and production of an item from a mold.

205 Technology

Typical projects include sailboats, canoes, General Courses TECH 495 1-3 A, W, S motorcycle saddlebags, kayaks, hot tubs, Independent Study automotive air dams, and spoilers. Cov- Problems selected in any area in which ers fiberglass and all graphite-reinforced Lower-division course: a student desires greater depth of study. laminates such as those used in the aero- Requires approval of major adviser. Maxi- space and aircraft industries. Even years. TECH 291 1-6 A, W, S, Su mum of three hours credit in any one Internship quarter; maximum of six hours credit (for MFG 221 3 W Planned, coordinated, and supervised TECH 492 and/or TECH 495) in any Processes in Plastics Technology work experience in an industry allied single program. Basic concepts of manufacturing using with the student’s technical areas of con- plastics. Applied experience in forming, centration. A minimum of fifty hours of TECH 499 2 A, W separating, and assembling materials. verified work experience for each hour Senior Project Two lectures and one laboratory weekly. of credit. S/F basis. An individual project required in some Prerequisite: MFG 121 or permission of departmental majors during the senior instructor. Even years. Upper-division courses: year representing an area of concentration and the best efforts of the student. Woods Manufacturing TECH 491 3-6 A, W, S, Su Each project is properly identified and Internship remains with the department. Must be Continuation of TECH 291. A mini- Lower-division courses: completed by the end of the winter quar- mum of fifty hours of verified work ter of the senior year. experience required for each hour of MFG 181 2 W credit. Repeatable to a total of 12 hours. Woodworking Graded S/F. Wood and basic woodworking processes. Instruction in hand and machine TECH 492 1-3 A, W, S operations by the project method. One Independent Project lecture and one laboratory weekly. Projects selected in any area in which a student desires greater proficiency. MFG 184 3 A Requires approval of department chair. Building Construction Maximum of three hours credit in any An applied general building course; one quarter and a maximum of six hours includes basic construction operations credit (for TECH 492 and/or TECH 495) from building layout to completion. Two in any single program. lectures and one laboratory weekly. TECH 493 3 W MFG 281 3 S Technology, Society and Culture Processes in Wood Technology Current, historical, and future issues Basic concepts in wood products and their relationship to technology and manufacturing: forming, separating, and systems in various world cultures. Empha- assembling materials. Two lectures and sis on explaining technological behaviors one laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: MFG and on showing how technology perme- 181 or permission of instructor. Odd years. ates all of human affairs.

206 Degree DegreeCompletion Completion Programs Programs

Degree-Completion Programs Bachelor of Science in Management, B.S.M. Bachelor of Science in Management, B.S.M...... 207 Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood ➤ Available only through the Degree-Completion Program. Education, B.S.E.C.E...... 210 A minimum of 61 hours including the following: MGT 320 The Legal Environment of Business 4 To meet the needs of adult learners unable to complete their MGT 330 Economics for Managers 4 education at the traditional college age, Pacific Union College MGT 340 Principles of Marketing 4 offers degree-completion programs leading to professional MGT 350 Data Presentation 2 bachelor’s degrees. Currently available are the Bachelor of Sci- MGT 375 Group and Organizational Behavior 3 ence in Management and the Bachelor of Science in Early Child- MGT 390 Organizations and Environments 3 hood Education. The Bachelor of Science in Management is MGT 410 Accounting for Managers 5 offered in cooperation with the College’s Business Administra- MGT 420 Management 4 tion and Economics department. The Bachelor of Science in Early MGT 430 Human Resources Management Childhood Education is offered in cooperation with the Family in Public and Private Sectors 4 and Consumer Sciences department. MGT 450 Financial Management 5 Admission is limited to applicants who are at least 25 years old, MGT 480 International Business 4 who have completed two full years of college, who have attained MGT 491 Strategic Management 4 the equivalent of an Associate’s degree, and who have several RELB 305 Biblical Perspectives 4 years of full-time work experience (at least five recommended). RELT 310 Ethics and Personal Values 4 To accelerate their progress toward completion of their degrees, ➤ A minimum of 7 hours from the following: 7 adults with qualifying work and life experience may apply for Entrepreneurship Courses: academic Credit for Prior Learning through assessment of docu- MGT 434 Entrepreneurship (3) mentation appropriate to the discipline in which credit is sought. MGT 477 Electronic Commerce (4) To accommodate employed adult learners, evening courses are Information Systems Courses: offered at various off-campus locations. Further details, including MGT 380 Database Analysis and Design (3) dates and locations of program offerings, are available from MGT 482 Systems Analysis and Design (4) Extended Learning, the Business Administration and Economics MGT 486 Information Systems Management (3) department, and the Family and Consumer Sciences department. MGT 487 Management Science (4) Also available is a program leading to the Preliminary Multiple Subject Credential. Further information about this curriculum is Public Administration Courses: available from Extended Learning and from the Education de- MGT 456 Urban Planning (3) partment. See Adult Education in this catalog. MGT 460 Fiscal Administration (4)

207 Degree Completion Programs

Degree-Completion MGT 375 3 motivational theories and their applica- Group and Organizational Behavior tion to individual and group functioning Courses Primary emphasis on group and indi- in organizations. vidual behavior and their influence on The following courses are available only each other and on an organization’s effec- MGT 430 4 in the Bachelor of Science in Manage- tiveness. Focus on human aspects in orga- Human Resources Management in ment curriculum, an off-campus degree- nizations, including leadership, groups, Public and Private Sectors completion program. conflict, and decision-making. Objectives and problems relating to MGT 320 4 human resources management in public The Legal Environment of Business MGT 380 3 and private organizations. Includes re- Laws regulating business activities, Database Analysis and Design cruitment, selection, performance ap- principles governing contracts, negotiable Analysis and design of databases for praisal, training and development, com- instruments, sales of goods, agencies, business. File systems, database manage- pensation, grievances, and discipline. partnerships, and corporations. ment functions, hierarchical, network, relational, and object-oriented data mod- MGT 434 3 MGT 330 4 els. Normalization, SQL queries, entity- Entrepreneurship Economics for Managers relationship diagramming. Issues in dis- A survey of what it takes to start and The market system and the structure tributed databases and simultaneous operate a business. Legal, managerial, and functioning of the economy in the access. Use of Oracle DBMS software. accounting, marketing, and financial United States. Macroeconomics concepts, aspects of getting a business up and run- including growth, inflation, employment, MGT 390 3 ning. Development of a business plan interest rates, fiscal policy and monetary Organizations and Environments for startup. policy, supply, demand, and opportunity Emphasis on the organization as an open costs. Microeconomic concepts and tools system. Organizational diagnosis, using a MGT 450 5 are used to study market power (perfect systems approach, examines organizational Financial Management competition, monopoly, monopolistic structure, design, governing regulations Principles of managing and controlling competition, and oligopoly), elasticity, that shape business operations, contin- the finances of corporate enterprises. income distribution, environment and gency theory, and the impact of the envi- Includes financial institutions and mar- other social areas. ronment on organizational effectiveness. kets, financial statement analysis, the time value of money, risk and return, cost of MGT 340 4 MGT 410 4 capital, valuation, capital budgeting, Principles of Marketing Accounting for Managers management of working capital, and Markets, consumer behavior, pricing, How managers use accounting data in financial planning. Prerequisites: MGT promotion, and distribution of products financial decision-making and in delineat- 330, 340, 410. and services. Management issues related ing alternative courses of action. Empha- to enabling an organization profitably to sis on both financial and managerial data MGT 456 3 acquire and satisfy customers and match- and on preparing and using financial Urban Planning ing the wishes and desires of the custom- statements and reports. Ideological, political, legal, economic, ers with those of the organization. social factors, and interest groups and MGT 420 4 how they interact with and affect plan- MGT 350 2 Management ning for primarily urban environments. Data Presentation Basic concepts and theory of management The underlying forces for growth and Integrates preparation of charts, with emphasis on planning, organizing, change; who benefits and who loses. graphs, font selection, and computer-pre- staffing, motivation, and control. Within Includes legal and social issues in plan- sentation software. Emphasis on effective these areas, vision, mission and objectives ning, housing, homelessness, traffic, presentation of documents. of organizations are covered. Also included: zoning, urban renewal, economic development, energy planning, and land-use planning.

208 Degree Completion Programs

MGT 460 4 data organization, telecommunications Fiscal Administration and networking, inter- and intranet, and Financial administration and activities IS system types in various organizations. of public agencies. Includes principles of public finance, budgeting, revenue sources MGT 487 4 (including tax structures), revenue fore- Management Science casting, debt administration, and fund Quantitative methods for managerial management. decision-making. Includes linear programming, integer programming, decision- MGT 477 4 making under uncertainty, utility theory, Electronic Commerce waiting line and inventory models, simu- Tools and technologies needed for par- lation, transportation and assignment ticipating in electronic commerce. Busi- problems. ness opportunities, challenges, and strategies for leveraging the emerging national MGT 491 4 and global information infrastructure. Strategic Management Security, privacy, ethics, and business A capstone course integrating knowl- practices. edge and theories from a variety of business disciplines; applications to a study of MGT 480 4 organizational problems, primarily through International Business the case method. Prerequisites: MGT 310, Introduction to and summary of doing 320, 330, 340, 350, 375, 390, 410, 420, business in the international marketplace. 430, 450. Includes globalization, political economy, Note: The following general-education trade theory, investment in foreign coun- courses are taught by members of the tries, and global monetary systems; and Religion faculty. entry, organizational strategies and business operations in the global environ- RELB 305 4 ment. Biblical Perspectives Designed to foster knowledge and un- MGT 482 4 derstanding of those historical concepts Systems Analysis and Design and themes of the Bible that relate most Concepts, skills, methodologies, tech- directly to effectiveness in business prac- niques, tools, and perspectives essential tices and public life. for systems analysts to successfully develop information systems. Includes project RELB 310 4 identification and selection, project initia- Ethics and Personal Values tion and planning, analysis, logical de- Examination of how personal values in sign, physical design, implementation, business and public life are shaped by world and maintenance. views, ethics, and spiritual formation.

MGT 486 3 Information Systems Management An overview of information systems in organizations. Strategic issues, organizational structure for information systems (IS), ethical and societal issues. Also included: hardware and software for business,

209 Degree Completion Programs

Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood ECE 431 Administration and Supervision I 4 Education, B.S.E.C.E. ECE 432 Administration and Supervision II 4 ECE 450 Counseling for Early Childhood Teachers 4 ➤ This major and these courses are available only through the RELB 305 Biblical Perspectives 4 Degree-Completion Program. Students admitted to this program RELT 310 Ethics and Personal Values 4 are advised to have at entry at least 90 quarter (60 semester) credits with the A.A. or A.S. degree in early childhood education. A minimum of 4 hours chosen from the following: 4 A minimum of 60 hours including the following core courses: ECE 362 Music and Movement (4) ECE 382 Art and Creative Activities (4) ECE 311 Young Children’s Developmental Speech 4 ECE 385 School-Age Child Care (4) ECE 330 Literature for Children 4 ECE 387 Cultural Diversity (4) ECE 359 Exceptional Children 4 ECE 388 Science for the Young Child (4) ECE 365 Parent/Child Relationships 4 ECE 380 Infant/Toddler Care 4 ➤ Required cognate courses: ECE 383 Play and Environments 4 An approved course in nutrition (3) ECE 384 Healthy Child Care 2 Word processing (0-3) ECE 386 Diversified Early Childhood Programs 2 (This requirement may be met by completion of an ECE 389 Behavior Management and Observation 4 approved course in word processing or by satisfactory ECE 425 Adult Supervision and Management 4 performance on an approved waiver examination.)

ECE 359 4 ECE 382 4 Degree-Completion Exceptional Children Art and Creative Activities Courses Assessing children with such exceptions The creative and aesthetic development to “normal” as mental retardation, gifted- of young children: art, music, movement, Available only in the Bachelor of Science ness, emotional disturbance, speech, visual, and drama. in Early Childhood Education curricu- and hearing problems. Includes handicaps lum, an off-campus degree-completion and learning disabilities. ECE 383 4 program Play and Environments ECE 362 4 The importance of play in the learning ECE 311 4 Advanced Music and Movement and development of the young child. De- Young Children’s Developmental A review of appropriate music, rhythm velopment, analysis, and evaluation Speech and movement activities for young chil- of various learning centers intended to Normal development of speech and dren. Includes available resources, practice enhance the learning environment of a language in children from birth to age and implementation in early education. child-care center. Includes curriculum six. An introduction to differential lan- development necessary for integrated guage diagnosis and treatment planning ECE 365 4 learning. for children with delayed language devel- Parent/Child Relationships opment. Issues in parenting and child-rearing ECE 384 2 in today’s society. Healthy Child Care ECE 330 4 How to keep children safe and healthy Literature for Children ECE 380 4 in a child-care setting; how to recognize A survey of literature for children from Infant/Toddler Programs symptoms of diseases; appropriate control infancy through grade six. Emphasis on The environment, curriculum, and methods; developing good health habits literary quality and a broad knowledge management of infant/toddler programs. in young children through example and of the best that has been written for chil- Includes observation of children between learning activities. dren. six months and three years of age.

210 Degree Completion Programs

ECE 385 4 ECE 431 4 School-Age Child Care Administration and Supervision I The rationale, design, management Starting a child-care center. Budgeting and activities for implementing quality and financial planning for a successful care for school-age children. business.

ECE 386 2 ECE 432 4 Diversified Early-Childhood Administration and Supervision II Programs Marketing; recruiting and enrolling The philosophy of a variety of early- children in the child-care center. Develop- childhood programs unique to the profes- ing good relationships with parents and sion. Includes the Montessori and Reggio staff. Creating and maintaining a safe, Emilia curriculum. healthful, and developmentally appropriate environment and curriculum. ECE 387 4 Cultural Diversity ECE 450 4 Describes diversity in the classroom, Counseling for Early-Childhood including history and customs of various Teachers cultures. Delineates cross-cultural varia- Developing relationship skills with tions of child development, beliefs, and parents and children to counsel and to methods of multicultural education. direct a good parent-teacher conference. Advice on referrals for professional help ECE 388 4 on sensitive issues. Science for the Young Child An organized, sequential approach to RELB 305 4 creating a developmentally appropriate Biblical Perspectives program for young children. Historical concepts and themes of the Bible that relate most directly to effective- ECE 389 4 ness in early childhood education practice Behavior Management and and public life. Observation Methods and techniques that lead to RELT 310 4 successful management of young children. Ethics and Personal Values Analysis and evaluation of case studies Spiritual formation, ethics and world and experience to determine most effec- view, and their shaping influence on per- tive methods of achieving positive out- sonal values, early childhood education, comes. Includes observation assignments and public life. and techniques.

ECE 425 4 Adult Supervision and Management Function and management of adults in child-care settings; values and goals, making decisions, and solving problems; management process as applied to the individual and the organization. Prin- ciples and guidelines for developing a good mentor-teaching program.

211 Art

(Intentionally blank) 47 AdultAdult Education Education

Preliminary Multiple Subject Credential 4. Completion of professional coursework (see outline below) Program 5. Presentation of exit competency portfolio for departmental ➤ Steps to completion of the program (apply at the Education approval (within one month of completing student teaching) department for a current schedule of program courses): 6. Application for credential 1. Individual interview with adviser/credential analyst for tran- ➤ Required courses: script evaluation and development of program EDUC 101 Introduction to Teaching 1 2. Application for admission to the program. Prerequisites: a EDUC 101L Introduction to Teaching Lab 1 bachelor’s degree; a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or better; passage of EDUC 333 Educational Psychology 2 the CBEST and MSAT; criminal record clearance; and satisfac- EDUC 335 Ethical Dimensions of Teaching 2 tory recommendation. The application procedure includes the EDUC 336 Social and Multicultural Education 2 following: EDUC 345 C/I Math and Science 4 a. Application form EDUC 353 C/I Beginning Reading andWriting 3 b. Interview with Education faculty EDUC 355 C/I Reading and Language Arts 2 c. Recommendation (from teacher or administrator) EDUC 356 C/I Reading and Social Studies 4 d. Official transcripts for all college-level work (for verification EDUC 480 Student Teaching Seminar 1 of cumulative GPA of 2.5 or better, of college degree, and for EDUC 481-482 Student Teaching Seminar 1-1 identification of applicable course work) EDUC 482L Student Teaching Lab in Reading 1 e. Verification of successful completion of CBEST (CBEST EDUC 482L Student Teaching Lab in Math/Science 1 Verification Card) EDUC 482L Student Teaching Lab in Language Arts 1 f. Verification of successful completion of MSAT (score report) EDUC 482L Full-Time Student Teaching 15 g. Application for criminal record clearance (FBI, DOJ) ENGL 329 Literature for Children 1 h. Submission of copy of current employment criminal record ENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics 4 clearance ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology 4 3. Verification of completion of prerequisite courses: MATH 211-212 Foundations of School Mathematics I-II 3-3 a. United States Constitution (approved course or examination) b. Foreign language (6 semester/9 quarter units) c. Introductory computer course

213 Adult Education

Preliminary Multiple effective practitioners in a culturally di- ing and writing and to comprehend verse society. Concepts, strategies, and meaning through listening and reading. Subject Credential resources are examined that contribute Also emphasizes assessment and manage- Courses to building an atmosphere of positive hu- ment techniques. Corequisite: concurrent man relations and removing negative ste- enrollment for one hour of credit in EDUC 101 1 reotypes and prejudices from the class- EDUC 482L. Introduction to Teaching room. A general overview of the history of EDUC 356 4 education and teaching as a profession. EDUC 345 4 Elementary School Curriculum and Effective teaching techniques, including Elementary School Curriculum and Instruction: Reading/Social Studies the fundamental steps in presenting a les- Instruction: Mathematics/Science A basic course defining the nature of son. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment The teaching of mathematics in the el- language acquisition and the principles in EDUC 101L. ementary school with emphasis on problem related to intermediate reading/language solving and the use of manipulatives. Cov- arts instruction. Includes instructional EDUC 101L 1 ers the application of observation, inquiry, strategies for developing ability to trans- Introduction to Teaching Lab discovery, and problem solving in the sci- mit meaning through talking and writing A thirty-hour field experience that ences. Includes teaching in the multigrade and to comprehend meaning through provides practical information for the classroom. Corequisite: concurrent enroll- listening and reading. Emphasis on using student who is making a decision about ment for one hour of credit in EDUC 482L. the content of social studies to develop teaching. Affords opportunity for the stu- Prerequisite: MATH 211-212. instructional objectives and activities. dent to imagine himself or herself in the Also emphasizes assessment and manage- role of teacher. A grade of B or better is EDUC 353 3 ment techniques and teaching to diverse required for this course to apply toward Elementary School Curriculum and groups of students. Corequisite: concur- the credential. Corequisite: concurrent Instruction: Beginning Reading and rent enrollment in EDUC 482L. enrollment in EDUC 101. Writing A balanced, comprehensive approach EDUC 480-481-482 1-1-1 EDUC 333 2 to teaching reading and writing in pre- Student Teaching: Elementary School Educational Psychology kindergarten through grade three, includ- Seminar A survey course applying psychologi- ing research on how children learn to Presentation and discussion of topics cal principles to the classroom setting. read, diagnosis of reading difficulties, of importance to student teaching, such Effects on learning of such student char- phonics, stages of writing development, as school law, classroom discipline, com- acteristics as intelligence, personality, cog- and planning and delivery of appropriate parative teaching styles, staff, administra- nitive and moral development, sex, and reading and writing instruction based on tive and parent relationships. EDUC 480 exceptionality. Major learning theories, assessment and evaluation. Emphasis on is taken early in the program; EDUC motivation, information processing, class- CLAD and early prevention of failure in 481-482 are taken concurrently with stu- room management, educational objec- literacy for at-risk children. Requires dent teaching. tives, evaluation, and measurement. regular observation in a diverse K-3 classroom. EDUC 482L 1-15 EDUC 335 2 Student Teaching, Elementary Ethical Dimensions of Teaching EDUC 355 2 Student teaching is divided into two Examination of the ethical and moral Elementary School Curriculum and components: components of the teaching profession. Instruction: Reading/Language Arts a) Three hours: one hour concurrent A basic course defining the nature of registration for student teaching with EDUC 336 2 language acquisition and the principles each of the three C/I courses—EDUC Social and Multicultural Education related to beginning and intermediate 345, 355, 356. Graded Satisfactory/Fail. Designed to help present and future reading/language arts instruction. Includes b) Fifteen hours: fifteen weeks of full-time educators acquire the concepts, para- instructional strategies for developing participation in an elementary-school digms, and explanations needed to be ability to transmit meaning through talk- classroom. Requirements include 214 Adult Education

weekly participation in the student- teaching seminar (EDUC 481-482). Application is required by March 1 prior to the school year during which one’s student teaching is scheduled. Graded Satisfactory/Fail.

ENGL 329 1 Literature in the Elementary School A survey of the literary genres as they relate to children, with an emphasis on multicultural literature.

ENGL 335 4 Survey of Linguistics Survey of linguistic concepts and methods: language development and second language acquisition; physiology of human speech; elementary phonology, morphology, syntax, and semantics; language change; dialectology; language and thought; ethical issues in language use.

ENGL 337 4 ESL Teaching Methodology Overview of current methods of teaching English as a Second Language. Concentrates on practical, innovative techniques that foster development of the ESL student’s listening, speaking, pronunciation, grammar, reading, writing, and vocabulary.

MATH 211-212 3-3 Foundations of School Mathematics I-II The logic and structure underlying school mathematics. Concepts, procedures, problem-solving and applications at concrete, pictorial, and abstract levels. MATH 211 includes problem-solving techniques, sets, logic and deductive reasoning, the arithmetic of whole numbers, fractions, decimals, integers, rational and real numbers, ratio and proportion, and percent. MATH 212 includes geometry and measurement. Prerequisite: MATH 211.

215 Art

(Intentionally blank) 47 Financial Information,Financial 2000-2001 Information

Pacific Union College is incorporated under the laws of the State of California Financial Requirements For 2000-2001* as a nonprofit institution. A portion of its Tuition — Quarter Fee Schedule Late registration fee ...... $25.00 income is derived from gifts and grants. The tuition rates reflect a charge of (Payable in cash when you register) These sources of funding help keep your $433 per quarter hour up to 11.5 Lost residence-hall key cost at the lowest possible level consistent hours. Tuition for 12 to 17 hours is or replacement...... $20.00 with adequate facilities and competent $4,995. All hours over 17 are charged Lost student I.D. or replacement instruction. Because of uncertain eco- at $326 per hour...... $12.00 nomic conditions, the College must re- Private Music Lesson Fee serve the right to increase tuition rates, Miscellaneous Fees (see Music Charges) rents, and fees during the school year. Application fee (first time only) $30.00 Nursing Fees (see Nursing Fees) Automobile campus registration fee: Room Deposit Refrigerator electricity charge Community students, A $100 cleaning/damage deposit is (per quarter) 3 cubic feet ...... $5.00 per year ...... $10.00 required of all residence-hall students. To Residence-hall students, Senior Citizen (65 yrs. & older) Rates: reserve a room for the coming year, both per year ...... $30.00 Non-Participation ...... N/C roommates must have paid this deposit. For each extra vehicle ...... $3.00 Audit Credit...... $25 per hour The deposit is refundable if a cancellation For each extra motorcycle ...... $3.00 Full Credit ...... $50 per hour is received by September 1. No refunds These special rates are available are made for cancellations after Septem- Credit by exam recording fee (per exam) ...... $15.00 to senior citizens on an “empty-seat” ber 1 or for failure to appear for registra- basis. Regular degree students paying Extension course credit: Inquire at tion. full tuition have priority. If you are already in residence, you Extended Learning Skiing Fees: Inquire at Physical Educa- may designate a room preference before Exam fee (course waiver or tion department the end of the current school year, but no credit by exam) ...... $25 per hour Technology Fee (Angwin Campus) reservation will be made until the clean- Examination Fees (standardized) ...... $30.00 per quarter ing/damage deposit is received. Specific Fees are charged to cover costs of Transcript of credits ...... $25.00 room assignments for new students are such standardized tests as may be For this one-time fee, billed at first made on the basis of class standing and required by individual departments. enrollment, a student may request up to the date the deposit is received. Flight Training Fees (See Flight twenty-five transcripts without addi- When an application to the College is Training Fees Section) tional charge. Exceptions: Express Mail withdrawn prior to the refund deadline, Laboratory: Fee varies with class. processing is $15; Federal Express is $20. the cleaning/damage deposit is refunded Breakage payment as circumstances in full upon written request to the appro- may require priate residence-hall dean. Note: A supplement with financial information for 2001-2002 will be available in spring 2001.

217 Financial Information

Payment Information Financing College eligible only the first year of participa- Payment for the tuition, room, and tion for a 2% cash discount on the total board expenses is to be made by: estimated costs. The payment options listed below are September 15 Autumn Quarter 5. The SDA Tuition Discount is available available to students without financial when applicable. December 15 Winter Quarter aid. If you elect one of these plans, you March 15 Spring Quarter 6. Any money you earn from campus should complete arrangements with your employment is paid directly to you. These You may use your Visa, Mastercard, PUC financial counselor thirty days earnings do not qualify as a reduction in or Discover charge card to make your before the school term begins. the amount to be paid. payment. To make arrangements, get in 7. Costs in excess of the total estimated touch with your financial counselor. Tuition Guarantee Plan costs paid will be billed monthly. You Provisions of the Plan: must pay them on a monthly basis. Advance Payment 1. The tuition rate in effect during 8. Should your actual costs be less than All U.S. and permanent-resident stu- autumn quarter of your first contract the estimated amount paid, the credit will dents are required to make an advance will remain in effect until you graduate, be refunded after June 25. payment of $1,200 each year without provided that you maintain full-time, This plan guarantees only the tuition regard to any other financial arrangement continuous registration. (Student mis- rate, not any other charges, including but or financial aid. This payment, along with sionaries and Taskforce workers may be not limited to the room and board the first monthly payment, is due in the granted a one-year leave of absence.) charges and any fees assessed after the Student Financial Services office on or 2. Prior to or on September 15, you must beginning of the school year. If you elect before September 15 for autumn quarter, pay total estimated costs for the year. this plan, you (or your parents or spon- by December 15 for winter quarter, and 3. Any cash draws void the contract. sor) must prepay each year the total by March 15 for spring quarter. 4. As a participant in this plan you are estimated costs, which include room and board and other fees at the current rate. Billing Procedure Estimate of Expenses The Tuition Guarantee Plan is available At registration time you indicate the The following amounts represent only to students without financial aid. name and address of any parent or spon- the estimated cost of full-time atten- sor who is to receive your financial state- dance during the autumn, winter, and Cash Discount ment. You also receive a copy. spring quarters of the 2000-2001 Provisions of the Plan: As a student at PUC you have two school year: 1. Cash discounts will be applied as fol- accounts, your basic education account One Each lows: 2% discount of the total advance (which covers tuition, room and board) Year Quarter payment for each quarter in residence. and your miscellaneous account (which Tuition & fees* $14,985 $4,995 2. Cash discounts will be applied if total picks up other charges through the year, (12-17 hours) estimated costs, less SDA Tuition Dis- such as meal costs in excess of the mini- Technology fee 90 30 count (if applicable), are remitted by: mum, private music lessons for non- Residence-hall Rent 2,730 910 June 15 for Summer Session music majors, course-overload charges Minimum Board 1,800 600 for each hour in excess of 17 hours, September 15 for autumn quarter Total $19,605 $6,535 library fines, etc.). December 15 for Winter Quarter March 15 for Spring Quarter You pay your basic education account Books and school supplies are charges on the basis of your payment purchased on a cash basis at the 3. Any cash draws void the discount for plan with the school. Your miscellaneous College Bookstore. that quarter. account charges are to be paid each month upon receipt of the statement. * For students enrolled for six credit hours or A late charge is assessed for any account more, tuition and fee charges include that remains unpaid beyond 30 days. tuition, an accident and sickness medical expense assistance plan, Student Associa- tion fees, and graduation fees.

218 Financial Information

Monthly Payment Plan Financial Aid Programs Independent Student: For federal and Provisions of the Plan: state financial-aid program purposes, you 1. After deduction of the advance pay- are considered independent if you The basic premise of the federal and ment, financial aid, and scholarships from • are 24 years of age or older on or state financial-aid programs is that you the total estimated costs, this plan allows before December 31 of the award year, and your parents have the primary obli- the remainder to be paid in nine equal • are a veteran of the U.S. Armed Forces, gation to meet your cost of attendance to payments beginning September 15th and • are an orphan or ward of the court, the extent that you and they are able to on the 15th of each successive month • have a legal dependent other than a do so. If you have further financial need, through May. spouse, you may apply for financial aid, which is 2. The responsible party receives a • are a married student, or generally made available through grants, monthly billing. • are a graduate/professional student. loans, and student employment. Free Application for Federal Student SDA Tuition Discount The following definitions are given to clarify financial aid: Aid (FAFSA): The application form used Provisions of the Plan: to determine your financial need. The College Costs: Tuition, fees, room and A subsidy toward the operation of the FAFSA is available from PUC’s Student board, books and supplies, personal College is provided by the Seventh-day Financial Services Office. Adventist Church. Therefore: expenses (laundry, clothing, etc.), and required travel. Financial Aid Application (FAA): PUC’s 1. Seventh-day Adventist students receive supplemental form to apply for financial Financial Aid: Financial resources avail- a tuition discount of $780 for the year aid. This is available at the PUC Student able to meet financial needs, resources ($260 per quarter) for full-time students. Financial Services Office. Three-quarter time students receive a such as scholarships and grants, which are not repaid; loans, usually at favorable discount of $585, and half-time students Eligibility for Financial Aid interest rates and with extended repay- a discount of $390 for the year. To qualify for the federal financial aid ment periods; and part-time student 2. This discount is applied only to tuition programs, you must charged at the rate of $418 per hour. employment. 1. be accepted to attend PUC to pursue a 3. This discount is coordinated with Parents’ Contribution: The amount par- regular course of study leading toward a other financial aid to fit into need deter- ents are expected to contribute toward degree or certificate, mination. the cost of education. 2. be a citizen of the U.S. or its Trust Family Contribution: A combination Territories, or have a permanent-resident Family Discount Plan of parents’ contribution and student visa, and Provisions of the Plan: resources, such as savings or other assets, 3. demonstrate financial need as deter- 1. For a family with two dependent summer earnings, or G.I. Bill aid. For a mined by the FAFSA. students attending the College at the married student, spouse’s earnings would Satisfactory Academic Progress. To be same time, a discount of $200 per stu- also be included in family resources. The eligible to receive federal, state, and/or dent per quarter is given; for a family family contribution is determined by the institutional financial aid at Pacific Union with three or more, the discount is $250 federal government. College, you must maintain satisfactory per student per quarter. Financial Need: The difference between academic progress, which is defined as 2. If you are in a family qualifying for cost of attendance and the family contri- follows: this discount, you also receive the ben- bution. efits of any of the other payment and Course Load. To be a full-time student, Scholarships: Outright gifts awarded for you must register for at least 12 hours discount plans offered by the College for academic excellence and promise. which you qualify. and complete at least 10 hours per quar- Grants: Outright gifts, based on financial ter. To complete a bachelor’s degree in need. four years, you must complete an average Loans: Financial assistance which must be of 16 hours per quarter. (Financial aid is repaid, usually with favorable interest and available during the summer if you are long-term repayment schedules. taking at least 9 hours and will graduate at the end of summer quarter.)

219 Financial Information

Grade-point average. You must earn a your financial counselor prior to the minimum quarter grade-point average of For Four-year Degree beginning of the quarter. PUC Campus 2.0 and a cumulative grade-point average By the end of Credit to be completed: Grant money is available to full-time of 2.0 to qualify for financial aid. To be students only. Additional information is eligible for campus grant money, bach- 3 quarters 39 hours available from your financial counselor. elor’s degree students must satisfactorily Transfer Students. Transfer students complete 39 hours in three consecutive 6 quarters 78 hours are eligible for financial aid during their quarters; two-year degree students must 9 quarters 117 hours first quarter at Pacific Union College and complete 36 hours in three consecutive are subject to the same satisfactory aca- quarters. 12 quarters 156 hours demic-progress policies as other PUC In calculating the grade-point average students. Credits earned prior to enroll- 15 quarters all degree and evaluating progress toward comple- ing at Pacific Union College are not requirements tion of a degree: considered when determining academic “I” (Incomplete) is calculated as an progress. Transfer credit may be accepted “F” until the course has been satisfac- to make up a deficiency. Before register- For Two-year Degree torily completed according to provi- ing as a transfer student, you must con- sions in this catalog. By the end of Credit to be completed: sult the Records office to determine “W” (Withdrawal) is not computed in whether or not PUC will accept your the GPA, nor is the course considered 3 quarters 36 hours transfer credits. to be completed satisfactorily. Appeal Procedures. The following 6 quarters 72 hours A course repeated to improve the appeal procedures are available if you are grade-point average is counted only once 9 quarters all degree requirements ever deemed not to be making satisfac- toward the total credit hours required for tory academic progress. If you are in this graduation. The original grade is not 10 quarters all A.S. Nursing category, you may receive aid for the included in the grade-point calculation. requirements coming quarter upon approval of a writ- A maximum of nine quarter hours ten petition to the Financial Aid Commit- ter, campus financial aid may be sus- of remedial courses (001-099) is appli- tee at the Student Financial Services pended if the 39/36 hour requirement cable toward the baccalaureate degree. office. This petition must has not been met. 1. describe the reasons for not making Time Frame for Progress Toward a If your financial aid is suspended, Degree. If you receive financial aid, you satisfactory progress, before it can be reinstated you must 2. outline a program for correcting the should carefully adhere to the require- make arrangements with the Student ments of your major or other program to problem, and Financial Services office and with the 3. list an approved, attainable class ensure completion on time. You must be Records office to take the appropriate in compliance with the following tables, schedule, signed by your academic ad- course load to satisfy the 39/36 hour and viser, for the following quarter. which indicate the time for a first-year grade-point average requirements. Financial Aid Suspension. If you do student to qualify for a degree. Financial For any courses you take elsewhere, not make satisfactory academic progress aid for students in other classifications you must submit an official transcript to for the petitioned quarter, you will be will be prorated. the Student Financial Services office and placed on Financial Aid Suspension, a Satisfactory Academic Progress the Records office three weeks before the status that terminates financial aid. If Review. At the end of each quarter the beginning of the quarter for which finan- your financial aid is suspended, you may Student Financial Services office reviews cial aid is sought, so that your eligibility appeal the suspension in writing to the the academic progress of each student. If may be determined. while receiving financial aid you are Financial Aid Committee at the Student Part-Time Students. Financial aid may Financial Services office. found to be in violation of the hour and/ be available to part-time students as 1. The Financial Aid Committee will or grade-point average requirements, follows: three-quarter time (9-11.5 review the appeal and determine whether your financial aid could be immediately hours) and half-time (6-8.5 hours). You the suspension is justified. You will be suspended. At the end of the third quar- must declare less than full-time status to 220 Financial Information

advised of the decision in writing. college costs. Applications for BIA grants Stafford, Federal Perkins, and/or Colle- 2. You may appeal the decision of the and vocational assistance are available giate Loan. Financial Aid Committee, in writing, to from the U.S. Bureau of Indian Affairs Federal Stafford Loan Program. The the Grants, Loans, and Scholarships regional offices or from the Bureau’s most common type of loan for under- Committee. Office of Indian Education, 2800 Cot- graduates is the Subsidized Federal If the appeal is approved and aid is tage Way, Sacramento, CA 95825. Stafford Student Loan, provided by such reinstated for one additional quarter, you From the State Government private lending institutions as banks, must The California Student Aid Commis- savings and loan associations, and credit 1. begin the quarter with a minimum of sion. All PUC students who are Califor- unions, and guaranteed by the federal or 12 hours, complete at least 10 hours, and nia residents are encouraged to apply to state government. To qualify, you must 2. attain a GPA for the quarter of at least the California Student Aid Commission be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident 2.00 and sufficient to bring the cumula- for state-funded grant assistance. To be enrolled at least half-time and must have tive GPA to at least 2.00. eligible, you must be a legal resident of completed the financial aid application If you do not meet the above require- California. An annual application is process. ments, financial aid will be suspended required for all grants. Applications are The interest rate is variable. Repay- without recourse until you are able to due by March 2 for the school term ment begins six months after you com- demonstrate your ability to succeed with starting the following September. plete college or drop below half-time the appropriate course load and achieve Cal Grants are based on a combina- attendance. The lender determines the the appropriate grade-point average. tion of demonstrated financial need and repayment schedule. Borrowing limits academic achievement as evidenced by are $2,625 for freshmen, $3,500 for Types of Aid your GPA. Scholarship award amounts sophomores, and $5,500 for juniors and are determined by CSAC. Both the FAFSA seniors. Insurance and loan origination fees are charged by the lender. Financial aid consists of gift aid and and the GPA Verification Form must be If you have an undetermined financial self-help aid. Gift aid includes scholar- filed by March 2. need, you may apply for the Unsubsidized ships and grants, which require no repay- From the College Federal Stafford Loan. The application ment. Self-help includes loans, which Honor Awards process, interest rate, and loan amounts must be repaid, and your employment Contact the Enrollment Services office are the same as for the Subsidized Federal earnings. for information about College-awarded Stafford Loans. The difference between scholarships and honor awards. The Stu- the two loan programs is that you are Gift Aid: Scholarships and Grants dent Financial Services office coordinates responsible for the interest accruing while From the Federal Government but does not determine these awards. in school if the loan is unsubsidized. You Federal Pell Grant. The Pell Grant is a A Campus Grant is a limited grant are not responsible for interest accruing federally-funded grant program designed available to help meet a student’s remain- for the subsidized loan. to help eligible undergraduates earn the ing financial need. Recipients must main- Parent Loans for Undergraduate first baccalaureate degree. The amount tain satisfactory academic progress and Students (PLUS). A PLUS loan is a fed- is based on your financial need and the carry a full course load; they may be eral loan with a variable interest rate number of hours for which you are required to live in College housing. available to parents who borrow on enrolled. Self-Help: Loans behalf of dependent students. Parents FSEOG. The Federal Supplemental Most of the financial aid packages may borrow up to the full cost of educa- Educational Opportunity Grant program from the College’s Student Financial tion minus other financial aid. If a parent is a federal program for undergraduate Services office include an expectation wishes the PLUS to be used for financial students with the greatest financial need. that the applying student will take a loan clearance, the completed PLUS applica- An FSEOG award is automatically con- under one of several loan programs. Your tion must be in the Student Financial sidered for students applying for financial student loan helps defray current costs Services office to be certified prior to aid through PUC. until you can better afford to pay for registration. If the PLUS is to be used to BIA. Bureau of Indian Affairs grants them. Campus Grant money is available pay the entire cost of education, the help native American students meet their to you only if you also have a Federal Student Financial Services office must 221 Financial Information

have indication from the lender that the Although your potential student earn- award is built in the following order: parent loan has been approved. Other- ings may be included in your financial aid 1. Federal Pell Grant wise the parent is expected to make the award letter, the College cannot guaran- 2. Federal Supplemental Educational required payments for financial clear- tee how much you will earn. Opportunity Grant ance. Campus employment is arranged 3. Cal Grant/PUC Scholarships/Tuition Federal Perkins Loans. The Federal through the Student Employment office Assistance, etc. Perkins Loan program is funded mainly in Financial Services. If you seek work on 4. Loan (Federal Stafford Student Loan, by the federal government but adminis- campus, you must file an application Federal Perkins Loan, or Collegiate Loan) tered by the Student Financial Services with the Student Employment office and 5. PUC Campus Grant office. be registered for at least eight hours of Thus, if your award letter from the The loans are repaid directly to Edu- course work (except during the summer). Student Financial Services office includes Serv, Inc. No interest is charged while Weekly time cards are used for record- a PUC Campus Grant, you must take a you remain in school as an undergradu- ing hours worked. Student workers are loan in order to qualify for the grant. ate or continue education in a graduate paid by check or by electronic funds Please note: It may be impossible for the or professional school. When you cease transfer every two weeks. Department College to fill your complete financial to be a student, there is a grace period heads employing students determine need. Also, it may be impossible for all before repayment begins. wage rates within ranges established by of your PUC scholarship awards to fit The total repayment period is not to College management. Hourly rates are in into your FAFSA need figure. exceed ten years. Minimum payments of compliance with state and federal laws. $40 are due on the first of each month You may assign a portion of your Special Programs during the repayment period and are wages to your account by completing a Special programs are designed to help delinquent if not received by the 15th, at form available at the Student Financial specially-qualified students finance their which time the account becomes subject Services office. You may also request that costs of attendance. It is your responsibil- to a late fee. Regular collection proce- tithe and/or church expense offerings be ity to investigate and, if you qualify, to dures are employed, including accelerat- deducted from your paychecks. pursue these financial sources. ing the payment of the total loan and Federal Work-Study Program. If you Veterans’ Benefits. The Cal-Vet Edu- referrals to collection agencies when a qualify, a portion of your wages may be cational Assistance Program may pay fees loan account is in default. subsidized through the Federal Work- and a monthly stipend to students who Self-Help: Student Employment Study Program. Federal Work-Study is qualify. For more information on these PUC Employment. Many students designed to broaden the range of mean- programs or on G.I. benefits, veteran’s work at the College to defray part of ingful employment. In order for you to loans, or veteran’s employment, contact their school expenses by working an be employed on the Federal Work-Study the Veterans Administration or the Veter- average of 15-18 hours per week in such Program, you must have applied for ans Coordinator at PUC. service and industrial departments as financial aid and must be receiving finan- State Aid to the Physically Handi- Custodial Services, Dining Commons, cial aid (i.e., a Federal PELL grant, a capped. Through its Bureau of Voca- Public Safety, Landscape, and Physical Federal Perkins Loan, a Federal SEOG, tional Rehabilitation, the State of Cali- Plant. Others are employed as secretaries etc.) awarded by the Student Financial fornia provides financial assistance to and readers in academic departments or Services office, and must have an unmet students who have physical disabilities. as residence-hall assistants. financial need. (If you major in theology This assistance may include an additional The current levels of earnings are as or religion, you will not be eligible to amount to help cover living costs. Stu- follows: participate in the Work-Study Program.) dents who may be entitled to this assis- Minimum tance should apply to the State Bureau of Hrs./Wk. Rate/Hr. Income/Yr. The type of financial aid offered to you Vocational Rehabilitation. 10 $5.75 $1,725 depends upon the amount of financial 15 $5.75 $2,600 need and the resources available. After 20 $5.75 $3,450 family resources and outside resources (Cal Grants, Rotary Scholarships, etc.) are taken into consideration, a financial 222 Financial Information

How to Apply for Delivery of Financial Aid 4. responded to any further requests by the Student Financial Services office. Financial Aid Cal Grant A, B and C tuition awards are placed as credit on student accounts The payment agreement must be signed each quarter. and returned to the Student Financial 1. Complete and mail the FAFSA. The Financial aid is posted directly to Services office. This acceptance serves FAFSA is necessary for determining student accounts. Grant aid is handled as authorization to prepare the federal financial need and applying for the Fed- entirely by the College and is posted financial aid you are to receive. eral Pell Grant. Within four to six weeks directly to individual accounts. Posting If you are interested in applying for after your FAFSA is processed, you will of loan aid varies with the program. financial aid, or if you receive financial receive a Student Aid Report (SAR) in Students receiving Federal Perkins aid, should be aware of the following: three parts. Loans will have an advance posted each 1. You are encouraged to discuss any 2. To apply for a Cal Grant, legal resi- quarter. Recipients of a Federal Stafford financial problems with your financial dents of California must complete and Loan must give approval for electronic aid counselor. Staff members want to mail the GPA Verification Form and the funds transfer to be posted to their help you achieve your academic goals. FAFSA by March 2. Obtain a Certificate accounts. PLUS loan checks are sent to 2. Financial aid is not intended to help of Mailing for each form to prove that the parents; they should be signed and with financial obligations incurred prior you met the March 2 deadline. (Students returned immediately to the Student to coming to the College. Thus, if you currently receiving a Cal Grant do not Financial Services office. have car payments or substantial credit need to file the GPA Verification Form.) The practice of placing all monies on card or loan payments, it would be best 3. Complete a PUC Financial Aid Appli- the student account provides an audit to liquidate such obligations before cation (FAA) and return it to the Student trail. Should any question arise regarding applying for aid and coming to school. Financial Services office. the account or the disposition of aid, the 3. You are encouraged to discuss aca- 4. Complete the Verification Worksheet student account statements readily pro- demic problems with your academic and return it to the same office. vide the necessary information. advisers at an early date, or to seek spe- 5. Request Financial Aid Transcripts from If your aid exceeds the College charges, cial help from the Counseling Center all previous colleges you have attended to it is possible to arrange with the Student and/or the Learning Resource Center. be sent to the Student Financial Services Financial Services office for a cash with- 4. Students receiving financial aid are office. drawal from the account at the end of the responsible to do as well as possible in 6. Send signed copies of 1999 Federal quarter. their classes. If you find it necessary to income-tax returns and W-2s to the At each quarterly registration the same change or reduce your course load, you Student Financial Services office. procedure is to be followed. Ordinarily, must consult with your financial counse- 7. Apply for admission to the College. financial aid is credited at the beginning lor regarding the effect on your financial March 2 is the filing deadline for the of each quarter. However, if you should aid of the change in course load. FAFSA and GPA Verification Forms. have unforeseen financial problems with 5. If you must withdraw from the Col- April 15 is the priority processing dead- documented increased financial need, lege, first come to the Student Financial line for receipt of the items listed above supplemental aid may be given. Services office for a determination of by the Student Financial Services office, A financial aid award letter will be sent refunds to be made to the aid funds and Pacific Union College, Angwin, Califor- to you if you have for information regarding disposition of nia 94508-9707. Aid awards for applica- any loans you may have. tions received after these dates will be 1. completed financial aid applications 6. You are responsible, as long as there is based on funds available, but may not (FAFSA, FAA, Verification Worksheet, an unpaid balance, to keep the Student cover the determined need. and Financial Aid Transcript, if required) on file at the Student Financial Services Financial Services office informed of your office; address and to make the minimum 2. been accepted for admission by the monthly payments. College; 7. If you have NDSL, Perkins, Worthy 3. sent signed copies of 1999 federal tax Student, or Collegiate loans and transfer returns and W-2s to the Student Finan- to another school, or return to PUC after cial Services office; and being out for more than six months, you 223 Financial Information

may request the Student Financial Ser- Residence-Hall Room Refund International Students vices office to defer your loan payments When a room is occupied less than one until you are not attending school again. quarter, a charge is made for the actual A similar deferment is possible on Federal number of days on a pro-rata basis. The International students are required to Stafford Student Loans, but you must double-occupancy daily rate is $14.00. pay all costs for the upcoming quarter in contact the lender for the proper paper- The refund would thus be the difference advance. A deposit of $1,200, paid to the work. between the number of days occupied Student Financial Services office, is re- 8. Completion of a two-year associate times $14.00 from the charge per quarter quired from these applicants prior to the degree or a four-year baccalaureate degree of $910. issuance of an I-20 form for use in secur- ing a U.S. student visa. (An additional is based on an average of 16 hours of Financial Aid Refunds $100 deposit is required from interna- course work per quarter. Although you Since tuition, room, and board refunds tional students who plan to live in one of may take as few as 12 hours per quarter are a reduction in your costs, a corre- the residence halls. See “Room Deposit,” and still receive full aid, that aid could sponding reduction must be made in page 217.) Students receiving financial terminate before you complete your financial aid that you may have received. sponsorship from overseas divisions do degree requirements if you average fewer (You may get a copy of the policy on not need the $1,200 (U.S.) deposit if a than 16 hours per quarter. specific aid refund procedures from the statement is received from the treasurer 9. Although you may take half- or three- Student Financial Services office.) Your of the division assuming responsibility for quarter-time course loads, if you are receiv- account will be charged for the reduction tuition, room, and board. ing financial aid it is to your advantage in financial aid. International students on student visas financially to take a full academic load To be certain that all charges and cred- do not qualify for loans and grants as (average of 16 class hours per quarter). its have been entered on your account, detailed in the financial section. Campus This is so because it costs no more to the College reserves the right to withhold employment, however, may be available. take 17 hours than 12 hours and the settlement of any balance due to you International students are expected to mandated reduction in financial aid for until the end of the next billing cycle meet required payments at registration less than 12 hours of course work will (30 days after you leave campus). generally be more than the reduction in and throughout the quarter just as other tuition charges. students do. G.I. Bill To determine the parents’ or sponsor’s Students qualifying for the G.I. Bill Refund Policy ability to meet the educational costs should make this fact known to the without the need for financial aid, the Tuition Refunds are made upon the Veterans Coordinator in the Records applicant must also submit for review the completion of either a Program Change office at the time of application to the Finance Guarantee Form accompanied by Voucher (for a reduction in course load) College. The Veterans Coordinator, who a bank statement, which will be sent at or a Request for Withdrawal Voucher maintains liaison between veterans and the time of application. Further informa- (when dropping all courses). These forms the VA, will supply the appropriate forms tion is available from the Student Finan- are available at the Records office. and will make proper arrangement with cial Services office. The amount of tuition refund to stu- the VA. Insurance for International Students dents who withdraw from any or all By prior arrangement with the VA, Because the cost of medical care in the courses during a quarter is determined veterans may have an advance payment United States is high in comparison to from the date the completed withdrawal check available on registration day. costs in other countries, all international form is filed with the Records office. Monthly payments are made directly to students must have and maintain major The refund schedule is as follows: the student around the first day of each medical insurance coverage while attend- 1. first to fourth day of the quarter, 95%; month. Veterans are required to follow ing Pacific Union College. This insurance 2. 3% less for each school day there the regular payment plan as listed for must have minimum coverage of at least after, up to the 29th school day; other students. For further information, $150,000. The insurance may not dis- 3. after the 29th school day, no tuition see the section entitled “Services for criminate on the basis of sex or age. The refund. Veterans” in this catalog. policy must be written in English. Pacific Union College has a major

224 Financial Information

medical insurance plan available for 2. applicants 22 and turning 23 during the When you move out of the residence international students. At the time of current academic year hall, the room will be inspected for rea- registration students must purchase the 3. fifth-year seniors (Student Missionary sonable cleanliness and normal wear. If medical insurance available through the and Taskforce years may count as one year) necessary, charges for extra cleanup or College or provide a copy of the schedule 4. holders of earned bachelor’s degrees repairs will be made at this time against of benefits of their own medical insur- 5. applicants living with parents or other your $100 damage deposit. ance policy, meeting or exceeding the immediate relatives (grandparents, aunts, You will be issued a key upon occu- minimum requirements specified by the uncles, siblings at least 25 years old) and pancy of a residence-hall room and will College. in their primary residence be expected to return it when you move Automobile insurance is required in 6. part-time students enrolled for six or out. Should the key be lost or not re- the United States to cover liability for fewer credits turned upon departure, a $20 lost-key damages in the event of an accident. 7. applicants 22 or younger with significant charge will be placed on your account. Severe penalties are imposed on the financial need who are offered room and Charges made to your long-distance owner and driver of an uninsured vehicle board at substantial savings (required to telephone number cannot be billed on should an accident occur. The interna- live in the host family’s home) your monthly statement. (See “Telephone tional student adviser at Pacific Union 8. divorced and widowed applicants Information” in the STUDENT LIFE College can provide information about 9. single parents AND SERVICES section of this catalog.) purchasing automobile insurance. Requests for off-campus housing are The College is not liable for loss of considered and acted upon annually. your personal belongings or damage to Food Service Students are to secure approval before them. If you want insurance coverage for The Food Service is operated on the signing a lease for off-campus housing. personal possessions, you should arrange cafeteria plan. If you live in one of the All housing must be registered in the for it with your personal insurance car- College residence halls, you are expected Office of Student Services. Residence rier. to take your meals in the Dining Com- halls are available to students currently mons. The quarterly minimum charge enrolled at Pacific Union College who Apartments for board is $600. meet eligibility requirements. Students 24 Housing for married students and If you are a commuting student, or if and older may live in residence halls on a single parents is available on campus in you are enrolled in less than a half-time “space-available” basis upon application. two areas: Court Place and Brookside study load, you may pay cash or use your Single community students are not to Park. To qualify for residence in these regular ID card when using the Food Ser- live in “coed” groups. areas, applicants must be taking a regular vice. (You may be asked to pay a deposit These policies also apply to students course load (no less than eight hours of before your ID card is activated for use in enrolled in summer sessions or working class work each quarter). the Dining Commons.) All meal charges full or part time on campus during sum- The Court Place apartments are unfur- must be paid by the end of the next bill- mer sessions. nished (except for cooking facilities and ing cycle. The standard room rate is $885 per refrigerators) one- or three-bedroom quarter for double occupancy in each duplex apartments with a one-car carport Residence Halls residence hall. When a student can be space adjacent. Brookside Park is com- Pacific Union College affirms the values accommodated only through overcrowd- prised of forty one- to three-bedroom to be gained from being primarily a resi- ing, there will be a 15% reduction in the apartments with carport. The apartments dential college. By accepting admission, rental rate for each student in the room. are furnished with electric stove and unmarried students aged 22 or younger If you choose to room alone, provided oven, refrigerator, draperies, and wall- agree to live in a residence hall — unless space is available, you will be charged an to-wall carpeting. The apartments are they apply for and are granted an exception. additional $455 per quarter. conveniently located near the Angwin For students in good standing, requests When a room is occupied less then one Plaza, which includes market, bookstore, for off-campus housing may be approved quarter, a charge is made for the actual laundromat, credit union, post office, and according to the following criteria: number of days on a pro-rata basis. (See other facilities. 1. applicants 23 or older Refund Policy.)

225 Financial Information

Assignments are made on a first-come, Late Charge on Unpaid Music Charges first-served basis, established by a $10 Accounts Private music lessons are offered on nonrefundable deposit. Information about If you have any account that remains either a credit or no-credit basis. On a housing for married students or single unpaid beyond 30 days after the close of credit basis, all students except music parents is available from the Office of the quarter in which you left the College, majors and minors are charged the nor- Student Services, Pacific Union College, a late charge will be assessed. mal tuition charge as well as a private Angwin, CA 94508-9707. music lesson fee of $190 per credit hour. The College is not liable for loss of Late Registration Fee Fee waiver. The private music lesson your personal belongings or damage to A late-registration fee of $25 is assessed fee will not be charged to those majors them. If you want insurance coverage for for failure to complete registration on and minors who are enrolled in Theory I personal possessions, you should arrange time. This fee is paid to the Registrar in (MUTH 121-122-123 ) or the Introduc- for it with your personal insurance car- cash before you are considered fully tion to Music Literature sequence rier. registered. An additional $10 is charged (MUHL 131-132-133) or who have if you do not pay at the Records office. already taken these courses and are con- Health Service tinuing to enroll in courses normally The College provides a Student Acci- Flight Training Fees expected of majors and minors. dent and Sickness Medical Expense Assis- This fee waiver normally applies only After you register for flight training, tance Plan to supplement the medical to the required number of hours of those the amount needed to pay for ten hours protection provided by your own insur- lessons necessary to fulfill the degree of instruction per credit hour is applied ance policy (i.e., personal, family, auto- requirements. to your flight account at the Parrot Field mobile). Flight Center. Expenses for both the air- Private Music Lesson Fees If you are enrolled for at least six plane and the instructor may be charged Per Quarter hours during each quarter of the regular to that account. When the tuition credit With credit: school year, including the summer ses- has been used, additional funds must be Each credit hour of lessons $190 sion, and if you are accepted for the applied to the account to maintain a pos- (tuition additional) autumn quarter and are working full time itive balance until the course curriculum Without credit: on campus during the summer recess, you has been completed. You may inquire at Each half-hour series of lessons $250 are eligible to receive assistance under the the Flight Center for cost estimates for Each credit hour is based upon a College Plan. (International students your course. Aviation majors may expect minimum of nine one-half-hour private must meet special medical insurance to pay approximately $2,000 per year, in music lessons per quarter. Lessons missed requirements described in the section addition to tuition, for flight laboratory because of a student’s irregular attendance entitled “International Students,” above.) fees. (If there is a significant change in may not be made up. Assistance begins after records of the the cost of fuel, insurance, etc., rates may If a student withdraws within the first required physical examination and immu- be adjusted during the school year.) two weeks of the quarter, the refund is nizations are received. Under the Plan, Because of reduced tuition for summer prorated; after that, however, no refunds medical care is provided primarily by the courses, one-half tuition credit is applied are made. College Health Service, the College physi- to the flight account for instruction dur- Students enrolling as members of music cian, and the St. Helena Hospital and ing the summer session. organizations or ensembles register on a Health Center. Brochures describing the If you already have certain FAA certifi- credit or audit basis. A limited number of Plan are available at Health Service. cates and wish to receive academic credit ensemble scholarships are available for them, there is a per-course recording through the music department for stu- fee. (See also “Credit by Examination” in dents who incur overload tuition charges the ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND as a result of enrolling in one of these POLICIES section.) courses.

226 Financial Information

Nursing Fees ter prior to commencement. Permission PUC ID card, and the second a driver’s A.S. Program, First Year: is granted only in instances of obvious license or a DMV ID card. VISA, NURS 121 (Nursing I): $120 necessity. A fee of $25 is assessed any MasterCard, and the Discover group may NURS 124 (Nursing II): $75 graduate who absents himself from grad- also be used for Bookstore purchases. NURS 125 (Nursing III): $65 uation without permission. Students may not charge Bookstore purchases to their College accounts. A.S. Program, Second Year: Technology Fee NURS 221 (Nursing IV): $25 Checks NURS 222 (Nursing V): $25 Students enrolled for one or more NURS 252: $25 credits on the Angwin campus pay a $30 Checks for a student’s account should NURS 253: $25 per-quarter technology fee. Exceptions: be made payable to Pacific Union Col- NURS 254: $25 Faculty and staff and students enrolled in lege. Checks intended for a student’s NURS 262: $75 such “off-campus” programs as degree personal use should be made payable to completion, extended nursing, and exten- the student and not to Pacific Union B.S.N. Program: sion courses. College. Returned checks are subject to NURS 394: $35 a $15 charge plus statutory penalties if NURS 432: $35 Transcripts action to collect becomes necessary. NURS 462: $35 Each student at first enrollment is These fees cover Skills Lab equipment billed a one-time transcript fee of $25. Cash Withdrawals costs, ID badge, malpractice insurance, For this payment the student may request Students are expected not to request graduation nursing pin, and the initial up to twenty-five transcripts without cash withdrawals from their accounts. testing and evaluation for the National additional charge. Exceptions: Any un- Exceptions are ordinarily considered only League for Nursing tests given across the usual costs incurred for such special in emergency situations or when a credit program. Nursing fee charges are gener- requests as “rush processing” are added. balance exists. ated when one registers for a course. Express Mail processing, for example, is Repeating a course, therefore, will also an additional $15; Federal Express is $20. Banking and Security of generate these fees. Personal Possessions ID Cards Skiing Fees You are advised not to keep money Regular ID Cards provide identification in your residence hall room. The College For current rates, inquire at the Physi- for the following purposes: Dining Com- does not assume any responsibility for the cal Education department at registration mons purchases, use of the College Li- loss of money or other personal belong- time. Recently the charges have been in brary, transactions at the Business office ings left in rooms or elsewhere on cam- the $200-250 range. and Records office, special functions on pus. Provision is made for students to campus, purchases by personal check at deposit money for safe keeping at the Auditing local businesses, and identification of Business office. The College does not Lecture-type courses that are audited students for campus security purposes. provide banking services, and no interest are charged at the half-tuition rate. Inde- Should a card be lost or stolen, notifi- accrues. (A charge of $2 is made for pendent study, ensembles, and participa- cation must be made to the Student Finan- reissuing lost passbooks.) tion-type courses may be audited, but full cial Services office before the student’s You may use bank debit cards to get tuition is charged. obligation for any misuse of the card will cash at the College Market. end. A $12 fee is charged to replace lost The Silverado Federal Credit Union is Graduation in Absentia or stolen ID cards. conveniently located on campus; students It is expected that all graduates will are invited to take advantage of its wide participate in the commencement services College Bookstore variety of financial services. unless granted written permission by the Books and supplies may be obtained at Records office to be graduated in absen- the College Bookstore on a cash basis. tia. Written application for exemption Purchases made with a personal check should be made not later than one quar- require two ID’s, one of which may be the

227 Art

(Intentionally blank) 47 PersonnelPersonnel

Presidents of Pacific Union College Pacific Union College Trustees

At Healdsburg Thomas J. Mostert, Jr., Chairman** Richard A. Malott Sidney Brownsberger 1882-1886* President, Pacific Union Conference Rancher William C. Grainger 1886-1894* Delmar R. Tonge, Vice Chairman Arnold Trujillo** Frank W. Howe 1894-1897* Physician President, Hawaii Conference Roderick S. Owen 1897-1899* D. Malcolm Maxwell, Secretary** Larry R. Moore** Marion E. Cady 1899-1903* President, Pacific Union College President, Nevada-Utah Conference Elton D. Sharpe 1903-1904* V. Elizabeth Alexander JoAline A. Olson Warren E. Howell 1904-1906* Businesswoman President, St. Helena Hospital Lucas A. Reed 1906-1908* Bryan L. Breckenridge Jerry N. Page** At Angwin Businessman President, Central California C. Walter Irwin 1909-1921* Leon F. Sanders** Conference William E. Nelson 1921-1934* Treasurer, Pacific Union Conference Charles A. Pereyra-Suarez Walter I. Smith 1934-1943* R. Ernest Castillo** Attorney Henry J. Klooster 1943-1945* Secretary, Pacific Union Conference Larry J. Provonsha Percy W. Christian 1945-1950* Shirley Chang Accountant, State of California John E. Weaver 1950-1954* Professor of Nursing Darold J. Retzer** Henry L. Sonnenberg 1954-1955* Gwenervere L. Flagg President, Northern California Ray W. Fowler 1955-1963 Physician and Surgeon Conference Floyd O. Rittenhouse 1963-1972* Elizabeth A. Hamlin E. Wayne Shepperd** John W. Cassell, Jr. 1972-1983 Secretary Vice President, Pacific Union D. Malcolm Maxwell 1983- Jerry D. Jolly Conference Accountant N. Clifford Sorensen *Deceased Esther Liu Administrator, Educator Consultant Gerry E. Thompson** Donald J. Logan Director of Education, Pacific Union Attorney Conference

**Ex Officio

229 Personnel

College Administration Susanne Ermshar, B.S. Coordinator, Enrollment Services D. Malcolm Maxwell, Ph.D. President Susie A. Fox, B.A. Director, Food Service Ellie M. LeBrun Administrative Secretary Tim Frederick, M.A. Counselor Janet S. Ivey, M.A. Executive Assistant Aubyn S. Fulton, Ph.D. Multicultural Issues Adviser Rosemary L. Collins, B.A. Assistant to the President Rogelia Gayoba, B.S.C., A.B.H.P.R. Coordinator, Information Andrea I. Griggs, B.S. Director, Institutional Research Systems; and Office Manager, Enrollment Services Tom N. Hopmann, M.B.A. Special Projects Julianna George, B.S. Assistant Dean of Women Beverly F. Helmer, B.S. Associate Dean of Women Academic Administration Rita S. Hoshino, B.S. Assistant to the Dean of Students Ileana Douglas, M.A., Ph.D. Candidate Vice President Isaías Jacobo, M.A. Enrollment Counselor for Academic Administration and Academic Dean Nancy R. Jacobo, M.P.H. Coordinator, Hildet C. Madrid Executive Assistant Learning (dis)Abilities Program Sandra J. Balli, Ph.D. Associate Academic Dean Sean Kootsey, B.A. Director, Enrollment Services for Continuing and Professional Studies Nancy J. Lecourt, Ph.D. Coordinator, Women’s Issues Donald R. Halenz, Ph.D. Associate Academic Dean Jay H. Lewis, M.S.W. Enrollment Counselor H. Susi Mundy, M.A. Registrar Milbert C. Mariano, B.S. Designer Eric D. Anderson, Ph.D. Director, Honors Program Michael Mennard, B.A., B.S. Senior Writer/Editor Jean G. Buller, M.A. Director, Graduate Division Michelle Velázquez Mesnard, B.A. Director, Public Relations R. Monty Perry, M.A. Admissions–Retention Adviser Financial Administration Ronald K. Qualley, B.S. Associate Dean of Men John I. Collins, Ed.D. Vice President Michelle Rai, B.S. Enrollment Counselor for Financial Administration Annette L. Reibe, M.A. Associate Dean of Women Debbie S. Stewart, B.S. Executive Assistant Clifford M. Rusch, B.S. Associate Director Gayln L. Bowers, B.S. Director, Human Resources for Public Relations–Art William L. Cochran, M.B.A. Director, Budgets Sandra Sargent, R.N. Clinical Coordinator, Health Service and Fiscal Services Carolyn M. Trace, M.Ed. Counselor Douglas E. Ermshar, B.S. Controller Lanier L. Watson, B.A. Associate Dean of Men Dorothy E. Bartholomew, B.S. Assistant Controller Gerry Wood Office Coordinator, Counseling Center Geraldine C. Glantz, B.A. Collections and Program Analyst Janice R. Wood, B.A. Associate Dean of Students Philemon N. Onwere, M.B.A. Assistant Controller and Director of Residence Life Glen L. Bobst, Jr., B.A. Director, Student Financial Services Director, Public Safety Margery L. Ferguson Student Finan. Services Counselor Daniel D. Harrom, B.S. Student Finan. Services Counselor College Advancement Donald W. Riebe, B.S. Student Finan. Services Counselor Jeff J. Veness, M.A. Vice President for Advancement Herbert P. Ford, M.A. Development Consultant Student Services, Public Relations, and Enrollment Alex Fox, B.S. Associate Director, Development Lisa Bissell Paulson, Ed.D. Vice President for Student Services, Maynard W. LeBrun, M.H.A. Director, Estate Planning Public Relations and Enrollment Kellie J. Lind, B.S. Alumni Director and Dean of Students Karen G. Tempchin Executive Assistant Institutional Support Services Carla J. Aagaard, M.A. Associate Dean of Women W. Freeman (Buddy) Ward, M.A. Director, Information Douglas H. Ammon, M.Div., M.Ed. Director, Technology Systems and Services Counseling Center Richard L. Bankhead, M.S., C.N.E. Associate Director, Carolyn F. Belleau International Student Adviser Administrative Computing Services Beverly J. Bliss Associate Dean of Women Jon A. Falconer, B.A. Internet Services James I. Boyd, Jr., B.S. Dean of Men Jon C. Russell, B.B.A., C.N.E. Associate Director, Margie Daligcon, B.B.A. Admissions Analyst Academic Computing Services Michael E. Dunn, M.S.P.H., M.Div. Campus Chaplain

230 Personnel

Library Professors and Administrators Emeriti Adugnaw Worku, M.A., M.S.L.S. Chair, Library Services Margaret P. Aaen, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of Home and Reference Librarian Economics and Sociology. B.A., Walla Walla College, 1942; Joel H. Lutes, M.L.S. Systems and Reference Librarian M.A., University of the Pacific, 1968. (1964) Gary W. Shearer, M.L. Special Collections Milo V. Anderson, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.A., and Reference Librarian Union College, 1949; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1955; Linda E. Maberly, M.L.I.S. Librarian for Technical Services Ph.D., University of Colorado, 1971. (1964) and Reference Librarian Paulette M. Johnson, Ed.S., M.L.I.S. Interlibrary Loan Charles V. Bell, Ph.D., P.E., Vice President Emeritus for Aca- and Reference Librarian demic Administration and Academic Dean Emeritus. B.S.E.E., Trevor J. Murtagh, M.A. Director, Media Services Mississippi State University, 1956; M.S.E.E., Stanford University, Todd L. Peterson, M.B.A. Director, Learning Resource 1957; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1960. (1984) Center Ted W. Benedict, Ph.D., Honorary Professor Emeritus of Com- munication. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1942; M.A., University Auxiliary Enterprises and Services of Southern California, 1947; Ph.D., University of Southern Charlie E. Brown Director, Land Management California, 1958. (1947) Daniel A. Brown, B.S. Director, Facilities and Physical Plant S. K. Benson, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of English. B.A., Atlan- Susie A. Fox, B.A. Director, Food Service tic Union College, 1952; B.S., Loma Linda University, 1954; Arthur B. Goulard, B.A. Director, Landscape M.A., University of Redlands, 1963; Ph.D., University of South- Anne Ilchuk Assistant Director, Bookstore ern California, 1970. (1969) Betty L. Muth, M.A. Director, Discoveryland Preschool Allan R. Payne, M.A. Director, Flight Center Paul F. Bork, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Pacific Carol J. Putman, B.B.A. Assistant Director, Food Service Union College, 1950; M.A., Seventh-day Adventist Theological Gloria L. Roberts Assistant Director, Food Service Seminary, 1952; B.D., Andrews University, 1961; Ph.D., Califor- James B. Snook, B.S. Director, Custodial Service nia Graduate School of Theology, 1971. (1967) Sandra Rice Stauffer, B.S., CSP Director, Bookstore Walter D. Cox, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Technology. B.S., David F. Wiebe, B.S. Manager, Albion Field Station Pacific Union College, 1951; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1964; Ruth Wiebe, A.A. Assistant Manager, Albion Field Station Ph.D., Texas A&M University, 1972. (1968) Douglas S. Wilson Interim Manager, Preferred Images Jack E. Craver, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Industrial Educa- tion. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1937; M.A., Oregon State Howell Mountain Enterprises University, 1955. (1939) A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Pacific Union College Tom N. Hopmann, M.B.A. President Lloyd E. Eighme, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., John I. Collins, Ed.D. Treasurer Pacific Union College, 1951; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1953; David L. Trogdon, M.B.A. General Manager/Controller Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1965. (1958) Linda R. Atkins, B.S. Associate Manager, Laundry Mary Margaret Eighme, M.S., Professor Emerita of Family and Alan B. Frost, M.A. Manager, Laundry Consumer Sciences. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1950; M.S., Louis B. Karen Assistant Manager, Laundry Oregon State University, 1965. (1958) Neal W. Loftis, B.A. Assistant Manager, Market Rob J. Payne, B.S. Assistant Manager, Hardware Ralph Escandon, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.A., Timothy W. Scott, B.B.A. Manager, Supermarket Union College, 1957; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1960; Bruce E. Wallace Assistant Manager, Hardware Ph.D., Universidad Interamerica, 1968. (1968) Joseph G. Fallon, M.P.H., Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1938; M.P.H., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1944; Diploma in International Health, Royal Tropical Institute of Amsterdam and Leyden, University of the Netherlands, 1966. (1938)

231 Personnel

Dorothy A. Ferren, M.S.L.S., Associate Professor Emerita of Vernon P. Nye, Lit. D., Professor Emeritus of Art. Professional Library Science. B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1944; studies: Rochester Art Institute, New York; Corcoran Art School, B.S.L.S., Catholic University of America, 1947; M.S.L.S., Univer- Washington, D.C.; Ted Kauzky, Vermont; Eliot O’Hara, Wash- sity of Southern California, 1958. (1954) ington, D.C.; Rex Brandt, Corona Del Mar. Member, Western Herbert P. Ford, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Journalism. B.A., Art Association. Lit.D., honoris causa, Pacific Union College, Pacific Union College, 1954; M.A., California State University, 1992. (1955) Northridge, 1974. (1974-1983; 1984) Prudence Ortner, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of Office Adolph G. Grams, M.Ed., Dean of Men Emeritus. B.S., Andrews Administration. B.A., Union College, 1949; M.A., University of University, 1961; M.Ed., Oregon State University, 1968. (1967) Northern Colorado, 1958. (1966) Donald R. Halenz, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., Barbara H. Phipps, A.M.L.S., Associate Professor Emerita of Emmanuel Missionary College, 1957; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Poly- Library Science. B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College, 1939; technic Institute, 1961. (1979) A.B.L.S., University of Michigan, 1942; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan, 1949. (1961) Donald V. Hemphill, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1939; B.A., University of California, Jessie V. Pluhovoy VanDeusen, Dean of Women Emerita. (1975) 1940; M.A., University of California, 1944; Ph.D., Oregon State Paul E. Plummer, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., College, 1952. (1946) Pacific Union College, 1949; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1959; Alice L. Holst, Ed.D., Honorary Professor Emerita of Secre- Ed.D., University of Southern California, 1975. (1980) tarial Studies. B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1939; Robert M. Reynolds, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Physical M.A., Columbia University, 1947; Ed.D., Columbia University, Education. B.S., Walla Walla College, 1949; M.S., University of 1956. (1948) Oregon, 1954; Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1965. (1961) Thomas N. Hopmann, M.B.A., Vice President Emeritus for Ellen L. (Gibson) Christian Rittenhouse, R.N., M.S., Professor Financial Administration. B.A., California State University, Emerita of Nursing. B.S., Columbia Union College, 1942; M.S., Sacramento, 1961; M.B.A., California State University, Sacra- University of California, Los Angeles, 1959. (1966) mento, 1971. (1976) Wallace L. Specht, M.A., Associate Professor Emeritus of Physi- Parshall L. Howe, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. cal Education. B.S., Union College, 1958; M.A., Arizona State B.A., Pacific Union College, 1936; M.A., Pacific Union College, University, 1965. (1965) 1953; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1966. (1964) John M. Staples, D.Th. [P], Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Lenoa K. Jones, R.N., Ph.D., Professor Emerita of Nursing. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1954; M.A., Andrews University, 1955; Walla Walla College, 1972; M.N., University of Washington, B.D., Andrews University, 1957; Th.M., Princeton Theological 1973; Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1979. (1980; 1993) Seminary, 1966; D.Th. [P], Fuller Theological Seminary, 1969. Daniel Koval, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.S., (1969) Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1944; M.A., Boston University, Charles V. Temple, M.A., Associate Professor Emeritus of Art. 1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1965. (1971) B.A., Colorado College, 1947; M.A., San Jose State College, James R. Mercer, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Music. B.A., 1956. (1964) Andrews University, 1952; M.A., University of Minnesota, N. Gordon Thomas, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., 1962; Ph.D., University of Colorado, 1972. (1965) Andrews University, 1956; M.A., Ohio University, 1958; Ph.D., Sherman A. Nagel, Jr., M.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology. Michigan State University, 1967. (1967) B.A., Pacific Union College, 1939; M.D., D.N.B., Loma Linda Kenneth A. Thomson, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Physics and University, 1940. (1969) Computer Science. B.Sc., London University, 1954; Dip.Ed., Louis W. Normington, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Education Melbourne University, 1959; Ph.D., Newcastle University, 1969. and Psychology. Diploma in Theology, Newbold Missionary (1977-1979; 1982) College, 1938; B.A., Pacific Union College, 1947; M.A., Pacific E. Wayne Tillay, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., Union College, 1950; Ph.D., University of California, 1954. Pacific Union College, 1950; M.S., Stanford University, 1952; (1954) Ph.D., Louisiana State University, 1967. (1960) 232 Personnel

Ivylyn R. Traver, M.A., M.L.S., Instructor Emerita in Violin, Warren S. Ashworth, Ph.D., Professor of Adventist Studies and Paulin Center for the Creative Arts. B.A., Pacific Union College, Mission. B.A., La Sierra College, 1961; M.A., Andrews Univer- 1953; M.A., San Francisco State College, 1961; M.L.S., San Jose sity, 1962, 1969; Ph.D., Andrews University, 1986. (1984) State University, 1983. (1953) Bruce D. Bainum, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. B.A., Pacific Union Fred Veltman, Th.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion and Liberal College, 1975; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 1979. (1979) Studies. B.Th., Southern Missionary College, 1951; B.D., Charlene Bainum, Ph.D., Professor of Behavioral Science. B.A., Andrews University, 1962; Th.D., Graduate Theological Union Andrews University, 1975; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 1979. and Pacific School of Religion, 1975. (1962) (1980-86; 2000) Lois J. Walker, M.A., B.S. in L.S., Librarian Emerita. A.B., Sandra J. Balli, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College, 1935; M.A., University of Ne- Andrews University, 1969; M.Ed., University of Missouri at braska, 1944; B.S. in L.S., University of Denver, 1947. (1945) Columbia, 1992; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 1995. (1997) George M. Wargo, D.Mus., Professor Emeritus of Music. David R. Bell, B.S.E., Assistant Professor of Business Adminis- B.Mus., Peabody Conservatory of Music, 1941; M.Mus., tration. B.S.E., Walla Walla College, 1987. (1987-89; 1990) Peabody Conservatory of Music, 1942; D.Mus., Philadelphia Conservatory of Music, 1946. (1959) Verlyn R. Benson, D.I.T., Associate Professor of Technology. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1976; M.A., California Polytechnic Verne V. Wehtje, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of English. B.A., University, 1987; D.I.T., University of Northern Iowa, 1998. Walla Walla College, 1956; M.A., University of Washington, (1988) 1962; Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1967. (1969-1976; 1985) Jane A. Berry, B.S., Instructor in Family and Consumer Sciences. Evaline E. West, M.S.W., A.C.S.W., Professor Emerita of Social B.S., Andrews University, 1971. (1991) Work. B.S., Union College, 1957; M.A., Andrews University, 1962; M.S.W., San Diego State University, 1971. (1979) Jennifer J. Wareham Best, M.A., Associate Professor of Speech Pathology. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1974; M.A., Humboldt Norma M. White, R.N., M.S., Professor Emerita of Nursing. State University, 1975. (1977) B.S., Columbia Union College, 1959; M.S., Loma Linda Univer- sity, 1965. (1966) Lloyd E. Best, M.A., Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles, 1969; M.A., Pacific Union A. Vernon Winn, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., College, 1973. (1979-1982; 1988) Pacific Union College, 1938; M.S., University of Washington, 1950; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1959. (1954) Scott A. Blunt, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education, Health and Recreation. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1992. (1999) Barbara J. Youngblood, Ph.D., Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1947; M.A., Arizona State Univer- Janet S. Borisevich, M.A.T., Associate Professor of English. B.S., sity, 1966; Ph.D., Arizona State University, 1983. (1972) Pacific Union College, 1978; M.A.T., University of Washington, 1979. (1991)

Faculty Directory Gennevieve L. Brown-Kibble, M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Earl M. J. Aagaard, Ph.D., Professor of Biology. B.A., Pacific Music. B.A., Andrews University, 1983; M.Mus., Indiana Uni- Union College, 1969; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1971; Ph.D., versity, 1986. (1995) Colorado State University, 1982. (1982) Jean G. Buller, M.A., Professor of Education. B.A., Pacific Union Gail Aagaard, R.N., B.A., Instructor in Nursing. A.S., Pacific College, 1972; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1985. (1988) Union College, 1967; B.A., Pacific Union College, 1969. (2000) Fiona E. Bullock, M.S.W., Assistant Professor of Social Work. Timothy Alcon, M.S., Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.S.W., Pacific Union College, 1983; M.S.W., University of B.A., Western Washington University, 1992; M.S., Western California, Berkeley, 1990. (1991) Washington University, 1998. (1999) Monte D. Butler, M.S.W., Assistant Professor of Social Work. Eric D. Anderson, Ph.D., Professor of History. B.A., Andrews B.S., Pacific Union College, 1988; M.S.W., University of Utah, University, 1970; M.A., University of Chicago, 1972; Ph.D., 1990. (1996) University of Chicago, 1978. (1975)

233 Personnel

Rosario Caballero-Chambers, M.A., Assistant Professor of Mod- Lenora D. Follett, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing. ern Languages. B.A., M.A., University Pedro Ruiz Gallo (Peru), B.S., Loma Linda University, 1966; M.S., Andrews University, 1973. (1997) 1996. (1994) Nita A. Campbell, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing. Keith A. Francis, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History. B.A., A.S., Pacific Union College, 1969; B.A., National College of Andrews University, 1984; M.Th., King’s College, London, Education, 1985; M.S., Andrews University, 1993. (1993) 1985; Ph.D., University of London, 1996. (1990) Jon A. Carstens, M.A., Associate Professor of Art History. B.A., Aubyn S. Fulton, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. B.S., Pacific University of Redlands, 1976; M.A., University of California, Union College, 1981; M.A., Fuller Theological Seminary, 1990; Riverside, 1979. (1979) Ph.D., Fuller Theological Seminary, 1990. (1985-1986; 1988) Del W. Case, D.M.A., Professor of Music. B.A., La Sierra Col- Linda L. Gill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. B.A., lege, 1960; M.Mus., University of Southern California, 1967; Andrews University, 1984; M.A., La Sierra University, 1986; D.M.A., University of Southern California, 1973. (1964) Ph.D., University of California, Riverside, 1992. (1993) Lois A. Case, M.A., Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Southern Lorne E. Glaim, Ph.D., Professor of History. B.A., Walla Walla Missionary College, 1963; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1969. College, 1964; M.A., Washington State University, 1966; Ph.D., (1964) Washington State University, 1973. (1986) Carole A. Caylor, R.N., M.S., Instructor in Nursing. A.S., Pacific Marilyn S. Glaim, Ph.D., Professor of English. B.A., Washington Union College, 1968; B.S.N., Sonoma State University, 1993; M.S., State University, 1967; M.A., Washington State University, California State University, Sacramento, 1999. (1994) 1973; Ph.D., Washington State University, 1991. (1986) James D. Chase, D.Min., Professor of Communication. B.A., Cherie L. Goulard, R.N., M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing. Pacific Union College, 1969; M.Div., Andrews University, 1972; B.S., California State University, Los Angeles, 1972; M.S., San D.Min., Andrews University, 1977. (1983) Jose State University, 1978. (1976-88, 1995) Linda S. Cochran, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing. Sylvia B. Rasi Gregorutti, M.S., Assistant Professor of Modern B.S., Pacific Union College, 1992; M.S., California State Univer- Languages. B.A., Andrews University, 1989; M.S., Georgetown sity, Sacramento, 1996. (1992) University, 1991. (1993) Marsha L. Crow, M.A., Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Rodney O. Hardcastle, M.B.A., CPA, Associate Professor of Pacific Union College, 1972; M.A., Boise State University, 1979. Business Administration. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1977; (1979) M.B.A., Golden Gate University, 1989; CPA, State of Washing- Ileana Douglas, M.A., Associate Professor of History. B.A., ton, 1980; CPA, State of California, 1984. (1989) University of Puerto Rico, 1968; M.A., New York University, Michael L. Hellie, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Educa- 1975; Ph.D. Candidate, University of Valladolid, Spain. (1999) tion. B.S., Walla Walla College, 1983; M.A., California State John C. Duncan, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., University, Chico, 1990. (1990) Andrews University, 1991. Ph.D., Loma Linda University, 1998. William M. Hemmerlin, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. B.A., (2000) Loma Linda University, 1968; M.A., Ph.D., University of Cali- David D. Duran, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Pacific fornia, Irvine, 1973. (1979) Union College, 1973; M.S., University of California, Davis, Angel M. Hernandez, M.A., Associate Professor of Religion. 1975; Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1989. (1996) B.A., Antillian College, 1975; M.A., Andrews University, 1977. Colin A. Erickson, M.S., Assistant Professor of Technology. B.S., (1994) University of Nebraska, 1970; M.S., University of Wisconsin, Kathy Y. Herrera, M.S.W., Assistant Professor of Social Work. Stout, 1985. (1975) B.S.W., Pacific Union College, 1991; M.S.W., University of Cali- Charles G. Evans, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Educa- fornia, Berkeley, 1993. (2000) tion. B.S., Pacific Union College 1977; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1980. (1989)

234 Personnel

George F. Hilton, Ph. D., Professor of Mathematics. B.S., South- Nancy J. Lecourt, Ph.D., Professor of English. B.A., Loma Linda western Adventist College, 1979; M.S., Oklahoma State Univer- University, 1973; M.A., Loma Linda University, 1974; Ph.D., sity, 1981; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University, 1984. (1989) University of New Hampshire, 1999. (1979-1981; 1984) Mae L. Holland, R.N., B.S., Instructor in Nursing. R.N., B.S., Joel H. Lutes, M.L.S., Librarian. B.A., Pacific Union College, Loma Linda University, 1952. (1982) 1981; M.L.S., San Jose State University, 1982. (1982) Joan P. Hughson, R.N., B.S., Instructor in Nursing. B.S., Loma Linda E. Maberly, M.L.I.S., Librarian. B.A., Walla Walla Col- Linda University, 1969. (1998) lege, 1977; M.L.I.S., University of California, Berkeley, 1982. Bruce E. Ivey, Ed.D., Professor of Computer Science and Phys- (1987) ics. B.A., Andrews University, 1969; M.S., Montana State Uni- Daniel G. Madrid, M.B.A., Associate Professor of Business Ad- versity, 1988; Ed.D., Montana State University, 1992. (1992) ministration. B.S., Atlantic Union College, 1983; M.B.A., Univer- Kenneth D. James, Ph.D., R.D., Professor of Family and Con- sity of San Diego, 1991. (1991) sumer Sciences. B.S., Walla Walla College, 1967; M.H.A., U.S. Milbert C. Mariano, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Art. B.S., Army-Baylor University, 1976; Ph.D., Washington State Univer- Pacific Union College, 1991; M.F.A., Academy of Art College, sity, 1984. (1997) 2000. (1995) Donald L. John, M.A., Professor of Philosophy, Religion and D. Malcolm Maxwell, Ph.D., Professor of Religion. B.A., Pacific History. B.A., Atlantic Union College, 1965; M.A., Andrews Union College, 1956; M.A., Andrews University, 1958; Ph.D., University, 1967. (1985) Drew University, 1968. (1983) G. Gene Johnson, M.A., Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., W. James McGee, Ph.D., Professor of Music. B.A., Andrews Walla Walla College, 1960; M.A., Walla Walla College, 1962. University, 1961; M.Mus., Indiana University, 1973; Ph.D., (2000) University of Arizona, 1982. (1974) Isaac J. Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of English. B.A., Atlantic Marvin K. Mitchell, Ed.D., Professor of Education. B.A., Loma Union College, 1968; M.A., Northwestern University, 1970; Linda University, 1963; M.Ed., Walla Walla College, 1976; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1982. (1972) Ed.D., University of the Pacific, 2000. (1990) Paulette M. Johnson, Ed.S., M.S.I.S., Associate Librarian. B.A., Edwin L. Moore, M.A., Associate Professor of English as a McGill University, 1984; M.S.I.S., McGill University, 1986; Second Language. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1971; M.A., Ed.S., Loma Linda University, 1996. (1997) University of Hawaii, 1974. (1997) James A. Kempster, D.M.A., Professor of Music. B.S., Portland M. Lillian Moore, R.N., Ed.D., Professor of Nursing. B.S., Co- State College, 1965; M.Mus., University of Oregon, 1968; lumbia Union College, 1955; M.A., Walla Walla College, 1960; D.M.A., University of Oregon, 1977. (1968) M.S., St. Xavier College, Chicago, 1974; Ed.D., University of Rena M. Ketting, Ph.D., Professor of Education. B.S., Walla California, Los Angeles, 1991. (1985) Walla College, 1985; M.A., Loma Linda University, 1988; Thomas G. Morphis, M.F.A., Professor of Art. B.F.A., Pacific Ph.D., The Claremont Graduate School, 1996. (1994) Northwest College of Art, 1980; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy Greg A. King, Ph.D., Professor of Biblical Studies. B.A., South- of Art, 1984. (1986) ern Adventist University, 1981; M.Div., Andrews University, Victoria Mukerji, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Communication. 1984; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary in Virginia, 1996. B.S., Mills College, 1979; M.A., University of California, Berke- (1987) ley, 1984; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, 1994. (2000) Henry W. Kopitzke, J.D., M.B.A., CPA, Professor of Business William C. Mundy, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. B.S., Southern Administration. B.S., Loma Linda University, 1968; M.B.A., Missionary College, 1962; M.A.T., Vanderbilt University, 1963; University of Wisconsin, 1972; CPA, State of Wisconsin, 1972; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1972. (1975) J.D., University of Idaho, 1980. (1973) Betty L. Muth, M.A., Assistant Professor of Family and Con- Russell R. L. Laird, Ed.D., Professor of Technology. B.S., Pacific sumer Sciences. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1982; M.A., Sonoma Union College, 1972; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1973; Ed.D., State University, 1986. (1982) Arizona State University, 1985. (1983)

235 Personnel

Gilbert J. Muth, Ph.D., Professor of Biology. B.A., Pacific Union Beverly Reynolds-O’Keeffe, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor of College, 1961; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1967; Ph.D., Univer- Nursing. B.A., California State University, 1979; B.S., California sity of California, Davis, 1976. (1966) State University, 1982; M.S., California State University, Los Kenneth A. Narducci, D.M.A., Professor of Music. B.Mus., Pacific Angeles, 1987. (1989) Union College, 1980.; D.M.A., University of Oregon, 1989. (1981) Richard D. Rockwell, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. B.S., Keith Neergaard, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1967; M.A., University of Califor- B.B.A., Pacific Union College, 1984; Ph.D., University of Califor- nia, Berkeley, 1969; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, nia, Irvine, 1994. (1988) 1973. (1969) Bryan D. Ness, Ph.D., Professor of Biology. B.S., Walla Walla Clifford M. Rusch, B.S., Assistant Professor of Graphic Design. College, 1983; M.S., Walla Walla College, 1985; Ph.D., Wash- B.S., Pacific Union College, 1980. (1987) ington State University, 1992. (1989) A. Gregory Schneider, Ph.D., Professor of Behavioral Science. Elaine P. Neudeck, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Educa- B.A., Columbia Union College, 1971; M.A., University of Chi- tion. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1976; M.A., Pacific Union cago, 1973; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1981. (1977) College, 1978. (1991) Kathryn S. Schneider, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor of Judy E. Osborne, ASID, M.A.T., Assistant Professor of Family Nursing. B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists, 1969; and Consumer Sciences. B.A., Southern College, 1964; M.A.T., M.S., Loma Linda University, 1976. (1984) Andrews University, 1971; California Certified Interior Designer, Robert H. Seyle, M.F.A., Professor of Art. B.F.A., Otis Art Insti- 1993; American Society of Interior Designers, 1994. (1993) tute, 1966; M.F.A., Otis Art Institute, 1966. (1991) Marie Pak, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Indi- Gary W. Shearer, M.L.S., Librarian. B.A., Union College, 1965; ana University, 1988; M.S./Ph.D., Albert Einstein College of M.L.S., Emporia State University, 1969. (1983) Medicine, 1993. (1999) L. Jean Sheldon, M.A., Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Lisa Bissell Paulson, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Eduction. Andrews University, 1982; M.A., Loma Linda University, 1984. B.A., Walla Walla College, 1981; M.Ed., Walla Walla College, (1995) 1983; Ed.S., Loma Linda University, 1987; Ed.D., Loma Linda Donna Stretter, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.S., University, 1990; M.A., California Polytechnic Institute, Pacific Union College, 1967; B.S., Andrews University, 1970; Pomona, 1995. (1995) M.S., Sonoma State University, 1996. (1999) Robert A. Paulson, Jr., B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Robert Stretter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Pa- Education. B.S., Andrews University, 1981. (1994) cific Union College, 1995; M.A., University of Virginia, 1997; Allan R. Payne, M.A., Associate Professor of Technology. B.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia, 2000. (1999) Loma Linda University, 1972; A.S., Cochise College, 1976; Lary J. Taylor, M.B.A., Associate Professor of Business Admin- M.A., Andrews University, 1987. (1996) istration. B.S., Union College, 1969; M.B.A., University of Julia L. Pearce, R.N., Ph.D., Professor of Nursing. B.S., Loma Maryland, 1976. (1978) Linda University, 1962; M.S., Loma Linda University, 1965; Marcia L. Toledo, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Business Ad- Ph.D., Columbia Pacific University, 1987. (1992) ministration. B.S., Atlantic Union College, 1974; M.Ed., Boston LeRoy H. Peterson, M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University, 1980. (1984) Columbia Union College, 1961; M.Mus., Peabody Conserva- Terrence L. Trivett, Ph.D., Professor of Biology. B.A., Southern tory, 1963. (1983) Missionary College, 1964; Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1969. William R. Price, M.A., Associate Professor of Technology. B.A., (1968) Pacific Union College, 1967; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1969. Nancy L. Tucker, R.N., Ph.D., Professor of Nursing. B.S., Walla (1976) Walla College, 1970; M.S., California State University, Sacra- Leo S. Ranzolin, Jr., M.Th., Assistant Professor of Religion. B.S., mento, 1990; Ph.D., Andrews University, 2000. (1986) Columbia Union College, 1981; M.Div., Andrews University, 1987; M.Th., Duke University, 1993. (1998)

236 Personnel

C. Thomas Turner, M.A., Assistant Professor of Art. B.S., Loma Adugnaw Worku, M.A., M.S.L.S., Librarian. B.A., Avondale Linda University, 1969; M.A., Central Michigan University, College, 1975; M.A., Andrews University, 1977; M.A., Andrews 1976. (1984) University, 1978; M.S.L.S., University of Southern California, William Van Grit, Ph.D., Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., 1984. (1985) Atlantic Union College, 1960; M.A., University of Connecticut, 1963; Ph.D., University of Connecticut, 1969. (1970-1973; 1981) Walter C. Utt Professors of History James R. Van Hise, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Walla Benjamin McArthur, Ph.D., Walter C. Utt Professor of History, Walla College, 1959; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1963. (1972) 1998. Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1979. Rita K. Van Horn, R.N., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Nursing. Malcolm Russell, Ph.D., Walter C. Utt Professor of History, B.S.N., Union College, 1981; M.S.N., Loma Linda University, 2000. B.A., Columbia Union College, 1970; M.A., Johns Hopkins 1988; Ph.D., Andrews University, 2000. (1992) University, 1972; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1977. Richard T. Voth, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1964; M.A., Pacific Union College, Lecturers 1965; M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles, 1967; Bruce N. Anderson, M.D., Lecturer in History. B.A., Pacific Ph.D., Arizona State University, 1974. (1968) Union College, 1960, M.D., Loma Linda University, 1964; M.S., Ohio State University, 1969. (1984) Joyce Wallace, R.N., M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., Walla Walla College, 1963; M.S.N., University of San Aileen Bauer, R.N., B.S., Lecturer in Religion. B.S., Loma Linda Francisco, 1990. (1992) University, 1971. (1995) Steven R. Waters, D.A., Professor of Mathematics. B.S., Pacific Marlene Behr, M.A., Lecturer in Education. B.A., Union Col- Union College, 1979; M.S., Idaho State University, 1980; D.A., lege, 1954; M.A., San Jose State University, 1970. (1990) Idaho State University, 1983. (1982) Stanley Caylor, M.A., Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Pacific Union Richard L. Webb, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., College, 1970; M.A., Andrews University, 1999. (1998) Loma Linda University, 1988; M.S., Washington State Univer- Mike Dunn, M.Div., Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Columbia Union sity, 1990; Ph.D., Washington State University, 1995. (1995) College, 1973; M.Div., M.S.P.H. [joint degrees], Loma Linda Andrew R. Wheat, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. B.S., University and Andrews University, 1977. (1996) Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists, 1985; B.A., Univer- Gary D. Gifford, Ed.D., Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Pacific Union sity of Tennessee, 1987; M.A., University of California, Los College, 1967; B.D., Andrews University, 1969; Ed.S., Loma Angeles, 1990; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles, Linda University, 1981; Ed.D., Loma Linda University, 1985. 1994. (1994) (1988) C. Lynn Wheeler, D.M.A., Professor of Music. B.Mus., Walla Ricardo Graham, D.Min., Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Oakwood Walla College, 1966; M.Mus., Catholic University of America, College, 1973; M.Div., Andrews University, 1980; D.Min., San 1970; D.M.A., University of Oregon, 1976. (1971) Francisco Theological Seminary, 1992. (1992) Myron K. Widmer, M.Div., Associate Professor of Religion. Lorenzo Grant, D.Min., Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Columbia B.A., Pacific Union College, 1971; M.Div., Andrews University, Union College, 1965; M.A., Andrews University, 1966; M.A., 1978. (1996) Howard University, 1976; D.Min., Howard University, 1977. Carol T. Williams, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing. (1991) A.S., Southern Adventist University, 1974; B.S., Florida State Connley Hartman, M.Div., Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Pacific University, 1988; M.S., Florida State University, 1991. (1997) Union College, 1970; M.Div., Andrews University, 1973. (1997) Debra L. Winkle, R.N., B.S., Instructor in Nursing. A.S., Walla Margaret Huse, M.D., Lecturer in Health Education. M.B., Walla Community College, 1978; B.S., Walla Walla College, Ch.B., University of Birmingham, 1954; D.A., University of 1981. (1997) London, 1957; M.D., California Boards, 1960. (1981) Angel Johnson, M.Div., Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1993; M.Div., Andrews University, 1981. (1988)

237 Personnel

Kenneth W. Hutchins, Ed.S., Lecturer in Education. B.A., Atlan- Tim Morse, R.N., A.S., Sunbridge. A.S., North Iowa Area Com- tic Union College, 1954; M.A., Andrews University, 1958; Ed.S., munity College, 1996. Michigan State University, 1978. (1990) Katherine Palusko, R.N., B.S.N., Hanford Community Medical Frederick M. Kinsey, M.Div., Lecturer in Communication. B.A., Center. R.N., A.S., College of the Sequoias, 1979; B.S.N., Cali- Loma Linda University, 1974; M.Div., Andrews University, fornia State University, Dominguez Hills, 1991. 1979. (1985) Leni Puen, R.N., B.S., White Memorial Medical Center. B.S., James Pedersen, M.Div., Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Pacific Union Walla Walla College, 1970. College, 1977; M.Div., Andrews University, 1981. (1988) Janice Riddick, R.N., B.S.N., Kaweah Delta Hospital, Visalia. Gerry E. Thompson, Ed.D., Lecturer in Education. B.S., Union B.S.N., University of San Francisco, 1989. College, 1951; M.A., University of Colorado, 1957; Ed.D., Benjamin Robinson, R.N., A.S., Venerans Home of California. University of Nebraska, 1965. (1991) A.S., Napa Valley College, 1977. Diane Rogers, R.N., B.S.N., Pomona Public Health Center. Liaisons and Supervisory Personnel in Agencies Used for B.S.N., University of Southern California, 1966. Clinical Nursing Experience Stephanie Beebe, M.Ed., Travis Air Force Base. M.Ed., Boston John C. Shafer, M.S., Travis Air Force Base. M.S., University of University, 1987. Southern California, 1973. Jerry Chaney, R.N., M.S., Ukiah Valley Medical Center. M.S., Retha Snyder, R.N., B.S., St. Helena Hospital. B.S., Union Col- University of California, San Francisco, 1987. lege, 1979. Ann Marie Floyd, R.N., M.S., White Memorial Medical Center. B.S., University of San Francisco, 1972; M.S., Catholic Univer- Contract Faculty in Nursing: Clinical and Theory sity of America, 1985. Instructors Mary Anderson, R.N., M.S.N., F.N.P., Cedar Vista/Kaweah Louella Freeman, R.N, M.S.N., St. Helena Hospital. B.S., Loma Delta District Hospital. A.S., Grossmont School of Nursing, Linda University, 1976; M.S.N., Loma Linda University, 1981. 1987; B.S.N., California State University, Fresno, 1992; M.S.N., Judi Goodin, R.N., M.S.N., Sutter Medical Center of Santa F.N.P., California State University, Fresno, 1996. Rosa. B.S.N., California State University, San Jose, 1975. Holly Capenella, R.N., M.S.N., C.E.N., Travis Air Force Base. Major Bridgette Grabowski, R.N., M.S.N., Travis Air Force B.S.N., Loma Linda University, 1993; M.S.N., University of Phoe- Base. B.S.N., California State University, Chico, 1986; M.S.N., nix, 1998. University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 1997. Beth Lincoln, R.N., M.S., F.N.P., Angwin Campus. R.N., Provi- Ming Hilario, R.N., B.S.N., Pocoima Public Health Center. dence College, 1969; B.S.N., Pacific Union College, 1995; M.S., B.S.N., Manila Central University, 1961. F.N.P., University of California, San Francisco. Diane Irby, R.N., M.S., North Bay Medical Center, Fairfield. Mary Munsell, R.N., B.S., California Specialty Hospital. A.S., B.S., South Dakota State University, 1974; M.S., University of Mohawk Valley Community College, 1973; B.S., State University of Nebraska Medical Center, 1984. New York, 1976. Marie Kiyoi, R.N., M.S.N., Kaiser Permanente, Northern Cali- Marilyn Parras, M.S.N., M.P.H., Los Angeles Campus. A.S., fornia. A.S., Los Medonas College, 1985; B.S.N., Samuel Merritt- Pacific Union College, 1989; B.S.N., Pacific Union College, St. Mary’s College Intercollegiate, 1995; M.S.N., Samuel Merritt- 1995; M.S.N., M.P.H., California State University, Long Beach, St. Mary’s College Intercollegiate, 1997. 2000. Pauline Kliewer, R.N., Ph.D., Valley Children’s Hospital, Fresno. Karen L. Rea, R.N., M.S.N., F.N.P., Cedar Vista/Valley Ph.D., University of Washington, 1986. Children’s Hospital. A.A., San Juaquin Delta College, 1998; B.S., Brenda Kuhn, R.N., Ph.D., White Memorial Medical Center. California State University, Stanislaus, 1992; M.S., F.N.P., Cali- M.S.N., Wright State University, 1986; M.S.H.C, Central Michi- fornia State University, Fresno, 1996. gan University, 1987; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1994.

238 Personnel

Sue Schaad, R.N., A.S., M.S., Kaweah Delta District Hospital/ Field Supervisors in Practical Theology Hanford Community Medical Center. A.S., College of the Se- Sam Alexander, M.Div. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1968; quoia, 1979; B.S., Pacific Union College, 1979; M.S., California M.Div., Andrews University Theological Seminary, 1971. State University, Dominguez Hills, 1994. J. Ray Bailey, Ed.D. B.A., Union College, 1955; M.Div., Philip- Donna Shipp, R.N., A.S., Hanford Community Medica Center/ pine Union College, 1968; Ed.D., University of Massachusetts, Kaweah Delta District Hospital. A.S., College of Sequoia, 1994. 1979. Robert Stelling, B.A., M.A., B.H.S., St. Helena Hospital and Richard Dena, M.Div. B.A., Walla Walla College, 1984; M.Div., Health Center. B.A., Loma Linda University, 1971; M.A., La Andrews University, 1987. Sierra College, 1973; B.H.S., University of Missouri, 1984. Luke Fessenden, M.S. B.A., Atlantic Union College, 1966; M.S., Portland State University, 1986. Field Instructors in Social Work Practicum Peter Geli, M.Div. B.A., Columbia Union College, 1968; M.Div., Ismail Akman, M.S.W., LCSW, San Diego State University, Andrews University Theological Seminary, 1970. 1979. Kerry Bargsten, M.S.W., San Francisco State University, 1998. George Hilton, Ph.D. B.S., Southwestern Adventist College, 1979; M.S., Oklahoma State University, 1981; Ph.D., Oklahoma Cathy Conway, M.S.W., San Francisco State University, 1997. State University, 1984. Claudia Cortes, M.S.W., San Francisco State University, 1998. Robert Janssen, M.A. B.A., LaSierra College, 1957; M.A., Linda Fischer-Bradas, M.S.W., California State University, Sac- Potomac University (Andrews University), 1958. ramento, 1992. Robert J. Surridge, M.A. B.A., Columbia Union College, 1982; Daniel Garcia, M.S.W., LCSW, Walla Walla College, 1990. M.A., Andrews University, 1987. Nancy Gennet, M.S.W., ASW, New York University, 1992. Marvin Wray, B.A. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1973. Karen Huston, M.S.W., California State University, Sacramento, 1986. Field Supervisor in Chaplaincy Program Diane Kaljian, M.S.W., LCSW, San Diego State University, 1981. Judy Crabb, B.A. B.A., Atlantic Union College. Tracy Lamb, B.S.W., Western Michigan University, 1983. Supervisory Instructors in Secondary Education Laura Levin, M.S.W., San Francisco State University, 1994. ______, Principal Mark Perkins, M.S.W., LCSW, Fresno State University, 1980. Tom Amato, M.A., Instructor in Religion. B.A., Pacific Union Larry S. Pickard, M.S.W., ACSW, University of Kentucky, 1974. College, 1970; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1979. (1999) Joanie Seidel, B.S.W., M.S.; B.S.W., Kent State University, 1973; Garry Carpenter, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics and Physics. M.S., San Francisco State University, 1992. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1996. (2000) Nancy Schulz, M.S.W., Virginia Commonwealth University, Heather Denton, B.S., Instructor in History, Social Studies and 1984. Drama. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1997. (1997) Jean Smart, M.S.W., San Diego State University, 1970. Kimberly Dice, B.A., Instructor in Spanish. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1998. (2000) Louis Sousa-Fuentas, M.S.W., University of California, Berkeley, 1996. Jason Eyer, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education and Health. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1997. (1999) Dan Souza, M.S.W., LCSW, California State University, Fresno, 1971. Larry D. Hiday, M.Ag., Instructor in Science and Photography. B.A., Southwestern Adventist College, 1979; M.Ag., Texas Nick Velichinsky, M.S.W., ACSW, San Francisco State Univer- A&M, 1985. (1990) sity, 1969. Pamela J. Jones, B.A., Instructor in Art. B.A., Atlantic Union Kristen Wagner, M.S.W., University of Chicago, 1992. College, 1970. (1991) Claire Wren, M.S.W., LCSW, Columbia University, 1970.

239 Personnel

Julia Narducci, M.M., Instructor in Music. B.Mus., Pacific Union Peggy Reynolds Bell, B.S., B.A. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1951; College, 1983; M.M., Holy Names College, 1989. (1999) B.A., Walla Walla College, 1978. (1984) Glenda Purdy, B.A., Registrar, Instructor in Computing. B.A., John Bennett, Cellist, Vallejo Symphony Orchestra. San Francisco Pacific Union College, 1999. (1992) State University; California State University, Hayward; San Fran- Eric Russell, B.A., Instructor in English. B.A., Humboldt State cisco Conservatory of Music. (1997) University, 1993. (1999) Maria Billings-Jameau, M.M. B.A., University of Massachusetts Paul Williams, Instructor in Technology Education, Driver (Amherst), 1994; M.M., Longy School of Music, 1997. (1999) Education. (1994) Anita Cavagnaro-Ford, A.S. A.S., Pacific Union College, 1995; Mills College (Summer Sessions) 1948-50. (1984)

Supervisory Instructors in Elementary Education Wesley Follett, M.A. (Cello Performance). B.A., Pacific Union Jerri J. Gifford, M.A., Principal. B.S., Andrews University, 1968; College, 1966; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1968. (1998) M.A., Loma Linda University, 1982. (1999) Jin-Hee Kim, D.M.A. B.M., Seoul National University, 1993; Lois Case, M.A. B.A., Southern Missionary College, 1963; M.A., M.M., University of Minnesota, 1995; D.M.A., University of Pacific Union College, 1969. (1994) Minnesota, 1998. (1999) Tureic Cordis, M.A. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1980; M.A., Thomas G. Leisek, M.Mus. M.Mus., San Francisco Conserva- Pacific Union College, 1994. (1990) tory of Music, 1993. (1984) Dwight H. Crow, M.A. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1974; M.A., Lynnece SchNell, A.S. A.S., Pacific Union College, 1990. (1993) Pacific Union College, 1974. (1979) Ivylyn R. Traver, M.A., M.L.S. B.A., Pacific Union College, Monte Fisher, B.A., B.A., Pacific Union College, 1997. (1998) 1953; M.A., San Francisco State College, 1961; M.L.S., San Jose State University, 1983. (1953) Cheryl Fox, B.S. B.S., Loma Linda University, 1972. (1998)

Linda Hansel, M.A. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1972; M.A., Adjunct Faculty in Medical Technology Pacific Union College, 1992. (1988) Rodney F. Holcomb, M.D., Medical Director, Florida Hospital. Karen Lickey, B.S., Andrews University, 1969. (1988) M.D., Tulane University, 1959. Patricia L. Rogers, M.T. (ASCP), SBB, Program Director, Field Supervisors in Education Florida Hospital. B.S.M.T., East Tennessee State University, Ervin Bigham, Ed.D.; B.A., Walla Walla College, 1952; M.A., 1961. Walla Walla College; Ed.D., University of the Pacific. Paul E. Plummer, Ed.D.; B.A., Pacific Union College, 1948; Adjunct Faculty in Family and Consumer Sciences M.A., Pacific Union College, 1959; Ed.D., University of South- Timothy D. Berry, Ph.D.: B.A., Loma Linda University, 1969; ern California, 1975. M.Div., Andrews University, 1972; D.Min., Fuller Theological Seminary, 1982; M.A., The Wright Institute, 1986; Ph.D., The Kenneth E. Smith, Ed.S.; B.A., Pacific Union College, 1948; Wright Institute, 1989. M.A., Pacific Union College, 1950; Ed.S., Loma Linda Univer- sity, 1977. Adjunct Faculty in Early Childhood Education James Templin, M.A.; B.S., Mankato State University, 1952; Merrill R. Featherstone, M.A.: B.A., California State University, M.A., San Francisco State University, 1958. Sacramento, 1965; M.A., University of California, Davis, 1977. Patricia A. Jennings, M.Ed.: B.A., Antioch College/West, 1977; Paulin Center for the Creative Arts M.Ed., Saint Mary’s College, 1980. Lois Case, M.A. (Piano Performance), Director. B.A., Southern Carole J. Kent, M.A.: B.A., San Jose State University, 1973; Missionary College, 1963; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1969. M.A., Pacific Oaks College, 1976. (1964) Phyllis Shandler, M.S.: B.A., University of California, Berkeley, 1973; M.S., California State University, Hayward, 1983. 240 Appendix: Code of Academic IntegrityIndex

Integrity is expected of every student in act of academic dishonesty. This in- tronic dishonesty include using some- all academic work. The guiding principle cludes giving someone a paper or one else’s authorized computer ac- of academic integrity is that the work one homework to copy from and allowing count presents as one’s own is one’s own. another to cheat from one’s test paper. to send and receive messages, break- Students shall not violate the Code of 4. Plagiarism—Using the words or ideas ing into someone else’s files, gaining Academic Integrity and shall avoid situa- of another writer without attribution, access to restricted files, disabling tions likely to compromise academic in- so that they appear as if they were others’ access to network systems or tegrity. Students shall observe the provi- one’s own. Plagiarism includes copy- files, knowingly spreading a computer sions of the Code of Academic Integrity ing someone else’s work word for virus, and obtaining a computer whether or not faculty members establish word, rewriting someone else’s work account under false pretenses. special rules of integrity for particular with only minor word changes, and These general definitions may be supple- courses. Failure of faculty to prevent aca- paraphrasing or summarizing work mented or modified by additional policies demic dishonesty does not excuse stu- without acknowledging the source. stated in course syllabi. dents from compliance with the Code. 5. Multiple Submissions—Presenting Those who engage in academic dishon- work done in previous courses as if it Procedures for Addressing esty diminish the quality and value of their were new and original work. Al- Academic Dishonesty education and bring discredit to the aca- though professors are sometimes will- 1. When an instructor believes that a demic community. ing for a student to use previous work student has acted dishonestly, a con- Categories of Academic Dishonesty as the basis for new work, they expect versation on the incident in question the student to do new work for the occurs between the instructor and the Academic dishonesty includes, but is current course. A student who wants student. The instructor should notify not limited to, the following: to submit a piece of academic work in the department chair of the incident 1. Cheating—Using, or attempting to more than one course should seek the and the conversation about it. use, unauthorized materials in any approval of the instructors. 2. If the instructor is not satisfied with academic exercise; or having someone 6. Abuse of Academic Materials—Harm- the student’s explanation, the instruc- else do one’s own academic work. ing, appropriating, or disabling aca- tor documents the incident in writing. Examples of cheating include looking demic resources so that others cannot The documentation includes defini- at another student’s paper during a use them. This includes removing tion of disciplinary action. The stu- test, bringing notes to a test, obtain- tables and illustrations from books dent receives a copy of the document. ing a copy of a test prior to the test and journals to use in a paper, steal- A copy is filed in the Academic Dean’s date, and presenting homework pre- ing books or articles, and deleting and office. pared by someone else. damaging computer files intended for 3. The General Academic Studies and 2. Fabrication—Inventing or falsifying the use of others. Policies Committee reviews serious information. Examples of fabrication 7. Misrepresentation—Lying about or first offenses and repeat offenses and include “dry-labbing” (inventing data misrepresenting one’s work, academic may recommend to the Academic for an experiment not done or not records, or credentials. Examples in- Dean disciplinary action beyond that done correctly), making references to clude claiming ownership of another’s defined by the course instructor. sources not actually used in a research work, several students submitting 4. Students who wish to appeal the deci- paper, forging advisers’ signatures on copies of the same computer docu- sion of the instructor, the Academic registration forms, forging letters of ment and taking credit for group Dean, or the General Academic Stud- recommendation, and falsifying cre- work to which a student did not con- ies and Policies Committee may do dentials in an application. tribute significantly or fulfill his or so, following the grievance procedure 3. Facilitating Academic Dishonesty— her obligations. outlined in the Student Handbook. Helping someone else to commit an 8. Electronic Dishonesty—Using net- 5. Students are entitled to add a written work access inappropriately, in a way rebuttal to their personal files. Revised March 1997. Approved by Academic that affects a class or other students’ Senate April 29, 1997. Adapted from the academic work. Examples of elec- DePauw University and University of Arizona web pages. 241 Index

242 IndexIndex

Absences ...... 35 Baccalaureate Degree Programs ...... 4, 22 Credit for student missionaries and ACA ...... see Adventist Colleges Abroad Banking, student ...... 227 taskforce workers ...... 39 Academic Course Load ...... 35 Behavioral Science ...... 55 Credit from unaccredited institutions ...... 19 Academic Dishonesty .. see Academic Integrity Bible Instructor ...... 187 Credit hours defined ...... 43 Academic Dismissal ...... 37 Biblical Languages ...... 188 Credit, reserving for post-degree ...... 38 Academic Distinction ...... 41 Biblical Studies ...... 187 Academic Information and Policies ...... 33 Billing procedure ...... 218 “Dead week” ...... 39 Academic Integrity ...... 36, 241 Biochemistry ...... 88 Dean’s List ...... 37 Academic Probation ...... 19, 37 Biological Field Station ...... 63 Degree Candidacy ...... 40 Academic Program ...... 21 Biology ...... 63, 64, 65 Degree-Completion Programs ...... 32, 207 Academic Progress, Satisfactory ...... 220 Biology Department ...... 63 Degree, more than one ...... 41 Academic Renewal ...... 37 Biophysics ...... 180 Degrees, Associate offered ...... 4 Academic Suspension ...... 37 Board, minimum charge ...... 218 Degrees, Baccalaureate offered ...... 4 Access for Handicapped ...... 14 Board of Trustees ...... 229 Degrees offered ...... 21 Acceptance, cancellation of ...... 30 Bookstore ...... 227 Dental Hygiene...... 31 Acceptance Follow-Up Procedures ...... 18 Breaking residence ...... 40 Dentistry ...... 31, 45 Accounting ...... 72, 78 Business Administration ...... 72, 75, 78, 79 Design Engineering Technology ...... 193 Accounts, payment of ...... 218, 226 Business Administration and Economics ..... 71 Dietetic Technology ...... 31 Accreditation, approval of programs...... 2 Business Education ...... 76 Dietetics (Registered Dietitian) ...... 31 ACT Test, requirement ...... 18 Digital Media Technology ...... 197, 203 Actuarial Certification ...... 143 Calendars ...... 6, 7 Dining ...... 13 Administration, College ...... 230 Campus directory, map ...... 246, 247 Directed Group Study ...... 43 Administrative Services ...... 72 Cancellation of Acceptance ...... 30 Directed Study ...... 43 Admission of International Students ...... 19 Cancellation of Scheduled Courses ...... 35 Disabilities, accommodating ...... 14 Admissions information ...... 17-19, 29 Candidacy for degree ...... 40 Discounts, tuition ...... 218, 219 Adult Education ...... 19, 32, 107, 213 Career counseling ...... 14 Dishonesty, academic .. see Academic Integrity Advance Payment ...... 218 Cash discounts ...... 218 Dismissal, Academic ...... 37 Advanced Enrollment Freshmen ...... 19 Cash withdrawals ...... 227 Drafting–Design ...... 200 Advanced Placement examination ...... 39, 217 Catalog of Graduation ...... 40 Drama ...... 123 Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA) ...... 150 Checks ...... 227 Advising services ...... 14, 34 Changes in registration ...... 33 Early admission to college ...... 19 Agriculture ...... 65 Chemistry ...... 87, 88, 89 Early Childhood Ed. .... 32, 126, 128, 131, 135 Albion ...... 61, 63 Chemistry Department ...... 87 Early Childhood Ed. Degree Completion .. 210 Alternating courses ...... 43 Class absences ...... 35 Economics ...... 80 Anthropology ...... 58 Classification of Students ...... 40 Education ...... 107, 112 AP and CLEP Tests ...... 39 CLEP and AP Tests ...... 39 Education Department ...... 107 Apartments ...... 225 Clothing and Textiles ...... 130 Education, master’s degree program ...... 29 Appendix: Academic Integrity ...... 241 College Standards ...... 15 Electricity–Electronics-Computers ..... 194, 201 Application fee ...... 17, 217 Communication ...... 93, 96 Electronics Engineering Technology ...... 194 Application Procedures ...... 17 Communication Department ...... 93 Elementary teaching ...... 107, 108, 109 Applied Mathematics ...... 144 Comprehensive examination, senior ...... 23 Emeriti...... 231 Approval, accreditation of programs...... 2 Computer Science ...... 101, 102, 103 Employment, student ...... 222 Architecture ...... 31, 198 Computer technology ...... 201 Energy–Power–Transportation ...... 202 Areas of Study ...... 4 Concert and Lecture Series ...... 15 Engineering ...... 31, 181, 182 Armed Forces credit ...... 35 Concurrent enrollment ...... 38 Engineering Technology ...... 197 Art Department ...... 47 Conduct, standards of ...... 15 English...... 117, 120 Art History ...... 48, 50, 53 Contents ...... 3 English as a Second Language ...... 119 Assessment of Outcomes ...... 39 Cooperative Education ...... 31 English Department ...... 117 Associate Degree Program ...... 4, 21 Correspondence Courses ...... 38 English Education ...... 118 Astronomy ...... 182 Counseling services ...... 14, 34 English Language Program ...... 19-20, 119 Attendance policy ...... 35 Course load ...... 35, 219 Equal Opportunity Commitment ...... 2 Audiology ...... 100 Course cancellation ...... 35 Europe, study in ...... 150 Audited courses ...... 19, 33, 36, 217, 227 Course numbers ...... 43 Even-year courses ...... 43 Automobile insurance ...... 225 Course-Waiver Examinations ...... 39 Examination, credit by ...... 39 Automobile registration fee ...... 217 Credential, Teaching ...... 107 Examination fees ...... 217 Aviation ...... 196, 198 Credit by Examination ...... 39, 217 Examinations ...... 39 243 Index

Expenses, Estimate of ...... 218 Baccalaureate degree ...... 22 Library Services ...... 14 Extension course fee ...... 217 Master’s degree ...... 30 Load, course ...... 35 Extended Learning ...... 32 Graduation with Academic Distinction ...... 41 Loans ...... 221 Grants, loans, scholarships ...... 219, 221-222 Long-distance telephone service ...... 16 Faculty Directory ...... 233 Graphic Design ...... 47, 49, 52 Long-Term Health Care ...... 75, 82 Family and Consumer Sciences ...... 125, 132 Graphics Technology...... 196, 202 Lower-division courses ...... 43 Family and Consumer Sciences Grievance Policies, Procedures ...... 16 Restriction on, after upper division ...... 38 Department ...... 125 Guest applicants ...... 19, 30 Family Discount ...... 219 Guidance service...... 14 Major, more than one ...... 29 Family Life and Human Development ...... 132 Major, the ...... 29 Family Rights and Privacy ...... 15 Handicapped students ...... 14, 222 Management ...... 74, 82 Fashion Marketing ...... 72 Health courses ...... 174 Management Degree Completion ...... 207 Fashion Merchandising ...... 126, 129 Health Information Administration ...... 31 Manufacturing Engineering Technology ... 194 Fees, miscellaneous ...... 217 Health Service ...... 13, 226 Manufacturing Technology ...... 205-206 Final Examinations ...... 39 History ...... 137, 140 Map, Campus ...... 246 Finance ...... 73, 81 History and Government ...... 139 Marketing ...... 75, 83 Financial Aid, eligibility for ...... 219 History Department ...... 137 Married student housing ...... 225 Financial Aid, how to apply ...... 223 History of PUC ...... 9 Master’s Degree Program ...... 29-31, 112 Financial Aid programs ...... 219, 221, 222 Holidays observed ...... see Calendars Mathematics ...... 144, 145 Financial Aid refunds ...... 224 Honor Awards ...... 221 Mathematics Department ...... 143 Financial information ...... 217 Honors Courses ...... 28 Media Technology...... 197, 203 Fine Art ...... 48, 50 Honors Program ...... 27, 41 Medical Radiography ...... 4, 31 Flight Training fees ...... 226 Honors Project ...... 43, 45 Medical Secretary ...... 77 Food Service ...... 13, 225 Honors Seminar ...... 44 Medical Technology ...... 31, 64, 68, 69 Food Service charges ...... 218, 225 Housing, student ...... 13, 225 Medicine ...... 31 Foods and Nutrition ...... 127, 129, 133 Hyphenated courses ...... 43 Metals Manufacturing ...... 205 Foreign students ...... 19, 224 Microbiology ...... 66, 68 French ...... 150, 152 Identification cards ...... 227 Military service, credit for ...... 35 Freshman status ...... 40 Incomplete work ...... 36 Minor, the ...... 29 Independent study ...... 38 Mission of the College ...... 11 General Business ...... 73 Industrial Technology ...... 195 Modern Languages Department ...... 149 General Courses ...... 45, 65 Information Systems ...... 73, 81 Music ...... 160, 163 General Education, Purpose of ...... 23 Insurance, international students ...... 224 *Music Education ...... 156, 158, 159 General-education requirements: Insurance, student health ...... 13, 226 *Music Performance ...... 157, 158 Associate Degree ...... 23 Integrity, Code of Academic ...... 241 Music Department ...... 155 Baccalaureate Degree ...... 24-27 Interior Design ...... 127, 130, 134 Music lesson fees ...... 226 Requirements for transfer students ...... 23 International Business ...... 73 General Science (GSCI) ...... 65 International Communication ...... 94 Natural Science ...... 64, 88, 180 General Studies (GNST) ...... 112 International Students ...... 19, 224 New student orientation ...... 13 Geography ...... 140 Nonaccredited Institutions ...... 19, 35 Geology ...... 68 Journalism ...... 95, 96, 98 Nondegree Student, admission as ...... 19 German ...... 150, 152 Junior college credit ...... 35 Numbering of courses ...... 43 GI Bill ...... 34, 224 Junior status ...... 40 Nursing, A.S. program ...... 165, 168, 169 Grade Not Reported ...... 37 Nursing, B.S. program...... 165, 170, 171 Grade-point average ...... 36, 218, 220 Laboratory fees ...... 217 Nursing Department ...... 165 Grading system ...... 36 Language Placement Test ...... 150 Nursing Fees ...... 227 Graduate Courses ...... 115 Languages, Biblical ...... 188 Nurses’ Graduation Recognition ...... 41 Graduate Courses, numbering of ...... 43 Late charge, unpaid accounts ...... 226 Graduate Credit, reserved ...... 30 Late registration fee ...... 33, 227, 226 Objectives, academic ...... 21 Graduate program ...... 29, 112 Law ...... 31 Objectives, College ...... 11 Graduate Student ...... 40 Lay Ministries ...... 187 Occupational library ...... 14 Graduation in absentia ...... 41, 227 Learning Differences, accommodating ...... 14 Occupational Therapy ...... 31 Graduation Information ...... 40 Learning Resource Center ...... 14 Odd-year courses ...... 43 Graduation Recognition ...... 41 Lecture Series ...... 15 Office Administration ...... 77, 84 Graduation requirements: Legal Secretary ...... 77 Optometry ...... 31 Associate degree ...... 22 Liberal Studies ...... 110, 111 Orientation for New Students ...... 13 244 Index

Osteopathy ...... 31 Repeating courses ...... 38 Subject-Matter Program for Elementary Outcomes Assessment ...... 39 Requirements for graduation ...... 23, 30, 40 Education (SPEED)...... 110 Ownership of written work ...... 36 Responsibility for meeting ...... 8 Subject-Matter Program in Social Science. 138 Reserved credit for postgrad courses .... 30, 38 Suspension, Academic ...... 37 Payment plans ...... 218, 219 Residence-hall charges ...... 218, 225 Personal counseling ...... 14 Room refund ...... 224 Taskforce Volunteers, credit for ...... 39 Personnel ...... 229 Residence, break in ...... 40 Teacher education ...... 31, 107 Pharmacy ...... 31 Residence requirements: Teaching Credential Advising ...... 34 Philosophical Studies ...... 189 Associate degree ...... 21 Teaching Credential Requirements ...... 107 Photography ...... 49, 52 Baccalaureate degree ...... 22 Technology Department ...... 193 Physical Education ...... 173, 174, 175 for denominational teachers ...... 40 Technology, general courses...... 206 Physical Education Department ...... 173 Residential Interior Design ...... 127, 129, 130 Telephone Information ...... 16 Physical examination ...... 13, 18 Respiratory Therapy ...... 31 TESL Certificate Program ...... 118 Physical Therapist Assisting ...... 31 Responsibility to meet requirements ...... 8, 22 Testing Services ...... 14 Physical Therapy ...... 31 Robotics Technology ...... 204 Theology ...... 185, 189 Physics ...... 179, 182 Room Deposit ...... 217 TOEFL scores ...... 20, 117, 119 Physics Department ...... 179 Transcripts ...... 41, 217, 227 Piano Pedagogy ...... 158 Satisfactory academic progress ...... 220 Transfer Credit ...... 19, 35 Placement service ...... 14 Scheduled courses, cancellation of ...... 35 Transfer students ...... 19, 23, 30 Plagiarism ...... 36 Scholarships ...... 221, 222 General Education ...... 23 Plastics Manufacturing ...... 205 SDA Tuition Discount ...... 219 Transportation to College ...... 9 Policies, unpublished changes in...... 33 Second degree ...... 41 Transportation Technology ...... 195, 202 Political Science ...... 139, 142 Secondary teaching ...... 107, 108 Trustees ...... 229 Pre-Architecture ...... 31, 198 Second-Step Nursing Program ...... 170 Tuition discounts ...... 218, 219 Pre-Examination Week ...... 39 Senior citizen fees ...... 217 Tuition, financing of ...... 218 Prefixes, course ...... 43, 44 Senior comprehensive examination ...... 23 Tuition Guarantee Plan ...... 218 Preliminary Multiple-Subject Credential ... 213 Senior status ...... 40 Tuition rates ...... 217, 218 Premedical Technology ...... 64 Single-parent housing ...... 225 Tuition refund ...... 224 Preprofessional curricula ...... 4, 31 Skiing Fees ...... 227 Presidents ...... 229 Social Studies ...... 138 Unaccredited institutions ...... 19, 35 President’s message ...... 5 Social Work ...... 56, 60 Unpaid accounts, late charge for ...... 226 Privacy of records ...... 15 Sociology ...... 57, 61 Upper-division courses ...... 43 Probation, academic ...... 19, 37 Sophomore status ...... 40 Restrictions on ...... 38 Professors Emeriti ...... 231 Spanish ...... 149, 152 Provisional Status, admission ...... 19 Special fees ...... 217 Vacation schedules ...... see Calendars Psychological Services ...... 14 Special students ...... 19, 40 Veterans Services, Benefits ...... 34, 222, 224 Psychology ...... 56, 57, 58 Speech Pathology and Audiology .. 31, 93, 100 VA Standards of Progress ...... 34 Public Relations ...... 95, 96, 99 SPEED (Subject Matter Program for Veterinary Medicine ...... 31 Elementary Education) ...... 107, 110 Quarter system ...... 43 Standards of Conduct ...... 15 Waiver examinations ...... 39 Student Association ...... 15 Withdrawal from College ...... 34 Rasmussen Art Gallery ...... 50 Student Banking ...... 227 Withdrawal from Courses ...... 33, 36 Reapplication procedures ...... 18 Student Conduct ...... 15 Woods Manufacturing ...... 206 Recommendations ...... 17 Student employment ...... 222 Work-Study Program ...... 35, 222 Records, privacy of ...... 16 Student Guide ...... 15 Worship attendance ...... 14 Recreational Facilities ...... 15 Student housing ...... 13, 225 Writing, Minor in ...... 119 Refund policy ...... 224 Student missionaries, credit for ...... 39 Written work, ownership of ...... 36 Registration ...... 33 Student Life and Services ...... 13 Registration, Changes in ...... 33 Student orientation ...... 13 X-ray Technology ... see Medical Radiography Registration fee, late ...... 33, 217, 226 Student responsibility to follow Catalog ...... 8 Religion ...... 186 Student teaching ...... 109 Religion Department ...... 185 Studio Art ...... 44, 46 Religious Life ...... 14 Study abroad ...... 150 Remedial courses ...... 43 Study-Work Program ...... 35 Renewal, Academic ...... 37

245 IndexCampus Map Directory

Numerical Legend 26. Dining Commons: 54. Court Place Apartments: 20. Gymnasium 1. Angwin Plaza: Cafeteria (upper level) Married Student Housing 1. Hardware Adventist Book Center Campus Center 55. Nichol Hall: 33. Health Service California Properties Student Association Offices Men’s Residence 41. History College Bookstore 27. Rasmussen Art Gallery 56. McReynolds Hall: 37. Howell Mountain Distributors Hardware 28. Library: Women’s Residence 32. Human Resources Launderette Computer Center 57. Virgil O. Parrett Field: 28. Information Technology Market E.G. White/SDA Study Center Flight Center 41. Irwin Hall 2. Post Office Information Technology Young Observatory 44. KNDL Radio 3. Visitors Center: Learning Resource Center Alphabetical Legend 49. Land Management Chiropractor’s Office Media Services 53. Landscape Public Relations Pitcairn Islands Study Center 23. Academic Administration 1. Launderette 4. Dental Building 29. Preparatory School 23. Academic Advising 13. Laundry & Heating Plant 5. Credit Union 30. Elementary School 44. Academic Records 28. Learning Resource Center 6. Tennis Courts 31. Development/Alumni 32. Accounting Services 28. Library 7. Athletic Field: 32. Financial Services: 15. Alumni Park 12. Lost and Found Sand Volleyball Courts Accounting Services 42. Ambs Hall 11. Mail Services 8. Brookside Park: Financial Administration 36. Amphitheater 1. Market Married Student Housing Human Resources 46. Andre Hall 11. Mail Services 9. Service Station: Student Financial Services 16. Art 23. Mathematics College Chevron 33. West Hall: 7. Athletic Field 56. McReynolds Hall Fred’s Auto Service Education 10. Athletic Track & Field 28. Media Services 10. Athletic Track & Field Health Service 24. Behavioral Science 52. Mobile Manor 11. Press Building: 34. West Hall Annex: 40. Biology 41. Modern Languages Copy Center 35. Stauffer Hall: 8. Brookside Park 19. Music Estate Planning Counseling, Career & Testing 41. Business Administration 38. Newton Hall Mail Services English 23. Chan Shun Hall 57. Newton Observatory Preferred Images 36. Amphitheater 26. Cafeteria 55. Nichol Hall 12. Custodial: 37. Pacific Studio: 26. Campus Center 24. Nursing Lost and Found Howell Mountain Distributors 23. Chemistry 20. Pacific Auditorium 13. Laundry & Heating Plant Photography Lab 18. Church Complex 37. Pacific Studio 14. Church 38. Newton Hall: 18. Church Office 19. Paulin Hall 15. Alumni Park Men’s Residence 14. Church & Sanctuary 37. Photography Lab 16. Fisher Hall: 39. Grainger Hall: 40. Clark Hall 20. Physical Education Art Men’s Residence 1. College Bookstore 23. Physics Technology 40. Clark Hall: 9. College Chevron 28. Pitcairn Islands Study Center 17. Church Campanile Biology 41. Communication 51. Plant Services 18. Church Complex: Wilmer Hansen Collection 28. Computer Center 23. President’s Office Church Office 41. Irwin Hall: 23. Computer Science 29. Preparatory School Fireside Room Business Administration 11. Copy Center 2. Post Office Youth Chapel Communication 35. Counseling, Career & Testing 48. Children's Center 19. Paulin Hall: History 54. Court Place Apartments 11. Preferred Images Music Modern Languages 5. Credit Union 11. Press Building 20. Pacific Auditorium: 42. Ambs Hall: 12. Custodial 3. Public Relations Fitness Center Family & Consumer Sciences 45. Dauphinee Chapel 22. Public Safety Gymnasium 43. Graf Oval 24. Davidian Hall 27. Rasmussen Art Gallery Physical Education 44. Graf Hall: 24. Degree Completion Program 44. Religion Weight Room Academic Records 31. Development/Alumni 7. Sand Volleyball Courts 21. Swimming Pool Enrollment Services 4. Dental Building 9. Service Station 22. Public Safety Family & Consumer Sciences 26. Dining Commons 1. Shopping Center 23. Chan Shun Hall: KNDL Radio 48. Discoveryland 35. Stauffer Hall Academic Administration Religion 28. E.G. White/SDA Study Center 26. Student Association Offices Academic Advising Student Services 33. Education 32. Student Financial Services Chemistry Women’s Residence 30. Elementary School 44. Student Services Computer Science 45. Dauphinee Chapel 35. English 24. Summer School Mathematics 46. Andre Hall: 44. Enrollment Services 21. Swimming Pool Physics Women’s Residence 24. Extended Learning 16. Technology President’s Office 47. Winning Hall: 44. Family & Consumer Sciences 6. Tennis Courts 24. Davidian Hall: Women’s Residence 32. Financial Administration 3. Visitors’ Center Behavioral Science 48. Discoveryland: 32. Financial Services 18. Youth Chapel Degree Completion Program Children's Center 18. Fireside Room 20. Weight Room Extended Learning 49. Land Management 16. Fisher Hall 33. West Hall Nursing 50. Recycling Center 20. Fitness Center 34. West Hall Annex Summer School 51. Plant Services 57. Flight Center 40. Wilmer Hansen Collection 25. Storage Building 52. Mobile Manor 43. Graf Oval 47. Winning Hall 53. Landscape 44. Graf Hall 57. Virgil O. Parrett Field 39. Grainger Hall 57. Young Observatory 246 Campus MapIndex

247 IndexInformation

For Information Matters of General Interest President ...... 965-6211 The telephone area code for Angwin is 707. FAX ...... 965-6506 E-mail ...... [email protected] Direct Inquiries by Mail, Telephone, E-mail or FAX as follows: College General FAX Number Nursing Information ...... 965-6390 Angwin Campus ...... 965-7262 FAX ...... 965-6499 Academic Administration Los Angeles Campus ...... (213) 268-5000, Ext. 1080 Vice President for Academic Administration ...... 965-6234 FAX ...... (213) 881-8611 FAX ...... 965-7104 Instructional Site: Academic Advising ...... 965-7103 White Memorial Medical Center Academic Advising e-mail ...... [email protected] 1720 Cesar E. Chavez Associate Academic Deans ...... 965-7103 Los Angeles, CA 90033-2481 Mailing Address: Admissions and Catalogs Department of Nursing Enrollment Services ...... 965-6336 Pacific Union College Toll-Free Number ...... (800) 862-7080 1720 Cesar E. Chavez E-mail ...... [email protected] Los Angeles, CA 90033-2481 FAX ...... 965-6432 Records Office Alumni Registrar ...... 965-6673 Alumni Association Secretary ...... 965-7500 Residence Hall Living College Advancement and Alumni Dean of Women ...... 965-6315 Vice President for Advancement ...... 965-7500 Andre Hall ...... 965-7481 Alumni ...... 965-7500 Graf Hall ...... 965-6520 FAX ...... 965-6305 McReynolds Hall ...... 965-6149 Winning Hall...... 965-6313 Public Relations Dean of Men ...... 965-7203 Director, Public Relations ...... 965-6303 Grainger Hall ...... 965-6491 FAX ...... 965-7101 Newton Hall ...... 965-6487 Nichol Hall ...... 965-6101 Counseling, Testing, Placement Services Director, Counseling Services ...... 965-7364 Student Services Vice President for Student Services, Public Relations, Extended Learning and Enrollment; Dean of Students ...... 965-7362 Associate Academic Dean, Extended Learning ...... 965-6409 Degree-Completion Program ...... 965-6408 Student Finance Toll Free ...... (800) 862-7080, #4 Director, Student Financial Services ...... 965-7200 FAX ...... 965-6416 Summer School and Special Education Programs Financial Administration Director, Summer School ...... 965-6409 Vice President for Financial Administration ...... 965-6699 FAX ...... 965-6400 Transcripts Records Office...... 965-6489 Graduate Program Department of Education ...... 965-7265

248 Pacific Union College General Catalog Supplement

2001-2002

120th Academic Year

Mailing address: One Angwin Avenue Angwin, CA 94508-9707 (707) 965-6311

Pacific Union College is an equal opportunity educational institution. 2001-2002 Supplement

Pacific Union College Equal Opportunity Commitment Pacific Union College is committed to Is accredited by: equal opportunity for qualified men and The Accreditation Association of Seventh-day Adventist women of any handicap, race, color, na- Schools, Colleges and Universities tional or ethnic origin. It extends to them The Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and Univer- all the rights, privileges, programs and sities of the Western Association of Schools and Colleges activities generally accorded or made (985 Atlantic Ave., Ste. 100, Alameda, CA 94501; (510) 748-9001) available to members of the College com- State of California Department of Education munity. It does not discriminate against Offers programs accredited by: qualified persons on the basis of handi- Council on Social Work Education (Baccalaureate) cap, sex, race, color, national or ethnic National Association of Schools of Music (Baccalaureate) origin in administration of its educa- National League for Nursing (Baccalaureate and Associate) tional and admissions policies, financial affairs, employment programs, student Is a member of: life and services, or any other College- American Association for Higher Education administered program. American Association of College Registrars and Admissions Officers American Association of Presidents of Independent Colleges and Universities Association of Governing Boards Association of Independent California Colleges and Universities California Council on the Education of Teachers College Placement Council Independent Colleges of Northern California National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities Western Association of Graduate Schools Is approved by: American Dietetic Association The Attorney General of the United States for nonimmigrant students California Commission on Teacher Credentialing Pacific Union College General Catalog Volume LXXIII Accreditation documents may be viewed in the office of the © 2001, Pacific Union College Vice President for Academic Administration. Printed in USA

2 2001-2002 Supplement

Using This Supplement Contents This Supplement to the Pacific Union College General Calendar ...... 4 Catalog 2001-2002 contains updated financial information Financial Information, 2001-2002 ...... 5 in effect for 2001-2002 academic terms; corrections of errors Admission to the College ...... 5 in the 2000-2002 edition; revisions and deletions of a few The Academic Program ...... 5 programs and courses; and descriptions of new courses. Courses of Instruction ...... 6 Updated financial information appears first, followed by academic information organized according to the General Catalog Art ...... 6 sequence. Page numbers in brackets refer to the passages in the Behavioral Science ...... 6 2000-2002 General Catalog to which the revisions apply. Education ...... 6 English ...... 7 Exercise Science, Health and Nutrition ...... 8 Family and Consumer Sciences ...... 8 Modern Languages ...... 8 Music ...... 8 Physical Education, Health and Recreation ...... 8 Religion ...... 8 Center for Continuing and Professional Education ( CAPE) .... 9 Teaching Credential Programs ...... 9 B.S. in Management ...... 10 B.S. in Early Childhood Education ...... 11 New Faculty ...... 12

3 2001-2002 Supplement

Calendar, 2001-2002 September 2001 March 2002 Autumn Quarter (2001) Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa T September 18 New Student Orientation begins 1 1 2 F 21 Registration 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 M 24 Instruction begins 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 M October 1 Last day to enter classes 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 M-S 1-6 Week of Prayer 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 M 8 Last day to delete classes 30 31 T 16 Fall picnic; no classes F-Su 19-22 Parents Weekend October 2001 April 2002 F November 16 Thanksgiving recess begins (4:00 p.m.) Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su 25 Thanksgiving recess ends (10:00 p.m.) 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 M 26 Preregistration begins 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 M 26 Last day to withdraw from classes 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 F December 7 Last day for preregistration 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 M-Th 10-13 Final examinations

November 2001 May 2002 Winter Quarter (2002) Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su January 6 Registration for new students (6-8 p.m.) 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 M 7 Instruction begins 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 T 14 Last day to enter classes 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 M 21 Martin Luther King Day; no classes 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 T 22 Last day to delete classes 25 26 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 T-S 22-26 Week of Prayer F February 8 Midquarter vacation; no classes December 2001 June 2002 M March 4 Preregistration begins Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa M 4 Last day to withdraw from classes 1 1 F 15 Last day for preregistration 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 M-Th 18-21 Final examinations 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Spring Quarter (2002) 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Su March 31 Registration for new students (6-8 p.m.) 30 31 30 M April 1 Instruction begins M 8 Last day to enter classes January 2002 July 2002 M-S 8-13 Week of Prayer Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa M 15 Last day to delete classes 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 Th-Su 18-21 Alumni Weekend 6 7 8 9 101112 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 M May 27 Memorial Day observed; no classes/labs 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 T 28 Last day to withdraw from classes 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 31 M-Th June 10-13 Final examinations F-Su 14-16 Commencement February 2002 August 2002 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Summer Quarter (2002) 1 2 1 2 3 M June 24 Registration 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 M 24 Instruction begins 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Th July 4 Independence Day; no classes/labs 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Th August 15 End of Summer Quarter 24 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

4 2001-2002 Supplement

Financial Information for Student Employment Nursing Fees [See page 222] [See page 227. Fees for the A.S. Program, 2001-2002 New minimum hourly rates and Second Year, are revised as follows:] [See pages 217-227of the PUC General approximate income per year are as NURS 221 (Nursing IV): $25 Catalog for 2000-2002] follows: NURS 222 (Nursing V): $50 Minimum NURS 252: $50 Tuition—Quarter Fee Schedule Hrs./Wk. Rate/Hr. Income/Yr. NURS 253: $50 [See page 217] 10 $6.25 $1,875 NURS 254: $50 The tuition rates reflect a charge of 15 $6.25 $2,800 NURS 262: $35 $450 per quarter hour up to 11.5 hours. 20 $6.25 $3,750 Tuition for 12-17 hours is $5,195. All Admission to the College hours over 17 are charged at $340 per How to Apply for Financial Aid hour. [See page 223] Admission to Regular 6. Send signed copies of 2000 [not 1999] Undergraduate Standing Estimate of Expenses Federal income-tax returns and W-2s to [See page 18] [See page 218] the Student Financial Services office. Item 4 is revised as follows: The following amounts represent the 4. Transfer students who have attended estimated cost of full-time attendance Delivery of Financial Aid other accredited institutions of higher during the Autumn, Winter and Spring [See page 223] education, completing a minimum of 45 quarters of the 2001-2002 school year: 3. “. . . signed copies of 2000 [not 1999] quarter hours, and who have on file in One Each Federal tax returns and W-2s . . . .” the Office of Admissions official tran- Year Quarter 7. Delete Worthy Student from the list scripts showing a minimum cumulative Tuition & fees $15,585 $5,195 of loans. grade-point average of 2.0 on all course (12-17 hours) work taken. A maximum of 108 Residence-hall Rent 2,811 937 Residence Hall Room Refund quarter hours of transfer credit is ac- Minimum Board 1,854 618 [See page 224] cepted from community or junior When a room is occupied less than one colleges. Total $20,340 $6,780 quarter, a charge is made for the actual number of days on a pro-rata The Academic Program SDA Tuition Discount basis. The double-occupancy daily rate is [See page 219] $15.00. The refund would thus be the 1. Seventh-day Adventist students General Education Course difference between the number of days Requirements receive a tuition discount of $780 for the occupied times $15.00 from the charge [See pages 25-26] year ($260 per quarter) for full-time stu- per quarter of $937. dents. Three-quarter time students re- Section I-A-2 is revised as follows: ceive a discount of $585, and half-time 2. ORAL COMMUNICATION: The Food Service public, spoken presentation of ideas, students a discount of $450 for the year. [See page 225] 2. This discount is applied only to tu- with emphasis on oral argument. This The quarterly minimum charge for requirement may be met during the ition charged at the rate of $450 per board is $618. hour. freshman or sophomore year by one of the following courses: Residence Halls COMM 105 Speech Communication [See page 225] COMM 225 Oral Interpretation The standard room rate is $937 per The requirement may be met during the quarter for double occupancy in each junior or senior year by one of the fol- residence hall. For those electing to room lowing courses: alone, there is an added charge of $468 COMM 225 Oral Interpretation per quarter. COMM 226 Public Speaking

5 2001-2002 Supplement

COMM 326 Advanced Public Art Prerequisites: Completion of a Field Speaking Work Application by the last Friday COMM 327 Argumentation The Major in Art History, B.A., is before Thanksgiving recess; completion COMM 427 Persuasive discontinued. All Art History courses, of 60 quarter hours of college credit; a Communication however, continue; and all students in grade of C- or higher in PSYC 122, 130, In section IV-C, BIOL 227 Natural the art history major may complete their and one of the following: PSYC 344, History of California is added to the list requirements and graduate with their 358, or 368 (concurrent registration is of options. chosen degree. acceptable); and permission of the in- In section V-C, delete PHIL 460 structor. With approval of the instructor, Moral Philosophy (no longer offered). Behavioral Science the course may be repeated spring quar- In section III-A, note that enrollment ter to a maximum of 6 credits. in ENGL 301 Great Books is limited to [See page 56.] juniors and seniors. The following new course requirement Section V-A is changed as follows: is added to the Major in Psychology, Education A. Biblical Studies: (6 hours) B.A., B.S.: RELB courses General Requirements for both PSYC 130 1 S Elementary & Secondary Credentials Section B is deleted. Introduction to the Psychology Major [See page 108.] In section VII-A, the following course [New course] From the list of approved subject mat- options are deleted: CLTX 224, 226, Introduction to the basic skills needed ter fields for the secondary teaching cre- 326; DSGN 145, 242. for success in major courses; an overview dential, delete Business Education and of career and graduate school options. Industrial Technology or Engineering Grading System: Grade Not Reported Includes PsychINFO, APA style, critical Technology. [See page 37] evaluation of research, research ethics, The wording under this section is internet tools, and academic and profes- Early Childhood Education, B.S. revised as follows: sional options in psychology. Should be SOCI 214 The Family replaces FLHD The grade NR is assigned to a course completed during the freshman or sopho- 360 The Dynamics of Love and Marriage for which no grade is reported. An NR more year. in the required cognates for this degree carries no grade points and is not com- (previously offered by the Family and Con- puted in the grade-point average. PSYC 225 2 A sumer Sciences department). Personal Behavior Modification The following new requirement is added This course is deleted [page 58]. to the B.S. major in Early Childhood Edu- cation: PSYC 394 1 A, W, S Colloquium ECED 481-482 1-1 A-W, A-S (See also SOWK 394.) Seminar This course is now required of all [New course] sophomore and junior majors (previously Strategies for job-seeking, résumé/ required of all junior and senior majors). portfolio development, interviewing and professional development. Register PSYC 491 2-3 W, S for one hour autumn quarter and one Field Work in Psychology hour either winter or spring quarter [Change in number of credits; revised during the senior year. course description] Placement in a local human service [The following course, previously ECED agency (for 3-6 clock hours per week) 482, is now listed as a laboratory, 482L] and participation in a weekly seminar focusing on ethical and professional ECED 482L 6 S issues in psychology; case presentations. Directed Teaching, Early Childhood 6 2001-2002 Supplement

Associate Degree in Early Childhood Major in Early Childhood Education, B.S. Education, A.S. [Revised major requirements:] [Revised major requirements:] This major meets the course requirements for the California A two-year program designed to meet the requirements for Child Development Permit Matrix. Students interested in a B.S. the California Child Development Permit Matrix. in Early Childhood Education and also wishing to obtain the ➤A minimum of 36 hours including the following: California State and the SDA Standard Credential in Elementary Education may do so by combining the Early Childhood Educa- ECED 181 Introduction to Early Childhood Education 3 tion requirements with those for Elementary Education. Student ECED 182 Creative Activities for Early Childhood 3 may qualify for the California State preliminary teaching cre- ECED 183 Play and Environments 3 dential by passing the Multiple Subjects Assessment for Teach- ECED 184 Health, Safety and Nutrition 2 ers (MSAT). ECED 189 Behavior Management of Young Children 2 ECED 250 Speech and Language of Young Children 3 ➤ In addition to the requirements for the A.S. degree in Early ECED 255 Curriculum Planning 2 Childhood Education, a minimum of 33 hours (30 upper divi- ECED 260 Field Experience Practicum (6 quarters) 6 sion) including the following: (Fulfills the work-experience requirement for the Permit Matrix) ECED 314 Art for Children 3 ECED 262 Music and Movement for Early Childhood 2 ECED 330 Literature for Children 4 ECED 265 Child Study 1 ECED 359 Psychology of Exceptional Children 3 ECED 266 Field Observation in Early Childhood ECED 361- Administration and Supervision of Early Education 1 362-363 Childhood Programs 3-3-3 ECED 267 Observation and Evaluation 1 ECED 365 Parent-Child Relationships 3 ECED 280 Infant/Toddler Care 3 ECED 481-482 Seminar 1-1 ECED 334 Child Development 4 ECED 482L Directed Teaching, Early Childhood 6 MGMT 261 Introduction to Management 3 ➤ Cognate Requirements: ➤ Required Cognate Courses: BIOL 227 Natural History of California 4 COMM 105 Speech Communication 3 ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3 FDNT 235 Nutrition 4 SOCI 214 The Family 3 PSYC 121 General Psychology 4 INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets 1 A valid American Red Cross Standard First OFAD 301 Word Processing 2 Aid certificate A valid certificate in Basic Life Support Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation

English ENGL 301 4 A, W, S ENGL 346 4 A, W Great Books Creative Writing Minor in Writing Add Quest to the list of themes of- Add a new subtitle to this course [page [See page 119.] fered; delete Literature and Religion 122]: The writing minor may include 4-16 [page 121]. Writing for Children hours of Creative Writing (previously 4-12). Add prerequisite: Enrollment limited to juniors and seniors.

7 2001-2002 Supplement

Exercise Science, Health clude the majors in Family and Con- MUED 338 2 A and Nutrition sumer Sciences, Fashion Merchandising, Music for Children and Residential Interior Design. Discon- Revised course description [page 159] Formerly the Department of Physical tinued two-year programs include Fash- Music for children from infancy through Education, Health and Recreation, this ion Merchandising and Residential Inte- lower elementary school grades, based renamed department now offers the ma- rior Design. Please note, however, that on Kodály method. Emphasizes develop- jor in Foods and Nutrition formerly required courses in the discontinued ment of child’s voice through folk mate- housed in the Department of Family and programs will be offered until all stu- rials and sol-fa and covers teaching Consumer Sciences (see below). dents currently enrolled in discontinued methods for singing, rhythmic activities All PEAC prefixes become ESAC; all programs have opportunity to complete and listening skills. PETH prefixes become ESTH. their chosen majors and minors. Physical Education, Family/Consumer Sciences Modern Languages Health and Recreation

B.S. in Early Childhood Education Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA) See notes under Exercise Science, Health [See page 126.] [See pages 149-151.] and Nutrition, above, and Family and Course substitutions in major require- To the list of ACA participating cam- Consumer Sciences, also above. ment: SOCI 214 The Family may be sub- puses add the following: stituted for FLHD360 The Dynamics of Hong Kong: Hong Kong Adventist Religion Love and Marriage, now discontinued. College ECED 481-482 Seminar may be substi- Enrollment in the following courses is tuted for FCSE 394 Seminar in Profes- Ukraine: Ukrainian College of Arts and limited to B.S.N. (nursing) students: sional Relations, no longer offered. Sciences RELB 341 Jesus as Healer RELP 346 Spiritual Care for Patients A.S. in Early Childhood Education Music RELT 345 Christian Ethics in [See page 128.] Patient Care Course substitution in major require- B.Mus., Bachelor of Music ment: COMM 105 Speech Communica- [See page 156.] tion may be substituted for CLTX 321 Revised general education requirement Personal Protocol, no longer offered. in the B.Mus. program: V. Revelation, Belief, and Action: Departmental Restructuring Same as for B.S. degree. Music education In a departmental restructuring, some emphasis majors must complete 18 hours programs formerly offered through Fam- of religion (9 upper division): 6 hours of ily and Consumer Sciences have been RELB prefix courses, 3 hours of Doctri- relocated, and others have been discon- nal Studies (RELT 331, 332 and/or 333), tinued. The major in Early Childhood and HIST 340 or RELT 381 or 382. Education is now offered through the Education department; the major and MUED 104 3 A, S minor in Foods and Nutrition are offered The Christian and Music through the Exercise Science, Health and [See pate 159.] Nutrition department (formerly the This course will be offered in autumn Physical Education, Health and Recre- and spring quarters only. ation department). Discontinued four-year programs in-

8 2001-2002 Supplement

Center for Continuing and In harmony with its mission of excel- Adults with qualifying work and life Professional Education lence in Christian education, the Center experience may apply for academic for Continuing and Professional Education Credit for Prior Learning through assess- This section gathers, outlines, and up- (CAPE) offers off-campus programs to ment of documentation appropriate to dates off-campus programs formerly under meet the needs and interests of working the discipline in which credit is sought. Adult Education and Degree-Completion adults. The Center currently offers the Further information about the Mul- Programs (pages 207-211 in the current three programs listed above in Napa at tiple Subject and Single Subject Teaching General Catalog), which are now offered the Napa Valley Community Resource Credential programs, about the profes- through the Center for Continuing and Center; in Santa Rosa at the Redwood sional Bachelor of Science degree in Professional Education (CAPE). Christian Academy; and in Clearlake at Early Childhood Education, and about Clear Lake Community College. the Bachelor of Science degree in Man- Programs Offered Applicants for professional degree pro- agement is available from CAPE at 877- Teacher Credentialing, T.C.P. grams are typically 22 (B.S.E.C.E.) 782-4637 (toll-free), via e-mail at Bachelor of Science in Management, or 23 (B.S.M.) years old, have completed [email protected], and from the CAPE B.S.M. at least two full years of college, have Website at www.puc/CAPE. Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood attained the equivalent of an associate’s The Center also offers noncredit courses Education, B.S.E.C.E. degree, and have several years of full- responsive to current community interests. time work experience.

Preliminary Multiple and Single Subject f. Verification of successful completion of MSAT/SSAT (score Credential Programs report) g. Application for criminal record clearance (FBI, DOJ); or The Teacher Credentialing Program is designed for work- presentation of copy of current employment criminal record ing adults who already hold a bachelor’s degree. The schedule clearance allows interested persons to meet State of California teacher credentialing requirements while maintaining their day job. 3. Verification of completion of prerequisite courses: The program consists of course work and field experiences ap- a. United States Constitution (approved course or examination) proved by the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing. b. Foreign language (9 quarter units/6 semester units) c. Introductory computer course ➤ Steps to completion of the program (apply at the PUC CAPE office for a current schedule of program courses): 4. Completion of professional coursework (see outline below) 1. Individual interview with adviser/credential analyst for tran- 5. Presentation of exit competency portfolio for departmental script evaluation and development of program approval (within one month of completing student teaching) 2. Application for admission to the program. Prerequisites: a 6. Application for credential bachelor’s degree; a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or better; passage of ➤ Required courses for Multiple Subject Credential with CLAD the CBEST and MSAT or SSAT; criminal record clearance; and (Crosscultural, Language, and Academic Development)*: satisfactory recommendation. The application procedure includes the following: EDUC 101 Introduction to Teaching 1 a. Application form EDUC 101L Introduction to Teaching Lab 1 b. Interview with Education faculty EDUC 238 Computer Technology for Teachers 1 c. Recommendation (from teacher or administrator) EDUC 238L Computer Technology for Teachers Lab 1 d. Official transcripts for all college-level work (for verification EDUC 333 Educational Psychology 2 of cumulative GPA of 2.5 or better and of college degree, and for identification of applicable course work) *Course descriptions are published in the Education, English, e. Verification of successful completion of CBEST (CBEST and Mathematics sections of the Pacific Union College General Verification Card) Catalog for 2000-2002. 9 2001-2002 Supplement

EDUC 335 Ethical Dimensions of Teaching 2 ➤ Assessment of outcomes: EDUC 336 Social and Multicultural Education 2 The College seeks through various means to measure its edu- EDUC 345 Elementary School C/I: Math and Science 4 cational effectiveness in fulfilling its mission. A part of that EDUC 353 Elementary School C/I: Beginning Reading effort involves one or more examinations to assess outcomes in and Writing 3 your major field. All students are required to participate. The EDUC 355 Elementary School C/I: Reading and following are currently used for assessment purposes: Language Arts 2 Prerequisites: EDUC 356 Elementary School C/I: Reading and a. California Basic Skills Test (CBEST) Social Studies 4 b. Multiple Subject Achievement Test (MSAT) for elementary EDUC 480 Student Teaching Seminar 1 teaching EDUC 481-482 Student Teaching Seminar 1-1 c. Single Subject Achievement Test (SSAT) for secondary teaching EDUC 482L Student Teaching Lab in Reading 1 EDUC 482L Student Teaching Lab in Math/Science 1 Culmination: EDUC 482L Student Teaching Lab in Language Arts 1 a. Reading Instruction Competence Assessment (RICA) EDUC 482L Full-Time Student Teaching 15 b. Student Teaching Portfolio ENGL 329 Literature for Children 1 ENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics 4 Bachelor of Science in ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology 4 Management, B.S.M. MATH 211-212 Foundations of School Mathematics I-II 3-3 This major and these courses are available only through CAPE’s Degree-Completion Program. ➤ Required courses for Single Subject Credential with CLAD: The degree completion curriculum in Management, available EDUC 101 Introduction to Teaching 1 only through CAPE’s degree completion program, builds on EDUC 101L Introduction to Teaching Lab 1 personal experience and previous college credit. The program is EDUC 238 Computer Technology for Teachers 1 tailored to the needs of working adult students. Classes meet EDUC 238L Computer Technology for Teachers Lab 1 one evening a week for four hours and are designed for a ma- EDUC 333 Educational Psychology 2 ture, interactive learning style. Qualified applicants are typically EDUC 335 Ethical Dimensions of Teaching 2 23 years old and typically transfer 90 quarter (60 semester) EDUC 336 Social and Multicultural Education 2 credits of previous college course work that can apply toward EDUC 358 Curriculum & Instruction: Teaching of general education and elective requirements. Reading in the Secondary School 3 The Management curriculum is a series of upper-division EDUC 358L C&I: Teaching of Reading in the Secondary courses that together last approximately 76 weeks. School Lab 1 ➤ Requirements: a minimum of 61 hours including the following**: EDUC 360 C&I: Secondary Methods 2 MGT 320 The Legal Environment of Business 4 EDUC 361 C&I: Middle School Methods 2 MGT 330 Economics for Managers 4 EDUC 361L C&I: Middle School Methods Lab 1 MGT 340 Principles of Marketing 4 EDUC 362 Secondary Methods II 2 MGT 350 Data Presentation 2 EDUC 362L Secondary Methods II Lab 1 MGT 375 Group and Organizational Behavior 3 EDUC 484-485 Student Teaching: Middle- and Senior- MGT 390 Organizations and Environments 3 High School: Seminar 1-1 MGT 410 Accounting for Managers 5 EDUC 485L Student Teaching: Middle- and Senior- MGT 420 Management 4 High School Lab 1-17 MGT 430 Human Resources Management ENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics 4 in Public and Private Sectors 4 ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology 4 MGT 450 Financial Management 5

**Course descriptions are published in the Business Adminis- tration/Economics and Religion sections of the Pacific Union College General Catalog for 2000-2002. 10 2001-2002 Supplement

MGT 480 International Business 4 ECE 365 Parent/Child Relationships 4 MGT 491 Strategic Management 4 ECE 380 Infant/Toddler Programs 4 RELB 305 Biblical Perspectives 4 ECE 383 Play and Environments 4 RELT 310 Ethics and Personal Values 4 ECE 384 Healthy Child Care 2 ➤ A minimum of 7 hours from the following: 7 ECE 386 Diversified Early Childhood Programs 2 ECE 389 Behavior Management and Observation 4 Entrepreneurship Courses: ECE 425 Adult Supervision and Management 4 MGT 434 Entrepreneurship (3) ECE 431 Administration and Supervision I 4 MGT 477 Electronic Commerce (4) ECE 432 Administration and Supervision II 4 Information Systems Courses: ECE 450 Counseling for Early Childhood Teachers 4 MGT 380 Database Analysis and Design (3) RELB 305 Biblical Perspectives 4 MGT 482 Systems Analysis and Design (4) RELT 310 Ethics and Personal Values 4 MGT 486 Information Systems Management (3) MGT 487 Management Science (4) A minimum of 4 hours chosen from the following: 4 ECE 362 Advanced Music and Movement (4) Public Administration Courses: ECE 382 Art and Creative Activities (4) MGT 456 Urban Planning (3) ECE 385 School-Age Child Care (4) MGT 460 Fiscal Administration (4) ECE 387 Cultural Diversity (4) ECE 388 Science for the Young Child (4) Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood Education, B.S.E.C.E. ➤ Required cognate courses: An approved course in nutrition (3) This major and these courses are available only through Word processing (0-3) CAPE’s Degree-Completion Program. The degree completion program in Early Childhood Educa- (This requirement may be met by completion of an tion is designed to build on past experience and previous college approved course in word processing or by satisfactory credit. The program is geared to the needs of employed adults, performance on an approved waiver examination.) with class sessions, tailored for a mature, interactive learning style, convening one evening a week for four hours. Qualified applicants are typically 22 years old and typically transfer 90 quarter or 60 semester credits of previous college course work that can apply toward general education and elective requirements. Students admitted to this program are advised to have at entry at least 90 quarter (60 semester) credits with the A.A. or A.S. degree in early childhood education. Application prerequisites include 8 semester hours of foundation coursework in early childhood education, including a course in child development. The Early Childhood Education curriculum is a series of upper division courses that together last approximately 76 weeks. ➤ Requirements: a minimum of 60 hours including the following core courses***: ECE 311 Young Children’s Developmental Speech 4 ECE 330 Literature for Children 4 ECE 359 Exceptional Children 4

***Course descriptions are published in the Family and Consumer Sciences and Religion sections of the Pacific Union College General Catalog for 2000-2002. 11 2001-2002 Supplement

New Faculty

Richard E. Clark, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Union College, 1979; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1992. (2000) Frederick M. Kinsey, M.Div., Assistant Professor of Communi- cation. B.A., Loma Linda University, 1974; M.Div., Andrews University, 1979. (2001) Karen J. Lewis, R.N., B.S.N., Instructor in Nursing. A.S., Pacific Union College, 1991; B.S.N., Pacific Union College, 1999. (2000) John McDowell, Ph.D., Professor of English. B.A., Atlantic Union College, 1978; M.A., Loma Linda University, 1980; Ph.D., University of Calgary, 1989. (2001) Paul E. McGraw, M.Div., M.A., Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Columbia Union College, 1983; M.Div., Andrews Univer- sity, 1990; M.A., George Mason University, 1996. (2000) Marilyn D. Parras, R.N., M.P.H., M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.S., Pacific Union College, 1995; B.S.N., Pacific Union College, 1995; M.P.H., California State University at Long Beach, 2000; M.S.N., California State University, Long Beach, 2000. (2000) James H. Roy, Ed.S., Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1977; M.A.T., Andrews University, 1978; Ed.S., La Sierra University, 1989. (2000) Shana L. Ruggenberg, R.N., M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.S., Pacific Union College, 1983; B.S., Pacific Union College, 1989; M.S.N., University of California, Los Angeles, 1993. (2000) Robin E. Vance, Ph.D., Professor of Biology. B.S., LaSierra Col- lege of Loma Linda University, 1981; M.S., Loma Linda Univer- sity, 1984; Ph.D., Loma Linda University, 1988. (2001) Jonathan D. Wood, B.S., Instructor in Technology. A.S., Pacific Union College, 1987; B.S., Pacific Union College, 1987. (2000)